🎯

Tactical

Tactical procedures, field operations, and situational awareness

2,235
Procedures
549
Subcategories
208
Emergency

← Back to Knowledge Base

Weapon Maintenance (220)

Secure and Identify Cause of Runaway Fire on M249
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Secure an M249 that is firing uncontrolled fire (runaway) and identify the cause of the malfunction.

Steps:
1. Take immediate action to secure the weapon.
- a. Ensure the weapon is in a safe mode.
- b. Remove the...
m249 runaway fire, secure weapon, military procedure
Apply Corrective Action for Uncontrolled Fire (Runaway Gun) on an MK19 Machine Gun
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

(1) Keep the gun pointed on the target.

(2) Lower one charging handle to make the gun stop firing.

(3) Place the safety switch on the safe (S) position.

(4) Clear the weapon and report its condition to your...
uncontrolled fire, runaway gun, mk19 machine gun, corrective action
Apply Remedial Action to Correct Malfunctions on an MK19 Machine Gun
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Steps:
1. Correct sluggish operation of an MK19 machine gun.
a. Clean the weapon and perform operator-level maintenance.
b. Check the recoil springs for weakness and bent guide rods.
c. If you find defects that are not correctable,...
remedial action,weapon malfunction,MK19 machine gun
Clear a Jammed Bolt on an MK19 Machine Gun
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
WARNING: Do NOT let the bolt go forward—this could cause a round to fire accidentally. Do NOT insert your hands into the receiver with the bolt locked to the rear on sear. If you do so, you could suffer a severe injury. Make sure the safe/fire...
clear jammed bolt,machine gun maintenance,MK19 machine gun,weapon safety
Clearing a Jammed Bolt in a Weapon
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for clearing a jammed bolt:

WARNING:
• Do NOT let the bolt go forward—this could cause a round to fire accidentally.
• Do NOT insert your hands into the receiver with the bolt locked to the rear on sear. If you do so, you could...
clearing jammed bolt, weapon maintenance, safety procedures, bore obstruction device
Immediate Action for a Hot Weapon
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Never open the cover assembly on a hot weapon. The weapon could cook off, which could damage the weapon, and more importantly, could kill or injure personnel.

**Apply immediate action to a hot weapon within 10 seconds. If you are unable to...
hot weapon, immediate action, safety procedure, weapon maintenance
Remedial Action for a Hot Weapon
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
2. Take remedial action.

a. Open the cover assembly and check for faulty ammunition or an obstruction in the barrel assembly and chamber.

b. If a cartridge is in the T-slot of the bolt and does not fall out, hold the bolt to the rear,...
remedial action, hot weapon, cartridge removal, cleaning rod, ruptured case
Take Immediate Action to Secure a Runaway Weapon
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. If the weapon continues to fire after releasing the trigger—
- Hold the weapon on the target until it stops firing.
- Break the ammunition belt by twisting it in either direction.
- Allow the weapon to fire the...
runaway weapon, immediate action, M240B, machine gun
Wait Before Applying Remedial Action on Hot M249
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Prevent a "hangfire" or "cook off" when applying remedial action to a hot M249.

Steps:
1. During training, wait 15 minutes before applying remedial action.
2. During combat, wait five seconds before applying remedial...
m249 hangfire prevention, cook off prevention, safety procedure
Apply Immediate Action During Combat on an MK19 Machine Gun
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Steps:
1. Press the charger handle locks, and rotate the charger handles down.
2. Pull the charger handles to the rear until the bolt seats.
3. Push the charger handles forward and rotate them up.
4. Relay the gun and fire.
5. If the gun fails...
immediate action,machine gun combat,MK19 machine gun
Applying Immediate Action During Combat
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for applying immediate action during combat:

Steps:
1. Press the charger handle locks, and rotate the charger handles down.
2. Pull the charger handles to the rear until the bolt seats.
3. Push the charger handles forward and...
immediate action, combat procedures, weapon malfunction
Disassemble a Weapon Safely to Clear a Jammed Bolt
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Place the safety switch on the safe (S) position.
2. Press the charger handle locks, and rotate the charger handles down.
3. **Pull the charger handles to the rear as far as possible. Maintain rearward pressure on them,...
disassemble weapon,bolt jam,cleaning rod,safety switch,ammunition belt
Disassemble, Inspect, Clean, Lubricate, and Replace Parts of a Weapon
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

• (d) Disassemble and inspect the weapon.

• (e) Clean, lubricate, and replace damaged or missing parts, as needed.

4. Take immediate action to secure a runaway weapon.

a. If after the trigger is released the weapon...
disassemble weapon, inspect weapon, clean weapon, lubricate weapon, replace parts, secure runaway weapon, clear weapon, check deficiencies, carbon buildup, sear issues, M249 machine gun maintenance
Do Not Exchange or Switch Bolt Assemblies Between M4/M4A1 Carbines
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

WARNING: Do not exchange or switch the bolt assemblies from one M4 or M4A1 to another.
bolt assembly warning, M4 bolt safety, M4A1 bolt safety
Immediate Action for an MK19 Machine Gun That Fails to Fire
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Apply immediate action when the weapon fails to fire (during peacetime and during training).

2. Clear all nonessential personnel away from the gun position.

3. **If anything unusual occurs during firing (including short...
mk19 machine gun,malfunction,failure to fire,immediate action,remedial action,bore obstruction,safety procedures
Install the Backplate Assembly in a Caliber .50 Machine Gun
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Installation of the backplate assembly

1. Align the backplate assembly with the receiver grooves.
2. Pull the backplate latch lock while lifting up on the backplate latch.
3. Lower the backplate assembly down until engaged in the receiver.
4....
backplate assembly, installation, caliber .50 machine gun, receiver grooves
Load an M4 or M4A1 Carbine for Semiautomatic and Automatic Fire
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Point the carbine muzzle in a safe direction.
2. Cock the carbine (this also opens the bolt).
3. Place the selector lever on SAFE.
4. Open the bolt and check the chamber to ensure it is clear.
5. Insert the magazine,...
load M4 carbine, load M4A1 carbine, semiautomatic fire, automatic fire, burst fire, magazine insertion, chambering round
Maintain the M16A2 Service Rifle
High Priority Source: USMC Summer Survival Course Handbook
Procedure for Maintaining the M16A2 Service Rifle

1. Perform a thorough inspection of the rifle to identify any damage or wear.
2. Clean all components, including the barrel, bolt, and receiver, using appropriate cleaning tools and...
M16A2 maintenance, rifle cleaning, weapon care, tactical equipment
Perform a Function Check on a Caliber .50 Machine Gun
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Function check of the weapon

1. Place the weapon in the single-shot mode:
- Open the cover and pull the retracting slide handle to the rear. The bolt should lock to the rear in the single-shot mode.
- Hold the retracting slide handle to...
function check, caliber .50 machine gun, single-shot mode, automatic-fire mode
Perform a Function Check on an M4 or M4A1 Carbine
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Conditions: Given an M4 or M4A1 carbine that you must confirm is operable.

Standards: Perform a function check and ensure that the carbine operates properly with the selector switch in each position.

Performance Steps:

1. **Check to...
M4 carbine,M4A1 carbine,function check,selector lever,Semi-auto,SAFE position,trigger pull,hammer fall
Safe Handling of Machine Gun Driving Spring Rod Assembly
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
WARNING: Never try to charge the machine gun while the backplate is off and the driving spring rod assembly is in place. If the backplate is off and the driving spring assembly is compressed, the retaining pin on the driving spring can slip from...
machine gun, driving spring rod assembly, safety procedure, weapon maintenance
Take Immediate Action for a Failure to Fire
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. If the weapon still fails to fire, notify your supervisor.

2. Perform one of three actions:
- Hold the weapon on target until it stops firing.
- Have the assistant gunner twist the belt, which will cause the gun to...
failure to fire, weapon maintenance, immediate action, runaway gun, remedial action
Take Immediate Action to Stop Uncontrolled Automatic Fire (Runaway Gun)
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Perform one of the following actions:
- Hold the weapon on target until it stops firing.
- Have the assistant gunner twist the belt, which will cause the gun to jam.
- **Allow the weapon to fire the remaining...
runaway gun, uncontrolled fire, weapon malfunction, immediate action, disassemble weapon, inspect parts, clean weapon, lubricate weapon, headspace timing
Take Remedial Action on a Cold M249
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Correct a failure to fire on a cold M249 (less than 200 rounds fired in two minutes).

Steps:
1. Ensure the cocking handle is forward and the weapon is in the safe mode.
2. Keep the weapon oriented on the target area. Ensure your...
m249 remedial action cold weapon, military maintenance, failure to fire
Take Remedial Action on a Hot Weapon (Fired More Than 200 Rounds in Two Minutes)
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. If nothing was ejected when you applied immediate action—
- Ensure that the cocking handle is forward and the weapon is on safe.
- Keep the weapon oriented on the target area WITH THE COVER CLOSED.
2. **Wait 15 minutes...
hot weapon, remedial action, M240B, machine gun, hangfire, cook off
Boresight an M68 Close Combat Optic to a Weapon
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Boresighting the M68 Close Combat Optic to a Weapon:

1. Ensure that the weapon is zeroed as outlined in FM 3-22.9 before beginning.
2. Place the safety lever of the weapon in the SAFE position.
3. Hold the weapon in the...
boresight, M68 optic, weapon alignment, military optics
Check M4A1 Carbine Function with Selector in AUTO Position
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Place the selector lever in the AUTO position.
2. Pull the charging handle to the rear and release it.
3. Squeeze the trigger; the hammer should fall.
4. Hold the trigger to the rear and cock the weapon.
5. Fully release the...
M4A1 carbine function check, AUTO position, selector lever, hammer fall, malfunction, unit armorer
Check the Functioning of the Safety Switch
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure to Check the Functioning of the Safety Switch:

1. With the cover closed, place the safety switch on the safe (S) position.
2. Pull the bolt to the rear, push the charger handles to the forward position, and rotate the handles...
safety switch, weapon check, MK19 machine gun, function check
Clear and Disassemble Weapon for Inspection
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Clear the weapon to ensure it is safe.
2. Disassemble the weapon and inspect for the following deficiencies:
- (1) Worn or broken sear or sear notch.
- (2) Sear installed backwards.
- (3) Bolt and...
clear weapon, disassemble weapon, inspect weapon, clean weapon, lubricate weapon, replace parts
Clear, Disassemble, Inspect, Clean, Lubricate, Replace Parts, Load, and Fire an M240B Machine Gun
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Clear the weapon.
2. Disassemble and inspect the weapon and ammunition.
3. Clean, lubricate, and replace damaged or missing parts, as required.
4. Load and attempt to fire.
5. **If the weapon fails to fire, turn it...
M240B, machine gun, clear, disassemble, inspect, clean, lubricate, replace parts, load, fire
Correct Sluggish Operation of the M240B Machine Gun
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Clear the weapon.
2. Disassemble and inspect the weapon.
3. Clean, lubricate, and replace damaged or missing parts, as required.

Details:
• Sluggish operation may be caused by mechanical issues such as worn or...
sluggish operation, M240B, machine gun, clean, lubricate, replace parts
Correct a Sluggishly Operating Weapon
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Clear the weapon.

2. Disassemble, clean, and lubricate the weapon.

3. Assemble the weapon.

4. Set headspace and timing.
sluggishly operating weapon, disassemble, clean, lubricate, headspace timing
Disassemble and Inspect the M240B Machine Gun for Deficiencies
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Clear the weapon.
2. Disassemble the weapon and check for the following deficiencies:
- Worn or broken sear or sear notch.
- Sear installed backwards.
- Bolt and operating-rod group improperly joined.
- Carbon...
disassemble, inspect, M240B, machine gun, deficiencies, maintenance
Disassembly of the Bolt Assembly
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:
1. Rotate the cartridge extractor upward and remove it from the left side of the bolt (see figure 071-022-0001-9).

2. Remove the bolt switch by lifting it straight up.

3. Place the cocking lever in its rearmost position.
4....
bolt disassembly, machine gun maintenance, weapon parts removal
Field Strip a Weapon for Cleaning
High Priority Source: Tactical Ready Guide
Objective: Learn how to field strip your weapon (specifically a rifle) in preparation for cleaning.

Procedure:
1. Ensure the weapon is unloaded and cleared before attempting any disassembly.
2. Never point the weapon at anyone during...
field strip, rifle cleaning, disassembly, weapon maintenance
Field Strip and Clean a Rifle for Level One Readiness
High Priority Source: Tactical Ready Guide
Procedure:

1. Gather your rifle and cleaning kit.
2. Field strip the rifle by disassembling it into its major components (e.g., barrel, bolt, trigger assembly) following the manufacturer's instructions or standard military procedures.
3....
rifle cleaning,field strip,militia maintenance,tactical readiness
Handle M203 Grenade Launcher Malfunctions (Hangfire/Misfire)
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Keep the weapon pointed at the target, and keep all Soldiers at least 80 meters (264 feet) from the muzzle.

Note: M203 malfunctions consist of hangfires and misfires. A hangfire is a delayed propellant ignition. A...
m203,misfire,hangfire,primer,defective ammunition,weapon maintenance,tactical
Inspect the Interior of the Receiver Assembly and Ensure Gun is Clear
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure to Inspect the Interior of the Receiver Assembly and Ensure Gun is Clear:

1. Open the top cover assembly.
2. Touch the firing pin. If it is not protruding, recharge and release the bolt spring under pressure.
3. Inspect the bolt...
receiver inspection, weapon check, MK19 machine gun, safety procedures
Install and Operate the Battery in an M68 Sight
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Installing and Operating the Battery in an M68 Sight:

1. Remove the battery cap:
- Turn the battery cap counterclockwise to remove it.
2. Insert the battery:
- Place the 3-volt DL1/3N battery into the housing with...
M68 sight battery installation, weapon maintenance, power source setup
Mount a Night Vision Sight, AN/TVS-5, on a Caliber .50 M2 Machine Gun
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

Conditions: In a combat environment, given a mounted caliber .50 M2 machine gun; an operational night vision sight, AN/TVS-5, with all required accessories in a storage container; and a mounting bracket.

Standards: Secure...
night vision sight,AN/TVS-5,M2 machine gun,mounting bracket,installation procedure
Perform Prefire Checks on an M136 Launcher (AT4)
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Performing Prefire Checks on an M136 Launcher (AT4)

1. Inspect the overall condition of the launcher before use (see figure 071-054-0001-1).
2. Ensure that:
- The transport safety pin is in place and fully seated, and...
M136 launcher, prefire checks, AT4 inspection, weapon safety
Prevent Bolt or Breech-Block Freezing in Cold Weather
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Prevent the bolt or breech-block from freezing after firing.

Procedure:
1. Special care must be taken to prevent the bolt or breech-block from freezing, especially shortly after being fired when condensation forms at the...
bolt freezing, condensation, cold weather, weapon stoppage, thawing, mechanism work
Prevent Weapon Breakages in Severe Cold Weather
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Prevent weapon breakages caused by cold weather.

Procedure:
1. Cold makes metal brittle, increasing the risk of breakage when firing weapons in sub-zero temperatures.
2. To reduce this risk, **fire weapons at a slow rate...
cold weather, weapon breakage, slow rate of fire, metal brittleness
Removal of the Bolt Assembly from Machine Gun Receiver
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:
1. Retract the bolt assembly far enough to the rear to align the bolt stud with the bolt stud hole in the right side plate of the receiver (see figure 071-022-0001-6).

Notes:
• If you accidentally move the bolt all the way to...
bolt assembly removal, machine gun disassembly, weapon maintenance
Report Deficiencies in the MK19 Machine Gun
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure to Report Deficiencies in the MK19 Machine Gun:

1. If you find any deficiencies that you cannot correct, the MK19 is unserviceable.
2. Immediately report the deficiencies to your supervisor.
3. Do not attempt to use or...
reporting deficiencies, MK19 maintenance, weapon inspection
Take Corrective Action for Sluggish Firing on M249
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Correct a sluggish firing issue on an M249.

Steps:
1. Ensure the weapon is in the safe mode and clear of any obstructions.
2. Inspect the feed tray and ejection port for blockages or debris.
3. Clear the weapon if necessary.
4....
m249 sluggish fire, corrective action, military maintenance
Zero the M68 Close Combat Optic Sight
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Zero the M68 Close Combat Optic Sight

Overview: This procedure outlines how to zero an M68 close combat optic sight for accurate targeting.

Steps:
1. Open the lens covers: Open both the front and rear lens covers on the M68 sight...
M68 sight zeroing, red dot adjustment, windage elevation, military optics, weapon calibration
Adjust M68 Close Combat Optic Elevation Screw
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Adjusting the Elevation Adjustment Screw on an M68 Close Combat Optic:

1. Locate the elevation adjustment screw on the M68 optic (refer to figure 071-705-0003-1).
2. Understand that one click at 25 meters equals 4 millimeters...
M68 optic, elevation screw, adjustment, military optics
Assemble the MK19 Machine Gun Charger Assemblies
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

Step 1: Turn the receiver upright.

Step 2: Rotate the charger handles to the straight-up position.

Step 3: Line up the lugs on the charger with the slots in the receiver rail.

Step 4: Insert the charger lugs into...
assemble,MK19,charger assemblies,receiver,lugs
Assemble the Magazine
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Assemble the Magazine

Steps:
1. Jiggle the spring and follower together to install them in the magazine.
2. Slide the base under all four tabs, making sure that the print is on the outside.
assemble, magazine, spring, follower, base
Assemble the Receiver Sear Assembly on an MK19 Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Turn the receiver over on its top.
2. Place the sear housing on the receiver and line up the sear housing assembly at a right angle to the barrel center line.
3. Put the safe/fire switch on fire (F) position.
4....
MK19, receiver sear assembly, weapon maintenance, tactical equipment
Assemble the Rifle
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Assemble the Rifle

Steps:
1. Insert the spring and buffer.
2. Insert the extractor and spring.
3. Push the extractor pin in.
4. **Slide the bolt into the carrier until the bolt cam pin hole in both the bolt carrier and the bolt...
assemble, rifle, charging handle, bolt carrier, receiver pivot pin
Assemble the Rifle - Close Upper and Lower Receivers, Seat Takedown Pin, Ensure Selector Switch is on SAFE
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Assemble the Rifle - Close Upper and Lower Receivers, Seat Takedown Pin, Ensure Selector Switch is on SAFE

Steps:
1. Close the upper and lower receiver groups, seating the takedown pin and ensuring the selector switch is on SAFE.

**Figure...
assemble,rifle,close,receivers,takedown,pin,selector,safe
Assemble the Rifle - Engage Receiver Pivot Pin
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Assemble the Rifle - Engage Receiver Pivot Pin

Steps:
1. Engage the receiver pivot pin.

Figure Reference: Figure 071-311-2025-36.
assemble,rifle,pivot,pin
Assemble the Rifle - Insert Spring and Buffer
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Assemble the Rifle - Insert Spring and Buffer

Steps:
1. Insert the spring and buffer.

Figure Reference: Figure 071-311-2025-24.
assemble,rifle,spring,buffer
Assemble the Rifle - Join Upper and Lower Receivers
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Assemble the Rifle - Join Upper and Lower Receivers

Steps:
1. Join the upper and lower receiver.

Figure Reference: Figure 071-311-2025-35.
assemble,rifle,upper,lower,receivers
Assemble the Rifle - Place Charging Handle in Receiver
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Assemble the Rifle - Place Charging Handle in Receiver

Steps:
1. Place the charging handle by engaging it, then pushing the charging handle part of the way in.

Figure Reference: Figure 071-311-2025-32.
assemble,rifle,charging,handle
Assemble the Rifle - Place Firing Pin
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Assemble the Rifle - Place Firing Pin

Steps:
1. Drop in the firing pin to seat it.

Figure Reference: Figure 071-311-2025-29.
assemble,rifle,firing,pin
Assemble the Rifle - Place Handguards in Place
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Assemble the Rifle - Place Handguards in Place

Steps:
1. Put the handguards in place.

Figure Reference: Figure 071-311-2025-38.
assemble,rifle,handguards
Assemble the Rifle - Pull Back Bolt
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Assemble the Rifle - Pull Back Bolt

Steps:
1. Pull the bolt back.

Figure Reference: Figure 071-311-2025-31.
assemble,rifle,bolt,pull
Assemble the Rifle - Push Extractor Pin In
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Assemble the Rifle - Push Extractor Pin In

Steps:
1. Push the extractor pin in.

Figure Reference: Figure 071-311-2025-26.
assemble,rifle,extractor,pin
Assemble the Rifle - Replace Bolt Cam Pin
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Assemble the Rifle - Replace Bolt Cam Pin

Steps:
1. Replace the bolt cam pin by putting it in the bolt carrier, turning it one-quarter turn.

Figure Reference: Figure 071-311-2025-28.
assemble,rifle,bolt,cam,pin
Assemble the Rifle - Replace Sling
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Assemble the Rifle - Replace Sling

Steps:
1. Replacing the sling.

Figure Reference: Figure 071-311-2025-39.
assemble,rifle,sling
Attach the Feed Throat Assembly to an MK19 Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Squeeze the grip pins and align them with the holes in the receiver.
2. Release the grip pins to attach the feed throat.

Important Notes:
• Ensure that the grip pins are fully aligned before releasing them.
• Avoid...
MK19, feed throat assembly, weapon maintenance, tactical equipment
Attach the Top Cover Assembly to the MK19 Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

Step 1: Ensure that the feed tray is in the proper place in the receiver.

Step 2: Place the top cover on the receiver. Line up the pinholes on the cover with the receiver's lug end and the pinholes on the feed tray.

**Step...
attach,top cover,MK19,cross pin
Check Bipod Legs and Rear Sight Assembly for Serviceability
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Check the bipod legs for correct operation.
2. Check the rear sight assembly for serviceability.
3. Check the ammunition box for damage. Make sure the box latch will engage the receiver dovetail.
4. **Inspect...
bipod legs,ammunition box,inspection
Check the Functioning of the Safety Switch on an MK19 Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Procedure: Check the Functioning of the Safety Switch on an MK19 Machine Gun

Steps:

1. With the cover closed, place the safety switch on the safe (S) position.
2. Pull the bolt to the rear, push the charger handles to the forward position,...
MK19, safety switch, function check, unloading
Check the Slide Assembly and Other Components for Damage
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Check the slide assembly, bolt assembly, piston assembly, and return rod and transfer mechanism assembly for burrs, cracks, and broken pins.
2. Push down on the roller of the slide assembly to ensure it retracts.
3....
M249,inspection,slide assembly,bolt assembly
Clean Ammunition Boxes with a Brush and Wiping Rag
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Use a brush and clean, dry wiping rag to clean ammunition boxes.

Note: This step ensures that the ammunition boxes are free from debris and ready for use.
ammunition box,cleaning,brush,wiping rag
Clean Ammunition with a Wiping Rag
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Use a clean, dry wiping rag to clean ammunition.

Note: This step ensures that the ammunition is free from debris and ready for use.
ammunition,cleaning,wiping rag
Clean the Hole in the Piston
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Insert and turn the flat side of the scraper in a full 360-degree circular motion to clean the hole in the front of the piston.

Figure Reference: Figure 071-312-4025-21.

Note: This step ensures that all internal...
piston,cleaning,scraper,weapon maintenance
Clean the Internal Grooves of the Gas Cylinder
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Use the protruding tips of the scraper to clean the internal grooves on the front side of the gas cylinder.
2. Insert the scraper farther into the gas cylinder than in previous steps to ensure thorough cleaning.

**Figure...
gas cylinder,cleaning,scraper,weapon maintenance
Clean the M249 Rifle - Clean Bore and Chamber
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Clean the bore and chamber using a bore brush, a chamber brush, CLP, and fresh swabs.
clean,m249,rifle,bore,chamber
Clean the M249 Rifle - Clean Gas Regulator
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Clean the gas vent hole (figure 071-312-4025-15).
2. Clean the central hole of the gas regulator with the appropriate part of the scraper by turning the scraper clockwise and pushing it inward toward the bottom of the housing...
clean,m249,rifle,gas regulator
Clean the M249 Rifle - General Cleaning Guidelines
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
WARNING:

Do not use gasoline, kerosene, hydraulic oil, benzene, benzol, high-pressure water, steam, or compressed air for cleaning.

Note: Do not use abrasives to clean the bore, piston, gas cylinder, or gas regulator.
clean,m249,rifle,cleaning guidelines
Clean the Rifle
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Clean the Rifle

Steps:
1. Clean the upper and lower receiver group.
2. Clean the bolt carrier group.
3. Clean all of the other rifle parts and lubricate the rifle with CLP.
clean, rifle, receiver group, bolt carrier, CLP
Close and Latch the Top Cover on an MK19 Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Procedure: Close and Latch the Top Cover on an MK19 Machine Gun

Steps:

1. Locate the top cover on the weapon.
2. Close the top cover until it is fully seated.
3.Latch the top cover securely in place.

Notes:
• This step is part of a...
MK19, top cover, latching, unloading
Disassemble the M249 Rifle - Remove Bipod
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. The bipod should slip off the receiver easily.
2. If it does not, turn the bipod left or right to loosen any dirt or corrosion (figure 071-312-4025-14).
disassemble,m249,rifle,bipod
Disassemble the M249 Rifle - Remove Buttstock and Buffer Assembly
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Using a section of the cleaning rod, push the lowermost retaining pin to the left.
2. While supporting the trigger mechanism with one hand, use the other to pull the buttstock and buffer assembly rearward and remove it (figure...
disassemble,m249,rifle,buttstock,bufffer assembly
Disassemble the M249 Rifle - Remove Collar and Gas Regulator
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Turn the collar counterclockwise and remove it (figure 071-312-4025-10).
2. Remove the gas regulator from the gas block (figure 071-312-4025-10).
disassemble,m249,rifle,collar,gas regulator
Disassemble the M249 Rifle - Remove Gas Cylinder
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Turn the gas cylinder to the left or right to release the locking spring.
2. Pull the gas cylinder forward to remove it (figure 071-312-4025-13).
disassemble,m249,rifle,gas cylinder
Disassemble the M249 Rifle - Remove Trigger Mechanism
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Remove the trigger mechanism by pulling rearward and down (figure 071-312-4025-12).
disassemble,m249,rifle,trigger mechanism
Disassemble the M4 or M4A1 Carbine
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Steps to Disassemble the M4 or M4A1 Carbine:

CAUTION: Do not use a screwdriver or any other tool when removing the handguards. Doing so may damage the handguards, slip ring, or both.

WARNING: Do not bend or dent the gas tube while...
disassemble carbine, M4 maintenance, weapon disassembly
Disassemble the MK19 Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Disassemble the MK19 Machine Gun

1. Remove the feed throat assembly:
- Squeeze the two sets of grip pins together and pull them straight out.
2. Remove the bolt and backplate assembly.
3. Use figure 071-030-0001-1 for reference...
disassemble mk19,feed throat assembly,bolt removal,grip pins
Disassemble the Magazine Without Removing the Follower from the Spring
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Disassemble the Magazine Without Removing the Follower from the Spring

Steps:
1. Release the base catch (refer to figure 071-311-2025-40).
2. Remove the base (refer to figure 071-311-2025-41).
3. **Remove the spring and follower by...
disassemble, magazine, follower, spring, base catch
Disassemble the Receiver Assembly of a Weapon
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Note: The upper and lower retaining pins in the rear of the receiver are captured pins. Do not try to remove them completely during disassembly.

(2) Hold the weapon with one hand on the buttstock. At the same time, use the thumb of the...
disassemble, receiver, weapon, maintenance, military
Disassemble the Rifle
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Disassemble the Rifle

Steps:
1. Clear the rifle before disassembly:
- Attempt to place the weapon on SAFE.
- Remove the magazine from the rifle.
- Lock the bolt open (if not done so before, place the weapon on SAFE).
- Check...
disassemble, rifle, bolt carrier, charging handle, firing pin
Index the Feed Slide Assembly to the Left on an MK19 Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Procedure: Index the Feed Slide Assembly to the Left on an MK19 Machine Gun

Steps:

1. Locate the feed slide assembly on the weapon.
2. Move the feed slide assembly to the left until it is fully indexed.

Notes:
• This step is part of a...
MK19, feed slide assembly, indexing, unloading
Inspect M240B Ammunition for Damage and Corrosion
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Inspect or check ammunition for damage and corrosion. Turn in any unserviceable ammunition.
m240b,ammunition inspection,corrosion check
Inspect M240B Barrel Locking Latch and Cover Detent
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Check the barrel locking latch and cover detent for proper spring tension.
m240b,barrel latch,detent spring tension
Inspect M240B Bipod and Accessory-Mounting Rail
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Lower and raise the bipod legs to ensure they move freely without binding.
2. Check the accessory-mounting rail for nicks or burrs that may prevent proper attachment of optional sighting devices.
m240b,bipod inspection,accessory rail
Inspect M240B Cover Assembly
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Pivot the feed lever back and forth to ensure it operates smoothly without binding.
2. Push in on the cover latches to make sure the retaining clip is present, secure, and does not bind in the housing.
3. **Push down on...
m240b,cover assembly,feed lever
Inspect M240B Feed Tray and Handguard
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Check the feed tray for cracks, deformation, broken welds, and loose rivets.
2. Check the handguard for cracks, broken, or missing parts.
m240b,feed tray,handguard inspection
Inspect M240B Flexible Mount Assembly Components
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Check for missing or damaged parts. Check for rust, cracks, and burrs.
2. Inspect the pintle lock assembly for nut, bolt, and cotter pin. Check the pintle surface for burrs and rust.
m240b,flexible mount,pintle lock
Inspect M240B Trigger-Housing Assembly
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Check for broken, missing, or damaged parts.
2. Inspect the tripping lever and sear for burrs on edges.
3. **Check the cocking action by pushing back on the tripping lever (sear will rise). Pull the trigger (sear will...
m240b,trigger housing,safety check
Inspect M240B Tripod Assembly Components
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Check for completeness of the tripod. Ensure that all nuts and bolts are tightly secured.
2. Inspect for cracks on the legs and tripod head.
3. Check for missing, broken, or inoperative lock latch.
4. **Check the...
m240b,tripod inspection,lock latch
Inspect and Check M240B Backplate Latch and Buffer Assembly
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Check the backplate latch to ensure it locks the buffer assembly securely.
2. Check the buffer plug and ensure it sticks out through the backplate and is flush or higher than the protrusion below it.
3. **Shake the...
m240b,backplate latch,bufffer assembly,buttstock inspection
Inspect the M249 Machine Gun for Damage and Wear
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Inspect the bore and chamber for chips and pitting.
2. Check the front sight for looseness.
3. **Inspect the flash suppressor (old style barrel) or compensator (new style barrel), the barrel extension, and the barrel...
M249,inspection,weapon maintenance
Inspect the M68 Sight and Components for Serviceability
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Inspecting the M68 Sight and Components:

1. Visual Inspection of the Sight:
- Look through the sight to check for visual obstructions, dust, dirt, pits, or moisture on optical surfaces.
- Ensure that no optical elements...
M68 sight inspection, weapon maintenance, serviceability check, optical components
Inspect the Rifle for Unserviceable Parts
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Inspect the Rifle for Unserviceable Parts

Steps:
1. Identify the defective or missing components.
2. Report deficiencies to the armorer.
inspect, rifle, unserviceable parts, defective components, report

+ 120 more procedures. Get the full library in the app.

Military Operations (105)

Consolidate a Unit After Enemy Contact
Critical Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Overview: This procedure outlines the steps to consolidate a unit (squad or platoon) in the defense following enemy contact.

Conditions: Given a squad leader with squad or platoon sergeant with platoon or acting platoon leader defending as...
consolidate unit, enemy contact, reestablish security, sniper deployment, camouflage restoration
Conduct Occupation of an Assembly Area
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
### Conduct Occupation of an Assembly Area

Conditions: As a platoon-sized unit leader, given a company commander's order to occupy a specific sector of a company assembly area and a map of the operational area.

Standards: Move the unit to...
occupation, assembly area, tactical operations, military planning, troop leading procedures, METT-TC, OPORD
Conduct a Movement to Contact
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Overview: This procedure outlines the steps for conducting a movement to contact as part of a platoon or larger tactical exercise.

Steps:
1. Receive and analyze the mission.
- A warning order should be issued to provide subordinates...
movement to contact, military operations, tactical exercise, platoon leader, enemy fire
Cutting Off Enemy Patrols and Preventing Reinforcements
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Isolate enemy patrols and prevent reinforcement of their positions.

Procedure:
1. Cut off enemy patrols from returning to their base by establishing ambushes or blocking routes.
2. Lay ambushes to destroy any relief...
enemy isolation,ambush tactics,military operations
Engage Targets with a Caliber .50 M2 Machine Gun Using an AN/PAS-13 Thermal Weapon Sight
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Conditions: Given a tripod-mounted caliber .50 M2 machine gun, a mounted and zeroed AN/PAS-13 thermal weapon sight (TWS), linked .50-caliber ammunition, threat targets, and a requirement to engage such targets.

Standards: Detect and...
caliber .50 M2 machine gun, AN/PAS-13 thermal weapon sight, target engagement, marksmanship fundamentals, military tactics
Establishing a Cordon Around an Enemy Lodgement
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Secure the area around an enemy lodgement to prevent reinforcement and escape.

Procedure:
1. Identify the nearest airstrip that is out of range of effective enemy fire.
2. Deploy friendly forces from the airhead as close as...
cordon,enemy lodgement,tactical deployment,military operations
Infiltration and Destruction of Enemy Positions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Infiltrate enemy positions to create fear and damage their capabilities.

Procedure:
1. Use patrols and raiding parties to infiltrate enemy positions and cause disruption.
2. Deploy phosphorus and incendiary devices,...
infiltration,military operations,enemy destruction
Operate the TWS and Engage Targets with the M249 Machine Gun
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Place the TWS into operation.

2. Assume an appropriate firing position based on the situation. The firing position should protect you from enemy fire and observation, yet allow you to place effective fire on targets in...
TWS operation, M249 machine gun, target acquisition, firing position, military tactics
Prepare and Issue a Fragmentary Order (FRAGO)
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Purpose: Provide a concise, actionable order for immediate execution based on changes from a base OPORD.

Steps:
1. Header Information:
- Include the FRAGMENTARY ORDER title at the top of the document.
- Reference the **Time...
FRAGO, fragmentary order, military operations, tactical procedures, field orders, mission planning
Rehearse the Operation Plan
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

After intelligence has been analyzed, the plan developed, special items of equipment procured and issued, and the troops briefed, the unit rehearses the plan. This rehearsal is a key factor that enhances the probability of the...
rehearse, operation plan, military tactics, reconnaissance
Roadblock Management in Hostile Environments
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Safely manage roadblocks in hostile environments to control the situation and prevent escalation.

Situation: The platoon is manning roadblocks that divide the two hostile factions of Cortina. Hostile crowds are known to appear,...
roadblock management,crowd control,tactical procedures,military operations
Room Clearing Procedure in MOUT Operations
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Safely clear buildings during military operations in urban terrain (MOUT) while minimizing risk to personnel.

Situation: The battalion has been deployed to the island nation of Cortina to help stabilize the political situation...
room clearing,MOUT operations,tactical procedures,military rules of engagement
Trench Clearing Procedure in Combat Situations
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Safely clear enemy-held trenches during combat operations.

Situation: The platoon is attacking an enemy-held bunker complex.

Rules of Engagement: Deadly force is authorized in keeping with the law of war.

Procedure:
1....
trench clearing,military combat,tactical procedures
Adjust Fire Based on Distance to Target
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure for Adjusting Fire Based on Distance to Target

• If the distance to the target is more than 100 but less than 200 meters, add or drop 200 meters.
• If the distance is less than 100 meters, add or drop 100 meters.
• When within...
adjust fire, distance to target, fire for effect, tactical operations
Brief Platoon and Support Teams for Mission
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

• Brief the platoon and all support teams on the following:
- Discuss mission goals.
- Discuss any known intelligence relevant to the mission.
- Discuss emergency action contingencies.
- Discuss placement of NLW members in...
platoon briefing,military operations,mission planning
Conduct an Approach March
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Make contact with the enemy using the smallest element possible while maintaining security and flexibility.

### Fundamentals of Approach March:
1. Use the smallest element to make initial contact with the enemy.
2. **Rapidly...
approach march, enemy contact, movement formation, METT-TC, combat power, security, tactical operations
Conducting Harassment Tactics Against an Enemy Force
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Disrupt enemy operations and morale through harassment.

Procedure:
1. Once the cordon is in place, initiate a patrolling and probing program to determine enemy strength, locations, and intentions.
2. Use **indirect fire...
harassment tactics,military operations,enemy disruption
Control Actions in the Assembly Area
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Purpose: Ensure proper control and preparation of the assembly area prior to a tactical road march.

Steps:
1. Ensure that the quartering party noncommissioned officer (NCO) guides the section/platoon into the area.
2. **Clear the...
assembly area, control actions, tactical road march, NCO, quartering party, observation posts, camouflage, fire plan, maintenance, resupply
Describe How a Soldier Could Violate the Law of War by Using an Issued Weapon Illegally
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

b. Describe how a Soldier could violate the Law of War by using an issued weapon in an illegal manner.

A Soldier may violate the Law of War if they use an issued weapon in a way that causes unnecessary suffering, targets...
law of war,weapon misuse,soldier violations
Describe Illegal Tricks or Methods Under the Law of War in Regard to Permissible Targets
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

k. Describe what may be an illegal trick or method or treacherous act under the Law of War in regards to permissible targets.

An illegal trick or method, such as using decoys, false flags, or surprise attacks that...
illegal methods,law of war,treacherous acts
Describe Protections Given to Hospitals and Medical Areas During an Attack
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

(1) Describe the protections given to hospitals and other places where the sick and wounded are collected during an attack or bombardment.

Hospitals, medical areas, and other locations where the sick and wounded are...
hospital protection,medical areas,international law
Describe Protections Given to Religious, Artistic, Scientific, or Charitable Buildings During an Attack
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

h. Describe the protections given to buildings dedicated to religion, art, science, or charitable purposes, or historic monuments during an attack or bombardment.

Under international law, **buildings dedicated to religion, art,...
protected buildings,religious sites,historic monuments
Describe the 1925 Geneva Protocol's Ban on Using Chemical Weapons in War
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

e. Describe the 1925 Geneva Protocol's ban on using chemical weapons in war.

The 1925 Geneva Protocol explicitly bans the use of chemical weapons during war, including agents such as **mustard gas, phosgene, and other...
geneva protocol,chemical weapons,wars ban
Describe the 1925 Geneva Protocol's Prohibition on Using Asphyxiating, Poisonous, or Other Gases and Bacteriological Methods of Warfare in War
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

d. Describe the 1925 Geneva Protocol's prohibition on using asphyxiating, poisonous, or other gases and the prohibition of bacteriological methods of warfare in war.

The 1925 Geneva Protocol prohibits the use of...
geneva protocol,chemical weapons,biological warfare
Describe the Customary Law of War and Hague Regulations' Prohibitions on Certain Weapons
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

5. Describe the Customary Law of War and Hague Regulations' prohibitions on using certain types of weapons.

The Customary Law of War, along with the Hague Regulations, prohibits the use of weapons that cause unnecessary...
customary law,hague regulations,weapon prohibitions
Describe the Effect on Hospital Protection if Enemy Soldiers Are Inside Medical Areas
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

(2) Describe the effect on this protected status if enemy Soldiers are the sick or wounded inside these hospitals or medical areas.

If enemy soldiers are among the sick or wounded in a hospital or medical area, the facility...
hospital protection,enemies in medical areas,law of war
Describe the Effect on Hospital Protection if Medical Areas Are Used for Military Purposes
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

(2) Describe the effect on this protected status if these hospitals or medical areas are being used for military purposes.

If a hospital or medical area is used for military purposes, such as storing weapons, ammunition, or...
hospital misuse,military use,law of war
Describe the Effect on Protected Status of Religious or Charitable Buildings Used for Military Purposes
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

i. Describe the effect on protected status given to buildings dedicated to religion, art, science, or charitable purposes, or historic monuments if these buildings are being used for military purposes.

If a building that is...
protected status,military use,law of war
Describe the Hague Regulations' Prohibition on Using Poison or Poised Weapons Against Human Beings in War
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

c. Describe the Hague Regulations' prohibitions on using poison or poisoned weapons against human beings in war.

The Hague Regulations explicitly prohibit the use of poison or poisoned weapons against human beings during...
hague regulations,poisoned weapons,war prohibitions
Describe the Hague Regulations' Prohibition on Weapons Causing Unnecessary Suffering
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

a. Describe the Hague Regulations' prohibitions on employing arms, material, or projectiles designated to cause unnecessary suffering.

The Hague Regulations prohibit the use of arms, materials, or projectiles that are...
hague regulations,weapon prohibitions,unecessary suffering
Describe the Legality of Incidental Damage to Surrounding Buildings During an Attack on a Legitimate Target
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

m. Describe the legality of incidental damage to surrounding buildings during an attack on a legitimate target.

Incidental damage to surrounding buildings during an attack on a legitimate military target is...
incidental damage,military attack,law of war
Describe the Relationship Between Military Necessity and Unnecessary Suffering or Destruction
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

g. Describe the relationship between military necessity versus unnecessary suffering or destruction.

Military necessity refers to actions taken by a force that are essential for achieving a legitimate military objective....
military necessity,unnecessary destruction,international law
Engaging Enemy Forces During Harassment Phase
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Avoid direct confrontation and continue harassment tactics.

Procedure:
1. If an enemy unit moves out of its lodgement in force, do not engage head-on.
2. Continue using harassment tactics, including:
- **Hit-and-run...
enemy engagement,harassment tactics,military operations
Ensuring Alternate Position Requirements Are Met
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

Ensure that the alternate position meets the following requirements:

1. Provide observation of the primary sector of fire.
2. Provide cover and concealment.
3. Provide use of natural and artificial obstacles.
4....
alternate position requirements, military defense, observation sectors, cover concealment
Ensuring Supplementary Position Requirements Are Met
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

Ensure that the supplementary position provides for and meets the following requirements:

1. Allowed the squad to defend as part of the platoon against enemy attack from the flank(s) and rear.
2. **Provided observation of the...
supplementary position requirements, military defense, coverage of approaches, construction guidelines
Evacuate Human Remains and Personal Effects
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Evacuating Human Remains and Personal Effects

Steps:
1. Secure the remains in a vehicle or an aircraft.
- On vehicles and rotary-wing aircraft, load human remains feet first.
- On fixed-wing aircraft, load human...
human remains evacuation, mortuary affairs facility, military operations, transportation procedures
Execute Battle Drills for Small Units
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: To provide standardized responses for small units in common combat situations through rapid execution of pre-planned actions.

### Steps:
1. Understand the Format of a Battle Drill: A battle drill includes a title, situation cue,...
battle drill, military tactics, small unit operations, combat response, training standards
Form Platoon into a Platoon Line Formation
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

• Give the preparatory command, "Platoon on line," while simultaneously using hand-and-arm signals (Raise both arms straight out to the side, arms and hands extended and palms down).
• Give the execution command, "Move," and...
platoon formation,military operations,hand signals
High-Risk Tactics for Rapid Destruction in Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
In certain situations, speed of destruction may take precedence over caution, requiring calculated risks.

Key considerations include:

• Bringing maximum firepower to bear on the enemy.
• Utilizing terrain and weather conditions to gain an...
high-risk tactics, northern operations, military strategy
Importance of Mobility and Logistic Support in Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
The success of all tactical considerations depends on:

• Good mobility to ensure rapid deployment and maneuverability.
• Logistic support to sustain operations over prolonged periods.

These can only be achieved through:

• **Detailed...
logistic support, mobility, northern operations
Issue a Warning Order Using Five-Paragraph OPORD Format
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Say "Warning order" before issuing the order.
2. Use standard military terminology throughout the warning order.
3. Issue the warning order in the five-paragraph OPORD format:
- SITUATION paragraph:
- Provide available...
warning order, five paragraph opord, military terminology, mission statement, service support, command and signal
Issue the March Order
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Purpose: Provide clear instructions to the platoon for conducting a tactical road march.

Steps:
1. Include the following in the order:
- Destination (map).
- Route of march (map).
- **Location of start point (SP),...
march order, destination, route of march, start point, critical points, release point, map
Move Company from Staging Area to Mission Area
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Ensure that the company is fully prepared for movement from the staging area to the mission area.

2. Coordinate with all units and support teams to ensure they understand their roles during the move.

3. Establish communication...
company movement, staging area to mission area, tactical coordination, emergency contingencies
Organize Company and Support Teams for Formation and Action
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Brief the company and all support teams on the following:
- a. Mission goal(s)
- b. Any known intelligence relevant to the mission
- c. Emergency action contingencies
- d. Placement of NLW members in...
company organization, support team positioning, mission briefing, rules of engagement, tactical coordination
Perform Predeparture Checks/Duties as Serial/March Unit Commander
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Steps to Perform Predeparture Checks/Duties:

1. Ensure before-operations checks have been performed, checking the following:
- (1) Air hose couplings for proper connection and leakage.
- (2) Oil and lubrication levels.
-...
predeparture checks,duties as serial/march unit commander,vehicle inspection,sandbag installation,military convoy
Plan the Sequence for a Tactical Road March
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Purpose: Plan and organize the sequence of actions required to conduct a tactical road march.

Steps:
1. Prepare and issue the warning order.
2. Prepare an estimate of the situation.
3. **Organize and dispatch reconnaissance and...
road march sequence, warning order, estimate of situation, reconnaissance, SOP, movement plans, complete march order
Prepare Unit for Movement to Port of Embarkation
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

Conditions: You have received a movement order directing your unit to conduct a move to the port of embarkation and deploy in support of an Army or Joint mission. You have access to the unit SOP and all unit movement...
unit movement, port of embarkation, vehicle readiness, logistics coordination, deployment preparation
Report End of Mission and Surveillance
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure for Reporting End of Mission and Surveillance

• After fire for effect has been executed:
- Observe the results of fire for effect.
- If necessary, transmit refinements to adjust targeting.
- Provide a report on the **end...
end of mission, surveillance report, tactical operations
Role and Use of Airborne Forces in Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Airborne forces are normally held as an immediate reaction force and are ideally suited for:

• The destruction of minor enemy incursions.
• The containment of larger incursions until the arrival of the main force.
• Deployment to **seize or...
airborne forces, northern operations, military tactics
Select and Mark Pickup and Landing Zones (PZ/LZ)
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
When selecting pickup and landing zones (PZ/LZ), consider the following:

• a. Size: Ensure sufficient separation between aircraft and obstacles based on aircraft type:
- OH-58D – 25 meters.
- UH-1, AH-1 – 35 meters.
- UH-60, AH-64 – 50...
pickup zone,landing zone,surface hazards,aircraft separation
Selecting Supplementary Positions for Squad Defense
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
### Procedure: Selecting Supplementary Positions for Squad Defense

Overview:
Supplementary positions are critical to squad defense, providing additional coverage and flexibility against enemy attacks from flanks and rear. These positions should...
supplementary positions, military defense, squad tactics, communication trenches, terrain considerations
Sequence of Events Following an Enemy Incursion in Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
The probable sequence of events following an enemy incursion would be:

1. Determine the location and strength of the enemy, and if possible, his intentions.
2. Alert and dispatch a force to contain and harass the enemy.
3. **Destroy the...
enemy incursion, sequence of events, military operations, northern operations
Tactical Considerations for Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Commanders at all levels must show great initiative and imagination due to the following challenges:

• The difficulty in deploying large forces to the area of operations.
• The corresponding problems in extracting wounded personnel.

To address...
tactical considerations, northern operations, military strategy
Tactics for Northern Operations in Cold Weather Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Some possible tactics that may be used in northern operations include:

1. Destroy enemy supplies rather than focusing on attacking the main force.
2. Deny shelter and heated accommodation to the enemy.
3. Force the enemy to move,...
cold weather tactics, northern operations, military strategy
Transitioning from Harassment to Destruction Phase
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Determine the appropriate phase of operation based on enemy condition.

Procedure:
1. When the commander decides to end the harassment phase, assess the enemy's condition:
- If the enemy is near surrender, conduct a...
transition phase,military operations,enemy destruction
Understand CCA Call-for-Fire Format
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
### CCA Call-for-Fire Format

Use the following format to request fire support:

1. (1) IP/BP/ABF or friendly location: Provide grid coordinates, latitude and longitude, or a known point.
2. (2) Known point: Identify a specific terrain...
CCA,call-for-fire,military,tactical
Understand Risk-Estimate Distances for CCA Munitions
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
### Risk-Estimate Distances for CCA Munitions

The following table provides risk-estimate distances for CCA (Close Combat Attack) munitions:

| WEAPON | DANGER CLOSE | MAX EFF RANGE |
|---|---|---|
| 50 cal | 150 meters | 2,000...
CCA,munitions,risk,estimate,tactical
Understand Tactical Task Definitions and Purpose in Military Operations
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Purpose: Clarify the meaning of tactical tasks and their role in military operations.

Definitions:
• Tactical Task: A clearly defined, measurable activity accomplished by individuals or organizations that contributes to a larger...
tactical task, military operations, doctrine terms, mission statement, offensive maneuver, defensive techniques
Adjust Fire Using Bracketing Procedures
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
### Adjust Fire Using Bracketing Procedures

Steps:
1. If the distance to the target is more than 100 but less than 200 meters, add or drop 200 meters.
2. If the distance to the target is less than 100 meters, add or drop 100 meters.
3....
adjust fire, bracketing procedures, military operations, tactical fire
Assign Tasks to Maneuver Units for Tactical Operations
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
### Procedure: Assign Tasks to Maneuver Units for Tactical Operations

Overview:
• This procedure outlines the roles and responsibilities of maneuver units during tactical operations.

### Steps:
1. HQs (Headquarters):
- Responsible for...
maneuver units, HQs tasks, ATM responsibilities, BTM duties
Call for Fire Procedure Using Grid Coordinates
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Purpose: To call for fire using grid coordinates in a military operation.

Steps:
1. Observer’s Identification - Call Signs: Identify the observer with their assigned call sign.
2. Warning Order: Provide a warning order to request...
call for fire, grid coordinates, military operations
Describe When Bombardment is Permitted During an Attack on a Military Objective
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

f. Describe when attacking a military objective, including bombardment, is permitted.

Bombardment or attack on a military objective is permitted only if the target is directly related to military operations and contributes...
bombardment,military objectives,law of war
Ensure Countersniper Support Availability for Formation Movement
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

• Ensure that countersniper support is available to the formation during movement, where appropriate.
countersniper support,formation movement,tactical operations
Evaluate Performance in Fire-for-Effect Phase
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
### Evaluate Performance in Fire-for-Effect Phase

Performance Measures:
1. Located the target to within 250 meters of the actual target location.
2. Transmitted the call for fire to the FDC within 3 minutes of target identification.
3....
evaluate performance, military operations, tactical fire
Format a Request for Immediate Close Air Support (CAS)
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Purpose: To format a request for immediate close air support in a military operation.

Steps:
1. Provide observer identification (call sign or name).
2. Issue a warning order to request close air support (e.g., “Requesting CAS on...
close air support, military operations, target description
Initiate Fire for Effect
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
### Initiate Fire for Effect

Steps:
1. When a 100-meter bracket is split or a range correct spotting is made, enter the fire-for-effect phase.
2. Use successive bracketing procedures to adjust rounds until within **50 meters of the...
fire for effect, military operations, tactical fire
Prepare a Range Card for a Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Conditions: During daylight, in a defensive fighting position, given a tripod-mounted machine gun with a traversing and elevating (T&E) mechanism; an assigned primary sector of fire with recognizable targets (either an FPL [final protective...
range card, machine gun, military tactics, sector of fire, target identification, DA Form 5517-R, lensatic compass, map reading
Prepare and Execute Ground Tactical Plan for Movement to ORP and Objective
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
### Procedure: Prepare and Execute Ground Tactical Plan for Movement to ORP and Objective

Overview:
• Current location is Camp Darby, GA 1962 7902 on a ridge.
• Move generally southwest to the ORP at Grid GA 187778, which is located in a draw...
ground tactical plan, movement to ORP, objective preparation, terrain model, stealth operations
Report Results of Fire for Effect
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
### Report Results of Fire for Effect

Steps:
1. Observe the results of fire for effect.
2. If refinements are necessary, transmit them to the FDC (Fire Direction Center).
3. Provide an end-of-mission report, including a brief...
report results, military operations, tactical fire
Time Schedule for Tactical Operations and Coordination
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
### Procedure: Time Schedule for Tactical Operations and Coordination

Overview:
• This procedure outlines the time schedule for tactical operations, inspections, coordination, and mission execution.

### Time Schedule:
| WHEN | WHAT |...
time schedule, mission timeline, coordination times
Understand OH-58D (Kiowa) Capabilities and Limitations
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
### OH-58D (Kiowa) Capabilities

• Mast-mounted sight: Provides enhanced visibility and targeting capabilities.
• Ability to designate targets while remaining masked: Allows for stealthy engagement of enemy positions.
• **Thermal imaging...
OH-58D,Kiowa,capabilities,limitations,tactical,military
Uniform and Equipment Standards for All Personnel
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
### Procedure: Uniform and Equipment Standards for All Personnel

Overview:
• This procedure outlines the minimum uniform and equipment standards required for all personnel during operations.

### Required Uniform and Equipment:
1. **Ballistic...
uniform standards, equipment checklist, LCE requirements, rucksack contents
Advantages of Skiing in Snow-Covered Terrain for Military Operations
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
AGO 8641A

• Advantages:
- In snow-covered terrain, the weakest and most vulnerable points of the enemy are usually the open flanks, rear areas, and lines of communication. Attacking, defending, or delaying troops require a high degree of...
skiing,military,advantages,snow-covered terrain,cross-country mobility
Complete Convoy Commander's Checklist Prior to Movement
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Ensure all critical questions are answered and preparations are complete prior to convoy movement.

### Steps:
1. Confirm the following information:
a. Start point (SP) and release point (RP) locations.
b. Route to be...
convoy commander checklist, military convoy preparation, pre-movement checks, route safety, vehicle readiness
Conduct Special Operations
Standard Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Conduct Special Operations

Special operations are conducted across the full range of military operations, independently or in coordination with operations of conventional, nonspecial operations forces. Political-military considerations...
special operations, military operations, political-military considerations, clandestine techniques, operational intelligence
Define a Defended Place
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

(1) Define a defended place.

A defended place is an area that has been fortified or occupied by military forces for the purpose of defense. This may include cities, towns, fortifications, or other locations where military...
defended place,military operations,tactical defense
Describe the Status of a City or Town Surrounded by Detached Defense Positions
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

(2) Describe the status (defended or undefended) of a city or town surrounded by detached defense positions.

A city or town that is surrounded by detached defense positions may still be considered undefended if it does not...
undefended status,military defense,tactical operations
Disadvantages of Skiing in Snow-Covered Terrain for Military Operations
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
- Disadvantages:
- Individuals require a considerable amount of training before becoming proficient in the use of skis for military purposes.
- Certain terrain features, such as very dense brush and windfall areas, materially decrease the...
skiing,military,disadvantages,snow-covered terrain,training requirements
Enhancing Mobility and Administrative Support in Cold Weather Operations
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Adjust the character of the grouping to enhance mobility by attaching major engineer equipment and increasing reliance on tactical air support.
2. Ensure that administrative elements are provided with sufficient resources and...
mobility enhancement, administrative support, cold weather operations, enemy self-sufficiency
Ensure Vehicle Crew Support Availability for Formation Movement
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

• Ensure that vehicle crew support is available to the formation during movement, where appropriate.
vehicle crew support,formation movement,tactical operations
Establishing Forward Bases in Cold Weather Operations
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Establish a forward base when the distance between the supporting base and the enemy lodgement is too great for effective command and logistic support.
2. Select a location that is as close as possible to the enemy lodgement,...
forward base, cold weather training, military logistics, airfield selection
Establishing Mounting Bases for Military Operations in Cold Weather
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Identify a mounting base, which is a specially designated location used to dispatch military forces for an operation.
2. The mounting base may be the 'home' base of the unit or formation tasked with the mission, but it is not...
mounting base, supporting base, military operations, cold weather training, deployment
Evaluate Soldier's Ability to Perform as Convoy Commander
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

Setup: Evaluate this task during a field training exercise or normal training session. Provide the Soldier with the items listed in the conditions statement.

Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier that he/she will be evaluated on...
convoy commander evaluation, military training, performance measures, tactical procedures
Grouping Subunits for Northern Operations
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Determine the appropriate senior headquarters responsible for grouping subunits or units for a specific task in northern operations (typically a brigade group).
2. Group subunits based on the nature of the commitment, whether...
subunit grouping, northern operations, military readiness, cold weather training
Prepare a Sterile Overlay for Military Operations
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Purpose: To prepare a sterile overlay that includes essential information without additional details.

Steps:
1. Include index marks to position the overlay on the map.
2. Add target symbols for identification of targets.
sterile overlay, military operations, target symbols
Prepare for Convoy Movement
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Ensure the convoy is prepared for movement by completing all predeparture actions and checks.

### Steps:
1. Submit a request for convoy clearance and oversized vehicle/load permits (if applicable).
2. **Assign key convoy duty...
convoy preparation, military convoy, predeparture actions, route selection, vehicle inspection, convoy commander checklist
Submit Convoy Commander's Report to Higher Headquarters
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

If required, submit the convoy commander's report to higher headquarters according to FM 55-15, chapter 3 and FM 55-30, appendix R.

Notes:
• Ensure all documentation is complete and follows the guidelines outlined in the...
convoy commander report, FM 55-15, FM 55-30, military operations, tactical procedures
Understand Close Air Support Aircraft Capabilities
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Purpose: To understand the capabilities of close air support aircraft for mission planning.

Aircraft Information:
| AIRCRAFT | SERVICE | CHARACTERISTICS |
|---|---|---|
| A-10 | AF | Specialized CAS aircraft; subsonic; typical...
close air support, military aircraft, CAS capabilities
Understand Glossary Terms for Military Operations
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Familiarize with key terminology used in military operations and training.

Procedure:
1. Review the glossary entries provided to understand the meaning of each acronym and term.
2. Identify terms relevant to your specific role or...
glossary,military terms,acronyms,operations,tactical
Use the PLOT-CR Checklist for Fire Support Planning
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Purpose: To ensure completeness of a fire support plan using the PLOT-CR checklist.

Steps:
1. Purpose: Define the purpose of the planned indirect fires (e.g., suppress enemy, destroy target).
2. Location: Provide the planned targets...
PLOT-CR checklist, fire support plan, military operations, observer identification
Define Striking Force
Reference Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Define Striking Force

A striking force is a committed force organized to conduct the decisive attack in a mobile defense. It normally comprises the maximum combat power available to the commander at the time of the attack.
striking force, military attack, combat power
Define Strong Point
Reference Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Define Strong Point

A strong point is a heavily fortified battle position tied to a natural or reinforcing obstacle to create an anchor for the defense or to deny the enemy decisive or key terrain.
strong point, fortification, defensive position
Define Support Operations
Reference Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Define Support Operations

Support operations are operations that employ Army forces to assist civil authorities, foreign or domestic, as they prepare for or respond to crisis and relieve suffering.
support operations, civil assistance, military support
Define Surprise
Reference Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Define Surprise

Surprise is one of the nine principles of war: strike the enemy at a time or place or in a manner for which he is unprepared.
surprise, principles of war, military strategy
Define Survivability
Reference Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Define Survivability

Survivability (Joint) is a concept which includes all aspects of protecting personnel, weapons, and supplies while simultaneously deceiving the enemy. Survivability tactics include building a good defense; employing...
survivability, military tactics, defense strategies
Define Sustainability
Reference Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Define Sustainability

Sustainability is one of the eight characteristics of combat service support: the ability to maintain continuous support throughout all phases of the operations.
sustainability, combat support, military logistics
Define Sustaining Operations
Reference Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Define Sustaining Operations

Sustaining operations are operations at any echelon that enable shaping and decisive operations by providing combat service support, rear area and base security, movement control, terrain management, and...
sustaining operations, military logistics, support functions
Define Sustainment
Reference Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Define Sustainment

Sustainment is the provision of personnel, logistic, and other support required to maintain and prolong operations or combat until successful accomplishment or revision of the mission or of the national objective.
sustainment, military logistics, support operations
Define Synchronization
Reference Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Define Synchronization

1. The arrangement of military actions in time, space, and purpose to produce maximum relative combat power at a decisive place and time.
2. In the intelligence context, application of intelligence sources and methods in...
synchronization, military operations, coordination
Define Tactical Control
Reference Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Define Tactical Control

Command authority over assigned or attached forces or commands, or military capability or forces made available for tasking, that is limited to the detailed and, usually, local direction and control of movements or...
tactical control, military operations, command authority

+ 5 more procedures. Get the full library in the app.

Hand To Hand Combat (65)

Defending Against a Rifle with Fixed Bayonet Using a Three-Foot Stick
Critical Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Scenario: When an attacker thrusts forward with a rifle that has a fixed bayonet aimed at the defender’s chest, the defender should grasp the stick with two hands—one at each end.

Action Steps:
1. Step off the line of attack to the outside...
defending against rifle bayonet, three-foot stick defense, neck choke technique
Control the Enemy in Hand-to-Hand Combat
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. Body Control:
- Gain and maintain a dominant body position. This prevents the enemy from moving freely.
- If possible, pin the enemy in place (e.g., against a wall).

2. Weapon Control:
- **Immobilize the...
body control, weapon control, hand-to-hand combat, tactical positioning
Defending Against a Knife Attack with a Three-Foot Stick
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Scenario: When an attacker thrusts a knife toward the defender’s stomach at a low No. 5 angle of attack, the defender should move off the line of attack to the outside.

Action Steps:
1. Strike vigorously downward onto the attacking wrist,...
defending against knife attack, three-foot stick defense, jugular notch strike
Determine Appropriate Actions Based on Range in Hand-to-Hand Combat
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. Assess the range to the enemy. This is critical for deciding whether you can close the gap before the enemy can bring his weapon to bear.

2. Close Range Action:
- If you are near enough to close the distance before the...
range, hand-to-hand combat, enemy engagement, tactical positioning
Front Mount Positioning Technique
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Front Mount Positioning Technique

Steps:
1. Place your knees as high as possible toward the enemy's armpits.
2. Hold this position loosely to allow the enemy to turn over if they attempt to do so.

Details:
• This position is dominant...
front mount, positioning, hand to hand combat, tactical position
Guard Positioning Technique
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Guard Positioning Technique

Steps:
1. Lock your feet together behind the enemy's back.
2. Maintain this position to prevent the enemy from pushing your knees down and stepping over them.

Details:
• If you must be on the bottom, the...
guard position, hand to hand combat, tactical defense
Leaning Choke
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 1 (Figure 4-25). Grasp both sides of the collar. The knuckles should be pointed inward and there should be three or four inches of slack.

Step 2 (Figure 4-26). Pull one side of the collar across the enemy’s neck so the pinky knuckle is...
leaning choke, combat technique, choking method
Nutcracker Choke
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 1 (Figure 4-27). Grasp the collar with both hands at the sides of the enemy’s neck. Knuckles should be pointed in against the neck.

Step 2 (Figure 4-28). Pull the collar tight against the back of the enemy’s neck with both hands and,...
nutcracker choke, combat technique, choking method
Paper Cutter Choke
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 1 (Figure 4-22). Start by opening the collar with the weak hand, as in the cross collar choke. With the strong hand grasp deep into the collar, inserting the thumb on the inside.

Step 2 (Figure 4-23). Release the grip of the first hand...
paper cutter choke, combat technique, choking method
Sleeve Choke
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 1 (Figure 4-29). Place the fingers of one hand inside the sleeve cuff of the other with a firm grip.

Step 2 (Figure 4-30). Drive the other hand behind the enemy’s head so the forearm of the first hand goes across the neck.

Step 3...
sleeve choke, combat technique, choking method
Target Vulnerable Areas on the Head in Close Combat
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Eye Strikes: Target the eyes with strikes or gouges.
- The eyes are soft tissue not protected by bone or muscle.
- Any attack to this region may cause the opponent to protect it, allowing for secondary attacks to other...
head targets,eye gouging,temporal strike,nose break,jaw strike,tactical defense
Target the Neck in Close Combat
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Front of Neck (Throat) Strikes: Target the front of the neck or throat area, which is a soft tissue region not protected by natural defenses.
- Damage to this region can cause the trachea to swell and close the airway,...
neck strikes,trachea attack,cervical spine,tactical defense
Use Conservative Finishing Moves in Hand-to-Hand Combat
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. Avoid risky finishing moves. Remember that the primary means of winning the fight is with the aid of your buddy.
2. Do not attempt any move that, if unsuccessful, would compromise your ability to control the situation....
finishing moves, hand-to-hand combat, tactical positioning
Use Elbow as a Weapon in Close Combat
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Elbow Strikes: Use the elbow to strike an opponent.
- The short distance needed to generate power makes the elbow ideal for striking in the grappling range of close combat.
elbow strikes,grappling combat,tactical defense
Use Forearm as a Weapon and Defensive Tool in Close Combat
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Defensive Use: Use the forearm to deflect or block attacks.

2. Offensive Use: Use the forearm to strike and damage or break joints and limbs.
- Strikes with the forearm pose a lower risk of self-injury compared to...
forearm strikes,defensive blocking,tactical defense
Use Hands as Weapons in Close Combat
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Fist Strikes: Use the fist for striking soft tissue areas such as the throat.
- The first two knuckles or the meaty portion of the hand below the little finger are the preferred striking surfaces.
- This minimizes the...
fist strikes,palm strikes,finger gouging,hand to hand combat,tactical defense
Apply a Collar Choke from the Back Mount Position
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step-by-step procedure for applying a collar choke from the back mount position:

1. Step 1: Grasp the collar with the hand in the armpit, pulling it open to insert the thumb of the other hand deep into the collar. Secure a firm grip.

2....
collar choke, back mount, hand-to-hand combat, tactical techniques, chokehold
Apply a Lapel Choke
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step-by-step procedure for applying a lapel choke:

1. Step 1: With the hand that corresponds to the side the enemy is facing, place the fingers inside of the enemy’s collar and pull it open.

2. Step 2: Reach under his head with the...
lapel choke, hand-to-hand combat, tactical techniques, close combat, chokehold
Assume the Knife Fighter’s Stance
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Purpose: The knife fighter’s stance provides balance and readiness for combat with a knife or bayonet.

Procedure:
1. Stand with your feet approximately shoulder-width apart.
2. Position your dominant foot toward the rear.
3. Distribute your...
knife fighter's stance, combat posture, knife, bayonet, readiness
Assume the Modified Stance for Concealment
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Purpose: The modified stance helps conceal the knife and protect against enemy strikes.

Procedure:
1. Stand with your feet approximately shoulder-width apart, similar to the knife fighter’s stance.
2. Hold the knife close to your body with...
modified stance, concealment, knife, bayonet, combat posture
Execute Long-Range Knife Fighting Techniques
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Purpose: To effectively engage the enemy at a long range using knife or bayonet techniques.

Procedure:
1. Assume a stance that allows for mobility and control (e.g., knife fighter’s stance).
2. Use the straight grip for attacks.
3. Execute...
long range, knife fighting, slashing, thrusting, combat techniques
Execute a Basic Wristlock Take Down
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Apply a basic wristlock to subdue an opponent and take them to the ground.

Procedure:
1. Begin with the opponent placing his hands on your lapels or attempting to grab you.
2. With your right hand, grab the opponent’s left hand...
wristlock take down, joint manipulation, pain compliance, hand-to-hand combat
Execute a Reverse Wristlock
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Apply a reverse wristlock to control an opponent and gain leverage.

Procedure:
1. Begin with the opponent placing his right hand on your left shoulder.
2. With your right hand, place your palm on the back of the opponent’s right...
reverse wristlock, joint manipulation, hand-to-hand combat, pain compliance
Execute an Eye Gouge Strike
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute an eye gouge strike to blind an opponent for follow-up strikes.

Steps:
1. Extend your left hand with your fingers slightly spread apart to allow entry into the eye sockets.
2. With the palm of your hand either toward the...
eye gouge strike, hand strikes, martial arts technique, combat training, eye target
Executing Side Control Technique
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Executing Side Control

1. Positioning: Place your elbow on the ground in the notch created by the enemy's head and shoulder.
2. Hand Placement: Use your other hand, palm down, on the ground on the near side of the...
side control, hand to hand combat, tactical positioning, leverage, balance, distance control
Gain the Back Mount Position
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step-by-step procedure for gaining the back mount position:

1. Step 1: Push the enemy toward his stomach with chest pressure, and at the same time bring your foot close to the enemy’s back.

2. Step 2: Sit back, pulling the enemy on top...
back mount, hand-to-hand combat, tactical techniques, close combat, dominant position
Perform a Hammer Fist Strike
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute a hammer fist strike effectively for maximum impact.

Steps:
1. Make a fist with your right hand.
2. Retract your right hand so that your fist is next to your face and neck, keeping your arm bent at approximately a 45- to...
hammer fist strike, hand strikes, martial arts technique, combat training, striking surface, target areas
Perform a Horizontal Elbow Strike (Forward)
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute a horizontal elbow strike forward for maximum impact.

Steps:
1. Tuck your right fist near your chest with the palm heel facing the deck.
2. Thrust your right elbow horizontally forward toward the opponent. The forearm is...
horizontal elbow strike, hand strikes, martial arts technique, combat training, striking surface
Perform a Vertical Elbow Strike (Low to High)
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute a vertical elbow strike from low to high for maximum impact.

Steps:
1. Bend your right elbow, keeping your fist close to your body. Your fist is at shoulder level and your elbow is next to your torso.
2. Thrust your elbow...
vertical elbow strike, hand strikes, martial arts technique, combat training, striking surface
Push the Knees
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 1 (Figure 4-19). Gain control of the enemy’s pant legs on top of each knee.

Step 2 (Figure 4-20). Step back and drive both knees downward.

Step 3 (Figure 4-21). While still holding the enemy’s knees down, jump forward with both...
push knees, mount position, combat technique
Triple Attack from Mount Position
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
When the enemy tries to escape the mount using the trap and roll technique, he can be moved into the position shown by sliding the trapped foot forward and lifting on the enemy’s opposite shoulder. This position presents several attack opportunities.
triple attack, mount position, combat technique
Use Straight Grip for Knife/Bayonet
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Purpose: The straight grip is ideal for thrusting and slashing with a knife or bayonet.

Procedure:
1. Hold the knife in your strong hand.
2. Form a "vee" with your fingers, allowing the knife to fit naturally as you would during a...
straight grip, knife, bayonet, combat, hand to hand, thrusting, slashing
Using a Three-Foot Stick as a Field-Expedient Weapon
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Overview: A three-foot stick is a versatile field-expedient weapon that can be used for both non-lethal and lethal combat. It should be approximately 3 feet long and gripped in the 'vee' formed between the thumb and index finger, similar to a...
three-foot stick, field-expedient weapon, grip technique, striking methods, thrusting, whipping, snapping
Apply Come-Along Holds for Compliance
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Apply come-along holds to achieve compliance.

Procedure:
1. Position yourself behind or beside the opponent and take control of their arm or wrist.
2. Use your body weight and leverage to pull the opponent toward you in a...
come-along holds, compliance techniques, tactical control
Apply Joint Manipulation for Pain Compliance
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Apply joint manipulation techniques to achieve pain compliance.

Procedure:
1. Identify the target joint (e.g., wrist, elbow, knee) based on the situation and opponent's resistance level.
2. Apply pressure in the direction that...
joint manipulation, pain compliance, tactical control, pressure application
Apply Offbalancing Techniques for Control
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Apply offbalancing techniques to gain better control of an opponent.

Procedure:
1. Use body positioning and movement to shift the opponent's center of gravity away from their base of support.
2. Apply force or pressure in a...
offbalancing techniques, control, tactical positioning
Apply a Knee Strike or Kick for Softening
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Use a knee strike or kick to distract or weaken a subject’s grip.

Procedure:
1. Target the inner or outer portion of the subject's thigh (femoral and peroneal nerves).
2. Execute a knee strike or kick with precision, as these...
knee strike, kick, femoral nerve, peroneal nerve, softening technique, distraction
Apply a Stomp to the Foot as a Distraction Technique
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Use a stomp to the foot to create a distraction and gain control.

Procedure:
1. Identify an opportunity to strike the subject’s foot, typically targeting the sole or top of the foot.
2. Execute a forceful stomp with your foot,...
stomp to foot, distraction technique, hand-to-hand combat, pain compliance
Execute Bent Arm Bar from the Mount and Cross Mount
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Apply a bent arm bar to subdue an opponent who is mounted or in cross mount.

Steps:
1. Step 1: When the fighter has mounted the enemy, the enemy may try to cover his face by putting both arms up. Using the heel of his hand,...
bent arm bar, mount, cross mount, hand-to-hand combat, tactical maneuver
Execute Knee Strike
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Deliver a devastating knee strike at close range.

Procedure:
1. Use this technique when in the clinch or when the enemy is against a wall.
2. Target the head for maximum impact, but the thigh or body may also be targeted...
knee strike,close range,devastating strike
Execute Punching Combinations
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Perform effective punching combinations during combat.

Procedure:
1. Practice combinations after mastering individual punches. Common combinations include:
- Jab—reverse punch
- Jab—reverse punch—hook
- Jab—hook
-...
punching combinations,jab,reverse punch,hook,uppercut,elbow strike
Execute Shin Kick to the Outer Thigh
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Deliver a powerful shin kick to the outer thigh of an opponent.

Procedure:
1. Target the outer thigh with your shin for maximum impact.
2. This kick is difficult to defend against and can be used to drop an opponent.
3. Use...
shin kick,outer thigh strike,powerful strike
Execute Straight Arm Bar from the Guard
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Apply a straight arm bar to subdue an opponent who is in guard position.

Steps:
1. Step 1: When the fighter is on his back with the enemy in his guard, the enemy will sometimes present a straight arm such as when trying to...
straight arm bar, guard position, hand-to-hand combat, tactical maneuver
Execute an Armbar Takedown
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute an armbar takedown in accordance with references.

Procedure:
1. Approach the opponent from behind or the side and take control of their arm.
2. Grasp the opponent's wrist with one hand and use your other hand to apply...
armbar takedown, joint manipulation, pain compliance, tactical control
Perform Arm Lock from Guard Position
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 1: If the enemy places his hand on the ground, grasp it around the wrist.

Step 2: Release your legs and sit up. Reach over and around his arm grasping your own wrist.

Step 3: Keep your legs tight against his sides to prevent him...
arm lock, guard position, hand to hand combat
Perform Guillotine Choke from Guard Position
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 1: Release your grasp of his wrist and place your hand on the ground behind you. This allows you to move your hips back until you are sitting straight up.

Step 2: Wrap your other hand around the enemy’s neck and under his chin. Grasp...
guillotine choke, guard position, hand to hand combat
Perform Lead Leg Front Kick
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Execute a lead leg front kick to control range.

Procedure:
1. Target the enemy’s thigh, just above the knee.
2. Use the sole of your foot as the striking surface.
3. If the kick does not land, ensure your foot does not slide off...
lead leg front kick,range control,thigh strike
Perform Single Wing Choke
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 1: Open the collar and secure a grip the same as in the collar choke.

Step 2: With the hand that is under the enemy’s armpit, pull his arm out at the elbow.

Step 3: Bring your hand around behind his head and finish the choke by...
single wing choke, hand to hand combat, tactical techniques
Perform Stepping Side Kick
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Execute a stepping side kick with power and momentum.

Procedure:
1. Step either behind or in front of your other foot to close the distance (like a skip).
2. Bring the knee of your kicking leg up toward your body.
3. Thrust your...
stepping side kick,momentum,power strike
Safety Precautions During Joint Manipulation Training
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Ensure safety precautions are followed during joint manipulation training.

Procedure:
1. Always apply pressure slowly and steadily to avoid breaking the joint or causing injury.
2. Monitor the opponent for signs of discomfort,...
safety precautions, joint manipulation, training protocols
Transition Between Ranges Using Combinations
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Transition effectively between combat ranges using combinations of strikes and takedowns.

Procedure:
1. Use combinations such as:
- Jab—reverse punch—shin kick to the outer thigh
- Jab—reverse punch—shin kick to the outer...
range transition,jab,shin kick,takedown
Use Handheld Weapons in Combat
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Utilize handheld weapons effectively during a fight.

Procedure:
1. Understand the advantages of using handheld weapons such as bayonets or other combat tools.
2. Train to integrate armed and unarmed fighting techniques...
handheld weapons,bayonet fighting,armed combat
Block the Opposite Knee from a Single Leg Position
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. If the enemy turns away from you while in the single leg position, maintain control of their leg.
2. Reach between their legs to block their opposite leg.
3. Apply pressure with your shoulder on the back of their leg to bring them...
block opposite knee, combat technique, military tactics
Double Leg Attack Technique
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Use a double leg attack to control an enemy.

Steps:
1. When you are close to the enemy, bend both of your knees and lower your body level.
2. Drive into their midsection with your shoulder, penetrating as deeply as...
double leg attack, hand to hand combat, takedown techniques
Execute a Hook Strike
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Hook Strike Procedure:

1. Assume the basic stance with feet shoulder-width apart, knees slightly bent, and hands up in guard position.
2. Turn on your lead foot (the hand closest to the opponent) as if putting out a cigarette, rotating your...
hook strike, hand to hand combat, military combatives, self defense
Execute a Jab Strike
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Jab Strike Procedure:

1. Assume the basic stance with feet shoulder-width apart, knees slightly bent, and hands up in guard position.
2. Use your lead hand (the hand closest to the opponent) to throw the jab.
3. Snap your lead arm forward in a...
jab strike, hand to hand combat, military combatives, self defense
Execute a Leg Sweep from a Single Leg Position
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. Reach your outside arm under the enemy’s leg.
2. Use your outside hand to reach down and gain control of their ankle.
3. Pull their leg up with both arms.
4. Use your foot to sweep their post leg.

Details:
• This move is used...
leg sweep, combat technique, military tactics
Execute a Reverse Punch
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Reverse Punch Procedure:

1. Assume the basic stance with feet shoulder-width apart, knees slightly bent, and hands up in guard position.
2. Turn on the ball of your trail foot (the leg opposite your lead hand) as if putting out a cigarette,...
reverse punch, hand to hand combat, military combatives, self defense
Execute a Single Leg Attack
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. Make a deep step with your inside leg.
2. Reach with the same side arm to the enemy’s opposite knee.
3. Step to the outside and grasp your hands together behind his knee.
4. Keep your head and shoulder tight against his...
single leg attack, combat technique, hand to hand, military tactics
Execute a Trail Hand Uppercut
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Trail Hand Uppercut Procedure:

1. Assume the basic stance with feet shoulder-width apart, knees slightly bent, and hands up in guard position.
2. Turn your hips and shoulders slightly to face the enemy, dipping your rear shoulder downward.
3....
trail hand uppercut, hand to hand combat, military combatives, self defense
Execute an Attack from the Rear
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. Use effective stalking techniques to approach the enemy from behind.
2. Grab both of the sentry’s ankles.
3. Heave your body weight into their hips while pulling up on the ankles.
4. Slam the sentry to the ground on their face.
5....
rear attack, combat technique, military tactics
Leg Drag from Against a Wall
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Use a leg drag to control an enemy who attempts a knee strike.

Steps:
1. When the enemy attempts a knee strike on the side you are facing, capture their leg with your hand or foot.
2. **Step back with the foot on the same...
leg drag, wall takedown, hand to hand combat
Perform the Dump from a Single Leg Position
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. From the single leg position, ensure your shoulder is tight against the enemy’s thigh.
2. Take a short step in front of the enemy.
3. Take a longer step backward with your trail foot.
4. Apply pressure from your head and shoulder...
dump technique, combat maneuver, military tactics
Position and Strikes Against a Wall
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Gain control of an enemy by pushing them against a wall and delivering strikes.

Steps:
1. Push the enemy against the wall with one shoulder.
2. Wrap one arm around their waist, and place the other arm on the inside of...
position against wall, strikes, hand to hand combat, takedown techniques
Understand the Principles of Striking in Combat
Reference Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. Recognize that strikes are an inefficient method of ending a fight.
2. Understand that strikes are often a significant part of most fights.
3. Learn to control range and transition between ranges effectively.
4. Know which...
striking techniques, combat strategy, range control

Convoy Operations (51)

Convoy Forced to Stop (Method 1)
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe location.
2. Secure the area by taking cover and preparing for potential enemy contact.
3. Communicate with the lead vehicle or convoy commander to report the situation.
4. If evacuation is...
convoy,stop,response,tactical,method
Maintain Situational Awareness During Convoy Movement
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Maintain a high state of situational awareness.

- a. Perform side-to-side scanning (9 to 3 o'clock without an assistant driver).

- b. Perform side-to-side scanning (9 to 1 o'clock with an assistant driver).

-...
situational awareness, convoy threats, IED detection
Plan and Execute Convoy Operations
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure for Planning and Executing Convoy Operations

### Step 1: Gather Essential Information
• Determine the type of cargo, including any hazardous materials precautions and guidelines.
• Identify the origin and...
convoy operations, planning, execution, logistics, safety, communication, emergency measures, hazardous materials, medical support
Plan and Execute a Convoy Movement with Hazardous Materials
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
### Procedure: Plan and Execute a Convoy Movement with Hazardous Materials

Overview: This procedure outlines the steps required to plan and execute a convoy movement, including handling hazardous materials.

#### **Step 1: Determine Cargo...
convoy movement,hazardous materials,emergency measures,command structure,communication signals,safety,environmental protection
Report Enemy Contact During Convoy Movement
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Ensure timely and accurate reporting of enemy contact to higher headquarters.

Steps:
1. Report any enemy contact made during movement to higher headquarters.
2. Include the following information in the report:
a. Attack...
enemy contact reporting, military operations, convoy security, tactical communication
Acknowledge Hand-and-Arm Signals During Convoy Movement
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Acknowledge hand-and-arm signals by adjusting vehicle speed, interval, and position during movement.

- a. Refer to the vehicle TM.

- b. Relay hand-and-arm signals to the trailing vehicle drivers.
hand-and-arm signals, convoy communication
Conduct Convoy Closure Operations
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Ensure safe and orderly closure of the convoy upon reaching the RP.

Steps:
1. For those convoy assets that are relinquished upon crossing the RP, ensure that the chain of custody is not broken and that all command and control of...
convoy closure, military operations, tactical procedures, assembly area, vehicle positioning, hazardous cargo handling, accident reporting, chain of custody
Conduct Convoy Halt Checks
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Ensure safety and readiness of convoy personnel, vehicles, and loads during halts.

Steps:
1. During halts, ensure that serial/march unit commanders complete halt checks on personnel, vehicles, and loads.
2. Ensure that vehicles...
halt checks, convoy operations, security during halts, driver exchange, vehicle staging
Conduct Convoy Movement
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Ensure safe and efficient movement of the convoy according to established procedures.

Steps:
1. Conduct a communications check of all systems in the convoy radio net. Correct any deficiencies immediately.
2. Signal all drivers...
convoy movement, military operations, tactical procedures, convoy commander, radio communication, vehicle formation, security measures, OPSEC, COMSEC, enemy contact reporting
Consult with Information Sources for Convoy Planning
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Step 3: Consult with all sources of information, especially the engineers and the highway traffic division (HTD), to obtain as much information as possible.

• Gather intelligence on road conditions, potential threats, and terrain features.
-...
information sources, engineers, highway traffic division, HTD, convoy planning
Coordinate with Host Nation (HN) Security Personnel
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Step 2: Coordinate with host nation (HN) security personnel.

• Ensure that all HN security personnel are informed of the mission and their roles.
• Establish communication protocols for coordination during the operation.
host nation security, coordination, convoy operations
Coordinate with the Convoy Commander for Contingency Planning
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Step 5: Coordinate with the convoy commander.

• a. Determine the actions to take if—
- (1) Attacked by a sniper.
- (2) Ambushed with the road blocked.
- (3) Ambushed with the road not blocked.
- (4) Attacked from the air.
-...
convoy commander, contingency planning, ambush scenarios, mine protection, convoy organization
Develop Attack Response Plan for Convoy
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that there is a carefully conceived plan known to all convoy personnel in case of an attack.

Details:
• The plan should include procedures for immediate response, communication, and coordination.
• Ensure that the...
attack response,convoy
Operate a Vehicle in a Convoy
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Conditions: As a vehicle operator in a contemporary operating environment (COE), threat environment, given a convoy briefing by the convoy commander, a mission-ready tactical wheeled vehicle, load-bearing vest (LBV), with Kevlar®, protective...
operate vehicle, convoy operations, tactical environment, situational awareness, at-halt checks, hand-and-arm signals
Placard Vehicles Transporting Hazardous Materials
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that all vehicles transporting hazardous materials (HAZMAT) have been appropriately placarded.
2. Ensure that load manifests are in the driver's door pocket or otherwise readily available and known by convoy...
HAZMAT,placarding,manifests
Position HAZMAT Vehicles for Safety in Convoy
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that vehicles containing hazardous materials (HAZMAT) have been placed at appropriate locations within the convoy.

Details:
• The placement should minimize residual damage in case of enemy attack.
• Ensure that HAZMAT...
HAZMAT,positioning,convoy
Receive the Operation Order (OPORD)
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Step 1: Receive the OPORD.

• Follow all steps in the troop-leading procedures.
• When carrying special weapons or ammunition, ensure that you obtain the special orders concerning this cargo.
• Understand the special orders and ensure they cover...
operation order, OPORD, troop-leading procedures, special orders, convoy security
Reconnoiter the Convoy Route
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Step 4: Reconnoiter the convoy route.

• a. Identify likely trouble spots and ambush sites.
• b. Determine possible locations for traffic control posts (TCPs) and/or checkpoints.
• c. Identify route conditions.
• d. Determine the...
route reconnaissance, ambush sites, traffic control posts, route conditions, friendly units
Shutdown Vehicle During Halt (Unless Told Otherwise)
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. During halt, shutdown the vehicle (unless told otherwise for the mission).

- a. Refer to the vehicle TM for proper shutdown procedures.

- b. Chock the vehicle wheels as necessary.
vehicle shutdown, halt procedures
Conduct Convoy Predeparture Checks
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Conduct convoy predeparture checks.
- a. Conduct a communications check (if so equipped).
- b. Identify by bumper number, the vehicles immediately ahead of and behind your vehicle in the convoy column.
- c....
predeparture checks, load security, sensitive items check, weapon status
Determine Vehicle March Order and Security Requirements
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

• Determine the vehicle march order, interval, and location of key vehicles within the convoy.

• Determine security requirements, including:
- Noise and light discipline.
- Front, flank, and rear security.
- Security during...
vehicle order,security requirements,convoy security
Ensure Convoy Commander Responsibilities During Movement
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

• The convoy commander should maintain a log of events during the convoy that may be required in the convoy commander's report upon completing the convoy movement.

• The convoy commander must be able to monitor and control all...
convoy commander responsibilities, event logging, march discipline
Execute the Five Phases of Truck Movement
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
### Five Phases of Truck Movement

Phase 1: Staging Plan
• Secure the pickup point using a strongpoint or overwatch.
• Mark the pickup point for visibility during both day and night.

Phase 2: Loading Plan
• Assign each Ranger to a specific...
truck movement phases, staging plan, loading plan, dropoff plan, ground tactical plan, IED response, ambush tactics
Maintain Convoy Speed and Interval During Movement
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

During movement, maintain the designated convoy speed and interval between vehicles.

Steps:
1. Follow the lead vehicle or guide as directed by the convoy commander.
2. Adjust speed and position based on hand-and-arm signals from...
convoy speed, interval, movement, safety
Move Vehicle into Assembly Area as Directed
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

As directed by the convoy commander or ground guide, move the vehicle into the assembly area.

Steps:
1. If a ground guide is available, follow the guide into the assembly area.
2. If no ground guide is available, follow the lead...
assembly area, move vehicle, ground guide, lead vehicle
Notify Convoy Chain of Command for NMC Vehicle
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

If the vehicle becomes not-mission-capable (NMC), notify the convoy chain of command immediately.

Details:
• This step is critical to ensure that the convoy commander and relevant personnel are aware of any issues with the...
notify, convoy chain of command, not-mission-capable (NMC), vehicle
Perform After-Operation Preventive Maintenance Checks
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

After completing the mission or operation, perform after-operation preventive maintenance checks on the vehicle.

Steps:
1. Refer to the vehicle technical manual (TM) for proper procedures.
2. Follow additional guidance from the...
preventive maintenance, after-operation checks, technical manual (TM)
Perform During-Operation Maintenance Checks During Halt
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

During a halt in the convoy, perform during-operation maintenance checks on the vehicle and trailer.

Steps:
1. Check tiedown devices for security to ensure that the load is not shifting or damaged.
2. Inspect the vehicle and...
during-operation maintenance, halt checks, load security
Plan Convoy Movement Based on METT-TC Factors
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

Steps to Plan the Convoy Movement:

1. Assess Mission Parameters: Evaluate the mission details, including objectives and constraints.
2. Analyze Enemy Situation: Consider potential threats or enemy activity that could...
convoy planning, METT-TC factors, route reconnaissance, convoy commander, tactical operations
Plan a Vehicle Convoy Using TLP Steps
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
### Planning Considerations for Vehicle Convoy Operations

Step 1: Receive the Mission
• Extract the following information from the Company OPORD:
- Truck Support: Number and type of trucks, ACL (Ammunition Load Classification).
-...
vehicle convoy, planning considerations, TLP steps, METT-TC, OCOKA, pickup point security, route selection, truck movement plan
Resume Convoy Movement on Signal or Order from Commander
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

When directed by the convoy commander, resume convoy movement.

Steps:
1. Wait for a signal or order from the convoy commander before restarting movement.
2. Follow the lead vehicle or guide as instructed.
3. Repeat steps 1...
resume movement, convoy commander signal, order
Shut Down Vehicle at Destination (Unless Told Otherwise)
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

At the destination, shut down the vehicle unless instructed otherwise by the chain of command.

Steps:
1. Follow the convoy commander's instructions regarding whether to shut down the vehicle.
2. If instructed to shut it down,...
shut down, destination, convoy commander instruction
Advise Interested Parties of Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that all interested parties have been informed of the estimated time of arrival (ETA).

Details:
• This includes all relevant personnel and units involved in the convoy operation.
• Ensure communication is clear and...
ETA,communication,convoy,interested parties
Camouflage Vehicles During Movement and at Halts
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that every effort has been made to camouflage vehicles to the extent possible during movement.
2. Ensure that vehicles are also camouflaged at halts.

Details:
• Camouflage should be appropriate for the environment and...
camouflage,vehicles,convoy
Conduct Convoy Briefing
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Conduct a convoy briefing after all other movement preparations have been completed and verified by all responsible parties.
2. Gather applicable information from the commander's OPORD and local SOP to complete the briefing.
3....
convoy briefing,OPORD,SOP
Determine Vehicle March Order, Interval, and Location of Key Vehicles
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
To determine the vehicle march order, interval, and location of key vehicles:

• Identify the lead vehicle (e.g., command vehicle) and its position in the convoy.
• Determine intervals between vehicles based on mission requirements and safety...
vehicle order,convoy layout,key vehicle placement
Develop Communications Plan for Convoy
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that there is a communications plan in place.
2. Identify where communications equipment will be located.
3. Ensure that all communications equipment has been serviced and is operational.

Details:
• The plan should...
communications plan,equipment,convoy
Ensure Proper Clothing and Equipment for All Personnel
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that all personnel have proper clothing and equipment.

Details:
• This includes protective gear, uniforms, and any specialized equipment required for the mission.
• Ensure that all items are in good working condition...
clothing,equipment,convoy
Ensure Rear Officer Readiness for Corrective Action
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that the officer at the rear of the convoy is ready to take necessary corrective action.

Details:
• This includes investigating accidents and unusual incidents.
• The officer must be prepared to change loads if...
rear officer,corrective action,convoy
Ensure Written OPORD is Available
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that a written OPORD (Operations Order) is on hand if required.

Details:
• The OPORD should be accessible to all relevant personnel.
• Ensure that the order is up-to-date and reflects current operational requirements.
OPORD,convoy
Establish Convoy Formation Time
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that a specific time has been established for the formation of the convoy.

Details:
• This time should be communicated to all personnel involved in the operation.
• Ensure that all units are prepared to assemble at...
formation time,convoy
Establish Feeding Plan for Personnel
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that there is a plan in place for feeding personnel during the convoy operation.

Details:
• The feeding plan should include meal times, locations, and responsible individuals.
• Ensure that all necessary food supplies...
feeding plan,convoy
Establish Loading Times for Trucks
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that specific times have been established for loading trucks.

Details:
• These times should be communicated to all relevant personnel.
• Ensure that the schedule is realistic and accounts for potential delays.
loading times,convoy
Establish Truck Release Times and Responsibility
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that specific times have been established for releasing trucks.
2. Identify who is responsible for the release process.

Details:
• The release time should be communicated to all relevant personnel.
• Ensure that the...
release times,convoy
Establish Truck Unloading Plan
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that there is a truck unloading plan in place.
2. Identify who is responsible for the unloading process.
3. Ensure that the responsible individual has access to the necessary equipment.

Details:
• The unloading plan...
unloading plan,equipment,convoy
Establish Unloading Times for Trucks
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that specific times have been established for unloading trucks.

Details:
• These times should be communicated to all relevant personnel.
• Ensure that the schedule is realistic and accounts for potential delays.
unloading times,convoy
Identify Trail Officer
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Identify who the trail officer is.

Details:
• The trail officer is responsible for monitoring and managing the rear of the convoy.
• Ensure that this individual is clearly designated and known to all personnel.
trail officer,convoy
Move Vehicle into Position According to Convoy Order of March
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. In the staging area, move the vehicle into position according to the convoy order of march.
- a. Refer to the vehicle TM for starting procedures.
- b. Follow the ground guide to maneuver the vehicle into position.
...
vehicle positioning, convoy order of march, staging area, vehicle TM
Obtain Weather Forecast for Convoy Operation
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that a weather forecast has been obtained.

Details:
• The forecast should be reviewed by all relevant personnel.
• Ensure that the plan accounts for potential weather-related challenges.
weather forecast,convoy
Prepare for Road Movement Log
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Confirm that a log of road movement will be required at the end of the trip.
2. Ensure that all necessary forms are on hand.

Details:
• The log should include details such as route taken, time spent at each location, and any...
road movement log,forms
Set Vehicle in Motion Upon Signal from Convoy Commander
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Set the vehicle in motion upon signal or order from the convoy commander/serial/march unit commander.
vehicle movement, convoy commander signal, serial/march unit commander

Marksmanship (44)

Obtain the Correct Sight Picture for Fast Moving Targets
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Align and properly place the sights in relation to the target.
2. Ensure that the top center of the front sight post is in the center of the rear sight peephole.
3. Ensure that the white line on the front sight is just inside the...
sight picture, fast moving targets, marksmanship, alignment, aiming
Pair Firing Method
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. In pair firing, two Soldiers equipped with two or more rounds each engage a single target (Figure 071-054-0004-9).
2. The Soldier who sees the target first identifies it and announces the estimated range and the lead that he/she...
pair firing, marksmanship, engagement method, shooting technique
Sequence Firing Method
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. In sequence firing, one Soldier equipped with two or more launchers engages the target (Figure 071-054-0004-8).
2. The Soldier observes the impact of the first round.
3. If it is a hit, continue to fire until the target is...
sequence firing, marksmanship, engagement method, shooting technique
Achieve Proper Sight Alignment for Marksmanship
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

To achieve proper sight alignment:

1. Align the front sight blade in the rear sight notch so that an equal amount of light shows on either side of the front sight.
2. Ensure that the tops of the front and rear sights are even.
3....
sight alignment, marksmanship fundamentals, front sight, rear sight, trigger squeeze
Apply Sight Alignment for Marksmanship
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Procedure: Apply Sight Alignment for Marksmanship

#### Steps:
1. Align the front sight blade in the rear sight notch so that an equal amount of light shows on either side of the front sight.
2. Ensure that the tops of the front and rear sights...
sight alignment,marksmanship,firing technique,tactical shooting
Apply the Pistol Grip for Marksmanship
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

To apply a proper pistol grip:

1. Place the pistol in the 'V' formed by the thumb and forefinger of your firing hand.
2. Line the sights up with your firing arm.
3. Wrap your lower three fingers around the pistol.
4. Position your...
pistol grip, marksmanship fundamentals, trigger guard, firing position, military shooting
Determine the Range to a Target
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure: Determine the range to a target.

Details:
• Use visual estimation techniques or rangefinding devices if available.
• Consider environmental factors such as terrain, weather, and lighting conditions that may affect your ability to...
range estimation, target engagement, marksmanship
Determine the Range to a Target Using an AN/PAQ-4-Series Aiming Light
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Estimate the distance to the target visually or using known reference points.

2. Use the aiming light in conjunction with your weapon’s optics or sight system to confirm and refine the range estimate.

3. **Adjust your...
range estimation, AN/PAQ-4 aiming light, target engagement
Engage Targets from Various Positions
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

To engage targets from various positions:

1. Assume the prone position.
2. Assume the standing-with-support position.
3. Assume the standing-without-support position.
4. Assume the kneeling position.
5. Assume the crouching...
target engagement, firing positions, prone position, standing-with-support, kneeling position, crouching position
Engage Targets with an M16-Series Rifle Using a Thermal Weapon Sight (TWS)
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Place TWS into operation.
2. Assume an appropriate firing position, based on the situation:
- Foxhole: Best when available, but no overhead cover.
- Prone: Steady and easy to assume; low silhouette; easily...
TWS, thermal weapon sight, M16-series rifle, marksmanship, target engagement
Identify Targets in Your Designated Sector of Fire
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Scan your designated sector of fire systematically to locate and identify targets.

2. Use visual cues, movement patterns, or other indicators to distinguish between friendly and enemy personnel or objects.

3. **Maintain...
target identification, sector of fire, tactical awareness
Use the One-Eye-Open Method for Aiming with an M68 Sight
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Close the nonfiring eye to focus on the target through the sight.
2. Ensure the red dot is visible clearly through the sight.
3. Place the red dot on the center of mass of the target.
4. Engage the target with...
one-eye-open method, M68 sight, aiming technique, marksmanship, center mass targeting
Zero a Rifle Using a Scaled Silhouette Target
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Zeroing a Rifle Using a Scaled Silhouette Target

Steps:
1. Position the front sight post: Align the top of the front sight post with the center mass of the scaled silhouette target.
2. Confirm vertical alignment: Draw...
rifle zeroing, marksmanship, sight adjustment, battlesight zero, target alignment
Zero an M68 Sight Using a Zeroed Weapon
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Conditions:
• Given an M68 sight, a zeroed M16-series rifle, a zeroed M4 carbine, a zeroed M4 modular weapon system, components, battery (0E890) DL1/3N, 25-meter range, and appropriate ammunition.

Procedure:
1. Install the battery in...
zero M68 sight, zeroing procedure, marksmanship, weapon alignment, sighting technique
Engage Multiple Targets
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Identify the target presenting the greatest danger (usually the closest).
2. Fire at this target first until it is destroyed or no longer a threat.
3. Rapidly move your focus to the next target in sequence.
4. Continue engaging...
multiple target engagement, threat prioritization, marksmanship
Engage a Linear Target with Depth Using an M249 Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Initially aim at the midpoint of the target, unless another portion of the target is more critical or presents a greater threat.
2. Traverse and search to the flank closest to your position.
3. Move back to the other flank to...
target engagement, linear target, depth, M249 machine gun
Engage a Moving Target Using an M249 Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Estimate the speed of the moving target.
2. Determine the lead required to hit the target based on its speed.
3. Fire at the estimated lead position.
4. Track the movement of the target as it moves after firing.
5. Adjust the lead...
moving target, engagement, M249 machine gun, lead calculation
Engage a Stationary Target Using Reference Points or Sighting Points
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Use reference points or sighting points to align your weapon with the target.
2. Ensure proper alignment of the front sight post and rear sight notch.
3. Focus on the target while maintaining a steady position.
4. Fire at the...
target engagement, reference points, sighting points, marksmanship
Engage a Target Moving Laterally Using the New Single-Lead Technique
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Position the trailing edge of the front sight post at the center of the target.
2. Ensure that your line of sight is aligned with the target and the rear sight notch.
3. As the range to the target increases, the lead will increase...
lateral movement engagement, single-lead technique, marksmanship
Engage a Target Moving Toward You
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Treat the moving target as if it were stationary.
2. Use reference points or sighting points to align your weapon with the target.
3. Ensure proper alignment of the front sight post and rear sight notch.
4. Focus on the target...
moving target engagement, stationary target technique, marksmanship
Observe Fire and Adjust Aiming Point
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Observing Fire and Adjusting the Aiming Point

1. Observe fire by noting:
- Tracers in flight.
- The strike of rounds in the target area.
2. If the initial burst misses the target, rapidly select a new aiming point that...
fire adjustment, marksmanship, aiming techniques
Zero a Rifle Using a Standard Zero Target
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Zero a Rifle Using a Standard Zero Target

Objective: To zero a rifle using a standard zero target.

Equipment Required:
• Rifle with adjustable sights
• Ammunition (5.56-mm ball)
• Sandbag for support
• Standard zero target...
rifle zeroing, marksmanship, sight adjustment, battle sight zero, target alignment
Achieve Proper Sight Picture
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:

1. Place the top center of the front sight blade at the bottom center of the intended target.

Details:
• This ensures that the shooter is properly aligned with the target for accurate engagement.
• The front sight should be...
sight picture, marksmanship, shooting technique
Acquire a Target Using Correct Sight Alignment
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Acquire a Target Using Correct Sight Alignment:

1. Ensure the weapon is properly sighted in.
2. Align the front and rear sights with the target, ensuring that the sight picture is centered on the target.
3. Keep your eyes focused on...
sight alignment,target acquisition,tactical,marksmanship
Adjust Quadrant Sight for Elevation and Wind
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

• To adjust elevation:
- Pull the latch toward you to release the quadrant sight arm.
- Select the elevation by adjusting the notch. One notch equals 5 meters (17 feet) at a 200-meter (660-foot) range.
• For head wind:
...
quadrant sight, elevation adjustment, windage adjustment, marksmanship
Adjust Rifle Sights Based on Shot Group Position
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Adjust the elevation (vertical):
- Find the horizontal line (right to left) that is nearest the center of the shot group.
- Follow the line either left or right to the nearest edge of the target.
- Identify the number...
rifle, sight adjustment, elevation, windage, marksmanship
Adjust the Sights to Move the Shot Group to the Center of the Target
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Steps to Adjust the Sights:

1. **If your shot group is not in the center of the bull's eye, use the squares on the target to calculate the number of clicks required to move your next shot group close to the white dot. The numbered squares...
sight adjustment, windage, elevation, marksmanship
Adjusting Sights for Elevation and Windage on a Weapon
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Set sights for initial firing.
a. Elevation. Using the elevation knob, index the known range (300 meters) to the target.
- Center the peep sight by rotating it clockwise (right) as far as it will go and then...
sight adjustment,elevation,windage,firearm calibration,targeting,shooting position
Aim at Area Target
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Aiming at an Area Target

1. Initially aim at the midpoint of the target area.
2. Traverse and search to either flank of the target area.
3. Then traverse and search to the opposite flank (see figure 071-313-3454-13 for...
aiming, area target, marksmanship, military tactics
Aim at Deep Target
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Aiming at a Deep Target

1. Initially aim at the midpoint of the target, unless another portion is more critical or presents a greater threat.
2. Search down to the near end of the target.
3. Then search up to the **far...
aiming, deep target, marksmanship, military tactics
Align the Aiming Point for Target Centering
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Steps to Align the Aiming Point:

1. Aim at target center.

2. Position the top of the front sight post center mass of the scaled silhouette target.

3. **Confirm that an imaginary vertical line drawn through the center of the front...
aiming point, target centering, front sight post, alignment
Battle-Sight Zero Computation for Rifle Marksmanship
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Procedure: Battle-Sight Zero Computation for Rifle Marksmanship

#### Setup:
• Conduct on a 25-meter firing range.
• Provide the Soldier with an assigned rifle and magazine.
• Supply 18 rounds of 5.56-mm ball ammunition and a sandbag for...
battle-sight zero, rifle marksmanship, mechanical zero, sight alignment, target engagement
Compute and Label Battlesight Zero Using Table
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Compute the battlesight zero using table 071-311-2030-1.

_Note: The table is referenced in the text but not included here.

2. Label the rifle with the computed battlesight zero:
- Record the battlesight zero on...
battlesight zero, table, marksmanship, rifle
Compute and Record Battlesight Zero
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure to Compute and Record Battlesight Zero:

1. Compute the battlesight zero based on the shot group's position relative to the white dot in the center of the target.
2. **Record the computed battlesight zero for future reference or...
battlesight zero computation, shot group analysis, marksmanship training
Engage Targets with an M4 or M4A1 Carbine
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Procedure: Engage Targets with an M4 or M4A1 Carbine

#### Conditions:
• Given an M4 or M4A1 carbine, magazines, ammunition, individual combat equipment, and stationary or moving targets (personnel or equipment) at engageable ranges.

####...
target engagement, M4 carbine, marksmanship fundamentals, shooting techniques
Establish a Three-Round Shot Group
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure to Establish a Three-Round Shot Group:

1. Load the weapon.
2. Align the sights.
3. Align the aiming point.
4. Fire a three-round shot group at the target.
5. Triangulate the shot group on the target.
6. **Repeat...
shot group, target triangulation, three-round shot, marksmanship training
Fire Rifle Safely and Accurately
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

• Move the safety to the FIRE position.
• Ensure there are no obstacles (such as the sling or branches) in the line of fire.
• Aim carefully, practicing breath control when firing the rifle.
• Squeeze the trigger to fire.
• If the...
fire rifle, safety position, breath control, marksmanship
Fire on Targets Until Destroyed or Ordered to Cease Fire
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Firing on Targets

1. Continue firing until:
- All targets are destroyed.
- An order is received to cease fire.
2. Ensure that all rounds are fired in accordance with the task standards and conditions provided during...
firing procedures, target engagement, military tactics
Position Rifle Sights on Target
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Align the front sight post with the target:
- Position the top of the front sight post center mass of the scaled silhouette target.
- Confirm that an imaginary vertical line drawn through the center of the front sight...
rifle, sight alignment, target, marksmanship, zeroing
Rotate the Rear Sight Elevation Knob to 300-Meter Setting
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Steps to Rotate the Rear Sight Elevation Knob:

1. Rotate the rear sight elevation knob counterclockwise (down) two clicks to the 300-meter setting. The weapon is zeroed for 300-meter battle sight.
rear sight, elevation knob, zeroing
Use Correct Gun Manipulation Techniques
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:

1. Identify the type of fire required (fixed, traversing, searching, etc.).
2. Apply the appropriate gun manipulation technique.

Details:
• Fixed Fire: Used for point targets with little or no movement of the gun.
• **Traversing...
gun manipulation, marksmanship, shooting technique
Adjust Leaf Sight for Range
Reference Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Adjust Leaf Sight for Range

Steps:

1. Use the rim of a used 40-mm cartridge to turn the elevation adjustment screw.
2. For range, the leaf sight scale is marked in 50-meter (165-foot) increments for targets from **50 to 250...
leaf sight, elevation adjustment, range adjustment, marksmanship
Adjust Leaf Sight for Wind Conditions
Reference Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Adjust Leaf Sight for Wind Conditions

Steps:

1. For head wind and rear wind—
- (1) Increase the range to compensate for a head wind by loosening the elevation adjustment screw, which raises the leaf sight.
- (2) Decrease the...
leaf sight, wind adjustment, elevation screw, windage screw, marksmanship
Aim and Fire the Weapon
Reference Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Aim and Fire the Weapon

Steps:

1. Ensure there are no obstacles (such as the sling or branches) in the line of fire.
2. Move the safety to the FIRE position.
3. Obtain the sight picture using either the **leaf sight or quadrant...
aiming, firing procedure, breath control, marksmanship

Combat Techniques (41)

Targeting the Kidneys
Critical Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Targeting the Kidneys

Powerful attacks to the kidneys can cause immobilization, permanent damage, and death.

• Action: Deliver a forceful strike or kick to the lower back area near the kidneys.
• Effect: Can lead to immobilization,...
kidneys, immobilization, internal damage, combat technique
Principles of Knife Fighting Technique
Critical Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
### Key Principles:

1. Execute movements with the knife blade within a box, shoulder-width across from your neck down to your waistline. The opponent has a greater chance of blocking your attack if you bring the blade in a wide sweeping...
knife fighting principles, combat techniques, martial arts
Target Vital Areas in a Knife Fight
Critical Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
In any confrontation, the goal is to attack soft body vital targets that are readily accessible such as:

• Face
• Sides and front of the neck
• Lower abdomen or groin

### Specific Target Areas:

1. Neck: Carotid arteries are good...
knife fighting, vital targets, combat techniques, martial arts
Control Distance in Combat
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Distance Control is a critical aspect of hand-to-hand combat. Each technique has an effective range based on the space between the two combatants. A soldier must manage this distance to maintain control over the fight and dictate the...
distance management, combat range, technique effectiveness, spatial awareness
Covering Your Buddy's Movement with Fire
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Take up a firing position that provides cover and allows for effective engagement.
2. Provide suppressive fire to cover your buddy’s movement as they maneuver through the battlefield.
3. Maintain situational awareness...
fire support, buddy system, combat, tactical
Defend Against Low No. 5 Angle Attack and Counterattack
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Defend against a low No. 5 angle attack and counter with strikes to the armpit and hamstring.

Steps:
1. The attacker lunges toward your stomach along a low No. 5 angle of attack.
2. Move your body off the line of attack,...
low No. 5 angle attack, wrist slash, armpit stab, hamstring slice
Defend Against and Counterattack Using Nos. 5, 3, and 2 Angles
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Defend against a No. 5 angle attack and counter with strikes along the No. 3 and No. 2 angles.

Steps:
1. The attacker lunges along the No. 5 angle of attack toward the defender’s body.
2. The defender moves his body off the...
defensive knife techniques, No. 5 angle attack, parrying, No. 3 angle slash, No. 2 angle upward stroke
Execute Entry Technique for Throws
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute entry in accordance with references (8550.01.09a)

Procedure:
1. Assume a combat stance and approach the opponent from a safe distance.
2. Use footwork to close the gap while maintaining balance and readiness for...
entry technique, combat training, tactical advantage, safety precautions
Execute Knife Attack Using Nos. 1 and 4 Angles
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Execute a knife attack using the No. 1 and No. 4 angles of attack.

Steps:
1. Assume the knife fighter’s stance with both opponents.
2. The attacker initiates an attack by making a **diagonal slash along the No. 1 angle of...
knife fighting, combat techniques, No. 1 angle attack, No. 4 angle attack, throat slash, abdominal slash, solar plexus stab
Execute Off-Balancing Technique for Throws
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute off-balancing in accordance with references (8550.01.09b)

Procedure:
1. Assume a combat stance and approach the opponent from a safe distance.
2. Use footwork to close the gap while maintaining balance and readiness for...
off-balancing technique, combat training, tactical advantage, safety precautions
Identify Angles of Attack for Knife Fighting
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
There are six angles from which an attack with a knife can be launched:

1. Vertical strike coming straight down on an opponent.
2. Forward diagonal strike coming in at a 45-degree angle to the opponent.
3. Reverse diagonal strike coming...
knife fighting, angles of attack, combat techniques, martial arts
Proper Grip for Knife Fighting
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Your grip on the knife should be natural. Grasp the knife's grip with your fingers wrapped around the grip naturally as it is pulled out of its sheath. This is commonly known as a hammer grip; the blade end of the knife is always facing the...
knife grip, combat techniques, martial arts
Targeting the Groin Area
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Targeting the Groin Area

The groin area is another major soft tissue area not covered by natural protection. Any damage to this area can cause the individual to involuntarily provide protection to the injured area, usually with the hands or...
groin, scrotum, disorientation, combat technique
Use Leverage to Overcome Larger Opponents
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Leverage is a principle that allows a soldier to use parts of their body to gain mechanical advantage over an opponent’s body. This enables a smaller or weaker fighter to overcome a larger or stronger enemy by applying force strategically.
leverage, mechanical advantage, combat strategy, strength management
Use Movement to Gain Tactical Advantage in Knife Fighting
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Consider a 360-degree circle around an opponent. You can move anywhere in this circle to gain a tactical advantage and make accessible different target areas of your opponent's body.

### Key Movement Principles:

1. The worst place to be in a...
knife fighting, movement tactics, combat techniques, martial arts
Use Suppleness to Overcome Strength
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Suppleness is a key principle in hand-to-hand combat. A soldier should not rely on brute strength alone but instead use flexibility and misdirection to neutralize an opponent’s power. This allows for superior technique and strategy to overcome...
suppleness, flexibility, strength management, combat technique
Breaking Your Fall with the Butt of Your Weapon
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Roll on your side to protect yourself from injury.
2. Place the butt of your weapon in the hollow of your shoulder for stability and control.
3. Roll or crawl to a covered or concealed firing position to ensure safety...
fall, weapon, tactical, combat, concealment
Targeting the Ribs
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Targeting the Ribs

Damage to the ribs can cause immobilization of the opponent and may cause internal trauma.

• Action: Apply force directly to the ribcage area.
• Effect: May result in immobilization or internal injury.
• Note:...
ribs, internal trauma, immobilization, combat technique
Execute a Block to a Straight Thrust with Weapons of Opportunity
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute a block to a straight thrust using weapons of opportunity.

Procedure:
1. Maintain awareness of your surroundings and the potential for an attack from any direction.
2. When facing a straight thrust, position your weapon...
block to thrust, combat technique, weapons of opportunity
Knee Mount Position Technique
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Establish a dominant knee mount position over an opponent.

Steps:
1. Positioning: Place your knee in the middle of the opponent's chest.
2. Leg Control: Hook your foot around the opponent's hip for stability.
3. **Body...
knee mount, ground fighting, combat position, military training
North-South Position Control Technique
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Establish and maintain control over an opponent in a ground-fighting scenario.

Steps:
1. Positioning: Place your elbows on the ground in the opponent's armpits to control their arms.
2. Weight Distribution: Shift your...
north-south position, ground fighting, control technique, combat, military training
Passing the Guard - Knee in the Tailbone Technique (Step 3)
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Continue the process of passing an opponent's closed guard using a knee in the tailbone technique.

Steps:
1. Push and Move: Push with both hands and move your other knee back away from the opponent, creating a 90-degree angle...
passing the guard, knee in tailbone, combat technique, military training
Practice Striking with Protective Gear in Combatives Training
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Striking is an important part of combative strategy but must be practiced safely.

1. Use protective padding such as boxing gloves when practicing striking techniques.
2. Practice defense using reduced force blows to minimize the risk of...
striking, protective gear, reduced force, combat safety
Targeting the Clavicle
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Targeting the Clavicle

The clavicle, or collar bone, can be easily fractured, causing immobilization of the opponent's arm.

• Action: Apply force directly to the clavicle area.
• Effect: Immobilizes the opponent's arm due to potential...
clavicle, collar bone, immobilization, combat technique
Targeting the Solar Plexus
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Targeting the Solar Plexus

Attacks to the solar plexus or center of the chest can immobilize the opponent by knocking the breath out of him.

• Action: Deliver a sharp, focused strike to the area between the ribs and below the sternum.
-...
solar plexus, immobilization, breath control, combat technique
Use Chokes Safely in Combatives Training
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Chokes are an effective and safe technique when applied correctly under supervision.

1. Chokes are the best way to end a fight, as they effectively incapacitate an opponent.
2. With proper supervision, chokes can be safely practiced during...
chokes, safe application, supervision, combat techniques
Use Joint Locks Safely in Combatives Training
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Joint locks can be safely practiced with proper instruction and caution to avoid injury.

1. Focus attacks on large joints such as the elbow, shoulder, or knee, which are more painful before causing injury.
2. Avoid practicing **wrist...
joint locks, wrist attacks, knee twisting, combat safety
Identify Illegal Combat Techniques
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Illegal Techniques in combat include the following:

1. Head butts.
2. Closed fist strikes to the head.
3. Striking with the elbows.
4. Groin strikes.
5. Straight palm strikes to the face.
6. **Kicks and knee strikes to a...
illegal techniques, combat rules, prohibited moves, martial arts, military combatives
Identify Objects That Could Be Used as Weapons of Opportunity
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Identify objects that could be used as weapons of opportunity.

Procedure:
1. Recognize common battlefield items that can be repurposed as weapons, such as sticks, rocks, shell fragments, e-tools, or other equipment found on the...
weapons of opportunity, battlefield, identification, combat training
Legal Combat Techniques
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Legal Techniques in combat include the following:

• Slapping with the open hand palm side only.
• Kicking the legs, body, or head (when both fighters are standing).
• Punching the body.
• Takedowns, with exceptions noted...
legal techniques, combat rules, permitted moves, martial arts, military combatives
Length of Combat Matches
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Length of Matches will be at least five minutes. Longer matches may be coordinated depending on the situation and requirements.
match duration, combat rules, military combatives, training protocols
Methods of Victory in Combat
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Methods of Victory include the following:

1. Win by knockout (KO).
2. Win by technical knockout (TKO).
3. Win by 'tap out'.
4. Win by verbal submission.
5. Win by choke out.
6. Win by referee stoppage.
7. **Win by...
victory conditions, combat rules, military combatives, match outcomes
Perform a Breakfall - Forward Rolling
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. Start in a kneeling position with your knees together and arms extended forward.
2. Lean forward slightly, keeping your body low to the ground.
3. Roll forward over one arm, using it as a pivot point to absorb the...
breakfall, forward rolling, combat techniques, tactical
Perform a Breakfall - Side Position
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. Start in a standing or kneeling position, facing sideways to the direction of the fall.
2. Bend your knees slightly and lower your center of gravity.
3. Lean to one side, allowing your body to fall naturally toward...
breakfall, side position, combat techniques, tactical
Performing a Figure-Four Ankle Lock
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Apply a figure-four ankle lock to the enemy.

Procedure:
1. Be on top of the enemy in the north-south position.
2. If the enemy brings his knee up, reach under his leg from the outside near the ankle with one hand.
3. Use the...
figure-four ankle lock, combat technique, leg attack, military training
Performing a Straight Ankle Lock - Step 1
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Catch the enemy's foot in your armpit and position yourself for the lock.

Procedure:
1. When attempting to pass the enemy’s open guard, catch his foot in your armpit.
2. Wrap your arm around his leg.
3. Squat down, ensuring that...
straight ankle lock, combat technique, leg attack, military training
Performing a Straight Knee Bar - Step 2
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Apply pressure to break the enemy's knee.

Procedure:
1. Keep your hips as close to the enemy’s as possible.
2. Lock your legs behind his buttocks.
3. Break the knee with hip pressure, similar to a straight arm bar.
4. You may...
straight knee bar, combat technique, leg attack, military training
Prohibited Substances in Combat
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Additional Illegal Acts include the use of any slippery substance on the body such as petroleum jelly or liniment. This is strictly prohibited during combat.
prohibited substances, combat rules, illegal acts, slippery agents
Striking in Combat
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Integrate striking into ground-fighting techniques.

Procedure:
1. Recognize that striking is an essential part of combat and should not be neglected.
2. Practice both ground-fighting techniques and strikes together to develop a...
striking in combat, military training, ground-fighting techniques
Targeting the Extremities
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Targeting the Extremities

Rarely will an attack to the opponent's extremities (arms and legs) cause death, but they are important target areas in close combat. Damage to a joint can cause immobilization of the opponent.

• Action: Apply...
extremities, joints, immobilization, combat technique
Assuming the Basic Warrior Stance
Reference Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Assuming the Basic Warrior Stance

The basic warrior stance provides the foundation for all movement and techniques in close combat situations. Marines must be able to assume the basic warrior stance instinctively.

### Steps:
1. Feet Apart:...
basic warrior stance, combat position, martial arts

Firearms Maintenance (39)

Handle Rifle Malfunction with Live Round in Hot Barrel
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
WARNING: If your rifle malfunctions with a live round in the chamber of a hot barrel, quickly remove the round. If you cannot remove the round within 10 seconds, remove the magazine and wait 15 minutes with the rifle pointed in a safe...
rifle malfunction, hot barrel, cook off, immediate action, remedial action, S-P-O-R-T-S
Correct Malfunctions of an M4 or M4A1 Carbine
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

Conditions: Given a loaded M4 or M4A1 carbine that has stopped firing and a small-arms accessory case with the following cleaning materials: clean wiping rags; bore brush; chamber brush; tooth brush; cleaning rod; small arms...
correct,malfunctions,m4,m4a1,carbine,cleaning materials,clp,law
Attach the Accelerator Stop Lock and Cocking Lever to a Bolt
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Step-by-step procedure for attaching the accelerator stop lock and cocking lever to a bolt:

1. Turn over the bolt: Flip the bolt so that you can access the notched end of the accelerator stop.
2. **Place the forked end of the accelerator...
cocking lever, accelerator stop lock, bolt assembly, firearms maintenance
Handle an M9 Pistol with a Slide That Is Not Fully Seated Forward
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
WARNING: Always keep the pistol pointed in a safe direction during this procedure.

### Steps:
1. Remove your finger from the trigger.
2. Use the other hand to try to push the slide fully forward.
3. If the slide will not move forward,...
m9 pistol, slide not seated forward, firearms maintenance, tactical procedures
Install Cam Pin and Firing Pin in Carbine Bolt Group
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
WARNING: Be sure that the cam pin is installed in the bolt group. If it is not, the carbine can still fire and will explode.

1. Replace the bolt cam pin.
2. Drop in and seat the firing pin.
3. Pull the bolt back.
4. **Replace the...
carbine,bolt group,cam pin,firing pin,retaining pin,charing handle
Install the Sear Slide and Accelerator Stop on a Bolt
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Step-by-step procedure for installing the sear slide and accelerator stop on a bolt:

1. Compress the sear spring: Press down on the sear to compress the sear spring.
2. Install the sear slide: From the left side of the bolt, insert the...
sear slide, accelerator stop, bolt installation, firearms maintenance
Perform Immediate Action for Carbine Malfunction
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Slap upward on the magazine to make sure it is properly seated.
2. Pull the charging handle all the way back.
3. Observe the ejection of the case or cartridge and check into the chamber for obstructions.
4. **Release...
carbine malfunction,immediate action,S-P-O-R-TS,slap,pull,observe,release,tap,shoot
Perform Immediate Action on an M9 Pistol That Fails to Fire
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
WARNING: Always keep the pistol pointed in a safe direction during this procedure.

### Steps:
1. Ensure that the safety lever is in the FIRE position.
2. Squeeze the trigger again.
3. If the pistol does not fire, **ensure that the...
immediate action, m9 pistol, failure to fire, firearms maintenance, tactical procedures
Perform Remedial Action for Carbine Malfunction
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

If the carbine still fails to fire after performing steps 1a through 1f:

1. Check the chamber for a jammed cartridge case.
2. If a cartridge case is in the chamber, tap it out with a cleaning rod.
3. Attempt to fire. If...
carbine malfunction,remedial action,jammed cartridge case,function check,disassemble,inspect,clean,replace
Remedial Action for Rifle Malfunction
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

If your rifle still fails to fire after performing immediate action steps 1a through 1f, check again for a jammed cartridge case in the chamber.

Steps:

1. Attempt to place the weapon on SAFE, remove the magazine, lock the...
rifle,malfunction,remedial action,cleaning rod,function check
Test the Firing Pin Release Mechanism
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Step-by-step procedure for testing the firing pin release mechanism:

1. Trip the firing pin: Depress the top of the sear with a section of a swab-holder to trip the firing pin.
2. Listen for a sharp metallic sound: If doing so produces...
firing pin release, firearms testing, safety check
Clean the Pistol and Magazine
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Steps to Clean the Pistol and Magazine:

CAUTION: Use the bore brush to clean only the bore. Using it on any other part of the pistol will cause damage.

1. Slide assembly:
- Clean the slide assembly with a cloth.
- Use CLP on a...
clean pistol, clean magazine, bore brush, CLP, slide assembly, barrel cleaning
Clear the Pistol
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Steps to Clear the Pistol:

1. Place the safety lever in the SAFE position.
2. Hold the pistol in the raised pistol position.
3. Depress the magazine release button; remove the magazine from the pistol.
4. **Pull the slide to the...
clear pistol, safety lever, magazine release, slide stop, chamber check
Correct Malfunctions of an M9 Pistol
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Correcting Malfunctions of an M9 Pistol

Conditions: Given an M9 pistol; a loaded magazine with 9-mm ammunition; cleaner, lubricant, and preservative (CLP); lubricating oil arctic weather (LAW); lubricating oil, semifluid,...
M9 pistol, malfunction correction, cleaning, lubrication, maintenance
Disassemble the Pistol and Magazine
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Steps to Disassemble the Pistol and Magazine:

1. Depress the slide stop and let the slide go forward.
2. With your right hand, hold the pistol with the muzzle slightly raised.
3. **With your forefinger, press the disassembly lever...
disassemble pistol, disassemble magazine, slide stop, recoil spring, locking block plunger
Install the Cartridge Extractor and Bolt Assembly
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Step-by-step procedure for installing the cartridge extractor and bolt assembly:

1. Hold the cartridge extractor in the vertical position and insert the shank end of the cartridge extractor into the left side of the bolt. Make sure the...
cartridge extractor installation, bolt assembly installation, firearms maintenance
Perform Remedial Action for a Non-Firing M9 Pistol
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Ensure that the pistol is clear.
2. Disassemble the pistol and inspect for dirty, corroded, missing, or damaged parts.
3. Clean dirty or corroded parts. Replace missing or damaged parts.
4. **Lubricate and assemble the...
remedial action, m9 pistol, non-firing, disassembly, inspection, cleaning, lubrication, magazine check, ammunition check
Test the Firing Pin Release and Install the Bolt Switch
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Step-by-step procedure for testing the firing pin release and installing the bolt switch:

1. Place the cocking lever in the forward position. Determine the direction of feed before installing the bolt switch.
2. **Place the bolt switch in...
firing pin test, bolt switch installation, firearms maintenance
CAUTION: Use Bore Brush Properly
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Important Safety Warning:

• Use the bore brush to clean only the bore. Using it on any other part of the pistol will cause damage.
bore,brush,safety,warning,pistol,maintenance
Clean the Pistol Barrel Assembly
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Clean the Barrel Assembly:

1. **Attach a bore brush to a cleaning rod. Moisten the bore brush with CLP and insert it into the chamber end of the barrel. Make sure the brush completely clears the muzzle before pulling it back through...
clean,pistol,barrel,assembly,firearm,maintenance
Closing the Upper and Lower Receiver Groups
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Ensure the selector lever is on SAFE before proceeding.
2. Close the upper and lower receiver groups.
3. Seat the takedown pin properly.
4. Verify that the selector switch is set to SAFE (see figure 071-311-2025-37).
selector lever, upper receiver, lower receiver, takedown pin, SAFE position
Disassemble the Pistol Slide and Barrel Assembly
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Disassemble the Pistol Slide and Barrel Assembly:

1. Rotate the disassembly lever downward until it stops.
2. Pull the slide and barrel assembly forward, and remove it from the receiver.
3. **Slightly compress the recoil spring...
disassemble,pistol,slide,barrel,assembly,firearm,maintenance
Installing Handguards on a Weapon
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Ensure the weapon is in a safe condition and selector lever is on SAFE.
2. Place the handguards in position as shown (see figure 071-311-2025-38).
3. Secure the handguards properly to ensure they are firmly attached.
handguards, weapon assembly, firearm maintenance
Perform a Function Check on an M16A2 or M16A4 in the BURST Position
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Check the M16A2 or M16A4 with the selector lever in the BURST position.
- Place the selector lever in the BURST position.
- Pull the charging handle to the rear and release it.
- Pull the trigger, holding it to the...
M16A2,M16A4,function check,selector lever,BURST position
Pivot the Buttstock and Buffer Assembly into Position
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Pivot the Buttstock and Buffer Assembly into Position

Steps:
1. Pivot the buttstock and buffer assembly upward into position.
2. Push the retaining pin to the right, and close the cover assembly (see figure 071-312-402534).
buttstock, buffer assembly, firearm maintenance
Replace the Spring, Return Rod, and Transfer Mechanism Assembly
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Replacement of the Spring, Return Rod, and Transfer Mechanism Assembly

Steps:
1. Put the slide spring on the return rod and transfer mechanism assembly (see figure 071-312-4025-32).
2. **Ensure that the headed end of the vertical pin in...
replacement, spring, return rod, transfer mechanism assembly, firearm maintenance
Replacing the Sling on a Weapon
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Ensure the weapon is in a safe condition and selector lever is on SAFE.
2. Remove the old sling from the weapon if necessary.
3. Attach the new sling to the designated attachment points on the weapon (see figure...
sling replacement, firearm maintenance, weapon assembly
Zero an M16A2 Rifle on a 25-Meter Range
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Conditions: On a 25-meter range, given an M16A2 rifle, 18 rounds of 5.56-mm ammunition, a 300-meter zero target, and sandbags for support. One of the following situations exist:
• You receive a rifle that you have never fired.
• Your rifle is...
zero rifle, M16A2 zeroing, 25-meter range, battlesight zero, mechanical zero
Assemble Magazine Components
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Assemble Magazine Components

1. Insert the follower into the top coil of the magazine spring. Make sure the notches on the follower and magazine tube are on the same side.
2. **Insert the magazine spring with the follower into the...
magazine assembly, follower, spring, floor plate retainer, tension
Assemble Slide and Receiver Components
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Assemble Slide and Receiver Components

1. Push the firing pin block lever down. Grasp the slide and barrel assembly with the sights up, and align the slide on the receiver assembly guide rails (see figure 071-004-0001-8 for...
slide assembly, receiver, firing pin block lever, disassembly latch lever
Assemble the Slide and Receiver Assembly of an M9 Pistol
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
CAUTION: Be sure that the hammer is uncocked and firing pin block lever is in the down position. If the hammer is cocked, carefully and manually lower the hammer. Do not pull the trigger while placing the slide onto the receiver.

Steps:
1....
assemble, m9 pistol, slide, receiver, assembly
Disassemble the Receiver Assembly
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

(f) Disassemble the receiver assembly.

(1) Remove the front cartridge stop and rear cartridge stop assembly (figure 071-022-0001-20).
receiver assembly,cartridge stop,bolt removal
Engage the Secondary Drive Lever with Feed Slide Pin
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Engage the secondary drive lever with the feed slide pin.
- This is a CAUTION; if not done, the gun will not fire.
secondary drive lever, feed slide pin, firearms maintenance
Establish Mechanical Zero for a Rifle
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Establish Mechanical Zero for a Rifle

When to establish mechanical zero:
• If the rifle is being returned to service after direct support (DS) or general support (GS) maintenance.
• If the rifle has not been zeroed for you.
-...
rifle zeroing, mechanical zero, sight alignment, rear aperture, front sight post, windage scale, elevation knob, aiming point
Establish the Sight Picture
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Establish the Sight Picture

Steps:
1. Align the sights:
- Center the top of the front sight post in the center of the rear sight (A in figure 071-311-2030-2).
- Draw an imaginary horizontal line through the center of the rear...
sight picture, aiming point alignment, rear aperture focus, front sight post alignment
Insert Recoil Spring and Guide into Housing
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Insert Recoil Spring and Guide into Housing

1. Insert the end of the recoil spring and the recoil spring guide into the recoil spring housing.
2. **At the same time, compress the recoil spring and lower the spring guide until it is...
recoil spring, recoil spring guide, housing, compression, locking block cutaway
Install the Bolt Assembly in a Rifle Receiver
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Installing the Bolt Assembly in a Rifle Receiver

Step-by-step instructions:
1. Place the cocking lever in the forward position.
2. Determine the direction of feed before installing the bolt switch.
3. Place the bolt switch in...
install bolt assembly,rifle maintenance,bolt switch position,cartridge extractor installation
Remove the Sear Slide, Sear, and Sear Spring
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

(g) Depress the sear and remove the sear slide, sear, and sear spring (figure 071-022-0001-14).
sear slide,sear spring,bolt removal
Set the Sights to Mechanical Zero
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Set the Sights to Mechanical Zero

Steps:
1. Set the front sight:
- Use a pointed object such as a cartridge to depress the detent.
- Rotate the post up or down so that the notched disk is flush with the top of the front sight post...
sight zero, mechanical zero, front sight adjustment, rear sight alignment

Camouflage Concealment (38)

Adapt to Terrain for Concealment During Battle
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Maximize concealment from enemy observation during battle.

Procedure:
1. Deploy behind natural vegetation, terrain features, or man-made structures.
2. Use concealed routes such as hollows, gullies, and other dead-space areas to...
terrain adaptation,battle concealment,enemy observation,concealed routes
Conceal Breaching Operations Using Visibility Conditions
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Conceal breaching operations from enemy observation.

Procedure:
1. Use conditions of poor visibility to mask the unit conducting the breach.
2. Plan and coordinate the use of smoke to screen breaching operations.
3. Employ...
breaching operations,poor visibility,smoke screening,suppressive fire
Conduct a CCD Inspection Checklist
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Overview:

This procedure outlines the steps for conducting a comprehensive camouflage, concealment, and decoys (CCD) inspection to ensure all aspects of unit discipline are adhered to.

### Steps:
1. Command Emphasis:
- a. The commander...
CCD inspection, checklist, camouflage nets, LCSS, unit discipline, light discipline, noise discipline, spoil control, tactical vehicles, command post, supply points, water points
Counter Infrared (IR) Sensor Detection
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Reduce visibility to infrared sensors.

Procedure:
1. Use BDUs with IR-defeating dyes, LCSSs, and chemical-resistant paints to break up the IR signature of personnel or vehicles.
2. Avoid exposing heat sources that can...
IR sensors, heat sources, BDU, LCSS, obscurants
Counter Ultraviolet (UV) Sensor Detection in Snow-Covered Areas
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Avoid detection by UV sensors in snow-covered environments.

Procedure:
1. Use winter paint patterns, the arctic LCSS, and terrain masking to reduce visibility to UV sensors.
2. Deploy smoke or other...
UV sensors, snow-covered areas, winter paint, arctic LCSS, terrain masking
Identify Defensive Preparation Signatures to Avoid Detection
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Recognize signatures that may indicate defensive preparations and take steps to mask them.

Procedure:
1. Identify potential signs of defensive preparation that could be analyzed by the enemy, including:
- Working on...
defensive preparation signatures,enemy analysis,materiel movement,strongpoint construction
Implement Blending Techniques for Camouflage Concealment and Decoys (CCD)
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Overview

Blending is trying to alter a target's appearance so that it becomes part of the background. Generally, it is arranging or applying camouflage material on, over, and/or around a target to reduce its contrast with the...
blending camouflage concealment tactical operations terrain patterns target characteristics
Implement Camouflage Concealment and Decoy (CCD) Techniques
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Overview

Camouflage Concealment and Decoys (CCD) is an essential part of tactical operations. It must be integrated into METT-TC analyses and the IPB process at all echelons. CCD is a primary consideration when planning OPSEC. The skillful use...
camouflage concealment decoy hiding blending disguising disrupting tactical operations sensor systems
Implement Hiding Techniques for Camouflage Concealment and Decoys (CCD)
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Overview

Hiding is screening a target from an enemy's sensors. The target is undetected because a barrier hides it from a sensor's view. Every effort should be made to hide all operations; this includes using conditions of limited visibility...
hiding camouflage concealment tactical operations battlefield obscurants defilade positions linear screens
Implement Light and Heat Discipline for Night Operations
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Minimize the visibility of light and heat signatures during nighttime operations to avoid detection.

### Key Actions
1. Black Out Lights: All lights must be extinguished or covered at night, as they can be seen from great...
light discipline, heat discipline, night operations, thermal masking
Implement Visual Sensor Countermeasures Using Camouflage
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Avoid detection by visual sensors.

Procedure:
1. Use BDUs (Battle Dress Uniforms) and standard camouflage screening paint patterns (SCSPPs) to reduce visibility.
2. Apply LCSS (Land Combat Support System) for...
visual sensors, camouflage, BDU, SCSPP, LCSS, battlefield obscurants
Individual Responsibility for Camouflage and Concealment
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Ensure each soldier is responsible for camouflaging himself and his equipment.

Procedure:
1. Each soldier must practice good CCD techniques to reduce the probability of becoming a target.
2. Soldiers should be trained in...
soldier responsibility, individual camouflage, concealment training, SOPs, battle drills
Mask Key Activities During Defensive Preparations
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Conceal key activities during defensive preparations to prevent enemy detection.

Procedure:
1. Mask the locations of reserve and counterattack forces.
2. Conceal the preparation of survivability positions and construction of...
defensive preparations,key activity concealment,reserve forces,minefield construction
Minimize Engineer Equipment Signatures During Defensive Preparations
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Reduce the visibility of engineer equipment and activities to avoid enemy detection.

Procedure:
1. Minimize the use of engineer equipment based on available time and manpower.
2. Disperse any engineer equipment not required at...
engineer equipment signatures,minimize visibility,heavy equipment use,communications concealment
Minimize Noise to Avoid Detection by Enemy Surveillance
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Reduce or eliminate noise that could reveal a unit's position to an enemy.

### Key Actions
1. Muffle Generators and Equipment: Use shields, terrain masking, or place generators in defilade positions to reduce sound...
noise discipline, enemy detection, communications security
Plan CCD for Counterattack and Reserve Forces
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Plan camouflage, concealment, and deception (CCD) for counterattack and reserve forces to avoid detection.

Procedure:
1. Use the same considerations as those used for maneuver forces engaged in offensive operations when planning...
counterattack forces,reserve force concealment,deception operations,troop movement planning
Plan Deliberate River Crossings with Camouflage and Decoys
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Ensure successful deliberate river crossings by minimizing enemy detection.

Procedure:
1. Plan the coordinated use of terrain masking to obscure the movement of units during a river crossing.
2. Use smoke as part of the...
river crossings,terrain masking,smoke use,decoy operations
Use Movement Techniques to Avoid Enemy Observation
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Prevent enemy observation and targeting during movement.

Procedure:
1. Avoid moving through dusty terrain because clouds of dust will alert the enemy to friendly unit presence.
2. If the enemy is aware of a unit's presence, use...
movement techniques,enemy observation,dust terrain,smoke use,suppressive fire
Conduct Unit-Level CCD Training for Team Coordination and Tactical Realism
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Refine individual and leader skills through unit-level training that emphasizes team coordination and tactical realism.

### Steps:
1. Refine Individual and Leader Skills: Use unit-level training to refine the skills of...
unit training, team coordination, camouflage concealment decoys, military realism
Determine Number of LCSS Modules Needed for Camouflage
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Procedure:

1. Measure the vehicle or use Table C-1 to determine its dimensions (height, width, length).
2. Use Figure C-2, the module determination chart, to calculate the number of LCSS modules required based on the measured or...
LCSS modules, camouflage calculation, vehicle dimensions, module determination chart
Incorporate CCD into Unit Tactical Standing Operating Procedures (TACSOP)
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Ensure that CCD is integrated into a unit's tactical standing operating procedures for consistency and effectiveness.

### Steps:
1. Integrate CCD Elements: Incorporate who, what, where, when, and how of CCD operations into the...
TACSOP, camouflage concealment decoys, military training, tactical procedures
Maintain CCD Discipline to Avoid Detection
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Prevent changes in the appearance of an area or reveal the presence of military equipment through disciplined behavior.

### Key Principles
1. Avoid Disturbances: Any change in terrain patterns can indicate activity and must...
CCD discipline, military presence, spoil control, noise reduction, light discipline
Maintain Spoil Discipline to Eliminate Unit Signatures
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Promptly and completely remove debris and spoil to prevent revealing a unit's presence in an area.

### Key Actions
1. Remove All Debris and Spoil: Any evidence of a unit’s activity, such as trash or discarded materials, must...
spoil discipline, debris removal, unit signature elimination
Practice Track Discipline to Avoid Detection from Air Reconnaissance
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Minimize the visibility of vehicle tracks and movement patterns to avoid detection by air reconnaissance.

### Key Actions
1. Use Existing Roads and Tracks: Whenever possible, use established roads or paths that already exist...
track discipline, vehicle movement, air reconnaissance
Use LCSS Modular System for Target Camouflage
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Procedure:

1. Identify the target or area to be camouflaged.
2. Select the appropriate LCSS modules (hexagon and diamond-shaped screens) based on the size of the target.
3. Assemble the modules by joining them together as needed to cover the...
LCSS assembly, target camouflage, modular system, support systems
Camouflage and Concealment of Small Groups - Camouflaging Tents
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Objective: Effectively camouflage tents in cold weather environments.

Steps:
1. Select a site for the tent that allows for both artificial and natural camouflage materials to be used effectively.
2. **Use white materials such as...
tent camouflage, cold weather, military tactics, concealment
Camouflage and Concealment of Small Groups - Constructing Overhead Cover
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Objective: Improve the concealment of positions by constructing overhead cover.

Steps:
1. Construct an overhead cover using suitably camouflaged materials such as branches, nets, or blankets.
2. **Ensure the cover blends with the...
overhead cover, camouflage, cold weather, military tactics
Camouflage and Concealment of Small Groups - Positioning Individuals and Weapons
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Objective: Ensure individuals and weapons are not silhouetted or contrasted with the background.

Steps:
1. Position individuals and weapons in low areas that blend into the surrounding terrain.
2. **Avoid creating a silhouette or...
positioning, camouflage, weapons, cold weather, military tactics
Camouflage and Concealment of Small Groups - Selecting a Position
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Objective: Ensure effective camouflage and concealment for small groups in cold weather environments.

Steps:
1. Select a position that minimizes the need for modification to maintain its natural appearance.
2. **Consider enemy ground...
camouflage, concealment, small groups, cold weather, military tactics
Conduct Individual Training for CCD Skills
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Ensure that each unit member acquires and maintains critical CCD skills.

### Steps:
1. Train in Terrain Analysis: Each soldier must learn how to analyze and use terrain effectively for concealment.
2. **Select Proper Individual...
individual training, camouflage concealment decoys, military skills, terrain analysis
Ensure Proper Maintenance of BDUs for IR Screening
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Commander's Responsibility:

1. Ensure each soldier has the required quantities of serviceable Battle Dress Uniforms (BDUs).
2. Maintain these uniforms to protect their infrared (IR) screening properties.
3. Based on unit requirements, supply...
BDUs, IR screening, LCSS, commanders' responsibilities, camouflage maintenance
Identify and Understand Terrain Patterns for Camouflage Concealment and Decoys (CCD)
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Recognize and understand the five general terrain patterns to enhance CCD effectiveness without disturbing the natural environment.

### Terrain Pattern Types
1. Agricultural: Characterized by a checkerboard pattern when...
terrain patterns, camouflage, concealment, military activity, CCD discipline
Include CCD Training in Every Field Exercise
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Ensure that soldiers are trained to recognize and counter enemy detection methods beyond the visual spectrum.

### Steps:
1. Integrate CCD into All Field Exercises: Make sure that every field exercise includes training on CCD...
field exercise, non-visual detection, camouflage concealment decoys, military training
Integrate CCD Discipline into Unit Tactical Operations Procedures (TACSOPs)
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Incorporate CCD discipline into unit TACSOPs to ensure consistent and effective implementation.

### Key Actions
1. List Responsibilities: Clearly define roles for enforcing established CCD countermeasures and discipline...
TACSOPs, CCD integration, unit discipline, battle drills
Prioritize Camouflage Concealment and Decoys (CCD) Operations Using METT-TC Methodology
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Establish priorities for CCD operations based on mission requirements.

### Steps:
1. Analyze the Mission: The mission is always the first consideration. Ensure that CCD efforts enhance the mission without being overly elaborate...
METT-TC, camouflage concealment decoys, military training, battlefield operations, enemy RSTA capabilities
Selecting and Maintaining CP Site Locations
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Select and maintain CP site locations that minimize detection and maximize concealment.

Steps:
1. Consider extended occupation needs while minimizing changes to natural terrain patterns.
2. When constructing defensive...
CP site selection, concealment, camouflage, terrain patterns, foot paths, decoy CP
Understand the Capabilities of the Lightweight Camouflage Screen System (LCSS)
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Capabilities:

1. Breaks up outlines: Casts patterned shadows that disrupt the characteristic outlines of a target.
2. Scatters radar returns: Except when using radar-transparent nets, LCSS scatters radar signals.
3. **Traps and...
LCSS capabilities, radar scattering, heat dispersion, shadow simulation
Ensure Environmental Considerations Are Addressed in Training Areas
Reference Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Prevent environmental damage and ensure compliance with local regulations during training.

### Steps:
1. Assess Local Environmental Conditions: Before any training activities involving the cutting of live vegetation or foliage,...
environmental considerations, training areas, camouflage concealment decoys, sustainable practices

Martial Arts (36)

Differentiate Between Blood and Air Chokes
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Understand the difference between blood chokes and air chokes.

Content:
• Blood Choke: Applies pressure to the carotid artery on both sides of the neck, cutting off oxygen flow to the brain. It can render an opponent...
blood choke, air choke, martial arts, tactical, carotid artery
Execute a Figure-Four Variation of the Rear Choke
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute a figure-four variation to the rear choke in accordance with references.

Steps:
1. Approach the opponent from behind and take control of their body.
2. Wrap your arms around the opponent's neck, similar to the basic rear...
figure-four choke, rear choke variation, martial arts, tactical, carotid artery
Safety Precautions During Bayonet Training
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Safety Procedures: To prevent injury during training, ensure you follow these safety procedures:

1. Begin by executing the bayonet techniques in the air. Ensure bayonets are sheathed. Ensure contact is not made with an opponent when doing the...
safety rules,bayonet training,weapon handling,military safety,combat drills
Apply Off-Balancing Techniques
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Use off-balancing techniques to control an opponent by leveraging their momentum.

Procedure:
1. Identify the eight angles of off-balancing: Forward, Rear, Right, Left, Forward Right, Forward Left, Rear Right, and Rear Left (from...
off-balancing, martial arts, combat techniques, angles, pulling, pushing
Block for a Straight Thrust
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute a block to counter a straight thrust or linear attack toward the frontal portion of the body.

### Steps:
1. Stand facing the opponent with the weapon in a one-handed carry, maintaining a **modified basic warrior...
block straight thrust, redirect strike, left side control
Execute Uppercut
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose: The uppercut is a powerful punch originating below the opponent's line of vision. It is executed in an upward motion traveling up the centerline of the opponent's body. It is delivered in close and usually follows a preparatory strike...
uppercut technique, martial arts punch, combat strike
Execute a Counter to a Rear Leg Kick
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute a counter to a rear leg kick in accordance with references.

Procedure:
1. Move: Move out of the way of the impact of the strike at approximately a 45-degree angle to the front or rear, initiating movement from the...
counter to rear leg kick, movement, block, strike, basic warrior stance
Execute a Straight Thrust with Bayonet
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose: The straight thrust is performed to disable or kill an opponent. It is the most deadly offensive technique because it will cause the most trauma to an opponent and is the primary offensive bayonet technique.

**Target Areas of the...
bayonet technique,straight thrust,military combat,tactical movement,target areas,body positioning
Execute the Final Phase of a Throw
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Complete the throw by executing the final steps to take the opponent to the deck.

Procedure:
1. After successfully entering and off-balancing the opponent, proceed with the execution phase.
2. Use any remaining steps or...
throw execution, martial arts, combat technique completion
Grip for Weapons of Opportunity
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Properly grip a weapon of opportunity to ensure effective use.

### Steps:
1. If using a stick, grasp it approximately two inches from its base.
2. If using an e-tool, grasp it just above the handle, allowing for easy...
grip, weapon of opportunity, stick, e-tool, manipulation
Movement Techniques for Weapons of Opportunity
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Use movement to gain tactical advantage when using weapons of opportunity.

### Steps:
1. Move in a 360-degree circle around an opponent to access different target areas.
2. When facing an opponent, move at a 45-degree angle...
movement, 360-degree circle, 45-degree angle, tactical advantage
One-Handed Carry for Blocking Technique
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Properly position the weapon in a one-handed carry to execute blocking techniques effectively.

### Steps:
1. Place the weapon in a one-handed carry using the rear hand.
2. Lock the weapon to the hip, maintaining a **modified...
one-handed carry, rear hand, blocking technique
Perform Entry for a Throw
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute a quick and untellegraphed entry to prevent an opponent from anticipating your movement.

Procedure:
1. Approach the opponent with sudden, decisive movements.
2. Avoid any telegraphing of intent through body language or...
entry, throw, positioning, martial arts, combat
Principles of Counters to Strikes
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Understand the principles of counters to strikes.

Procedure:
1. Move: The first step in countering a strike is to move out of the way of the impact of the strike. Movement should both remove you from the point of your...
principles of counters to strikes, movement, block, strike, basic warrior stance
Two-Handed Carry for Striking Technique
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Properly position the weapon in a two-handed carry to execute striking techniques effectively.

### Steps:
1. Place the lead hand on the front portion of the weapon, within two inches from the tip.
2. Lock the rear hand...
two-handed carry, lead hand, rear hand, striking technique
Counter Action Following a Block
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
After deflecting an opponent's attack with a block and in a combat engagement, you can counter with:

• A slash or a horizontal buttstroke to regain the initiative.

In a non-lethal or civil disturbance engagement, use a technique...
counter action, block follow-up, combat engagement, non-lethal force
Discuss the MCMAP Discipline Upon Which Core Values is Built
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Discuss the MCMAP discipline upon which core values is built in accordance with the references.

Procedure:
1. Define MCMAP (Marine Corps Martial Arts Program): This program is designed to develop physical and mental...
MCMAP, discipline, core values, Honor, Courage, Commitment
Discuss the Six Components of Effecting Personal Readiness
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Discuss the six components of effecting personal readiness in accordance with references.

Procedure:
1. Physical Fitness: Maintaining a high level of physical conditioning to ensure combat effectiveness.
2. **Mental...
six components of personal readiness, physical fitness, mental discipline, PME, leadership development, unit cohesion, health and wellness
Discuss the Three Elements of the Core Value 'Honor'
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Discuss the three elements of the core value “Honor” in accordance with the references.

Procedure:
1. Define the first element of Honor: Integrity: This refers to being honest, trustworthy, and doing what is right even when...
Honor, Marine Corps core values, integrity, personal courage, professionalism
Discuss the Two Types of Courage
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Discuss the two types of courage in accordance with the references.

Procedure:
1. Define Physical Courage: This is the ability to face physical danger or adversity without fear, such as during combat or in life-threatening...
courage, physical courage, moral courage, Marine Corps core values
Execute Hook Punch
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose: The hook is a powerful punch that is executed close in and is usually preceded by a preparatory strike.

Technique:
1. Assume the basic warrior stance.
2. Thrust your right arm in a hooking motion toward the opponent, forearm...
hook punch technique, martial arts striking, combat training
Execute a Forward Shoulder Roll Breakfall
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose: A forward shoulder roll breakfall is executed to break your fall when falling forward with rotational movement.

Technique:
1. Begin by practicing the forward shoulder roll breakfall in stages, as executing it from a standing...
forward shoulder roll breakfall, martial arts, fall technique, injury prevention, USMC training
Hold the Rifle for Bayonet Techniques
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Proper Holding Technique: When executing bayonet techniques, the rifle is held in a modified basic warrior stance. All movement begins and ends with the basic warrior stance. To hold the rifle:

1. With the right hand, grasp the pistol grip with...
rifle handling,bayonet stance,military posture,weapon grip,safety positioning
Practice Off-Balancing Techniques with a Partner
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Practice off-balancing techniques in a controlled environment to improve execution.

Procedure:
1. Have students face each other and designate one as the opponent and the other as the practitioner.
2. Instruct the practitioner to...
practical application, off-balancing, partner drill, martial arts training
Proper Punching Technique and Principles
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
### Principles of Effective Punching

#### Relaxation:
• Maintain muscle relaxation throughout the punch to increase speed and power.
• Tensing up leads to fatigue and reduced effectiveness.
• Relax your forearm for faster reaction times....
punching technique, martial arts, combat training, self-defense, hand positioning
Execute a Hook
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute a hook in accordance with the references.

Equipment Required: Black leather gloves, striking pad.

Procedure:
1. Assume a proper fighting stance with feet shoulder-width apart and knees slightly bent.
2. Raise your...
hook, martial arts, USMC, striking pad, black leather gloves
Execute a Lead Hand Punch
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
### How to Execute a Lead Hand Punch

1. Assume the Basic Warrior Stance: Stand with feet shoulder-width apart, knees slightly bent, and hands in a ready position.

2. Snap Your Lead Hand Out: Extend your lead (forward) hand nearly fully...
lead hand punch, martial arts technique, striking, combat, self-defense
Execute an Uppercut
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute an uppercut in accordance with the references.

Equipment Required: Black leather gloves, striking pad.

Procedure:
1. Assume a proper fighting stance with feet shoulder-width apart and knees slightly bent.
2. Raise...
uppercut, martial arts, USMC, striking pad, black leather gloves
Executing Effective Strikes in Martial Arts
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose of Strikes: The purpose of strikes is to stun the opponent or set him up for a follow-up finishing technique. Strikes are unarmed individual striking techniques performed with the arms and legs as personal weapons.

**Principles of...
strikes,martial arts,tactical execution,body movement,target areas,safety precautions
Executing a High Block
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
To execute a high block against a vertical attack coming from high to low:

1. Forcefully thrust your arms up at approximately a 45-degree angle from your body.
2. Ensure the weapon is over the top of your head, parallel to the ground.
3....
high block, blocking technique, martial arts, defense, combat
Executing a Left or Right Block
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
To execute a left or right block against a horizontal buttstroke or slash:

1. Forcefully thrust your arms to the right or left, holding the rifle vertically in the direction of the attack.
2. Keep the elbows bent but maintain enough **muscular...
left block, right block, blocking technique, martial arts, defense, combat
Safety Precautions During Training for Counters to Strikes
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Ensure safety during training exercises for counters to strikes.

Procedure:
1. Start Slowly: Have students perform the techniques slowly at first to ensure proper form and understanding of movements.
2. **Increase Speed...
safety precautions, training for counters to strikes, basic warrior stance, gradual progression
Execute a Front Kick Using Striking Pad and Mouthpiece
Reference Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute a front kick in accordance with references.

Requirements:
• Striking pad
• Mouthpiece
• No reference material

Steps:
1. Raise your right knee to waist height, pivoting your hips into the attack.
2. Thrust your right...
front kick, martial arts, USMC training
Execute a Round Kick Using Striking Pad and Mouthpiece
Reference Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute a round kick in accordance with references.

Requirements:
• Striking pad
• Mouthpiece
• No reference material

Steps:
1. Raise your rear leg slightly off the ground, keeping the knee slightly bent.
2. Pivot your hips...
round kick, martial arts, USMC training
Execute a Vertical Knee Strike Using Striking Pad and Mouthpiece
Reference Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute a vertical knee strike in accordance with references.

Requirements:
• Striking pad
• Mouthpiece
• No reference material

Steps:
1. Grasp the opponent’s neck or gear to pull them down.
2. Raise your right knee and...
vertical knee strike, martial arts, USMC training
Safety Considerations for Punch Training
Reference Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
### Safety Guidelines for Punch Practice

1. Pair Students Appropriately: Ensure students are paired by height and weight to prevent injury.
2. Start with Air Punches: Begin training with punches executed in the air without making...
punch training safety, martial arts practice, combat safety, self-defense training

Urban Operations (32)

Battle Drill 5: Enter Building/Clear Room
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: To enter and clear a building or room in an urban environment while minimizing risk to personnel and maximizing control.

### Preparation and Planning
1. Platoon and squad leaders must consider the task and purpose they have been...
battle drill, urban operations, building entry, room clearing, tactical procedure, military tactics, squad movement, immediate threat, grenade use, rules of engagement
Frontal Attack
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Frontal Attack

1. Conduct reconnaissance to identify enemy positions and urban terrain features.
2. Plan the frontal attack using combined arms forces, including infantry, armor, and artillery.
3. Execute the frontal attack by engaging the...
frontal attack,tactical,urban operations
Initial Attack in Brittany
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Initial Attack in Brittany

1. Conduct reconnaissance to identify key urban targets and enemy positions.
2. Coordinate with supporting forces for fire support and air cover.
3. Execute the initial assault using combined arms tactics, including...
brittany,initial attack,tactical
Metz Envelopment
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Metz Envelopment

1. Conduct reconnaissance to identify enemy positions and urban terrain features around Metz.
2. Plan the envelopment using flanking movements to isolate the urban area from enemy reinforcements.
3. Execute the envelopment by...
metz envelopment,tactical,urban operations
Metz Final Assault
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Metz Final Assault

1. Conduct reconnaissance to identify remaining enemy positions and urban terrain features.
2. Plan the final assault using combined arms forces, including infantry, armor, and artillery.
3. Execute the final assault by...
metz final assault,tactical,urban operations
Overcome Urban Communications Challenges
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Methods to Overcome Urban Communications Challenges:

• Utilize compressed tactical factors for efficient communication.
• Implement initial attack strategies in urban areas, such as the example from Brittany.
• Coordinate subsequent disposition...
urban,communications,tactics,operations,strategy
Penetration
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Penetration

1. Conduct reconnaissance to identify weak points in enemy defenses and urban terrain.
2. Plan the penetration using combined arms forces to breach enemy lines.
3. Execute the penetration by creating a breach in enemy defenses,...
penetration,tactical,urban operations
Understand and Apply the Principles of International Law in Urban Operations
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Principles of International Law Applicable to Urban Operations:

1. Military Necessity: The principle that justifies the use of measures not forbidden by international or domestic law necessary to rapidly achieve military objectives.
2....
international law, military necessity, discrimination, proportionality, urban operations
Apply the Urban Operational Framework for Stability Operations
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Steps to Apply the Urban Operational Framework:

1. Assess: Conduct a thorough assessment of the urban environment, including political, social, economic, and security factors.
2. Shape: Influence the operational environment through...
urban operational framework, stability operations, shape, dominate, transition
Coordination of SOF and Conventional Capabilities
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Coordination of SOF and Conventional Capabilities

1. Establish joint command structures to coordinate Special Operations Forces (SOF) with conventional forces.
2. Share intelligence and reconnaissance data between SOF and conventional units for...
sof coordination,tactical,urban operations
Critical Sensor-to-Shooter Links
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Critical Sensor-to-Shooter Links

1. Establish and maintain sensor-to-shooter links between reconnaissance units and attacking forces.
2. Use electronic surveillance systems to detect enemy movements and provide real-time data to shooters.
3....
sensor-to-shooter,tactical,urban operations
Cross Obstacles in Urban Terrain (Walls, Fences, and Rooftops)
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

5. Cross obstacles (walls, fences, and rooftops).

- a. Move over walls and fences.

(1) Before crossing a wall or fence, look at and beyond it for booby traps, enemy positions, and covered or concealed...
urban operations,obstacle crossing,wall fence movement,roof movement
Enter a Building During an Urban Operation
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Enter and clear a two-story building with minimal exposure to enemy fire.

Conditions: As a member of an assault force in an urban area, given a two-story building; a grappling hook attached to 50 feet of scaling rope knotted...
enter building, urban operation, grappling hook, scaling rope, hand grenades, assault force, clear building, enemy fire
Inchon-Seoul Campaign, September 1950
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Inchon-Seoul Campaign, September 1950

1. Conduct reconnaissance to identify enemy positions and urban terrain features around Inchon and Seoul.
2. Plan the campaign using combined arms forces, including amphibious landings and air support.
3....
inchon-seoul campaign,tactical,urban operations
Infiltration
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Infiltration

1. Conduct reconnaissance to identify infiltration routes and enemy positions.
2. Plan the infiltration using small units to avoid detection by enemy forces.
3. Use urban terrain features, such as alleys, buildings, and tunnels, to...
infiltration,tactical,urban operations
Initial Attack to Isolate Hue
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Initial Attack to Isolate Hue

1. Conduct reconnaissance to identify enemy positions and urban terrain features around Hue.
2. Plan the initial attack using flanking movements and combined arms forces.
3. Execute the initial attack by securing...
initial attack,tactical,urban operations
Move Along a Wall in Urban Terrain
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

a. Move along the wall as closely as possible to deny an enemy soldier inside the building the chance to fire at you.

(1) Use all available cover and concealment, move with a low silhouette, and advance rapidly from position...
urban operations,movement tactics,wall movement,enemy fire avoidance
Reactions to Isolation
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Reactions to Isolation

1. Conduct reconnaissance to identify isolated urban areas and enemy movements.
2. Plan the reaction using combined arms forces, including infantry, armor, and artillery.
3. Execute the reaction by engaging the enemy...
reactions to isolation,tactical,urban operations
Required Urban Reconnaissance Capabilities
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Required Urban Reconnaissance Capabilities

1. Utilize aerial reconnaissance to identify urban terrain features and enemy positions.
2. Deploy ground reconnaissance units to gather detailed intelligence on the urban area.
3. Use electronic...
urban reconnaissance,tactical,operations
Shaping Through Isolation
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Shaping Through Isolation

1. Conduct reconnaissance to identify urban areas that can be isolated from enemy reinforcements.
2. Plan the isolation using flanking movements and combined arms forces.
3. Execute the isolation by securing key choke...
isolation,tactical,urban operations
Subsequent Attack to Isolate Hue
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Subsequent Attack to Isolate Hue

1. Conduct reconnaissance to identify remaining enemy positions and urban terrain features around Hue.
2. Plan the subsequent attack using combined arms forces, including infantry, armor, and artillery.
3....
subsequent attack,tactical,urban operations
Subsequent Disposition of Forces in Brittany
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Subsequent Disposition of Forces in Brittany

1. Reorganize forces based on the results of the initial attack and enemy response.
2. Secure and consolidate gains made during the initial assault.
3. Establish defensive positions to protect key...
brittany,subsequent disposition,tactical
Toxic Industrial Chemicals and Their Uses
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Toxic Industrial Chemicals and Their Uses

1. Identify common toxic industrial chemicals (TICs) used in urban environments.
2. Understand the industrial/ commercial uses of TICs:
- Ammonia: Commercial refrigerant, fertilizer, food...
toxic industrial chemicals,tactical,chemical threats,urban operations
Turning Movement
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Turning Movement

1. Identify enemy positions and urban terrain that can be used to execute a turning movement.
2. Plan the maneuver to avoid direct confrontation with the enemy's main force.
3. Execute the turning movement using flanking...
turning movement,tactical,urban operations
Urban Areas by Population Size
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Urban Areas by Population Size

1. Classify urban areas based on population size rather than landmass.
2. Use the following categories to classify urban areas:
- Village: 3,000 or less.
- Town: Over 3,000 to 100,000.
- City: Over...
urban classification,tactical,urban operations,population size
Urban Threat Tactics and Asymmetry
High Priority Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Urban Threat Tactics:

• Use the Population to Advantage: Leverage local populations for support or as a tool against enemy forces.
• Win the Information War: Control narratives and information flow within urban areas.
• **Manipulate Key...
urban,threat,tactics,asymmetry
Conduct Information Operations in Urban Environments
Standard Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations
Steps for Conducting Information Operations in Urban Areas:

1. Understand the Human Dimension: Recognize cultural, social, and political dynamics of the urban environment to tailor information operations effectively.
2. **Perform Focused...
information operations, urban environments, human dimension, noncombatants, transition control
Urban Operational Framework - Dominate Phase
Standard Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Purpose: The dominate phase of the urban operational framework involves taking control of key areas and ensuring that military objectives are achieved.

Key Actions During the Dominate Phase:
1. Preserve critical infrastructure such as...
urban operations, dominate phase, critical infrastructure, close combat
Urban Stability Operations - Battlefield Operating Systems
Standard Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Purpose: The battlefield operating systems in urban stability operations involve the integration of various military functions to achieve mission objectives and ensure long-term stability.

**Key Actions During Battlefield Operating...
urban stability operations, battlefield operating systems, military functions, local institutions
Urban Stability Operations - General Effects on Operations
Standard Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Purpose: The general effects of urban stability operations involve understanding how various factors influence the conduct of operations and the achievement of mission objectives.

Key Actions During General Effects on Operations:
1....
urban stability operations, general effects, environmental factors, cultural dynamics
Urban Stability Operations - Tactical Considerations
Standard Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Purpose: The tactical considerations in urban stability operations involve understanding the specific challenges and requirements of conducting operations in an urban environment.

Key Actions During Tactical Considerations:
1. **Assess the...
urban stability operations, tactical considerations, urban terrain, population density
Urban Stability Operations - Transition Phase
Standard Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Purpose: The transition phase of urban stability operations involves transferring control from military forces to local authorities or civilian entities to ensure long-term stability and governance.

**Key Actions During the Transition...
urban stability operations, transition phase, human dimension, local institutions

Fire Control (25)

Adjust Fire Commands for Range or New Targets
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Purpose: To adjust fire commands based on changes in range or the appearance of new targets.

Steps:
1. Use subsequent fire commands to modify existing orders.
2. For example, issue commands such as:
- **Shift left (or right) up (or...
fire command adjustment, target shift, range correction
Assign Final Protective Fire Areas (FPL or PDF) for Automatic Weapons
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Assign final protective fire areas to protect units from enemy attacks.

Procedure:
1. Assign final protective lines (FPL) or principal directions of fire (PDF) for machine guns and other automatic crew-served weapons, or...
final protective fire areas, FPL, PDF, automatic weapons
Assign Priority of Fires Based on Weapon Assignment and Threat Level
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Ensure that each weapon is used in the role it is best suited for.

Procedure:
1. Tell each Soldier, according to weapon assignment, what to fire at, when, and why.
2. Example assignments include:
- Dragon gunners engage...
priority of fires, weapon assignment, threat level, role-based engagement
Assign Sectors of Fire and Priority of Fires
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Assign sectors of fire and priority of fires to ensure effective weapon use.

Procedure:

1. Assign sectors of fire: Divide the area of responsibility into specific zones for each crew-served weapon, team, or unit. Each...
sector assignment, priority of fire, weapon roles, target engagement
Assign Sectors of Fire to Cover Assigned Areas
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Assign sectors of fire to ensure coverage and responsibility.

Procedure:
1. Assign an area for each crew-served weapon, team, or unit to cover by fire.
2. **Targets in each assigned sector are the responsibility of the...
sectors of fire, area coverage, responsibility assignment
Communicate Fire Commands and Signals for Coordination
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Use communication techniques to coordinate the start, shift, or cessation of fire.

Procedure:

1. Use prearranged signals: Employ visual or sound signals (e.g., pyrotechnics, whistles, horns, detonation of a device, firing of...
fire commands, prearranged signals, arm-and-hand signals, fire by example
Correct Errors in Fire Commands
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Purpose: To correct errors in fire commands and ensure accurate execution of fire control orders.

Steps:
1. Identify the error in the fire command.
2. State CORRECTION to signal that an error has been detected.
3. Correct the...
fire command correction, error detection, tactical communication
Implement Fire Control Principles
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Apply the principles of fire control to ensure effective and safe use of weapons.

Procedure:

1. Avoid target overkill: Conserve ammunition by not firing unnecessarily at targets that have already been neutralized or are no...
fire control principles, weapon use, target engagement, ammunition conservation, tactical priority
Implement Fire Control Principles to Avoid Target Overkill
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Conserve ammunition and ensure effective use of weapons.

Procedure:
1. Avoid target overkill by ensuring that only necessary amounts of fire are directed at targets.
2. Use each weapon in its intended role (e.g., Dragon...
fire control principles, target overkill, ammunition conservation, weapon roles, high probability kill targets
Issue Fire Commands to Direct Unit Fires
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Purpose: To direct the fires of units or key weapons and place a specific type of fire on certain targets.

Steps:
1. Identify who is to fire, direction of fire, type of ammunition, type of target, range, and when to fire.
2. Use fire...
fire commands, weapon systems, direction of fire, ammunition type, target engagement
Use Fire Commands to Direct Firing Actions
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Use fire commands to direct firing actions effectively.

Procedure:
1. Every fire command should contain the target description and execution element as a minimum.
2. Some elements of fire commands may be omitted, but ensure...
fire commands, target description, execution element, fire command tables
Use Fire Control Methods to Maximize Weapon Effectiveness
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Use fire control methods to ensure maximum effectiveness of weapons and safety of Soldiers.

Procedure:

1. Maximize the effects of the weapons on the target: Ensure that each weapon is used in a way that maximizes its impact...
mutual support, area coverage, friendly fire prevention, weapon effectiveness
Use Fire by Example to Communicate Fire Commands
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Use fire by example to initiate or control firing actions.

Procedure:
1. Initiate firing at or in the direction of the intended target as an example for others to follow.
2. Have the unit or specific weapon system follow your...
fire by example, fire communication, lead by example
Use Target Reference Points (TRPs) and Final Protective Fire Areas
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Use TRPs and final protective fire areas to improve coordination and control of fire.

Procedure:

1. Use target reference points (TRPs): Designate recognizable natural or manmade points on the ground as reference points for...
target reference points, final protective fire areas, FPL, PDF
Use Target Reference Points (TRPs) to Control Fire and Identify Targets
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Use recognizable points on the ground as reference points for fire control.

Procedure:
1. Designate recognizable points on the ground (natural or manmade) as target reference points (TRPs).
2. Use TRPs to:
- Identify...
target reference points, TRPs, fire control, target identification
Adjust Fire Using the Sight Correction Method
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. When the initial burst is not correctly placed, adjust elevation and windage as required.

2. This method is time consuming.
sight correction method, elevation adjustment, windage adjustment
Develop Standing Operating Procedures (SOPs) for Fire Control
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Purpose: To create SOPs and drills that improve the effectiveness of fire control during combat operations.

Steps:
1. Identify common actions and commands used in fire control scenarios.
2. Develop standardized procedures to ensure...
SOP development, fire control procedures, tactical training
Engage Targets According to Unit SOP for Team/Squad Fire
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Purpose: To ensure that targets are engaged in accordance with established unit SOPs for team or squad fire.

Steps:
1. Review and understand the unit's SOP for team/squad fire engagement.
2. Follow these procedures when engaging targets...
target engagement SOP, team fire control, squad fire procedures
Use Appropriate Weapons on Targets During Fire Control Exercises
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Purpose: To ensure that the correct weapons are used for engaging specific targets during fire control exercises.

Steps:
1. Identify the type of target being engaged (e.g., enemy column, line formation).
2. Select and use appropriate...
weapon selection, target engagement, fire control training
Use Correct Fire Application to Engage Deep Targets
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Initially aim at the midpoint of the target unless another portion of the target is more critical or presents a greater threat.

2. Search down to one aiming point in front of the near end and back up to one aiming point beyond...
deep target, midpoint aiming, search fire
Use Free Gun Fire (Tripod or Vehicle-Mounted Gun Only)
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Use free gun fire (tripod- or vehicle-mounted gun only) against targets requiring rapid major changes in direction and elevation.

2. To deliver this type of fire, remove the traversing and elevation (T&E) mechanism from the...
free gun fire, tripod-mounted gun, vehicle-mounted gun, rapid changes in direction and elevation
Use Swinging Traverse Fire (Tripod-Mounted Gun Only)
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Use swinging traverse fire (tripod-mounted gun only) to deliver fire against targets too wide to cover with the traversing hand wheel or against fast moving targets.

2. Loosen the traversing slide lock lever and make changes in...
swinging traverse fire, tripod-mounted gun, wide targets, fast moving targets
Use Correct Fire Application for Moving Targets
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. To hit a moving target, estimate the speed of the target and the lead required to fire and hit it.

2. Fire, then track the target as it moves.

3. Adjust the lead by observing tracers and the strike of the bullets.
moving target,lead estimation,tactical shooting,target engagement,tracer observation
Use Searching Fire on Deep Targets
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Use searching fire to distribute fire on deep targets by successive changes in elevation.

2. With the tripod-mounted gun:
- Make changes in 2-mil increments on the elevating hand wheel between bursts.

3. **With the...
searching fire,deep targets,tactical shooting,elevation adjustment,bipod-mounted gun
Use Traversing Fire on Wide Targets
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Use traversing fire to distribute fire on wide targets by successive changes in direction.

2. With the tripod-mounted gun:
- Make changes in 2- to 6-mil increments on the traversing handwheel between bursts.

3. **With the...
traversing fire,wide targets,tactical shooting,tripod-mounted gun,bipod-mounted gun

Reconnaissance (23)

Analyze Information Gathered During Reconnaissance
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Analyze information gathered during reconnaissance at the release point.

Steps:
1. Assess PIR Requirements: The leader analyzes what information has been gathered and determines if the PIR requirements have been met.
2....
analyze PIR, alternate areas, recon requirements
Conduct Area Reconnaissance
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Actions on the Objective, Area Reconnaissance

• The element occupies the ORP as discussed in the section on occupation of the ORP. The RTO calls in spare for occupation of ORP. The leader confirms his location on map while subordinate leaders...
area reconnaissance,objective site,SALUTE format,release point,observation posts,limit of advance,cloverleaf method,PIR requirements,AT-4
Conduct Area Reconnaissance Using Long-Range Observation
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Conduct area reconnaissance using long-range observation and surveillance.

Steps:
1. Move to Observation Points (OPs): R&S elements move to OPs that offer cover and concealment, and are outside of small-arms range.
2....
area reconnaissance, long range observation, SALUTE format, OPs, PIR
Conduct Area Reconnaissance Using Surveillance or Vantage-Point Method
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
### Procedure: Conduct Area Reconnaissance Using Surveillance or Vantage-Point Method

#### Objective:
Obtain information about a specific location and the area immediately around it (e.g., road junctions, hills, bridges, enemy...
area reconnaissance, surveillance method, vantage-point method, objective rallying point, security of the force, stealth techniques, camouflage, concealment, movement techniques, tactical reconnaissance
Conduct Area Reconnaissance and Obtain Information About a Specific Location
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
### Procedure: Conduct Area Reconnaissance and Obtain Information About a Specific Location

#### Objective:
Obtain information about a specific location and the area immediately around it (e.g., road junctions, hills, bridges, enemy...
area reconnaissance, objective location, terrain analysis, enemy positions, security of the force, stealth techniques, movement techniques, ORP setup
Conduct Recon by Long-Range Surveillance
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Critical Task: Conduct reconnaissance using long-range surveillance techniques if possible. This may include the use of drones, binoculars, or other remote observation tools to gather intelligence without exposing personnel.
long-range recon, surveillance techniques, tactical reconnaissance
Conduct Reconnaissance for Offensive Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Reconnaissance is essential to determine enemy locations and assess terrain in cold weather conditions.

1. Initiate reconnaissance early over a wide area.
2. The mission includes determining the location of the enemy, examining routes, and...
reconnaissance,cold weather,tactical operations
Conduct Reconnaissance in Northern Latitudes
High Priority Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure:

1. Include time required to complete patrols under northern latitude conditions, which may be from 1 1/2 to 2 times longer than expected.
2. Ensure that route reconnaissance parties include personnel technically qualified to report...
northern reconnaissance,ice trafficability,aerial photography,radio relay
Conduct Route Reconnaissance Using Proper Movement Techniques
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Plan the reconnaissance based on intelligence requirements.
2. Issue the plan for the mission to all personnel involved.
3. Conduct a hasty or deliberate reconnaissance depending on time available and detail requirements.
4. Use...
route reconnaissance, proper movement techniques, enemy contact, tactical situation, reconnaissance by fire
Establish Recon Position (RP)
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Critical Task: Establish a Recon Position (RP) to serve as a temporary base for further observation and intelligence gathering. Ensure the RP is concealed, defensible, and offers good visibility of the objective area.
establish RP, recon position, tactical positioning
Leader’s Recon of Objective
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Critical Task: Conduct a leader-led reconnaissance of the objective (OBJ). This involves personally assessing the terrain, enemy positions, and potential threats to ensure accurate intelligence gathering before committing troops.
leader recon, objective assessment, tactical reconnaissance
Move to Successive OPs
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Critical Task: Move as necessary to successive Observation Posts (OPs) to maintain continuous surveillance and reconnaissance coverage.
move,successive,OPs,tactical
Patrol Links Up in ORP
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Critical Task: Patrol links up as directed in the Objective Reconnaissance Position (ORP). This ensures that all units are properly integrated and ready to execute coordinated operations.
patrol linkup, ORP coordination, tactical integration
Pinpoint Objective Location
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Critical Task: Accurately pinpoint the location of the objective (OBJ) using maps, terrain features, and other available tools. This ensures that subsequent operations are conducted with precision.
pinpoint objective, location identification, tactical mapping
Return to ORP After Reconnaissance
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Return undetected to the ORP after completing reconnaissance.

Steps:
1. Disseminate Information at ORP: Disseminate information to all patrol members through key leaders at the ORP, or move to a position at least one terrain...
return to ORP, disseminate info, sketches, report requirements
Return to ORP Road After PIR Gathering
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Critical Task: Once Priority Intelligence Requirements (PIR) are gathered, return to the Objective Reconnaissance Point (ORP) road as directed.
return,ORP,road,PIR,tactical
Return to RP on Order
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Critical Task: On order from the leader, return to the Recon Position (RP) as directed. This ensures that all personnel are accounted for and ready to execute further operations or receive additional instructions.
return to RP, tactical movement, recon position
Return to Release Point During Reconnaissance
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Return to the release point when specific conditions are met during reconnaissance.

Steps:
1. Return When All PIR is Gathered: R&S teams return to the release point once all their PIR has been gathered.
2. **Return When Limit...
return to release point, PIR, limit of advance, contact made
Secure and Occupy ORP
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Critical Task: Secure and occupy the Objective Reconnaissance Position (ORP). This is a foundational step in establishing control over the area of operation. Ensure that the position is secure before proceeding with further reconnaissance...
secure, occupy, ORP, tactical, reconnaissance
Conduct Reconnaissance by Fire
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Conduct Reconnaissance by Fire

Follow these procedures:

1. Reconnaissance by fire is accomplished by firing on likely or suspected enemy positions in an attempt to remove camouflage and to cause the enemy to disclose his/her presence by...
reconnaissance by fire, enemy positions, camouflage removal, continuous observation
Control the Route Reconnaissance
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Control the Route Reconnaissance

Ensure that:

1. Reconnaissance commences from the flanks or rear when reconnoitering areas along the route are not likely to be defended by enemy detachments (such as bridge approaches, defiles, or built-up...
control, route reconnaissance, dismounted personnel, mounted reconnaissance, overwatch
Plan the Reconnaissance
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Plan the Reconnaissance

Step 1: Receive the order.

Step 2: Issue a warning order.

Step 3: Gather information and prepare an operation order based on METT-TC factors: mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support...
reconnaissance, planning, METT-TC, operation order, terrain considerations, enemy contact
Supervise the Preparation of Route Reconnaissance
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Supervise the Preparation of Route Reconnaissance

Ensure that Soldiers:

1. Maintain weapons and equipment on vehicles.
2. Conduct inspections.
3. Conduct rehearsals.
4. Issue the order.
5. Ensure that the rest plan is followed.
supervision, preparation, route reconnaissance, inspections, rehearsals

Military Tactics (23)

Avoid Handling or Modifying a Grenade Under Any Circumstances
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Never attempt to modify a grenade.
2. Never attempt to defuse a grenade.
3. Never attempt to remove a grenade found upside down in its packing container.
4. Never handle a dud grenade.
5. **Never attach grenades to...
grenade safety, dud grenade, modification danger, defusing grenade
Check Grenades While Moving for Safety and Security
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Check grenades occasionally while moving to ensure that the fuse is tight and the strap is secure.
2. If any defects are found (e.g., loose fuse, broken safety lever), report them immediately and turn in the grenade if it...
grenade inspection, fuse check, strap security, defect reporting
Engage Targets with an M249 Machine Gun Using an AN/PAS-13 Thermal Weapon Sight
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Engage Targets with an M249 Machine Gun Using an AN/PAS-13 Thermal Weapon Sight

Conditions: Given an M249 machine gun with a mounted and zeroed AN/PAS-13 thermal weapon sight (TWS), linked 5.56-mm ammunition, threat targets, and...
M249 machine gun, AN/PAS-13 thermal weapon sight, target engagement, firing position, marksmanship fundamentals
Engage Armored Vehicle Weak Points with a Grenade Launcher
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Identify the weak points on an armored vehicle, which are typically the sides and rear.
2. Position yourself in a firing position as instructed (standing, kneeling, sitting, or prone).
3. Adjust the rear sight to match the...
armored vehicle, grenade launcher, weak points, target engagement, firing position
Implement Finnish 'Motti' Tactics in Subarctic Winter Warfare
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Overview: The Finnish 'motti' tactics were developed during the Russo-Finnish War (1939–40) and are particularly effective in subarctic winter conditions, especially in forested areas. These tactics exploit the environment to isolate and destroy...
Finnish motti tactics,cold weather warfare,subarctic winter,military strategy,forest combat,enemy isolation
Define and Mark Initial Delay Position (IDP)
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure for Defining and Marking an Initial Delay Position (IDP):

1. Understand the Purpose of IDP: An IDP is where a delaying action begins, trading space for time.
2. Establish Boundaries: The delay sector is defined by boundaries...
initial delay position,IDP,battle area,FEBA,strategic planning,military tactics
Designate and Mark Coordinating Points
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure for Designating and Marking Coordinating Points:

1. Understand the Purpose of Coordinating Points: Coordinating points are designated on boundaries as specific points for coordination of fires and maneuver between adjacent...
coordinating points,military tactics,strategic planning,battle area,map symbols
Determine the Elevation for Each Target
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
To determine the elevation for each target:

1. Lay the gun on the base of the target by rotating the elevating handwheel (see figure 071-000-0005-4).
2. **Read the number (including a "+" or "-" sign, unless the number is "0") above the first...
elevation,target,elevating handwheel,indicator
Mark Delay Lines (DLs)
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure for Marking Delay Lines (DLs):

1. Understand the Purpose of DLs: Delay lines show the location of a succeeding delay position.
2. Draw Delay Positions: Draw delay positions (other than initial) the same as IDPs, but place the...
delay lines,DLs,military tactics,strategic planning,battle area
Record Data Using the T&E Mechanism
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
To record data using the T&E mechanism:

1. Enter the reading in the ELEVATION column in the DATA SECTION of the range card, separating the two numbers with a slash.
2. Enter the range to each target in the appropriate column in the DATA...
T&E mechanism,record data,elevation,range,target width
Using the Sights - Target Placement for Fast Moving Targets
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Using the Sights - Target Placement for Fast Moving Targets

For fast moving targets (more than 10 miles per hour):

1. If the vehicle is moving from right to left, place the right hand lead post at the center of mass (see figure...
target placement, fast moving targets, sight alignment, M136 launcher, military tactics
Conduct a Tactical March - Foot and Motor (Road) Marches
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. A tactical march is conducted by platoons as part of company operations and can be either a foot march or a motor (road) march.

2. The purpose of the foot march is for troops to arrive at their destination on time and...
tactical march, foot march, motor march, military operations
Define Duties and Responsibilities During Tactical Marches
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Duties and responsibilities of personnel during tactical marches must be clearly defined to ensure the success of the operation.

2. Leaders at all levels are responsible for:
- Maintaining control over their units...
duties responsibilities tactical march, military operations, unit coordination
Firing Position - Prone Position
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Firing Position - Prone Position

The prone position is used when firing the M136 launcher:

1. Prone position (see figure 071-054-0004-4). This position provides maximum stability and concealment for firing.

> Note: Figures referenced...
firing position, prone position, M136 launcher, military tactics
Firing Position - Standing Position
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Firing Position - Standing Position

The launcher can only be fired from the right shoulder. There are four types of firing positions used when firing the M136 launcher:

1. Standing position (see figure 071-054-0004-1). This is one of the...
firing position, standing position, M136 launcher, military tactics
Issue and Execute a March Order for Tactical Marches
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. A march order can be issued as an OPORD (Operations Order), FRAGO (Fragmentary Order), or as an annex to either of these orders.

2. The march order must include the following:
- **Formations and order of...
march order, tactical march planning, military operations, fire support plan
Lay the Gun for Direction When Assigning a PDF
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
To lay the gun for direction when assigning a PDF:

1. Align on the primary sector by traversing the slide to one side.
2. Move the tripod to align the barrel on the sector limit.
3. Align on the PDF by traversing the slide until the...
PDF,lay gun,direction,traversing slide,tripod legs
Methods of Engagement - Single Firing
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Methods of Engagement - Single Firing

In single firing:

1. A target is engaged by one Soldier firing one launcher with no succeeding shots (see figure 071-054-0004-7).
- This method should be used only at ranges of 200 meters or...
single firing method, M136 launcher, military tactics, engagement techniques
Plan and Execute a Tactical March Using METT-TC Analysis
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. When planning a tactical march, use the METT-TC framework to guide decision-making:
- Mission: Understand the task and purpose of the march.
- Enemy: Analyze enemy intentions, capabilities, and likely course of...
mett-TC analysis, tactical march planning, military operations, task organization
Establish Start Point and Release Point for Tactical Marches
Reference Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. The start point and release point are established by higher headquarters or as specified in the order.

2. Use checkpoints to report progress, maintain orientation, and ensure all units stay on course.

3. Define...
start point,release point,tactical march,dispersion plan,communications
Fix the Tripod Legs in Place
Reference Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
To fix the tripod legs in place:

• Dig them in or sandbag them to ensure stability.
tripod legs,stability,sandbagging,dig in
Maintain and Manage Range Cards
Reference Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
To maintain and manage range cards:

1. Keep one copy of the range card at the machine gun position.
2. Send the other copy to platoon headquarters.
3. Complete range cards for primary positions.
4. **Partially prepare range cards for...
range card,management,maintain,prepare,revise
Plan and Execute Tactical Marches - Considerations and Fundamentals
Reference Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Consider METT-TC factors when planning a tactical march:
- Mission: Understand the task and purpose of the movement.
- Enemy: Analyze enemy intentions, capabilities, and likely actions.
- **Terrain and...
tactical march,planning,movement control,METT-TC,fundamentals

Weapon Handling (22)

Inspect the Chamber for a Round
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

• Step 1: Inspect the chamber.

Options:

• (1) If no round is in the chamber:
- (a) Reload and try to fire.
- (b) If the gun fires, you have corrected the stoppage.
- (c) If the weapon fails to fire,...
inspect chamber, weapon handling, stoppage clearance, disassemble, clean lubricate
Disarming a Weapon Safely
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Disarm a Weapon Safely:

1. Place the safety switch on the safe (S) position. This is critical to prevent accidental discharge.
2. Charge the weapon. Ensure that the weapon is fully charged in preparation for disarming.
3....
disarming weapon, safety switch, charger handle, cleaning rod, live round removal, spent case removal
Load the MK19 Machine Gun
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Loading the MK19 Machine Gun:

1. Ensure the Weapon is Safe:
- Make sure the chamber is empty, the bolt is forward, and the charger handles are in the lock position.
- Ensure the safety switch is in the safe (S)...
load,mk19,loading,procedure,weapon,safety,charger handles,bolt,chamber
Load the Weapon
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Load the Weapon

Objective: To properly load the weapon in preparation for engagement.

#### Steps:
1. Ensure Safety: Ensure the weapon is on safe and that there are no obstructions or hazards around you.
2. **Insert...
loading weapon, .50 M2 loading, weapon preparation
Raise the Cover of the Weapon
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

• Step 1: Raise the cover of the weapon.

Purpose: This is part of the immediate action process to clear a stoppage.
raise cover, weapon handling, stoppage clearance
Raise the Feed Tray of the Weapon
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

• Step 1: Raise the feed tray.

Purpose: This is part of the immediate action process to clear a stoppage.
raise feed tray, weapon handling, stoppage clearance
Reinsert Transport Safety Pin and Handle Misfire Procedure
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
WARNING: If the transport safety pin cannot be reinserted, do not move the weapon. Notify the noncommissioned officer in charge (NCOIC).

Steps:
1. While cradling the launcher with the left arm, reinsert the transport safety pin.
-...
transport safety pin, misfire procedure, launcher handling, NCOIC, weapon safety
Remove the Ammunition Belt or Magazine
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

• Step 1: Remove the ammunition belt or magazine.

Purpose: This is part of the immediate action process to clear a stoppage.
remove magazine, weapon handling, stoppage clearance
Stop a Weapon from Firing Safely
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Keep the gun pointed on the target.
2. Lower one charging handle to make the gun stop firing.
3. Place the safety switch on the safe (S) position.
4. **Clear the weapon and report its condition to your...
stop weapon firing,safety procedure,immediate action,remedial action,weapon malfunction
Field Zero the Weapon on a 300-Meter Target
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

To field zero the weapon on a 300-meter target:

1. Assume the correct bipod-supported prone position or fighting position.
2. Set up on a live-fire range with appropriate equipment and materials.
3. Fire at a 300-meter target...
field zero, weapon calibration, live-fire range, target engagement
Handling Support Weapons in Winter Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Support weapons, due to their weight and bulk, require special handling during winter conditions.
2. The following support weapons are considered:
- 7.62 mm General Purpose Machine-gun (GPMG)
- 50 Calibre Browning...
support weapons, cold weather, weapon handling, winter conditions, military equipment
Load and Engage Targets Using Correct M240B Firing Techniques
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Step 4: Load and engage targets using the correct M240B firing techniques:

a. Use correct trigger manipulation:

• (1) Pull straight to the rear and release.

• (2) Fire the weapon at the rate of fire appropriate for the target...
M240B firing techniques, trigger manipulation, rate of fire, fixed fire, point target engagement
Place TWS into Operation
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Ensure the Thermal Weapon Sight (TWS) is properly activated and ready for use.

Steps:
1. Turn on the TWS power switch to activate the thermal weapon sight.
2. Confirm that the TWS is functioning correctly by checking the display...
TWS activation, thermal weapon sight, M16-series rifle
Prepare the M136 Launcher for Firing
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Remove the launcher from the carrying position and cradle it with the left arm.

2. While cradling the launcher, pull the transport safety pin with the right hand and release it.
- Ensure the transport safety pin is...
M136 launcher preparation,firing procedure,transport safety pin,cocking lever,shoulder stop,sight adjustment
Stow TWS and Component Parts
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

Step 1: Ensure the brightness knob is at the OFF position.

Step 2: Ensure the objective lens cover is closed.

Step 3: Remove the battery, close and secure battery door.

Step 4: Stow the TWS and battery in their...
TWS stowage,component parts storage,carrying case
Techniques de Campagne - Positionnement de l'Arme
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procédure:

1. Tenir l'arme en plaçant la main droite/gauche sur la crosse ou sur la poignée de la crosse, et l'autre main sur le fût.
2. Alternative : Placer la main droite/gauche sur l'avant de la bretelle, et laisser reposer le...
positionnement arme, tenir fusil, mouvement tactique
Charging the Weapon
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Grasp the charger handles with palms down.
2. Press the charger handle locks and rotate the charger handles down.
3. Pull the charger handles sharply to the rear until the bolt seats.
4. Push the charger handles forward and rotate...
charging weapon,charger handles,bolt seating
Loading the First Round
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Place the safety switch in the fire (F) position and press the trigger.
- Note: The bolt will move forward and load the first round on the bolt face (half load).
2. Rotate the charger handles down and pull them sharply to...
loading first round,safety switch,trigger pull,bolt seating
Zeroing the M249 Weapon Using a Peep Sight Correction Chart
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Fire a confirming burst: If you miss the target, repeat steps 3 and 4 until you hit the target.

2. Adjust the elevation scale to reflect the range to the target.

3. Record the zero:
- Once you have zeroed the...
zeroing,m249,peep sight,elevation scale,windage correction
Improvising Flotation for Weapon Platforms in Snow
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Identify the issue: Bipods and tripods of automatic weapons may sink into snow, making them unstable.

2. Improvise flotation:
- Tie the legs of the weapon platform to a snowshoe for added support.
-...
improvised flotation, weapon platform, snowshoe, cold weather, military, automatic weapons
Unload a Cold Weapon (Fewer Than 200 Rounds Fired)
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Unloading a Cold Weapon:

Steps:
1. Keep the gun oriented on the target area.
2. Place the gun in the single-shot mode.
3. Raise the cover.
4. Lift the extractor away from the ammunition belt.
5. **Remove the...
unload weapon,cold weapon,gun safety,target area,single-shot mode,extractor,ammunition belt,feedway,retracting slide handle,bolt lock,chamber inspection,T-slot inspection
Zero an M16A1 Rifle
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Zeroing an M16A1 Rifle:

Conditions:
• On a 25-meter range.
• Given an M16A1 rifle, 18 rounds of 5.56-mm ammunition, a 250-meter zero target, and sandbags for support.
• One of the following situations exists:
- You receive a...
M16A1 rifle,zeroing,battle sight zero,ammunition,target,sandbags

Fire Support (22)

Adjust Indirect Fire - Locate Target and Transmit Call for Fire
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

Step 1: Locate the target within 250 meters of its actual location.

• a. Use grid coordinates to locate the target.
• b. Determine the direction from your position to the target using a compass or cardinal directions if...
adjust indirect fire, call for fire, grid coordinates, target location, creeping fire, danger close
Control Organic Fires
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. **Conditions:
- Given a unit equipped with TOE weapons, attached fire support elements (machine gun teams; antitank teams; tube launched, optically tracked, wire guided [TOW] squad; Bradley fighting vehicle [BFV]), an area of...
organic fires, sectors of fire, rules of engagement, target engagement priority, weapon systems, threat targets
Use Artillery Support in Offensive Operations
High Priority Source: FM 5 103 Survivability
Procedure:

1. Deploy organic artillery at the first sign of enemy contact to provide immediate fire support.
2. Conduct a barrage from artillery to suppress enemy forces and cover flanking maneuvers.
3. Use **artillery to reduce...
artillery barrage, fire support, offensive operations, coordination
Call for Fire Procedure
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Steps to Call for Fire:

1. Observer’s Identification - Call Signs: Identify the observer using call signs.
2. Warning Order: Provide a warning order indicating the type of mission:
- Adjust fire.
- Fire for effect.
- Suppress.
...
call for fire,target location,polar plot,grid coordinate,shift from known point
Call for and Adjust Fire Support
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• Call for and adjust fire support.

Details:

• This task is performed during execution to provide direct and indirect fire support to the platoon.
• The individual calling for fire must ensure that the request includes...
fire support, tactical adjustment, call for fire
Create a Fire Support Overlay
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Steps to Create a Fire Support Overlay:

1. Include the following information on the overlay:
- Unit and official capacity of person making overlay.
- Date the overlay was prepared.
- Map Sheet Number.
- Effective Period of Overlay...
fire support,overlay,map sheet number,priority target,call signs,frequencies,phase lines,checkpoints,target symbols
Determine Supporting Fires for Convoy Operations
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Identify the types of supporting fires required during the operation.
2. Include artillery support in the planning to provide cover and protection when needed.
3. Coordinate with engineer units for minesweeping operations if...
supporting,fires,artillery,gunship
Forward Observer (FO) Responsibilities and Duties
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Title: Forward Observer (FO) Responsibilities and Duties

Procedure:
1. Work under the direction of the PL (Platoon Leader).
2. Serve as the eyes of the FA (Field Artillery) and mortars for target acquisition and fire support...
forward observer, indirect fire support, target location, scheme of maneuver
Plan and Coordinate Fire Support During Tactical Movement
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: Ensure effective fire support coordination during tactical movement to enhance unit survivability and mission success.

Procedure:
1. Plan fire support in advance using the following systems:
- Mortars, artillery, tactical air,...
fire support, coordination, mortars, artillery, tactical air, movement planning
Select Method of Fire and Control
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Method of Fire and Control

• Method of Fire: Specific guns with a specific interval between rounds. Normally, one gun is used with a 5-second interval between rounds.
• Method of Control:
- AT MY COMMAND - FIRE: Remains in...
method of fire, military control, artillery tactics
Use Target Overlay Symbols
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Target Overlay Symbols:

• Point target: Used to indicate a specific point on the map.
• Linear target: Used to indicate a line or route on the map.
• Circular target: Used to indicate an area with a circular shape.

These symbols...
target overlay symbols,point target,linear target,circular target
Allocate Final Protective Fire (FPF)
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Allocate final protective fire to platoon-sized elements in coordination with the fire support team (FIST) forward observer (FO).

Steps:
1. Coordinate with FIST FO: If a mortar or artillery final protective fire is allocated...
final protective fire, coordinate with FIST FO, integrate into fire plan
Authentication for Fire Support Communications
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Authentication

• Use Challenge and Reply to confirm identity during fire support communications.
authentication, military comms, fire support security
Implement Fire Support in Winter Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Restricted mobility of heavier weapons and extended periods of low visibility may limit the availability of fire support. Considerable reliance will have to be placed on infantry support weapons which can be transported by toboggans or oversnow...
fire support, winter conditions, mobility, visibility, infantry weapons, toboggans, oversnow vehicles
Describe Target for Fire Support
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Description of Target

• Type: Identify the type of target (e.g., personnel, vehicle, structure).
• Activity: Note whether the target is stationary or moving.
• Number: Specify how many targets are present.
• **Degree of...
target description, fire support, military tactics, target identification
Select Ammunition for Fire Support
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Ammunition

• HE Quick Used: Standard ammunition unless the observer specifies otherwise.
• Projectile Types: HE (High Explosive), Illumination, ICM (Impact Fuze Cluster Munitions), Smoke, and others.
• Fuse Types: Quick, Time, and...
ammunition selection, fire support, military ordnance
Select Distribution for Fire Support
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Distribution

• 100 Mil Sheaf (Standard): Standard distribution pattern.
• Converged Sheaf: Used for small hard targets.
• Special Sheaf: Any length, width, or attitude as needed.
• Open Sheaf: Separate bursts of fire.
-...
fire distribution, military tactics, artillery patterns
Select Method of Engagement and Adjustment
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Method of Engagement, Type of Adjustment

• Area Fire (Moving Target): Used when the observer does not request a specific type of fire control adjustment.
• Precision Fire (Point Target): Used for precise targeting of individual points.
area fire, precision fire, military engagement, target adjustment
Select Trajectory for Fire Support
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Trajectory

• Low Angle (Standard): Standard trajectory used in most situations.
• High Angle: Used for mortars or if specifically requested.
trajectory selection, fire support, military tactics
Transmit Message to Observer for Fire Support
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Message to Observer

• Battery(ies) to Fire for Effect: Specify which batteries are firing.
• Adjusting Battery: Identify the battery adjusting fire.
• Changes to Initial Call for Fire: Indicate any changes from the original call.
-...
message transmission, fire support comms, military targeting
Example Call-for-Fire Transmissions (Polar Mission)
Reference Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Example Call-for-Fire Transmissions

• Observer: J42, this is F24, adjust fire, polar OVER.
• Firing Unit: F24, this is J42, adjust fire, polar, OUT.
• Observer: Direction 2300, distance 4,000, OVER.
• Firing Unit: Direction...
call for fire, polar mission, military comms
Example Call-for-Fire Transmissions (Shift from Known Point)
Reference Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Example Call-for-Fire Transmissions

• Observer: J42, THIS IS F24, ADJUST FIRE, SHIFT AB1001, OVER.
• Firing Unit: F24, THIS IS J42, ADJUST FIRE, SHIFT AB1001, OUT.
• Observer: DIRECTION 2420, RIGHT 400, ADD 400, OVER.
• **Firing...
call for fire, shift from known point, military comms

Cold Weather Operations (20)

Camouflage Vehicles in Cold Weather Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Camouflage vehicles to avoid detection by the enemy.

Steps:
1. Use appropriate materials:
- Cover vehicles with snow, tree branches, and other natural materials to blend them into the environment.
2. Ensure camouflage...
vehicle camouflage,cold weather tactics,winter operations
Handling Ammunition in Extreme Cold Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure for Handling Ammunition in Extreme Cold Conditions:

1. Remove binding tapes carefully, as they are difficult to remove while wearing mittens.
2. Cut ammunition from fibre cases if it freezes in the wooden fuze protective...
ammunition,cold weather,frost crystals,mittens,handling techniques
Handling Recoilless Rifle Ammunition in Extreme Cold
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure for Handling Recoilless Rifle Ammunition in Extreme Cold:

1. Sight test the weapon for the current temperature before use.
2. Reduce rate of fire due to afterburning gases remaining in the barrel.
3. **Wait at least 60...
recoilless rifle,cold weather,sight testing,afterburning gases,back blast danger area
Handling Rocket Launcher Ammunition in Cold Weather
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure for Handling Rocket Launcher Ammunition in Cold Weather:

1. Wear protective masks to prevent burns from propellant.
2. Increase the back blast danger area due to increased risk from slow-burning propellant.
3. **Adjust...
rocket launcher,cold weather,ammunition handling,propellant,blast danger area
Handling Tank Main Armament in Extreme Cold Conditions
High Priority Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure:

1. The tank main armament is affected by extreme cold primarily due to temperature changes on the ammunition.
2. Ammunition stored inside the turret remains warm and has similar ballistic characteristics as in temperate...
tank main armament,cold weather,tactical operations,ammunition heating,sight adjustments
Implement Deception Measures in Winter Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Use deception to mislead the enemy and protect troop positions.

Steps:
1. Create dummy positions:
- Construct dummy vehicles, tracks, and bivouac areas using materials such as snow, tree branches, and discarded ration...
deception tactics,winter operations,camouflage,dummy positions
Mounting Machine-Guns on Toboggans for Firing Positions in Cold Weather
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. GPMG and 50 Calibre Browning Machine-gun Setup:
- Use normal firing positions when possible.
- Improvise platforms by placing snowshoes or skis under the tripod.
- When on the move, mount both weapons on a toboggan...
machine-gun, toboggan, firing position, cold weather, platform, 81 mm mortar, sand bags, log platform, 106 mm recoilless gun
Ammunition Handling and Firing Adjustments for Mortars in Cold Weather
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure:

1. Ammunition is affected by cold similarly to other types; firing tables may be used if proper range K’s are established through experience.
2. Consult applicable field manuals for charge restrictions at low temperatures.
3....
mortar ammunition,cold weather,tactical operations,VT-fuze,short rounds
Characteristics of Operations in Cold Weather
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure:

1. Recognize that unlimited space and a sparse population are dominant features of colder regions.
2. These conditions allow for unrestricted maneuver by troops trained and equipped for cold weather operations.
3. Warfare...
cold weather operations,tactical considerations,military strategy
Constructing Field Defenses in Cold Weather Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. General Considerations for Field Defenses:
- In cold weather operations, you face two challenges: the enemy and nature.
- Defensive layouts remain similar to summer operations but may require adjustments:
- Defences...
field defenses, cold weather, snow protection, ice-crete, penetration table, frozen ground, construction techniques
Control Noise Levels in Cold Weather Operations
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Reduce noise to avoid detection and maintain operational security.

Steps:
1. Limit unnecessary noise:
- Remind troops constantly about the importance of silence.
- Keep noise to a minimum, especially during still...
noise control,cold weather tactics,silence operations,operational security
Formation and Composition of Small Units in Cold Weather Operations
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure:

1. Small units (squad, gun crew, tank crew, wire team, etc.) form the basic working group for cold weather operations.
2. Under normal conditions, small units will work together, cook and eat together, and share the same tent or...
small unit operations,cold weather,tactical formations
Manage Vapour Clouds in Cold Weather Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Minimize the formation and visibility of vapour clouds to avoid detection.

Steps:
1. Avoid creating heat sources that produce vapour:
- Leave vehicles in rear areas during cold, still air conditions.
2. Use protective gear...
vapour clouds,cold weather tactics,breathing protection,tent management
Operating a 40mm Grenade Launcher in Extreme Cold Conditions
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure:

1. The 40mm grenade launcher can be operated at extreme low temperatures without significant issues.
2. However, the grenade itself may lose much of its effectiveness when detonated under snow, resulting in a higher proportion of...
grenade launcher,cold weather,tactical operations,LAW lubrication
Prepare Paint for Camouflage in Cold Weather Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Create a suitable paint solution for camouflaging vehicles and equipment.

Steps:
1. Mix the following ingredients:
- Four parts water, one part glue (wall sizing), and four or more parts hydrated lime.
2. Heat the...
camouflage paint,cold weather tactics,winter operations
Preventing Baseplate Cracking in Mortars During Cold Weather
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure:

1. Place a brush matting under the baseplate to act as a shock absorber, ensuring it is thick enough but not so much that the baseplate bounces out of position.
2. Alternatively, use bags of dry sand or snow beneath the...
mortar baseplate,cold weather,tactical operations,shock absorption,gloves
Proper Handling of Hand Grenades in Extreme Cold Conditions
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure:

1. Ensure handgear is completely dry to prevent grenades from freezing to the gear when handling snow and ice.
2. Hold the grenade near the neck of the fuze to avoid slipping or turning when removing the safety pin.
3. For...
hand grenades,cold weather,tactical operations,safety lever,arctic handgear
Implement Light Discipline in Winter Operations
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Reduce light exposure during winter operations to avoid detection and maintain night vision.

Steps:
1. Ensure tents are properly managed:
- Cover the stove pipe hole with a loose layer of boughs, allowing moisture and...
light discipline,winter operations,tent management,flashlight use,cold weather tactics
Maintaining a Camp Routine in Cold Weather Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: To maintain a camp routine that ensures the well-being, efficiency, and hygiene of personnel during cold weather operations.

Procedure:
1. Establish a schedule: Develop a daily schedule that includes specific times for meals,...
cold weather training, camp routine, hygiene, weapon management, personnel well-being, equipment maintenance
Using Ski Poles and Sleds for Weapon Stability in Snow
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Objective: Provide stable support for firing weapons in snowy conditions.

Procedure:
1. Firm Support Requirement:
- When firing in snow, use a firm support to prevent the weapon from sliding due to compacted or hard-packed snow.
-...
ski poles, sleds, weapon support, snow firing, cold weather tactics, military operations

Combatives (20)

Adopting the Guard Position
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Establish a defensive position while on the bottom.

Procedure:
1. If forced to be on the bottom, assume the guard position (Figure 3-3).
2. Lock your feet together behind the enemy’s back to prevent them from pushing your...
guard position, combat defense, ground fighting, foot lock
Assuming Side Control Position
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Maintain control while in a dominant but non-dominant position.

Procedure:
1. Place your elbow on the ground in the notch created by the enemy’s head and shoulder.
2. Use your **other hand palm down on the ground on the near...
side control, combat position, ground fighting, defensive techniques
Basic Takedown
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 1: From the clinch, step slightly to the front of the enemy and change your grip. Both palms are pointed down and your hands are at the enemy’s kidneys.

Step 2: Pulling with your hands and pushing with your head and shoulder, break the...
basic takedown, combat technique, military combatives, grappling
Defend Headlock Without Punches - Step 2
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 2: Step slightly in front of the enemy, and then with your outside foot, step between the enemy’s legs and sit down on your heel. This should be a spinning action, and as you drop between his legs, pull him with the hand that was on his...
headlock, no punches, step 2, mount position
Defend the Guillotine with Knee Strikes - Caution
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
CAUTION: This technique can be very dangerous to practice. It should always be practiced with the enemy's outside hand free, allowing him to roll out. Soldiers should be proficient in rolling breakfalls, and great care must be taken to ensure...
guillotine, knee strikes, caution, rolling breakfalls
Hip Throw
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 1: With the leg that is behind the enemy, step through until you are standing in front of him with your legs inside of his. Your hip should be pushed well through.

Step 2: Using a scooping motion with your hips, lift the enemy and...
hip throw, combat technique, military combatives, grappling
Hook the Leg
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure: If the enemy attempts to pull away, use your leg closest to his back to hook his leg. When he begins to fall, release the leg and finish as before.
hook the leg, combat technique, military combatives, grappling
Rear Takedown
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure: Frequently, you will end up after the clinch with your head behind the enemy’s arm. When this happens, grasp your hands together around his waist by interlocking your fingers, and place your forehead in the middle of the small of his...
rear takedown, combat technique, military combatives, grappling
Closing the Distance and Achieving the Clinch - Long Range Confrontation (Enemy Uses Kick)
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. If the enemy is content to stand back and await your attack, you must gain an advantage before closing the distance.
2. One effective method is to deliver a kick with your front leg, aimed at the enemy’s thigh.
3. If the...
enemy uses kick, front leg kick, thigh target, body positioning
Closing the Distance and Achieving the Clinch - Step 1: Facing the Potential Enemy
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. When a confrontation seems likely, face the potential enemy.
2. Bring your hands up in a non-threatening manner to signal that you are not initiating an attack.
3. Keep your posture relaxed but alert, ready to react if the...
clinch, closing distance, non-threatening posture, de-escalation
Closing the Distance and Achieving the Clinch - Step 2: Changing Levels and Covering Attacks
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. When the enemy attacks, change levels by pulling both feet up.
2. Place your feet out in a broad stance, which provides stability and balance during combat.
3. Simultaneously bring both arms up to cover the most dangerous...
changing levels, broad stance, covering attacks, combat readiness
Closing the Distance and Achieving the Clinch - Step 3: Executing the Clinch
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. Reach over the far side arm of the enemy and pull it down into your armpit, controlling it at the elbow.
2. Simultaneously, step around to the other side of the enemy.
3. Drive your other elbow under his arm until you can...
clinch execution, controlling enemy arm, positioning for takedown
Defending Against Strikes in the Guard - Step 1
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Defend against punches while maintaining control in a closed guard.

Procedure:
1. Pull the enemy into your closed guard and grasp him around the neck with both hands.
2. Use one hand to push his head forward and the other...
defending against strikes, closed guard, controlling range, elbow defense
Mastering Basic Ground Fighting Techniques
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Learn foundational techniques for ground combat.

Procedure:
1. Focus on understanding dominant body position and how it influences control in ground fighting.
2. Practice the basic techniques introduced in this section,...
ground fighting basics, combat techniques, body position, dominant control
Forward Rolling Breakfall from the Kneeling Position - Step 2
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Execute a forward roll to distribute impact safely during a fall.

Procedure:
1. Roll over your left shoulder, along your arm, and land on your right side in the right side breakfall position.
2. Extend your right leg...
forward roll technique, impact distribution, breakfall execution
Hands in the Arm Pits
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 1: Pin the enemy’s shoulders to the ground by either placing the fingers of your hands in both of his armpits, or placing both hands around his neck.

Step 2: Stand up one leg at a time, placing one of your knees in his tailbone and...
arm pit control, combative technique, military tactics
Side Breakfall Position
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Learn the correct body position to fall safely on your side.

Procedure:
1. Lie on your left side, extending your left leg and bending your right leg so that it is raised off the ground.
2. Extend your left arm forward,...
side breakfall position, falling techniques, body protection
Stand Up With One Sleeve
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 1: Gain control of one of the enemy’s sleeves near the wrist, and with the other hand grasp his jacket in the center to keep him from sitting up.

Step 2: Stand up with the leg closest to the arm you are controlling first and arch your...
stand up, sleeve control, combative technique, military tactics
Throw the Legs
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 1: Grasp the enemy’s pant legs near the ankles with a firm grasp and stand up, pulling him slightly toward you.

Step 2: Swing both legs from side to side and then throw them forcefully to one side.

Step 3: Close the distance and...
leg throw, combative technique, military tactics
Drill 2 - Advanced Drill
Reference Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. Begin with one soldier mounted.
2. Using the arm trap and roll technique, the soldier on top gains the back mount.
3. As soon as the first soldier sets the hooks in, the second soldier rolls over one shoulder and escapes the...
drill, combatives, military training, self-defense, tactical

Self Defense (20)

Clear Airway Using Softening Techniques
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
### Clear Airway Using Softening Techniques

#### Steps:
1. Use Softening Techniques: If you are unable to clear your airway, use softening techniques such as groin strikes, eye gouges, or foot stomps to loosen the opponent's grip.
2....
clear airway, softening techniques, self defense, martial arts
Counter a Rear Bear Hug
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
### Counter a Rear Bear Hug

#### Steps:
1. Drop Body Weight and Hook Arms: Drop your body weight in almost a squatting position and hook the opponent's arms with your hands slightly flaring the elbows, preventing his arms from slipping off...
rear bear hug, self defense, martial arts, tuck chin, elbow strike
Counter a Rear Choke
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
### Counter a Rear Choke

#### Steps:
1. Grasp Opponent's Wrist and Forearm: With both hands, grasp the opponent's wrist and forearm (at the radial nerve) and pull down just enough to clear your airway.
2. Tuck Chin: Once the airway is...
rear choke, self defense, martial arts, tuck chin, radial nerve
Counter a Rear Headlock
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
### Counter a Rear Headlock

#### Steps:
1. Bend Forward at the Waist: Begin by having the student bend forward at the waist. The opponent faces in the same direction as the student and places his right arm around the student's neck, his...
rear headlock, self defense, martial arts, tuck chin, hammer fist
Defend Against Guillotine Choke with Knee Strikes
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 1: With both arms locked out at the elbows and the heels of your hands together, block the enemy’s knee strikes just above the knee.

Step 2: Ensure that your thumbs are alongside your hands to prevent them from being broken by the...
guillotine choke defense, knee strikes, self defense techniques, military combatives, tactical combat
Defend Against One-Hand Neck Press Against the Wall
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
When facing a one-hand neck press against the wall, follow these steps:

1. If the enemy pins you against the wall with one hand, strike their arm with the **palm of your hand on the side where their thumb is pushing toward their...
defense, one-hand neck press, wall, self defense, combat techniques
Defend Against Standing Rear Naked Choke Pulling Back
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
When facing a standing rear naked choke pulling back, follow these steps:

1. Hang your weight on the enemy’s arm to determine their position and strength.
2. If they begin to pull you back over one of their legs, **reach back with your...
defense, choke, rear naked pulling back, self defense, combat techniques
Defend Against a Guillotine Choke
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step 1: When caught in the guillotine choke, reach over the enemy’s opposite shoulder with your arm.

Step 2: Turn your head slightly inward and grasp the enemy’s wrist to help alleviate pressure. Relax and hang as dead weight.

Step 3:...
guillotine choke, self defense, tactical combat, military combatives, survival techniques
Execute Counter to Under-Hand Grab with Rifle
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Positioning and Awareness: Maintain awareness of your surroundings at all times while carrying a rifle. Be prepared for potential threats, such as an individual attempting to take your weapon.

2. **Counter Technique...
under-hand grab, rifle counter, self defense, tactical response
Execute Cross Collar Choke from the Mount and Guard
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Disable an enemy using a cross collar choke from the mount or guard position.

Steps:
1. Step 1: With the weak hand, grasp the enemy’s collar and pull it open.
2. Step 2: While keeping a hold with the weak hand, insert...
cross collar choke, self defense, combat techniques, choking technique
Execute Front Guillotine Choke as a Counter to Double Leg Takedown
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Disable an enemy using a front guillotine choke as a counter to the double leg takedown.

Steps:
1. Step 1: As the enemy shoots in toward your legs, ensure that the enemy’s head goes underneath one of your arms. Wrap your arm...
front guillotine choke, self defense, combat techniques, choking technique
Execute High Block with Rifle
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Positioning and Awareness: Maintain awareness of your surroundings at all times while carrying a rifle.

2. High Block Execution:
- Raise the rifle to a high position, keeping it close to your body for protection.
-...
high block, rifle technique, self defense, tactical response
Execute Rear Naked Choke
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Disable an enemy using a rear naked choke from the back mount position.

Steps:
1. Step 1: Leaving the weak hand in place, reach around the enemy’s neck and under his chin with the strong hand.
2. Step 2: Place the biceps...
rear naked choke, self defense, combat techniques, choking technique
Execute Tuck the Chin Counter to Rear Choke
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Positioning: When an opponent applies a rear choke, immediately tuck your chin toward your chest.
2. Head Movement: Lower your head as close to your chest as possible to reduce pressure on your throat.
3. **Elbow...
tuck chin,rear choke,self defense,tactical
Tuck Chin to Protect Airway
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
### Tuck Chin to Protect Airway

#### Steps:
1. Once Airway is Clear: After clearing your airway, tuck your chin toward your chest.
2. Prevent Reapplication of Choke: This action prevents the opponent from reapplying the choke and...
tuck chin, protect airway, self defense, martial arts
Use Minimum Force in a Confrontational Situation
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. If physically assaulted or attacked, immediately take charge of the situation.
2. Assess the threat level and determine if force is necessary for self-defense.
3. Use only the minimum amount of force required to...
minimum force, self defense, tactical response
Counter to a Front Kick (Right or Rear Leg)
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure for Countering a Front Kick:

1. Begin with the opponent extending his right leg in a front kick.
2. Step forward and to the left at approximately a 45-degree angle, moving in toward the opponent.
- Movement is always to the outside...
counter,kick,self defense,martial arts,tactical
Counter to a Rear Hand Punch
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure for Countering a Rear Hand Punch:

1. Begin with the opponent extending his right hand in a rear hand punch.
2. Step forward and to the left at approximately a 45-degree angle, moving in toward the opponent.
- Movement is always to...
counter,punch,self defense,martial arts,tactical
Escape from a Headlock - Follow the Leg, Step 3
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Continue escaping from a headlock by following the enemy’s leg.

Step 3:
• The enemy has the option to either roll with you or not.
• If he does not, use all of your body to apply pressure to the enemy’s shoulder. This will break...
headlock escape, self defense, military combatives, tactical maneuver
Escape from a Headlock - Roll Toward the Head
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Escape from a headlock by rolling toward the enemy’s head.

Step 1:
• If the enemy should succeed in capturing your arm, use the enemy’s reaction to your attempts to free it to your advantage.
• With short jerky motions, attempt...
headlock escape, self defense, military combatives, tactical maneuver

Combat Operations (20)

Clear a Field of Fire
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Clear a field of fire to ensure visibility and prevent enemy concealment.

Steps:
1. Estimate how much clearing can be done in the time available, as this determines the nature and extent of clearing.
2. **Leave a thin natural...
field of fire, clear field of fire, combat tactics, visibility, enemy concealment
Establish Platoon Defensive Position
Critical Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Set up a platoon defensive position with primary, alternate, and supplementary positions.

Steps:
1. Select an area in the field large enough for a platoon defensive position, including primary, alternate, and supplementary...
platoon defense, OPORD, reconnaissance, communication systems, early warning devices
Break Contact
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Immediately disengage from the enemy contact.
2. Move to a safe location or follow the convoy commander's instructions for breaking contact.
3. Secure your position and prepare for further movement.
4. Communicate with the lead...
break,contact,tactical,response
Clear Multiple Rooms with Multiple Teams
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
When clearing multiple rooms with multiple teams, follow these steps:

• Step 1: The first team enters and clears Room 1.
• Step 2: The squad leader determines the direction from which the second clearing team must enter Room 1 based on...
room clearing,multiple teams,stack left,squad leader
Clear an Open Stairwell with a Team
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
When clearing an open stairwell, follow these steps:

• Step 1: The #1 man pulls security on the highest point he can see/engage.
• Step 2: The #2 man moves up the stairs on the inside with the #3 man to a point where he can see/engage...
stairwell clearance,team movement,security positions
Clearing a Three-Way Intersection
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure for Clearing a Three-Way Intersection:

• STEP 1: The #1 through #4 man will use one of the corner clearing techniques to clear the intersection.
• STEP 2: When the intersection is secure, the #5 and #6 man move through the...
three-way intersection, stack entry, cross coverage
Direct Return Fire and Take Defensive Action in a Vehicle
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Direct return fire to destroy or suppress threat fire.

_Note_: If the threat is destroyed, continue the present mission.

2. Direct the driver to a hull-down position.

_Note_: Direct dismount, if appropriate, to...
direct return fire, hull-down position, situation report, tactical action, vehicle combat
Dynamic Corner Clearing Technique
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure for Dynamic Corner Clearing:

• STEP 1: The #1 and #2 man, as they approach the corner, have to clear. Do not slow down.
• STEP 2: The #2 man will tap the #1 man on the shoulder about 2-3 meters away from the corner letting the...
dynamic corner clearing, sectors of fire, long security
Engage Enemy at Maximum Ranges
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Engage the enemy at maximum effective ranges to maximize firepower impact.

Steps:
1. Position weapons systems to ensure they can engage targets at the furthest possible range.
2. Cover obstacles with fire, such as...
maximum range engagement, FPL, FPF, obstacle fire support, tactical positioning
Engagement During Chance Contact
High Priority Source: USMC Winter Survival Course Handbook
Purpose: To respond to unexpected enemy contact with appropriate tactics and decision-making.

Steps:
1. Evaluate Engagement Feasibility:
- Only engage the enemy if there is a reasonable chance of success based on current...
chance contact, engagement, METT-TSL, tactical decision-making
Enter/Clear a Trench Line
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: Secure and clear an enemy-occupied trench line in a tactical assault.

Steps:
1. The platoon leader directs one squad to enter the trench and secure a foothold.
2. The platoon leader designates the entry point of the...
enter trench,clear trench,tactical assault,foot hold,battle drill,fire team rotation,squad movement,platoon leader,PSG,FO,M203,ammunition resupply
Identify and Mitigate Ricochet Hazards in Enclosed Rooms
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Ricochets pose a significant hazard to Soldiers in enclosed rooms due to hard surfaces like concrete and right angles.

• Key Considerations:
- Be aware of wall construction (e.g., concrete, metal) as these materials increase the...
ricochet,hazard,enclosed room,body armor,Kevlar helmet,tactical operations
Maintain Sufficient Intervals Between Fire Teams
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Ensure that fire teams are positioned at a distance from each other to avoid being engaged by the same enemy fires.
2. Monitor the positioning of all fire teams during combat operations.
3. Adjust intervals as necessary based on...
fire teams, enemy fire, combat positioning, tactical spacing
React to Direct Fire While Mounted
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Reacting to Direct Fire While Mounted in a Combat Environment

Conditions: In a combat environment, given a tracked vehicle and a requirement to react to direct fire.

Standards: After analyzing the situation based on an...
direct fire, mounted reaction, combat vehicle, hull-down position, return fire
React to Indirect Fire While Mounted
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Reacting to Indirect Fire While Mounted in a Combat Environment

Conditions: In a combat environment, given a combat-loaded tracked vehicle.

Standards: React to indirect fire by moving the vehicle from the impact area and...
indirect fire, mounted reaction, combat vehicle, hatches closed, situation report
Repel Enemy Assault Using Firepower
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Repel or destroy the enemy using available firepower.

Steps:
1. Break up enemy formations when they encounter minefields and obstacles by employing all friendly fires.
2. Call for final protective fires (FPF) if the enemy...
enemy assault, final protective fires, repel enemy, suppressive fire, tactical operations
Clearing a Closed Stairwell
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure for Clearing a Closed Stairwell:

• STEP 1: The #1 man checks high to ensure there is no opening on the landing or between the stairs.
• STEP 2: The #2 man pulls long security to the next bend or landing.
• STEP 3: The #1...
closed stairwell, clearing procedure, tactical movement, security position
Enter a Trench (Squad)
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Approach the trench from the rear or side to avoid exposure to enemy fire.
2. Use cover and concealment while moving toward the trench.
3. Once at the edge of the trench, lower your body slowly and enter the trench in a crouched...
enter trench, squad movement, combat positioning
Hallway Movement Using Frontal Security Technique
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure for Hallway Movement:

• Clearing team(s) move down the hallway using the frontal security (cross cover) technique.

Note: This technique is illustrated in Figure 6-18 and involves coordinated movement with cross coverage between...
hallway movement, frontal security, cross cover technique
Respond to an Overhead Flare Without Warning
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Assume the prone position behind concealment (when available) until the flare burns out.
2. Protect your night vision by closing one eye and observing with the other.
3. When you must cross a wire obstacle where the prone position...
overhead flare, night vision protection, tactical response

Camouflage Concealment Decoys (19)

Implement Camouflage Concealment and Decoys (CCD) Principles for Unit Survivability
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Enhance unit survivability through the application of camouflage concealment and decoys (CCD) principles.

Procedure Steps:
1. Understand CCD Importance: Recognize that CCD is equal in importance to marksmanship, maneuver, and...
camouflage, concealment, decoys, survivability, military doctrine, OPSEC, unit training
Implementing CCD for Relocatable Units
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Enhance the survivability and concealment of relocatable units such as TOCs, TMD units, ROM sites, and FARPs.

Procedure:
1. Assess Unit Mobility Requirements: Determine how long the unit will remain in a location (from hours...
relocatable units,ccd,tactical mobility,expedient techniques,robust plans,built-in capabilities,supplemental ccd
Choosing Desert CCD Paint Color
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Select the most effective camouflage paint color for use in desert environments.

Procedure:
1. Assess Desert Terrain Colors: Recognize that desert terrain colors vary from pink to blue depending on soil minerals and time of...
desert camouflage,paint color,neutral tan,terrain variation
Conduct Joint Camouflage, Concealment, and Deception (JCCD) Field Tests
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Measure the effectiveness of CCD techniques against manned aerial attacks.

1. Conduct field tests in multiple target environments using a broad cross section of US attack aircraft.
2. Use different classes of military targets for...
JCCD field tests,effectiveness of CCD,military survivability,aerial attacks
Conduct Operations in Open Terrain with Limited Visibility
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Use limited visibility to enhance concealment in open terrain.

1. Prioritize the use of conditions that limit visibility (e.g., fog, rain, snow) as a concealment tool.
2. Be aware that threats may use night-surveillance devices,...
open terrain,limited visibility,smoke concealment,radar sensors
Employ Smoke as a CCD Tool
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Use smoke to block or degrade enemy sensor systems.

1. Deploy smoke independently or in conjunction with other CCD techniques for maximum effectiveness.
2. Use smoke to change the dynamics of a battle by blocking or degrading...
smoke operations,enemy sensors,optical thermal bands,FM 3-50
Establishing Fighting Positions in Urban Areas
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Procedure:

1. Maintain the natural look of an area: Preserve the appearance of urban environments as much as possible to avoid detection.
2. Select buildings with large, thick walls and few narrow windows: These structures provide...
fighting positions, urban areas, shadows, decoy positions, concealed access
Evaluate Natural Conditions for Effective Concealment
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Assess natural conditions to direct unit concealment effectively.

1. Evaluate terrain and weather conditions in the area before mission execution.
2. Use IPB terrain overlays, weather reports, topographic maps, aerial photographs,...
natural conditions,terrain evaluation,weather reports,IPB overlays
Implement CCD Operations to Hinder Enemy Target Acquisition
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Use camouflage and concealment techniques to hinder enemy target acquisition.

Procedure:
1. Conduct all practical CCD operations to reduce the identification of soldiers, units, and facilities by the enemy.
2. Take actions that...
target acquisition,enemy sensors,camouflage techniques
Implement Camouflage Concealment and Decoy (CCD) Operations to Avoid Detection by Trained Enemy Forces
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Conduct CCD operations to prevent enemy forces trained in maskirovka from recognizing friendly activities.

Procedure:
1. Understand the principles of _maskirovka_, which includes all elements of CCD and tactical battlefield...
maskirovka,camouflage,concealment,decoys,tactical deception
Implementing Terrain Mottling for Desert Concealment
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Improve concealment of military assets in desert environments where natural camouflage is limited.

Procedure:
1. Assess Ground Conditions: Use terrain mottling when the ground offers little opportunity for concealment, such...
terrain mottling,bulldozers,desert concealment,dark areas,camouflage nets
Selecting an S Site in Urban Areas
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Procedure:

1. Assess urban terrain characteristics: Use the dense physical structure of urban areas to enhance concealment, deception, and camouflage (CCD) efforts.
2. Leverage urban clutter: Utilize the abundance of electromagnetic...
urban, camouflage, concealment, decoys, fighting positions, urban terrain, clutter, EM signatures, thermal sensors
Use Forests for Optimal Camouflage
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Maximize the use of forests to enhance concealment.

1. Use deciduous (leafing) forests during months when trees have full foliage for optimal concealment against optical recon.
2. Utilize coniferous (evergreen) forests for year-round...
forest camouflage,optical recon,coniferous forests,deciduous forests
Use Manmade Materials to Enhance CCD Efforts
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Supplement natural concealment with manmade materials.

1. Use pattern-painted equipment for effective camouflage.
2. Deploy camouflage nets (LCSS) to obscure units and equipment from enemy observation.
3. Apply radar-absorbing paint...
manmade materials,radar-absorbing paint,camouflage nets,FOSs
Use Weather Conditions for Enhanced Concealment
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Leverage weather to hinder enemy reconnaissance.

1. Use conditions of limited visibility (fog, rain, snow) to hamper optical sensors.
2. Utilize dense fog and clouds to block visible and thermal sensors, making threat...
weather conditions,optical sensors,thermal sensors,rain fog snow
Using Terrain Features for Shadow Disruption in Desert Environments
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Reduce the visibility of military assets by minimizing and disrupting their shadows in desert terrain.

Procedure:
1. Utilize Natural Shadows: Use natural shadows cast by folds in the ground to help conceal assets when...
shadow disruption,desert terrain,vehicle positioning,digging in,terrain masking
Utilize Natural Conditions for Camouflage and Concealment
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Use terrain and weather to enhance concealment.

1. Prioritize the use of natural screens provided by terrain (e.g., trees, hills) and conditions of limited visibility (fog, rain, snow).
2. Use terrain patterns and natural cover to...
natural conditions,terrain concealment,limited visibility,dead space
Placing Vehicles for Concealment in Urban Areas
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Procedure:

1. Hide vehicles in large structures: If possible, conceal vehicles inside buildings or other large structures to reduce visibility.
2. Use local materials to blend with the environment: Apply materials that help vehicles...
vehicle concealment, urban areas, painting vehicles, shadows, smoke screens
Implementing Tactical Standing Operating Procedures (TACSOPs) for Camouflage Guidelines
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Procedure:

1. Establish camouflage guidelines in TACSOPs: Commanders must define and document camouflage procedures within their unit's TACSOPs.
2. Ensure soldier familiarity with guidelines: Train soldiers to understand and follow the...
TACSOPs, camouflage guidelines, battle drills, tactical procedures

Martial Arts Techniques (19)

Executing the Rear Choke from a Kneeling Position
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose: The rear choke is a blood choke performed when you are behind the opponent, the opponent is on the ground, or when you are taking the opponent to the ground.

### Steps:
1. Begin with the opponent kneeling on the deck and you standing...
rear choke, martial arts, choke technique, self-defense, tactical training
Execute Horizontal Buttstroke
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose: The horizontal buttstroke is used to weaken an opponent's defenses, cause serious injury, or set up for a killing blow. It is executed with the toe of the stock of the rifle.

Target Areas: Head, neck, arms, torso, and...
buttstroke,horizontal buttstroke,martial arts,rifle technique,tactical strike
Execute Parry Defensive Technique
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose: A parry is used as a defensive technique to redirect or deflect an attack in preparation for executing a thrust or other appropriate offensive bayonet technique. It is used against linear attacks such as a straight thrust or a...
parry,defensive technique,martial arts,rifle technique,tactical defense
Execute Slash Technique
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose: The slash is used to kill an opponent or create an opening in his defense. It should be followed immediately by a thrust.

Target Areas: Neck, torso, and arms.

Technique:
1. Retract the left hand back toward the left shoulder....
slash,martial arts,rifle technique,tactical strike,offensive maneuver
Execute Smash Follow-Up Technique
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose: The smash is used as a follow-up to the horizontal or vertical buttstroke when the target is missed or to gain proper striking distance in close-in engagements.

Target Areas: Head, torso, or arms.

Technique:
1. Begin with the...
smash,follow-up strike,martial arts,rifle technique,tactical strike
Execute Upper Body Strikes Using Eye Gouge Technique
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute an eye gouge strike using a striking pad and mouthpiece.

Procedure:
1. Assume a fighting stance with feet shoulder-width apart, knees slightly bent, and weight evenly distributed.
2. Raise your dominant hand to the level...
eye gouge, upper body strike, martial arts, self-defense, USMC training
Execute Vertical Buttstroke
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose: The vertical buttstroke is used to weaken an opponent's defenses or set up for a killing blow. It is executed with the toe of the stock of the rifle.

Target Areas: Groin, torso, arms, and face.

Technique:
1. Step forward with...
buttstroke,vertical buttstroke,martial arts,rifle technique,tactical strike
Execute Vertical Hammer Fist Strike
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute a vertical hammer fist strike using a striking pad and mouthpiece.

Procedure:
1. Assume a fighting stance with feet shoulder-width apart, knees slightly bent, and weight evenly distributed.
2. Raise your dominant arm to...
vertical hammer fist, upper body strike, martial arts, self-defense, USMC training
Achieve Knee Mount with Control of the Far Side Arm
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step-by-step procedure:

1. Step 1: From side control, move your arm through the enemy’s armpit.
2. Step 2: With the other arm, reach back and gain control of his elbow. Pulling the arm upwards as you change your hips, sit through to the...
knee mount, arm control, grappling, combat techniques
Ankle Grab/Knee Push - Step 2
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Execute the second step of the ankle grab/knee push technique.

Procedure:
1. If the enemy’s weight gets too far back:
- Let go with your arms.
- Grasp both of his ankles.
- Push your knees upward, causing him to fall...
ankle grab, knee push, combat technique
Captain Kirk - Step 2
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Execute the second step of the Captain Kirk technique.

Procedure:
1. If the enemy’s weight gets too far forward:
- Pick him up with your legs.
- Throw him over one of your shoulders.
- Move your head to the opposite side...
captain kirk, combat technique, shoulder throw
Execute a Back Breakfall from a Squatting Position
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose: A back breakfall is executed to break the fall when being thrown or falling backward.

Technique:
1. Squat down on the deck on the balls of your feet.
2. Cross your hands in front of your chest. Fingers and thumbs will be extended...
back,breakfall,squatting position,arm placement,chin tuck,forearms,impact absorption
Execute a Back Breakfall from the Deck
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose: A back breakfall is executed to break the fall when being thrown or falling backward.

Technique:
1. Begin by lying on the deck on your back.
2. Place your arms at approximately a 45-degree angle downward, out and away from your...
back,breakfall,deck,arm placement,chin tuck,forearms,impact absorption
Execute a Forward Shoulder Roll from the Kneeling Position
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose: The purpose of the forward shoulder roll is to break a fall from an opponent's attack and use the momentum to get back on your feet quickly.

Technique:
1. Place your right knee on the deck and your left leg bent with the foot flat...
forward shoulder roll,kneeling position,arm extension,chin tuck,impact absorption
Execute a Leg Sweep Technique
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
### Execute a Leg Sweep Technique

Steps:
1. Stand facing the opponent.
2. With your left hand, grasp the opponent's right wrist. If you cannot grab his wrist, grab the opponent's clothing or gear.
3. **Step forward with your left foot...
leg sweep, martial arts technique, off-balance opponent, combat engagement, warrior stance
Forward Rolling Breakfall from Standing Position
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. Step 1: The soldier starts the fall from the standing position. He raises one arm to expose his entire side, places both hands on the ground, and bends both knees.

2. Step 2: He rolls forward across the body along the...
forward rolling breakfall, martial arts technique, military combatives, fall protection
Rear Breakfall Technique
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. Step 1: The fighter starts the fall from the standing position and keeps his head forward to reduce the chance of head and neck injuries.

2. Step 2: He then falls backward and lowers his center of gravity by bending both...
rear breakfall, fall protection, military combatives, martial arts technique
Scissors Sweep - Step 1
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Execute the first step of the scissors sweep technique.

Procedure:
1. When the enemy raises one leg while attempting to pass the guard:
- Place your weight on the calf on that side.
- Swing your hips out from underneath...
scissors sweep, combat technique, leg positioning, belt line
Triangle Choke - Step 3
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Execute the third step of the triangle choke technique.

Procedure:
1. Place both of your hands on the back of the enemy’s head.
2. Push upward with your hips to apply pressure and complete the choke.
triangle choke, combat technique, hip pressure

Leadership (18)

Ensure Special Equipment is Prepared for Objective Actions
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Verify that all special equipment required for actions at the objective is prepared and available.
2. Ensure that all personnel are familiar with the use of this equipment.
3. Confirm that the equipment has been checked,...
special equipment preparation, objective actions, squad leader duties
Ensure Squad Security During Movement and at Halts
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Maintain security throughout the movement and during halts.
2. Ensure that all personnel are aware of their roles in maintaining security.
3. Monitor for potential threats or breaches in contact and take corrective action as...
squad security, movement halts safety, squad leader duties
Inspect Weapons, Clothing, and Equipment Condition
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Conduct regular inspections of all Rangers' weapons, clothing, and equipment.
2. Check for signs of wear, damage, or malfunction.
3. Ensure that all items are in a condition suitable for mission execution.
4. Report any issues...
weapon inspection, equipment check, squad leader duties
Position Key Weapons Systems During and After Assault on Objective
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Ensure that key weapons systems are properly positioned during the assault on the objective.
2. Confirm that all positions are secure, concealed, and in accordance with the fire plan.
3. Reassess weapon positions after the...
weapon positioning, objective assault, squad leader duties
Assist PL in Planning and Position Machine Guns at Halts and Danger Areas
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Assist the Patrol Leader (PL) in planning operations, including positioning of machine guns.
2. Ensure that machine guns are positioned at halts and danger areas according to patrol SOPs.
3. Confirm that all personnel...
machine gun positioning, PL assistance, squad leader duties
Delegate Priority Tasks to Team Leaders and Supervise Accomplishment
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Delegate priority tasks to team leaders based on the mission plan and guidance from higher leadership.
2. Ensure that all delegated tasks are clearly understood by the team leaders.
3. Supervise the accomplishment of these...
task delegation, team leader supervision, squad leader duties
Ensure Ammunition Redistribution and Report Status to PL
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Monitor ammunition status during the mission and ensure proper redistribution among team members.
2. Ensure that all personnel have sufficient ammunition for their assigned tasks.
3. Provide a detailed report of the current...
ammunition redistribution, PL communication, squad leader duties
Ensure Interlocking Fires Cover Patrol Base Sector
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Ensure that the squad’s sector of the patrol base is covered by interlocking fires.
2. Make any final adjustments to fire positions or sectors as necessary for optimal coverage and security.
3. Confirm that all personnel...
interlocking fires, patrol base security, squad leader duties
Ensure Personnel Know Alert and Evacuation Plans and Key Leader Locations
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Ensure that all personnel are familiar with the alert and evacuation plans for the patrol base.
2. Confirm that they know the locations of key leaders, OPs, and the alternate patrol base.
3. Conduct regular drills or briefings...
alert evacuation plans, key leader locations, squad leader duties
Ensure Subordinate Leaders Disseminate Information and Assign Sectors of Fire
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Ensure that subordinate leaders (team leaders) disseminate information to their teams.
2. Confirm that sectors of fire are assigned properly and understood by all personnel.
3. Monitor the checking of personnel to ensure...
information dissemination, sector of fire assignment, squad leader duties
Follow the PL’s Plan and Make Recommendations
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Adhere to the Patrol Leader's (PL) plan as directed.
2. Provide recommendations for adjustments or improvements based on observations during mission execution.
3. Ensure that all recommendations are communicated clearly to the...
follow PL plan, make recommendations, squad leader duties
Notify PL of Squad Status During Movement and Halts
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Provide regular updates to the Patrol Leader (PL) on the status of the squad during movement and halts.
2. Ensure that all information is accurate, timely, and relevant to mission execution.
3. Communicate any issues or...
notify PL of status, movement halts communication, squad leader duties
Recite the Warrior Creed
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Recite the Warrior Creed to affirm commitment to the Army Values and warrior ethos.

Steps:
1. Stand at attention with proper military posture.
2. Recite the following creed verbatim:
- I am an American Soldier.
- **I am...
warrior creed, army values, soldier's manual, leadership skills, military training
Rotate Loads to Prevent Fatigue in Machine Gunners
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Implement a load rotation schedule for machine gunners to prevent fatigue.
2. Ensure that all personnel understand the importance of rotating loads and are aware of their assigned times.
3. Monitor the effectiveness of the...
load rotation, machine gunner fatigue prevention, squad leader duties
Supervise Machine Gun Teams to Ensure Priorities of Work are Followed
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Monitor the performance of machine gun teams to ensure they follow priorities of work.
2. Confirm that all personnel understand their roles and responsibilities in completing these tasks.
3. Provide guidance or assistance as...
machine gun team supervision, work priorities, squad leader duties
Team Leader Actions During Planning and Preparation
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Title: Team Leader Actions During Planning and Preparation

Procedure:
1. Receive and process the Warning Order.
2. Assist in controlling the squad during planning activities.
3. Monitor the squad during issuance of the order.
4. Prepare...
team leader, planning, preparation, opord, warning order, security, ammunition distribution
Team Leader Actions in the ORP (Objective Rally Point)
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Title: Team Leader Actions in the ORP

Procedure:
1. Assist in occupying the ORP (Objective Rally Point).
2. Help supervise, establish, and maintain security at the ORP.
3. Supervise the final preparation of Rangers, weapons, and...
orp, objective rally point, accountability, pir dissemination, security, reorganization
Team Leader Actions in the Patrol Base
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Title: Team Leader Actions in the Patrol Base

Procedure:
1. Inspect the perimeter to ensure the team has interlocking sectors of fire.
2. Prepare a team sector sketch for reference and planning purposes.
3. Enforce the **priority of...
patrol base, interlocking sectors of fire, team sector sketch, priority of work

Leadership Procedures (18)

Maintain Positive Control of Squad During Mission Execution
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Exercise positive control over the squad during the execution of the mission to ensure compliance with orders and plan.
2. Monitor all team leaders and personnel to maintain discipline and operational effectiveness.
3. Ensure...
positive control,mission execution
Maintain Proper Movement Techniques and Security
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Ensure that the squad maintains proper movement techniques, including pace, formation, and azimuth during all phases of the mission.
2. Monitor route security to prevent enemy contact or ambushes.
3. Ensure that the squad...
movement techniques,security,route monitoring
Maintain and Inspect Squad Weapons and Equipment
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Direct the maintenance of all squad weapons and equipment to ensure they are in working condition.
2. Inspect the condition of Rangers' weapons, clothing, and equipment regularly to identify any deficiencies or damage.
3....
weapons,equipment,maintenance,inspection
Use Initiative in the Absence of Orders
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Exercise initiative when orders are not available or unclear.
2. Make decisions based on the mission plan, current situation, and best judgment to ensure the success of the operation.
3. Ensure that all actions taken align...
initiative,orders,decision making
Adhere to Time Schedule and Ensure Personnel Know Alert/Evacuation Plans
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Ensure that all personnel adhere to the established time schedule for mission activities.
2. Confirm that all personnel are familiar with alert and evacuation plans, as well as the locations of key leaders, OPs, and alternate...
time schedule,evacuation plan,key locations
Complete and Review Casualty Feeder Reports
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Complete casualty feeder reports for all squad members.
2. Review casualty reports completed by other squad members to ensure accuracy and completeness.
3. Ensure that all reports are submitted in a timely manner and...
casualty,report,review,squad leader
Ensure Heavy Equipment Rotation and Duty Sharing
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Rotate heavy equipment among squad members to ensure equitable distribution of physical burdens.
2. Share difficult duties to prevent fatigue and maintain operational effectiveness.
3. Monitor the condition of all...
equipment rotation,duty sharing
Ensure Personnel Are Disseminating Information and Checking Fire Sectors
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Verify that all personnel are disseminating information effectively to maintain situational awareness.
2. Ensure that team leaders are assigning sectors of fire and checking personnel readiness.
3. Monitor the execution of...
information dissemination,fire sector assignment
Ensure Priorities of Work Are Accomplished and Report to PL/PSG
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Monitor the progress of priorities of work within the squad to ensure they are being accomplished effectively.
2. Report completed priorities to the Patrol Leader (PL) and Patrol Sergeant (PSG) as required by the mission...
work priorities,PL report
Keep PL and PSG Informed on Squad Status
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Maintain constant communication with the Patrol Leader (PL) and Patrol Sergeant (PSG).
2. Provide regular updates on the status of the squad, including any issues or changes in personnel, equipment, or mission...
status report,PL,PSG
Obtain and Submit Status Reports from Team Leaders
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Request status reports from each team leader to assess the overall readiness of the squad.
2. Submit these reports to the Patrol Leader (PL) and Patrol Sergeant (PSG) for review and action.
3. Use this information to make...
status report,team leader,PL,PSG
Platoon Leader Responsibilities During Movement
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
During movement, the Platoon Leader should:

1. Ensure unit makes movement time
2. Maintain proper interval between units
3. Keep the unit oriented
4. Maintain security
5. Check condition of personnel
6. **Enforce water...
platoon leader,during movement,movement time,interval,orientation,security,water discipline,field sanitation
Platoon Sergeant Responsibilities At Halts
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
At halts, the Platoon Sergeant should:

1. Enforce security measures
2. Ensure welfare of personnel
3. Enforce field sanitation and litter discipline
4. Enforce use of preventive medicine

Key considerations: This includes...
platoon sergeant,at halts,security,welfare,field sanitation,litter discipline,preventive medicine
Platoon Sergeant Responsibilities Before Movement
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Before movement, the Platoon Sergeant should:

1. Assist the Platoon Leader (PL)
2. Make recommendations for unit readiness
3. Enforce uniform and packing list standards

Key considerations: This includes ensuring all personnel...
platoon sergeant,before movement,uniform,packing list,unit readiness
Send Out LP or OPs in Front of Assigned Sector (METT-TC Dependent)
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Deploy a Line of Sight (LP) or Observation Post (OP) in front of the assigned sector based on METT-TC factors.
2. Ensure that these positions are secure and provide adequate observation and fire support capabilities.
3....
LP,OP,METT-TC
Squad Leader Responsibilities At Halts
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
At halts, the Squad Leader should:

1. Ensure security is maintained
2. Provide personnel for water resupply as detailed
3. Physically check men in the squad
4. Ensure they drink water and change socks as necessary
5. **Rotate...
squad leader,at halts,security,water resupply,physical check,sock change,equipment rotation
Squad Leader Responsibilities Before Movement
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Before movement, the Squad Leader should:

1. Provide detailed instruction to Team Leaders (TLs)
2. Inspect boots and socks for serviceability and proper fit
3. Check equipment adjustment
4. Ensure canteens are full
5. **Ensure...
squad leader,before movement,instruction,boots inspection,equipment adjustment,canteens,load distribution
Submit ACE Report to PSG
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Prepare an ACE (Ammunition, Casualty, and Equipment) report detailing the current status of ammunition, casualties, and equipment for the squad.
2. Submit the ACE report directly to the Patrol Sergeant (PSG) as required by...
ACE report,PSG

Military Formations (18)

Complete the Movement and Review the Situation
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Once the movement of the crowd has been completed according to the goals of the mission, give the command: "Halt."
2. Review the crowd dispersal and re-evaluate the situation to ensure that the mission is complete.
mission completion, formation halt, tactical review
Ensure Proper Movement of Platoons in a Company Wedge
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Ensure that the 1st and 3d platoon leaders command, "Follow me," while the 2d platoon leader commands, "Stand fast."
2. Ensure that the 1st and 3d platoons move to the front, and when the last element of the...
platoon movement, company wedge, military formation
Forming Echelons in a Company Wedge Formation
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Ensure that the 3d platoon executes an echelon right off the number 2 member (the base member) and the 1st platoon executes an echelon left.
2. Ensure that the **odd-numbered Soldiers of the 2d platoon form an echelon left...
echelon formation, company wedge, military tactics
Execute Echelon Movements in Squad Formations
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Ensure that the 1st and 3d squad leaders command: 'Follow me.' The 2d squad leader commands: 'Stand fast.'
2. Ensure that the 1st and 3d squads move to the front, and when the last element of the squads have cleared the...
echelon movement, squad formation, tactical maneuvering, military tactics
Form Company Line in Depth
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

a. Give the preparatory command, "Company line in depth," while simultaneously using hand-and-arm signals. Raise both arms straight out to the side, arms and hands extended, palms down.

_Note_: Each platoon leader gives the...
form company line in depth,military formation,tactical movement
Form Company Line in Mass Formation with One Platoon in Lateral Support
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
a. Give the command, "Company line in mass formation with third platoon in lateral support."

b. Give the command, "Move," and point to where you want the formation.

c. Give hand-and-arm signals with the voice commands. Raise both arms...
form company line in mass with one platoon in lateral support, military formation, tactical command, hand-and-arm signals
Form Company into a Company Wedge
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
### Form Company into a Company Wedge

Steps:
1. Give the command, "Company wedge," followed by the command, "Move."
2. Use hand-and-arm signals with the commands:
- Extend both arms down to the sides at an angle of 45 degrees below...
company wedge, military formation, echelon left, echelon right, platoon movement
Form Company into a Company Wedge with One Platoon in General Support in a Column of Twos
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
### Form Company into a Company Wedge with One Platoon in General Support in a Column of Twos

Steps:
1. Give the command, "Company wedge, second platoon in support in a column of twos, move."
2. Ensure that the **1st and 3d platoons execute...
column of twos, military formation, general support, platoon movement
Form Company into a Company Wedge with One Platoon in Lateral Support
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
### Form Company into a Company Wedge with One Platoon in Lateral Support

Steps:
1. Give the command, "Company wedge, second platoon in lateral support, move."
2. The 1st and 3d platoons execute the wedge, while the **2d platoon stands...
lateral support, military formation, platoon movement
Form Platoon Echelon Left with One Support Squad in Lateral Support
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Assemble the platoon into a platoon echelon left (or right) formation.
2. Position one support squad in lateral support, similar to the configuration used in the platoon line formation.
3. Ensure that this formation is...
platoon echelon left, military formation, lateral support, crowd control, tactical movement
Form Platoon Into Platoon Echelon Left (or Right) Formation With One Support Squad in General Support
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Analyze mission requirements.
2. Determine the type of formations to be used based on the mission.
3. Identify any NLW (Non-Lethal Weapon) requirements.
4. Identify any lethal overwatch team requirements.
5. Organize the platoon...
platoon formation, military tactics, echelon formation, general support
Form Platoon Wedge Formation with One Squad in General Support
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Assemble the platoon into a platoon wedge formation.
2. Position one squad in general support, ensuring that this configuration is used offensively to penetrate or split crowds.
3. This formation allows for...
platoon wedge formation, military formation, general support, crowd penetration, tactical movement
Form Platoon in Wedge with Support Squad in Column of Twos
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Give the command, 'Platoon wedge, 2d squad in support in a column of twos, move.'
2. Ensure that the 1st and 3d squads execute the wedge formation.
3. Ensure that the 2d squad, at the command of its squad leader, executes a...
platoon wedge formation, support squad column of twos, military formation, tactical movement
Form Platoon into a Platoon Line with One Squad in Support in a Single Column
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Identify the support squad, usually the 2d squad.
2. Give the command: "Platoon line, 2d squad in support, move."
3. The 1st and 3d squads execute the formation by moving forward to their appointed places.
4. The 2d squad...
platoon line, support squad, military formation, tactical movement
Forming a Fire Team Modified Wedge Formation
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Fire Team Modified Wedge Formation

Overview: The modified wedge is used when rough terrain, poor visibility, or other factors reduce control of the standard wedge formation. It can also be used for extended periods on roads or...
modified wedge,fire team,military formation,tactical movement
Move Platoon into a New Formation Using the 'Move' Command
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Give the command: 'Move.'
2. Point to the place where you want the formation.
3. Ensure that the squads move forward to their appointed places as directed by the commander.
4. Use this procedure when transitioning between...
move command, platoon formation, military tactics, army formations
Move the Formation Using Forward March Command
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Give the command: 'Forward, march.' This begins the forward movement of the formation.
2. Use commands such as 'Echelon left or echelon right' for left and right formation adjustments.
3. Use other movement commands like...
forward march command, formation movement, tactical maneuvering, crowd control
Reassemble the Platoon from a Formation
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Ensure that all Soldiers are aware of the reassembly procedure and understand their positions within the platoon.
2. Issue the command, "Reassemble" to initiate the process of returning the formation back into a cohesive unit.
3....
platoon reassembly, formation breakdown, military tactics

Combat Positioning (17)

Achieve and Maintain Dominant Body Position
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Dominant Body Position is essential for controlling an opponent. A soldier must gain and maintain a position that allows them to control the relationship between their body and the enemy’s. This is a prerequisite before applying any disabling or...
dominant position, combat control, body positioning, tactical advantage
Adopting the Prone Position in Cold Weather Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. When fired upon by the enemy, immediately go to the ground.
2. Use your hands and feet while squirming the body to dig down to a depth of approximately 18 inches below the snow surface.
3. In hard snow conditions,...
prone position, cold weather, combat positioning, snow cover, weapon platform
Construct Overhead Cover for Fighting Position
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Purpose: Provide protection from airbursts while allowing combat effectiveness.

Steps:
1. Use logs 10 to 15 centimeters (4 to 6 inches) thick for the supports, base, and top of the overhead cover.
2. Construct front and rear supports...
overhead cover,fighting position,airburst protection,tactical positioning
Designate Primary Positions for Squad Defense
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Steps to Designate Primary Positions:

1. Ensure that each position has cover, concealment, and good fields of fire.
2. Position weapons so fires overlap, mutually support one another, and can be integrated to place **heavy surprise...
positioning, cover, concealment, fields of fire, squad defense, automatic weapons, fighting positions, dead space, mutual support
Maintain Physical Balance During Combat
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Physical Balance is essential for maintaining equilibrium and stability during a fight. A soldier must be able to remain upright and in control of their body movements, even under pressure or when being attacked.
physical balance, combat stability, equilibrium, movement control
Maintain a Stable Base for Combat Positioning
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Base refers to the posture that provides leverage from the ground. A soldier should keep their center of gravity low and maintain a wide base, similar to a pyramid structure. This helps in maintaining stability and control during combat.
base posture, center of gravity, stability, combat positioning
Position Weapons in Squad Sector
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Steps to Position Weapons:

1. Automatic Riflemen:
- Identify dismounted avenues of approach such as ravines, draws, and heavily wooded or brushy areas that are not covered with the machine gun.
- If possible, find out what dead space...
weapon positioning, automatic rifles, grenade launchers, riflemen, claymore mines, dead space, squad sector, mutual support
Selecting a Temporary Fighting Position Using Cover and Concealment
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Selecting a Temporary Fighting Position Using Cover and Concealment

#### Overview
Choose a temporary fighting position that maximizes your safety and effectiveness during combat by using cover and concealment.

####...
cover, concealment, temporary fighting position, battlefield positioning, urban combat, tactical positioning
Adopting the Kneeling and Squatting Positions in Cold Weather Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. During the attack phase, adopt the kneeling or squatting position when low cover, such as snow drifts or brush, is available.
2. When wearing snowshoes, either position can be used without difficulty.
3. When using...
kneeling position, squatting position, cold weather, combat positioning, weapon rest
Assume an Appropriate Firing Position
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Assume a firing position that provides protection from enemy fire and observation while allowing effective engagement of targets.

Steps:
1. Evaluate the situation to determine the most suitable firing position.
2. Choose one of...
firing position, foxhole, prone, kneeling, standing, combat positioning
Construct Flank Overhead Cover to Reduce Silhouette Vulnerability
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Purpose: Minimize the visibility of the fighting position from enemy observation.

Steps:
1. Construct flank overhead cover when frontal overhead cover significantly increases the silhouette of the position, making it vulnerable to...
flank overhead cover,silhouette reduction,tactical positioning
Finish Clearing the Field of Fire
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Purpose: Ensure unobstructed visibility and firing capability.

Steps:
1. Clear only what is absolutely necessary to maintain a clear field of fire.
2. Check the observation and field of fire from inside the position to ensure no...
field of fire,clearing,tactical positioning
Select Temporary Fighting Positions
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

Conditions: Given a tentative defensive position, at a halt during movement or upon receiving direct fire.

Standards: Select a firing position that protects you from enemy observation and fire, and that allows you to place...
fighting positions, temporary fighting positions, defensive positioning, cover and concealment
Slope the Floor Toward Sumps for Grenade Deflection
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Purpose: Ensure grenades roll into sumps for safety.

Steps:
1. Slope the floor toward the sumps (see figure 071-326-5703-6).
- The slope should be steep enough so that a grenade thrown into the position will easily and quickly roll...
slope,floor,sump,grenade deflection,tactical positioning
Camouflage the Fighting Position Using Available Materials
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Purpose: Make the fighting position blend into its surroundings to avoid detection.

Steps:
1. Use available materials such as grass clumps, foliage, and removed dirt to camouflage your position.
2. Ensure that the camouflage is...
camouflage,fighting position,tactical positioning,natural materials
Evaluate Camouflage Effectiveness from a Distance
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Purpose: Ensure the camouflage is effective in concealing the fighting position.

Steps:
1. Check the camouflage by walking out and looking at it from 35 meters away.
2. If you can spot it easily, it needs more work to improve...
camouflage evaluation,tactical positioning,distance check
Save Cut Foliage and Dirt for Camouflage
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Purpose: Preserve materials to effectively camouflage the position.

Steps:
1. Save any cut foliage, dirt, or grass clumps that are removed during construction.
2. Use these materials later to blend the fighting position into its...
camouflage,foliage,dirt,saving materials,tactical positioning

Military Equipment Handling (17)

Employ Hand Grenades
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Employ Hand Grenades

Conditions: Given load-carrying equipment (LCE) and an offensive (concussion), riot-control, smoke, or incendiary grenade with a time-delayed fuze.

Standards: Throw the hand grenade to hit a target. Avoid exposing,...
hand grenade, employment, military tactics
Attach Hand Grenade to Ammunition Pouch
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Attach Hand Grenade to Ammunition Pouch

Steps:
1. For new style pouch:
- Slip the grenade safety lever over the small strap sewn on each side of the ammunition pouch.
- Push the grenade down until it firmly seats against the side...
hand grenade, attachment, ammunition pouch, military equipment
Inspect Hand Grenades for Defects
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Inspect Hand Grenades for Defects

Steps:
1. Check the fuse: Ensure that it is screwed tightly onto the body of the grenade.
2. Check the safety clip:
- Ensure that it is present.
- Ensure that it is in the correct position.
3....
hand grenade, inspection, safety clip, fuse, safety pin, defect, military equipment
Perform Misfire Procedures on an M136 Launcher
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Perform Misfire Procedures on an M136 Launcher

Conditions: Given an armed M136 launcher (AT4) that has misfired.

Standards: Apply misfire procedures so that the AT4 can be fired or ensure the weapon cannot fire. Inform the...
M136 launcher,AT4,misfire procedure,safety catch,cocking lever,backblast area,transport safety pin
Check Hand Grenades While Moving
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Check Hand Grenades While Moving

Steps:
1. Occasionally check grenades while moving: Ensure that the fuse is tight and the strap is secure.

### Warnings:
• Never attempt to modify a grenade.
• Never attempt to defuse a grenade.
• Never...
hand grenade, inspection during movement, military equipment
Correct Malfunctions of an M240B Machine Gun
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Procedure: Correct Malfunctions of an M240B Machine Gun

#### Conditions:
Given a loaded M240B machine gun and linked 7.62-mm ammunition. The M240B machine gun has been firing and one of the following situations has developed:
1. The...
correct malfunction,m240b,machine gun,failure to fire,bolt,chamber,cleaning rod
Mount a Caliber .50 M2 Machine Gun on an M3 Tripod
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Conditions: Given a caliber .50 M2 machine gun, an M3 tripod, a pintle assembly, a traversing and elevation (T&E) mechanism, and a requirement to mount a caliber .50 M2 machine gun on an M3 tripod.

Standards: Install the gun and components...
mount machine gun, M3 tripod, .50 cal machine gun, military equipment handling
Assume a Suitable Firing Position for Engaging Targets with a Caliber .50 M2 Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Assume a suitable firing position that allows you to observe and engage targets, but reduces your exposure to enemy fire.

- a. Prone position (figure 071-313-3454-1).
- **b. Sitting position (figure...
firing position, machine gun, .50 cal, military procedure
Obtain the Correct Sight Picture for Engaging Targets with a Caliber .50 M2 Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Obtain the correct sight picture.

Notes:
• This step is essential to ensure accurate engagement of targets in your assigned sector of fire.
• Ensure that you are positioned correctly before attempting to obtain a sight...
sight picture, machine gun, .50 cal, military procedure
Returning the AT4 Launcher to Carrying Configuration After Firing
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Returning the AT4 Launcher to Carrying Configuration After Firing

Steps:

1. If the gunner is to remain in the same position—
- a. Release the red safety catch (this step applies only if the firing sequence has...
AT4 launcher, returning to carrying configuration, military equipment handling, tactical procedures
Aim the M18A1 Claymore Mine
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Properly aim the M18A1 Claymore mine to ensure effective coverage.

Steps:
1. Remove the mine from the bandoleer.
2. Open both pairs of legs to a 45-degree angle, with two legs facing to the front and two legs facing to...
M18A1 Claymore mine aiming, military equipment, sight alignment
Conduct a Circuit Test at the Firing Point
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Conduct a circuit test of the M57 firing device and M40 test set to ensure proper functionality.

Steps:
1. Remove the electrical wire and accessories, while leaving the mine in the bandoleer.
2. **Remove the dust cover from...
circuit test, M57 firing device, M40 test set, military equipment, safety procedures
Dismount an MK19 Machine Gun from an M3 Tripod
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

Conditions: Given a cleared MK19 machine gun mounted on an M3 tripod, and an assistant gunner.

Standards: Remove the MK19 from the M3 tripod without damage to equipment or injury to personnel.

Performance Steps:

1....
dismount,mk19 machine gun,m3 tripod,safety,warnings,equipment handling
Mount an M240B Machine Gun on an M122A1 Tripod
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Conditions: Given an M240B machine gun, M122A1 tripod assembly (M122 tripod, traversing and elevating [T&E] mechanism, and flex mount assembly), and a requirement to mount an M240B machine gun on an M122A1 tripod assembly.

Standards:...
mount machine gun, tripod setup, M240B, M122A1, T&E mechanism, flex mount installation
Load an M249 Machine Gun
Reference Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Loading Procedure for an M249 Machine Gun

1. Lock the bolt in the rear position: With your palm facing up, pull the cocking handle to the rear. This locks the bolt in the rear position.

2. Push the cocking handle forward: Push the...
M249 machine gun, loading procedure, military equipment handling, tactical training, firearms safety
Load the M240B Machine Gun with Linked Ammunition
Reference Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Place the link belt on the feed tray with the first round against the cartridge stop and the tip of the round pointing towards the barrel.

2. Close the cover assembly ensuring that the latches lock into place.

CAUTION: Make...
load,machine gun,M240B,ammunition,belt,procedure
Restore an M136 Launcher to Carrying Configuration
Reference Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Conditions: Given an M136 launcher (AT4) prepared for firing and the requirement to restore the launcher to carrying configuration.

Standards: Restore the launcher to a safe carrying configuration without damaging the equipment.

###...
M136 launcher, AT4, restore to carrying configuration, military equipment handling, tactical procedures

Training Procedures (16)

Conduct Integrated NBC Defense Training
High Priority Source: FM 3 4 NBC Protection
Procedure:

1. Integrate NBC defense training into all areas of unit training: individual and collective.
2. Train soldiers to live, work, and fight in contaminated environments.
3. Ensure units are well-trained and equipped for successful...
nbc training,unit readiness,metl tasks,mopp4,leadership
Brief Soldiers on the Code of Conduct and Its Application in Captivity
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure: Brief soldiers that the Code of Conduct provides guiding principles, moral obligations, and professional ethics to survive and return home with honor from a SERE environment.

Details:
• Emphasize that the Code of Conduct is not a...
code of conduct, soldier briefing, SERE training, military ethics
Conduct Practical Exercise Trauma Lane (Optional)
Standard Source: TCCC 17 13 Tactical Combat Casualty Care
Purpose: To provide students with hands-on experience in a realistic trauma scenario as part of TCCC-AC training.

Procedure:
1. Set up a trauma lane using a military operations on urbanized terrain (MOUT) or close-quarters combat site, such...
trauma lane, practical exercise, TCCC-AC training
Conduct TCCC-AC Skill-Set Validation Testing
Standard Source: TCCC 17 13 Tactical Combat Casualty Care
Purpose: To validate that students have mastered the essential skills required for Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC) in a non-medical context.

Procedure:
1. Use standardized evaluation tools provided by NAEMT to assess student...
TCCC-AC, skill validation, tactical combat casualty care
Prepare for Code of Conduct Evaluation in a SERE Environment
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure: Develop an exercise scenario based on wartime mission requirements that includes geographical areas of deployment, enemy doctrine, capabilities, vulnerabilities, political and cultural aspects, and PW management...
code of conduct, SERE training, evaluation preparation, tactical exercises
Set Up and Evaluate Obstacle Course for Training
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Setting Up and Evaluating an Obstacle Course:

Steps:
1. Select a good field location with crossings, walls, and barbed wire entanglements.
2. Designate a suspected opposing force position and point this out to the Soldiers.
3....
obstacle course setup, training evaluation, tactical movement, obstacle negotiation
Briefing Soldiers for Movement Training Scenario
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Tell the Soldiers to pretend they are under direct fire to simulate combat conditions.
2. Instruct them to move from their present position to within 100 meters of the enemy position using appropriate movement...
movement training, briefing, tactical, simulation
Conduct TCCC-AC Written Posttest
Standard Source: TCCC 17 13 Tactical Combat Casualty Care
Purpose: To evaluate student understanding of Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC) principles after completing the course.

Procedure:
1. Administer the written posttest to all students who have completed the TCCC-AC training.
2. Ensure that...
TCCC-AC, written posttest, training procedures, tactical combat casualty care
Conducting Hand-to-Hand Combat Exercises
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Leadership Control During Exercise:
• Leaders must maintain control throughout the exercise.
• It is very easy for undisciplined troops to go beyond the bounds of the exercise when they get frustrated at their own poor training.
• Soldiers and...
combat training, safety measures, leadership control
Creating Realistic Combat Scenarios for Training
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Scenario Development:
• There are as many different possible scenarios as there are potential missions.
• Commanders must evaluate their own METL (Mission Essential Task List) to come up with realistic scenarios for their units.
• One of the...
combat training, scenario development, METL
Perform Buddy-Assisted Hamstring Stretch for Combatives Training
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Increase flexibility in the hamstrings to improve combat movement and reduce injury risk.

Steps:
1. Positioning: Sit on the ground with your right leg extended forward, foot pointing up. Bend your left leg with the sole...
buddy-assisted hamstring stretch, flexibility, combat training, hamstrings
Perform the Backroll Stretch for Combatives Training
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Increase flexibility in the lower back and hamstrings to reduce injury risk during combatives training.

Steps:
1. Positioning: Lie on your back with legs extended and arms by your sides, palms down.
2. Action:
a. Raise...
backroll stretch, flexibility, lower back, hamstrings, combatives training
Planning Hand-to-Hand Combat Scenarios
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Scenario Planning:
• Scenarios must be explained to soldiers in detail so that the appropriate actions come to them naturally.
• This should include an explanation of the events leading up to the scenario as well as the immediate tactical...
combat training, scenario planning, rules of engagement
Review TCCC-AC Slides with Students
Standard Source: TCCC 17 13 Tactical Combat Casualty Care
Purpose: To ensure all students understand the core principles of Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC) through visual and instructional materials.

Procedure:
1. Display all TCCC-AC slides to students using a projector or digital...
TCCC-AC, slide review, training procedures, tactical combat casualty care
Simulated March or Field Exercise Setup for Training
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Take Soldiers on a simulated march or field exercise in battle dress with LCE and weapons to simulate real-world conditions.
2. Select an area with varying cover types and heights to challenge Soldiers’ movement...
field exercise, training setup, tactical, simulation
Conduct Warm-Up Exercises for Combatives Training
Reference Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Prepare soldiers physically for combatives training by gradually increasing body temperature and heart rate.

Steps:
1. Joint Rotation: Rotate major joints (neck, shoulders, hips, knees) to loosen up the body.
2. **Warm-Up...
warm-up, stretching, combat training, joint rotation, calisthenics, muscle memory

International Law And Military Policy (16)

Define a lethal chemical agent and described how this Geneva Protocol applies to a lethal chemical agent
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

(3) Define a lethal chemical agent and describe how this Geneva Protocol applies to a lethal chemical agent.

• A lethal chemical agent is any chemical substance that can cause death or serious harm through its toxic...
lethal chemical agent, Geneva Protocol, definition, application
Define a noncombatant
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

• a. Define a noncombatant.

• A noncombatant is any person who is not participating in hostilities, such as civilians, medical personnel, or chaplains.
noncombatant, definition, civilian, military law
Define humane treatment
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

• b. Define humane treatment.

• Humane treatment refers to the obligation under international law to treat all individuals, including prisoners of war and noncombatants, with dignity, respect, and without cruelty or...
humane treatment, definition, international law, military policy
Describe International Law's position on using nuclear weapons by air, sea, or land forces
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

(8) Describe International Law's position on using nuclear weapons by air, sea, or land forces.

• International law does not explicitly prohibit the use of nuclear weapons, but it emphasizes that their use must comply...
nuclear weapons, international law, air, sea, land forces
Describe acts that are strictly prohibited against noncombatants
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

• c. Describe acts that are strictly prohibited against noncombatants.

• The following actions are strictly prohibited:
- Torture, cruel treatment, or degrading conditions.
- Killing or wounding of noncombatants...
noncombatants, prohibited acts, international law, military policy
Describe how all captured persons are entitled to be treated as prisoners of war until their actual status is determined
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

(1) Describe how all captured persons are entitled to be treated as prisoners of war until their actual status is determined.

• All captured individuals, regardless of their initial classification, must be treated as...
captured persons, prisoner of war status, international law, military policy
Describe the 1925 Geneva Protocol's position on using smoke and incendiary materials in war
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

(7) Describe the 1925 Geneva Protocol's position on using smoke and incendiary materials in war.

• The Geneva Protocol of 1925 prohibits the use of poisonous gases, but it does not explicitly prohibit the use of **smoke...
Geneva Protocol, smoke, incendiary materials, warfare
Describe the United States' policy regarding first use of riot control agents in war
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

(b) Describe the United States' policy regarding first use of riot control agents in war.

• The United States allows the use of riot control agents in warfare, provided they are used for non-lethal purposes, such as...
riot control agents, United States policy, first use, non-lethal
Describe the United States' position that the Geneva Protocol allows the use of either chemical herbicides or riot control agents in war
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

(5) Describe the United States' position that the Geneva Protocol allows the use of either chemical herbicides or riot control agents in war.

• The United States interprets the Geneva Protocol as allowing the use of...
chemical herbicides, riot control agents, Geneva Protocol, United States position
Describe the United States' reservation to use chemical weapons against a State if that State fails to respect the Geneva Protocol's ban on using chemical weapons
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

(2) Describe the United States' reservation to use chemical weapons against a State if that State fails to respect the Geneva Protocol's ban on using chemical weapons.

This procedure involves explaining that the United States...
chemical weapons, reservation, Geneva Protocol, United States
Describe the prohibition on using physical force, mental torture, or coercion to obtain information
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

(4) Describe the prohibition on using physical force, mental torture, or coercion to obtain information.

• It is strictly prohibited to use any form of physical or psychological coercion, including **torture or...
prohibition, coercion, torture, military law
Describe the requirement for Presidential approval prior to using herbicides or riot control agents in armed conflict
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

(c) Describe the requirement for Presidential approval prior to using herbicides or riot control agents in armed conflict.

• The President of the United States must approve the use of herbicides or riot control agents in...
Presidential approval, herbicides, riot control agents, armed conflict
Describe the requirement to evacuate all captured or detained persons to a detainee collection point
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

(2) Describe the requirement to evacuate all captured or detained persons to a detainee collection point.

• All captured or detained individuals must be immediately evacuated to an official **detainee collection...
detainee collection point, evacuation requirement, military policy, international law
Describe the rules of the Customary Law of War and Geneva Convention of 1949 governing the humane treatment of persons taking no active role in hostilities
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

6. Describe the rules of the Customary Law of War and Geneva Convention of 1949 governing the humane treatment of persons taking no active role in hostilities.

• These laws require that all individuals who are not...
Customary Law of War, Geneva Convention 1949, humane treatment, noncombatants
Describe what information the 1949 Geneva Prisoner of War Convention requires a Prisoner of War to provide to his/her captor
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

(5) Describe what information the 1949 Geneva Prisoner of War Convention requires a Prisoner of War to provide to his/her captor.

• A prisoner of war is required to provide only basic identification information,...
Geneva Convention, information requirements, prisoner of war, military law
Describe who determines a captured or detained person's status
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

(3) Describe who determines a captured or detained person's status.

• The capturing force is responsible for determining the status of all captured or detained individuals, and this determination must be made in...
status determination, captured persons, military policy, international law

Firearms Training (16)

Assume an Appropriate Firing Position with M4 or M4A1 Carbine
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Assume an Appropriate Firing Position with M4 or M4A1 Carbine

Objective: To assume a firing position that provides protection from enemy fire and observation while allowing effective engagement of targets.

Steps:

1....
firing position, M4 carbine, M4A1 carbine, tactical positioning, marksmanship
Basic Firearms Handling Training for Group Members
High Priority Source: Life After Doomsday
Objective: Ensure group members can safely and effectively handle firearms in an emergency situation.

Steps to Follow:
1. Load Cartridges into a Magazine: Insert cartridges into the magazine according to the weapon's specifications,...
firearms training, basic firearms handling, combat training, group member training
Engage Targets with an MK19 Machine Gun Using a Night Vision Sight, AN/TVS-5
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

Conditions: During darkness, given an MK19 machine gun equipped with night vision sight, AN/TVS-5, and mounted on an M3 tripod or vehicle carrier; linked 40mm grenade ammunition; targets at engageable ranges; targets that could...
MK19 machine gun, night vision sight, AN/TVS-5, target engagement, tactical shooting
Fire on Targets Using Adjusted Aiming Point Method
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Assume a suitable firing position.
2. Apply the correct engagement technique based on the target type:
- Use the correct gun manipulation technique.
- Use the correct application of fire to engage specific targets.
3. Place...
adjusted aiming point method,firing targets,machine gun training,tactical engagement
Achieving Solid, Well-Placed Hits on Target
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Concentrate on achieving solid, well-placed hits to the target by aiming and striking a target center of mass.

Key points:
• The lethal zone of the target is:
- Center of mass between the waist and the chest (torso lethal zone: 18...
center of mass, lethal zones, target engagement
Automatic Fire Technique
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Automatic fire is an option in a close-quarters combat environment and is effective for violence of action when you need fire superiority to gain entry.

Steps:
1. Fire automatic fire in controlled bursts only (two to three rounds).
2. Once...
automatic fire, controlled bursts, accuracy, trigger squeeze
Controlled Pair Fire Technique
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Controlled pair is a technique used to achieve accurate fire in rapid succession.

Steps:
1. The front sight post moves in a natural arc after the round is fired and the recoil kicks in.
2. Let the barrel go with this arc, and then...
controlled pair, recoil management, sight reacquisition
Engage Stationary and Moving Targets with a Firearm
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Engaging Targets

(3) Engage a stationary target using reference points or sighting points.

(4) Engage a target moving toward you the same as you would a stationary target.

(5) Engage a target moving laterally using the new...
target engagement, firearms training, quick-fire technique, stationary target, moving target
Instinctive Fire Technique
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Instinctive fire is the least accurate technique. To perform this:

1. Focus on the target and point the weapon in the general direction using muscle memory reflex to fire.
2. Adjust the placement of your nonfiring hand for accuracy.
3....
instinctive fire, muscle memory, nonfiring hand placement, accuracy
Rapid Aimed Fire Technique
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Rapid aimed fire is a technique that features an imperfect sight picture in which windage is critical but elevation is of lesser importance.

Steps:
1. When the front sight post is in line with the target, the gunner squeezes the trigger.
2....
rapid aimed fire, sight picture, windage, elevation
Adjust Sights for Grenade Launcher Fire
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
a. If time allows, whether using the AN/PVS-4 or AN/PVS-7, adjust the sights.

b. If time is critical, adjust the point of aim instead.

c. If the grenade lands more than 25 meters over or short of the target, adjust the range quadrant...
adjust sights, grenade launcher, zeroing, tactical shooting, firearms training
Establish a Correct Sight Picture for the Carbine
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Establish a Correct Sight Picture for the Carbine

Steps:

1. Check to ensure that the carbine side of the 25-meter target is facing you.

2. Assume a supported fighting position.

3. Load the weapon.

4. Align the sights.
...
sight picture, front sight post, rear sight aperture, supported fighting position, carbine
Establish a Mechanical Zero for the Carbine
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Establish a Mechanical Zero for the Carbine

Steps:

1. Flip up the unmarked, long-range aperture on the rear sight.
- _Note_: Do not move the front sight post at this time.

2. **Center the rear sight aperture by turning the windage...
carbine, mechanical zero, rear sight aperture, windage knob, elevation knob, 300-meter mark
Adjust Fire to Place Effective Fire on the Target
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

Step 1: Adjust fire based on time, range, and amount of adjustment using one of the following methods:

(1) Sight correction method: When the initial burst is not correctly placed, adjust elevation and windage as...
adjust fire, aiming point method, sight correction method, live-fire range, M240B firing techniques
Fundamentals of Reflexive Firing Techniques
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Two fundamentals of successful reflexive firing techniques:

• Always fire until the enemy goes down.
• Keep both eyes open.
reflexive firing, enemy engagement, eyes open
Lethal Zones on a Target
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
The lethal zone of the target is:

• Center of mass between the waist and the chest (torso lethal zone 18 inches x 8 inches)
• Center of mass in the head and neck area (neck/head lethal zone 4 inches x 8 inches)
lethal zone, torso, head and neck

Military Training (15)

Develop Techniques of Campaign for Soldiers
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procedure:

1. The instruction on techniques of campaign complements firing exercises.
2. A soldier must develop marksmanship skills and learn campaign techniques simultaneously.
3. Emphasis is placed on basic principles even when teaching more...
campaign techniques,soldier training,military instruction,campaign skills
Training Objectives for Soldiers Using Skis in Winter Warfare
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
- A soldier on skis must be capable of moving under control across diversified, snow-covered terrain while carrying the arms and equipment necessary for tactical operations.
• Since skis are often the most efficient means of transportation in winter...
skiing,military training,physical conditioning,winter warfare
Training Time Required to Become a Proficient Military Skier
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
- To walk on snowshoes, one day of instruction is generally sufficient. However, several days use of snowshoes during normal training will rapidly increase proficiency.
• In a period of 2 weeks, a soldier can be taught enough ski techniques to...
skiing,military training,proficiency development,unit training
Basic Competitions in Military Combatives Training
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Provide a structured and safe competition environment for entry-level soldiers to develop combative skills.

Situation: Soldiers with limited knowledge of combatives are participating in basic competitions as part of their...
basic competitions,military combatives training,sports competition
Basic or One-Station Unit Training
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Basic or One-Station Unit Training

Overview: This type of training is designed to provide foundational combatives skills to individual soldiers in a controlled environment.

Steps for Conducting Basic or One-Station Unit Training:
1....
basic training, one-station training, combatives instruction
Conducting Army Warrior Training and Evaluation - Trainer's Role
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Ensure that NCOs effectively train Soldiers on critical warrior tasks.

Functions of the Trainer (NCO):
1. Plan the training. Integrate or conduct training for specific common tasks concurrently with other training or during...
nco role, trainer functions, warrior tasks, soldier evaluation, training plan
Crawl Phase Training Technique
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Crawl Phase:

1. Introduction of New Techniques: Instructors introduce new combatives techniques during initial training sessions.
2. Teaching Method: Techniques are taught, demonstrated, and executed by the numbers (step-by-step).
3....
crawl phase, combatives training, military instruction, tactical training
Demonstration Techniques for Company-Size or Larger Groups
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Talk-Through Method:

1. Instructor Guidance: The primary instructor talks the demonstrators through techniques by the numbers.
2. Execution at Combat Speed: Demonstrators execute techniques at combat speed after being guided by the...
demonstration techniques, talk-through method, military instruction, tactical training
Execution by the Numbers Teaching Method
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Breakdown of Techniques:

1. Step-by-Step Phases: Instructors break techniques down into step-by-step phases for clarity.
2. Mechanics Explanation: Soldiers can see how each movement is developed from start to finish.
3. **Command-Based...
execution by the numbers, combatives training, military instruction, tactical training
Run Phase Training Technique
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Run Phase:

1. Combat Speed Execution: Soldiers execute techniques at combat speed with supervision.
2. Scenario-Based Training: Includes training against multiple opponents or with restrictive equipment.
3. Sparring with Slaps:...
run phase, combatives training, military instruction, tactical training
Train-the-Trainer Responsibilities and Safety Precautions
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Train-the-Trainer Responsibilities and Safety Precautions

Responsibilities of Trainers:
1. Ensure all trainees understand the objectives and outcomes of combatives training.
2. Maintain a high standard of instruction, ensuring that...
train-the-trainer, responsibilities, safety precautions, combatives training
Training Area Setup and Safety Precautions
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Training Area Setup and Safety Precautions

Overview: Proper setup of the training area is essential to ensure safety during combatives training.

Steps for Setting Up a Training Area:
1. Location Selection:
- Choose an open, flat...
training area setup, safety precautions, matted room, pit construction
Understand Task Summaries Format
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Task summaries document the performance requirements of a critical warrior task. They provide the Soldier and the trainer with the information necessary to evaluate critical tasks.

The format for the task summaries is:

1. a. Task title:...
task summaries, military training, performance evaluation, task standards, conditions, references
Unit Sustainment Training Program
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Unit Sustainment Training Program

Overview: This program is designed to maintain and improve combatives skills over time through regular training sessions.

Steps for Conducting Unit Sustainment Training:
1. Planning:
- Develop a...
unit sustainment training, combatives maintenance
Walk Phase Training Technique
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Walk Phase:

1. Practice with Fluid Movement: Soldiers practice new techniques by the numbers but with more fluid movement and less instructor guidance.
2. Advanced Ground Fighting: Once a unit has developed proficiency in basic skills,...
walk phase, combatives training, military instruction, tactical training

Target Engagement (13)

Engage Targets Using Appropriate Aiming Techniques
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Engage targets as soon as they are detected unless otherwise ordered.
2. Use the appropriate aiming technique based on target movement:
- a. For stationary targets, use reference points or sighting points.
- b. For...
target engagement,aiming techniques,M16 rifle,tactical skills
Use Quick-Fire Technique for Close-Range Targets
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Use the quick-fire technique when there is no time to properly aim, especially on targets within 30 meters of your location.
2. This technique is most effective in urban terrain or heavy bush.
3. Use the standing position.
4. Use...
quick-fire technique,close-range engagement,M16 rifle,tactical skills
Engage Linear Targets with Depth
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

To engage a linear target with depth:

1. Aim at the midpoint of the target, unless another portion of the target is more critical or presents a greater threat.
2. Traverse and search to the flank closest to your position,...
linear target, depth, aiming point, flanking, tactical engagement
Engage Moving Targets
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

To hit a moving target:

1. Estimate the speed of the target and determine the lead required to fire and hit it.
2. Fire at the calculated lead point, then track the target as it moves.
3. **Adjust the lead by observing...
moving target, lead calculation, aiming points, vehicle engagement
Detailing an Arc of Fire
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Detailing an Arc of Fire: Use reference points on the landscape to define the arc:

1. Identify two easily identifiable points on the landscape that will serve as the right and left limits of the arc.
2. Use these points to describe the position...
arc of fire,target engagement,tactical,fieldcraft,military
Detect Targets Using an M16-Series Rifle
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Detecting Targets with an M16-Series Rifle

Conditions: Given an M16-series rifle, magazines, ammunition, individual combat equipment, and stationary or moving targets (personnel or equipment) at engageable...
detect targets,M16-series rifle,search techniques,camouflage indicators,overlapping strips
Determine if You Can Engage the Target
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Assess the situation to determine if engaging the target is feasible.

Details:
• Consider factors such as distance, visibility, and environmental conditions.
• Ensure that engagement does not pose unnecessary risk to yourself...
engage target,determine engagement,target assessment
Engage Multiple Targets by Prioritizing Greatest Danger
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure: Engage multiple targets (two or more) by first firing at the one presenting the greatest danger (usually the closest), and then rapidly proceeding to the next target.
multiple targets,priority engagement,tactical skills
Identify Targets for Engagement
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Identify the target(s). The most likely target you will engage is an enemy soldier on foot.

Note: This step is critical for accurate engagement and situational awareness.
identify targets, target identification, enemy engagement, tactical positioning
Using Reference Points for Target Direction
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Using Reference Points to Indicate Target Direction: Use a known reference point and clock face directions:

1. Identify a reference point (e.g., 'church').
2. Estimate the distance from your position to the reference point (e.g., 'three hundred...
reference points,target direction,tactical,fieldcraft,military
Judging Distance Using the Appearance Method
Standard Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procedure:

1. Observe the size and clarity of the target.
- Larger targets appear closer; smaller or blurred targets are farther away.
2. Assess details on the target.
- Clear details (e.g., facial features, clothing) indicate...
appearance method, judging distance, target engagement, fieldcraft
Judging Distance Using the Unit of Measure Method
Standard Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procedure:

1. Estimate distance using familiar objects as a reference.
- Use known sizes (e.g., a person, a car) to gauge distances.
2. Use hand span or arm length for estimation.
- Extend your arm and use the width of your hand...
judging distance, unit of measure method, target engagement, fieldcraft
Using the Hand Span Method for Target Indication
Standard Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procedure:

1. Extend your arm fully and use your hand as a reference.
2. Estimate angles or distances based on the width of your fingers or palm.
- For example, one finger's width at arm’s length is approximately 1 degree.
3. **Use...
hand span method, target indication, fieldcraft, navigation

Offensive Operations (12)

Conduct Movement to Contact (MTC)
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Gain or regain contact with the enemy and develop the situation.

Steps:
1. The MTC is one of five types of offensive operations used to gain or regain contact with the enemy.
2. Once contact is made, the unit develops the...
movement to contact, search and attack, approach march, offensive operations
Conduct a Meeting Engagement Against an Advancing Enemy Force
High Priority Source: FM 5 103 Survivability
Procedure:

1. Deploy advance guard units of the Threat force to make initial contact with the enemy advancing force.
2. As soon as contact is made, initiate the battle drill, using combined arms forces and attached artillery support.
3....
meeting engagement, flanking maneuver, artillery barrage, combined arms, offensive operations
Identify and Exploit Weak Points in Enemy Formations
High Priority Source: FM 5 103 Survivability
Procedure:

1. Assess the enemy's defensive formation to identify weak points, such as gaps or exposed flanks.
2. Focus attacks on these weak points using echeloned forces for maximum impact.
3. Penetrate enemy defenses by...
enemy formations, weak points, echeloned forces, artillery support, offensive operations
Implement Search and Attack (S&A) Technique for MTC
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: Conduct a search and attack technique to locate and engage the enemy.

Steps:
1. Use Search and Attack (S&A) when the enemy is dispersed, expected to avoid contact, or you must deny his movement in an area.
2. This technique...
search and attack, enemy engagement, coordinated operations
Conceal Offensive Operation Signatures
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Conceal Offensive Operation Signatures

• Offensive operations create detectable signatures that may alert an enemy to the nature of the operation.
• Commanders at all levels should monitor these signatures and strive to conceal them from enemy...
signatures,conceal,tactical,operations,CCD
Conduct Counter-attacks in Cold Weather Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
When conducting counter-attacks during cold weather operations:

1. Execute counter-attacks of short duration.
2. Target the flanks and rear of the enemy once he has exhausted himself and the cold is beginning to take its toll.

**Key...
counterattack, cold weather, flanks, rear attack
Conduct Offensive Operations in Northern Environments
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Title: Conduct Offensive Operations in Northern Environments

Procedure:
1. The objective of offensive operations is to destroy enemy forces, ideally through fire or environmental conditions rather than direct confrontation.
2. Actions...
offensive tactics, northern operations, weather conditions, supply lines
Mask Tactical Unit Deployment During Offensive Operations
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Mask Tactical Unit Deployment During Offensive Operations

• The main CCD concern in preparing for offensive operations is to mask tactical unit deployment.
• Use CCD as the primary means of masking these activities.
• Deceptive operations can...
masking,deployment,tactical,CCD,offensive
Plan Offensive Operations Early
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Planning for offensive operations in cold weather requires early coordination with staff officers.

1. Inform all staff officers, especially the administrative staff, as soon as possible about the concept of offensive operations.
2. This allows...
planning,offensive operations,cold weather,tactical planning
Conduct Initial Assault in Severe Winter Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
- Conduct the initial assault without skis.
• Use sled-mounted weapons: machine-guns, mortars, rocket launchers, and support guns.
• Employ tanks, assault guns, and tracked vehicles as prime movers to break trails through deep snow.
• Use...
initial assault, winter conditions, sled-mounted weapons
Employ Ski Troops in Offensive Operations in Severe Winter Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
- Deploy ski troops to outflank and envelop enemy strong points once the battle reaches the depth of the enemy defence.
• Use preplanned counterattack routes marked for ski-equipped troops.
ski troops, offensive operations, winter conditions
Position Start Lines for Offensive Operations in Severe Winter Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
- Position start lines closer to the enemy front lines than during other seasons.
• Provide heated shelters, dug-outs, and bunkers in these areas to maintain troop effectiveness before closing with the enemy.
start lines, offensive operations, winter conditions

Explosives Handling (11)

Responding to a Non-Detonated Grenade
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Never approach a grenade that was thrown and did not detonate, even if you threw it. Do not move, jar, or disturb as the fuze may function at any time.

**Never pick up, move, or disturb a found grenade, even if the spoon or safety pin is...
grenade,non-detonated,booby-trapped,safety pin,fuze
Inspect and Correct Defects on Hand Grenades
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Inspecting and Correcting Defects on Hand Grenades:

Steps to Follow:
1. Identify the type of grenade by its color, markings, and usage as listed in Table 071-325-4401-1.
2. Inspect the grenade for defects, including...
hand grenade inspection,safety checks,grenade defects,correcting grenade defects,tactical explosives
Prepare and Test the M57 Firing Device with M40 Test Set
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Place the M57 firing device bail in the FIRE position and actuate the firing handle.

Note: The lamp in the window of the M40 test set should flash.

Place the firing device on SAFE; remove the firing device and the M40 test set.

Place the...
M57 firing device,M40 test set,fire position,test set,lamp flash
Render Gunpowder Incombustible and Combustible at Pleasure
High Priority Source: The Household Cyclopedia
Procedure to render gunpowder incombustible and combustible at pleasure:

1. Mix ground glass with gunpowder: Use a ratio of two parts gunpowder to one part ground glass.
- This mixture will not explode under stimulation from red-hot...
gunpowder, incombustible, combustibility, safety, explosives, handling, glass mixture
Understanding Mine Characteristics and Hazards
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
- Includes all land or sea mines.

• Range in size from 2 inches in diameter to several feet in length.

• Have a variety of fuze types: pressure plates, tilt rods, trip wires, electronic sensors, or command detonated.

• Can contain explosive,...
mine,hazards,fuze types,land mine,sea mine
Use Slit-Type Peep Sight for Aiming the M18A1 Claymore Mine
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Align the groove of the sight in line with the aiming point that is 2.5 meters (8 feet) off the ground.

Note: The aiming point should be in the center of the desired area of coverage, with the bottom edge of the peep sight parallel to the...
slit-type peep sight,M18A1 Claymore mine,aiming alignment
Deploy Shock Tube Safely
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Identify the shock tube, which is a thin, plastic tube made of extruded polymer with a layer of special explosive material on the interior surface.

2. Ensure that the shock tube is factory crimped and sealed to a blasting cap...
shock tube, detonation wave, blasting cap, explosive material, safety handling
Ignite Time Blasting Fuse with Matches
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. If a fuse igniter is unavailable, use matches to ignite the time blasting fuse.

2. Split the end of the fuse (refer to Figure 13-1 in the source material).

3. Place the head of an unlit match into the powder train at the split...
ignite fuse, matches, powder train, wind conditions
Use M11 Blasting Cap with Shock Tube
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Identify the M11 blasting cap, which is factory crimped to 30 feet of shock tube.

2. Attach a movable "J" hook for quick and easy attachment to detonating cord.

3. A red flag is attached 1 meter from the blasting cap and a...
M11 blasting cap, shock tube connection, visual identification
Use M14 Blasting Cap with Time Fuse
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Identify the M14 blasting cap, which is factory crimped to 7.5 feet of time fuse.

2. Initiate the M14 using a fuse igniter or match.

3. The burn-time for the total length of the time fuse is approximately five minutes.

4....
M14 blasting cap, time fuse, burn-time intervals
Use M81 Fuse Igniter for Detonation Initiation
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Identify the M81 fuse igniter, which is used to ignite time blasting fuse or initiate the shock tube of MDI blasting caps.

2. Ensure that the M81 is properly connected to either the time blasting fuse or the shock tube before...
M81 fuse igniter, shock tube initiation, detonation sequence

Defensive Operations (11)

Establish Defensive Strong Points in Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure for Establishing Defensive Strong Points in Northern Operations:

1. Identify key locations that require coverage:
- Roads
- Communication centres
- Approaches likely to be used by an enemy during a major advance
2. Construct...
defensive,strong points,northern operations,obstacles,fire coverage,airfields,DZs
Maintain Integrity of Defence in Cold Weather Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
To maintain the integrity of a defence during cold weather operations:

1. Ensure that strong points are strong enough to defeat initial enemy attacks and do not become isolated.
2. Avoid committing reserves until the enemy has partially exhausted...
cold weather, defense, integrity, reserves, offensive action
Organize Strong Points for Winter Defence
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
To organize strong points for winter defence:

1. Use the company as the smallest element that can make itself secure and provide sufficient rest to troops.
2. Ensure that company frontages are narrow, possibly only 100 to 200 m (330 to 660 ft).
3....
strong point, winter defense, company deployment, all-around defence
Deploying a Defensive Position in Winter Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Deployment:

1. Deployment will vary from the normal only in that no troops are likely to be available to provide a screen.
2. A temporary screen may be provided by the point to allow deployment and the commencement of work by the main body.
3....
deployment,winter,defensive_position,tactical
Implementing Security Measures for Winter Defensive Positions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Security:

1. The security of a defensive position in winter operations presents an extremely difficult problem.
2. During periods of high windchill the problem is acute.
3. Sentries cannot look into the wind for very long and in spite of...
security,winter,defensive_position,tactical
Maintaining Battle Preparedness in Winter Defensive Positions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Battle Preparedness:

1. If a defensive position is to be ready at all times to meet an enemy threat, troops must live in shelters built into the defences.
2. When the enemy threat is imminent, living and sleeping in tentage is extremely...
battle_preparedness,winter,defensive_position,tactical
Employ Winter-Specific Obstacles in Defensive Operations
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
- Use snowbanks as slippery obstacles by freezing them with water.
• Employ artificial thaws (e.g., blasting frozen rivers) to create water barriers.
winter-specific obstacles, defensive operations
Establish Defensive Positions Behind Natural Obstacles in Winter Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
- Establish defences behind natural obstacles such as deep snow, ravines, rivers, and streams to slow or stop enemy tanks and assault guns.
• If high ground is available, defend it as part of the plan to exhaust attacking infantry.
natural obstacles, defensive positions, winter conditions
Lay Mines in Winter Conditions with Consideration for Snow Depth and Fall
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
- Place mines on boards if snow is extremely deep to prevent them from sinking.
• Take into account the depth of snow and expected fall when laying mines.
mine laying, winter conditions, snow depth
Manage Troop Fatigue and Nutrition in Severe Winter Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
- Provide frequent rest periods due to increased fatigue in cold weather.
• Evenly distribute heavy physical work among troops.
• Monitor diet and increase calorie intake for troops in forward positions.
• Provide hot food and drink regularly for...
troop fatigue, nutrition, winter conditions
Use Artillery Fire in Defensive Operations in Winter Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
- Use artillery fire to force attackers off roads and compel them to advance laboriously across country.
• Destroy all cover in front of defensive positions that could be used by the enemy.
artillery fire, defensive operations, winter conditions

Urban Combat Movement (11)

Concealment and Movement in Urban Environments
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Overview: Effective concealment is critical during urban operations to avoid detection by the enemy.

Performance Steps:
1. Use natural and artificial cover:
- Utilize buildings, rubble, vegetation, smoke, or covering fires to obscure...
urban concealment, movement tactics, cover and concealment, urban combat awareness
Follow General Rules of Movement in Urban Terrain
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Move safely and effectively through urban terrain to avoid detection and enemy engagement.

Steps:
1. Avoid silhouetting yourself in doors, windows, or rooftops.
2. Avoid open areas such as streets, alleys, and parks.
3. Conduct a...
urban movement, tactical movement, concealment, urban combat, soldier tactics
Move Across Open Areas in Urban Terrain
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Reduce risk when moving across open areas such as streets, alleys, and parks.

Steps:
1. Conduct a visual reconnaissance of the area and position before moving.
2. Select a route that provides cover or concealment. If none is...
open area movement, urban combat, tactical movement, soldier tactics
Move Parallel to Buildings in Urban Terrain
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Move parallel to buildings to avoid exposure and maintain cover.

Steps:
1. Keep your movement aligned with the side of a building or structure.
2. Use the building as cover while moving through urban environments.
3. Maintain...
building parallel movement, urban combat, tactical movement, soldier tactics
Observe Around Corners Safely in Urban Terrain
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Observe around corners without exposing yourself to enemy fire.

Steps:
1. Lie flat on the ground with your weapon at your side.
2. Move forward slowly, ensuring that your weapon is not extending beyond the corner.
3. Expose your...
corner observation, urban combat, tactical movement, soldier tactics
Observing Around Corners in Urban Combat
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Overview: Observing around corners is a critical skill to avoid detection and reduce the risk of being exposed to enemy fire.

Performance Steps:
1. Lie flat on the ground with your weapon at your side before moving forward.
2. Ensure that...
corner observation technique, urban combat tactics, concealment during observation
Perform Movement Techniques During an Urban Operation
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Conditions:
As a member of an assault element in urban terrain, with the enemy's location and strength uncertain, given an individual weapon with ammunition, and load-bearing equipment.

Standards:
• Perform a visual reconnaissance to...
urban movement techniques, combat positioning, urban operations, tactical movement
Urban Terrain Movement Techniques
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Overview: In urban terrain, movement techniques differ from normal field operations due to the nature of the environment. Soldiers must be alert and secure at all times as enemies can appear from multiple directions (front, flanks, rear, above,...
urban terrain movement, corner observation, concealment techniques, tactical movement, combat awareness
Moving Along Walls in Urban Terrain
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Move along walls to avoid enemy fire.

Steps:
1. Stay as close to the wall as possible to deny an enemy inside the building a clear shot at you.
2. Use all available cover and concealment.
3. Move with a low silhouette to reduce...
moving along walls, urban combat, enemy fire avoidance, cover and concealment
Moving Past Basement Windows
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Safely move past basement windows to avoid exposure.

Steps:
1. Never walk or run directly past a basement window, as your legs will be exposed and make an easy target for enemy fire.
2. Stay as close to the building as...
basement window movement, urban combat, enemy fire avoidance
Moving Past First Floor Windows
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Safely move past first floor windows to avoid exposure.

Steps:
1. Stay as close to the building as possible when approaching a first-floor window.
2. When you reach the window, duck your head well below it to avoid exposing...
first floor window movement, urban combat, enemy fire avoidance

Firearms Handling (11)

Correct Malfunctions of an M16-Series Rifle
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Identify the malfunction.
- Ensure that the rifle is pointed in a safe direction.
- Determine whether the issue is related to the magazine, chamber, or other components.

2. Clear the rifle of any obstructions.
-...
correct malfunctions,m16-series rifle,selector lever,chamber obstruction,manual cycle
Unload the M9 Pistol and Remove Ammunition from Magazine
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Unloading the M9 Pistol and Removing Ammunition from the Magazine

1. Remove the magazine and the ammunition from the pistol.
- a. Place the safety lever in the SAFE position.
- b. Depress the magazine release button, and...
M9 pistol, unloading, magazine removal, ammunition removal, safety procedures
Load an M16-Series Rifle
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

Step 1: Ensure the rifle is unloaded and the selector switch is in the SAFE position.

Step 2: Insert a loaded magazine into the rifle's magazine well until it clicks into place.

Step 3: Pull the charging handle to...
load m16 rifle,magazine insertion,chambering round,selector lever position,safe position
Loading the M4 Carbine for Burst Fire
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Ensure that the weapon is clear and the bolt is forward.
2. Point the carbine muzzle in a safe direction.
3. Place the selector lever on BURST.
4. Squeeze the trigger and hold it in the rear position. Then:
- (1) Pull the...
carbine,burst fire,loading,magazine insertion
Safe Handling of a Loaded M4 Carbine
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Ensure the carbine is pointed in a safe direction.
2. With the bolt closed:
- (a) Pull the charging handle to the rear as far as it will go.
- (b) Release the charging handle. Do not ride it. Let it return on its...
carbine,loading,safe handling,selector lever,bolt
Safe Storage of the M4 Carbine After Loading
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

If the weapon is not to be fired immediately:
1. Place the selector lever on SAFE.
2. Close the ejection port cover.
carbine,safe storage,ejection port
Selecting a Stable Firing Position with Cover
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Selecting a Stable Firing Position with Cover

Steps:
1. Choose the most stable firing position with the best cover.
2. Consider the following positions:
- Prone Position (Figure 071-004-0006-6):
- Lie flat on the ground, facing...
firing position, prone position, standing with support, military training
Supported and Unsupported Pistol Grips
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Supported and Unsupported Pistol Grips

Steps:
1. Supported Grip (One-Handed):
- Begin by gripping the weapon as described in the one-handed grip.
- Allow the thumb of your firing hand to rest without pressure beside your weapon.
...
supported grip, unsupported grip, pistol grips, military training
Unload an M16-Series Rifle
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Point the rifle muzzle in a safe direction.

2. Remove the magazine from the rifle.

3. Place the selector lever on SAFE.

4. Lock the bolt open.
- Pull the charging handle rearward.
- Press the bottom of the...
unload,m16-series rifle,selector lever,bolt catch,charging handle,safe mode
Unload an M9 Pistol
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Conditions: Given an M9 pistol loaded with rounds.

Standards: Correctly remove the magazine and ammunition from the pistol; remove all rounds from the magazine; and ensure that the pistol safety lever is in the SAFE position.

###...
M9 pistol, unloading, safety procedures, magazine removal, firearm handling
Load an M16-Series Rifle - Semiautomatic and Burst Modes
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
WARNING: The rifle is now loaded. Ensure that it is pointed in a safe direction.

### Steps:
1. Tap the forward assist to ensure that the bolt is fully forward and locked (figure 071-311-2027-008).
2. Place the selector lever on SAFE....
load rifle, M16-series, semiautomatic mode, burst mode, firearms safety

Unit Reorganization (11)

Evacuate Dead and Seriously Wounded Personnel
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Evacuate the dead and seriously wounded according to casualty evacuation plans.

Steps:

1. Evacuate the dead and seriously wounded based on your unit's casualty evacuation plan.
2. Ensure that all positions and sectors remain...
casualty evacuation, wounded personnel, sector coverage
Issue a LACE Report to Higher Headquarters
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Issue a Liquid, Ammunition, Casualties, Equipment (LACE) report to higher headquarters.

Steps:

1. Prepare and issue a LACE report that includes the following information:
- L–Liquid: How much water each Soldier has left...
LACE report, casualty reporting, supply status
Manned and Position Crew-Served Weapons on Likely Avenues of Approach
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Ensure that all crew-served weapons are manned and positioned on likely avenues of approach.

Steps:

1. Assign personnel to man all crew-served weapons.
2. Position the weapons on likely avenues of approach based on terrain...
crew-served weapons, positioning, defense readiness
Plan and Execute Unit Reorganization During Defense
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Plan and execute the reorganization of a unit during defense. Steps:

1. The platoon leader must plan the required reorganization of the platoon while defending (either deliberate or hasty). This plan should be included in the...
reorganization, unit defense, chain of command, tactical planning
Redistribute Ammunition, Weapons, and Fuel
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Redistribute or resupply ammunition, weapons, and fuel to maintain combat readiness.

Steps:

1. Redistribute or resupply ammunition, weapons, and fuel as needed.
2. Ensure that squad leaders pass out additional ammunition if...
ammunition redistribution, resupply, combat readiness
Reestablish Chain of Command and Fill Key Positions
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Reestablish the chain of command and fill all key positions during unit reorganization.

Steps:

1. Reestablish the chain of command by filling all key positions from remaining element members.
2. Ensure that the new chain of...
chain of command, leadership reestablishment, unit structure
Reestablish Communications and Security After Enemy Attack
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Reestablish communications to higher headquarters and throughout the platoon and squad.
- Check wires to ensure they do not break during the attack.
- Change pyrotechnic signals because the enemy may have learned what...
reestablish communications, replace obstacles, reposition positions, reassign sectors of fire, unit reorganization
Reestablish the Fire Direction Center (FDC) for the Mortar Section
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Reestablish the fire direction center (FDC) for the mortar section during unit reorganization.

Steps:

1. Ensure that the FDC is reestablished and operational within the mortar section.
2. Verify that all personnel assigned to...
FDC reestablishment, mortar section, fire direction control
Reorganize a Unit After Enemy Contact
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Conditions:
- Given a squad leader with squad, or platoon sergeant with platoon, or mortar section sergeant, or acting platoon leader defending as part of a larger unit.
- Your element has just repelled an enemy...
reorganize unit, reestablish security, use snipers, restore camouflage, replace obstacles, reposition positions, reassign sectors of fire, implement sleep plans
Evacuate Enemy Prisoners of War and Collect Enemy Information
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Ensure that all enemy prisoners of war (EPWs) are evacuated and that enemy material and information are collected and reported.

Steps:

1. Ensure that all EPWs are evacuated as soon as possible (ASAP).
2. Collect any enemy...
enemy prisoners of war, enemy information collection, evacuation
Reorganize a Unit During Defensive Operations
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure for Reorganizing a Unit During Defensive Operations

Steps:

1. Plan the reorganization: The platoon leader must plan the required reorganization of the platoon while defending (either deliberate or hasty). This plan should be...
reorganization, chain of command, casualty evacuation, LACE report, mortar section, fire direction center

Combat Tactics (10)

Clearing the Entry Point After Entering a Building
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Upon entering the building, the first member of the assault team must secure the room or area of entry.
2. The rest of the team enters the building after the first member has secured the entry point.
3. The team then **clears...
entry point, clearing a room, combat tactics, military procedure
Reacting to Indirect Fire While Mounted in a Tracked Vehicle
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Give an order to close all hatches on the tracked vehicle.
2. Direct movement away from the impact area caused by indirect fire (mortar or artillery).
3. Analyze the situation after moving away from the impact area.
4....
indirect fire, tracked vehicle, combat tactics, military procedure
Throwing a Hand Grenade Through a Breach in Exterior Walls
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. When there is a breach in the exterior walls and you plan to use this breach to enter the building, throw a hand grenade using all available cover.
2. Before throwing the grenade, let it cook off for about 2 seconds.
3....
hand grenade, breach entry, combat tactics, military procedure
Throwing a Hand Grenade Through a Window
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. When entering through a window, use caution when throwing the hand grenade.
2. Ensure that it goes through the opening and does not bounce back toward you.
3. Before throwing the hand grenade, pull the safety.
4. Let the...
hand grenade, window entry, combat tactics, military procedure
Using a Hand Grenade to Enter Through a Doorway
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. The least desirable method of entering a building is through a doorway.
2. The enemy will expect you to enter this way; check for booby traps before entering.
3. Allow a hand grenade to cook off for about 2 seconds, and...
hand grenade, doorway entry, combat tactics, military procedure
Defending Against Two Opponents When Outnumbered
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Remain Standing:
• Defeating two opponents simultaneously is very difficult.
• When outnumbered, you should usually try to remain standing—mobility is critical to an effective defense or escape.
• It is very important not to expose your back.
-...
one against two, combat tactics, defense, survival, mobility
Defensive Positioning on the Ground When Outnumbered
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Defense on the Ground:
• If you should lose your footing or be taken to the ground, you must protect your back.
• Your best defense is to move into a corner or against a wall.
• Use a modified guard, so that your legs are not exposed, to limit...
ground defense, combat tactics, survival, positioning
Fighting Two Against Three Opponents
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Maneuver to the Flanks:
• When fighting two against three, you should maneuver to the flanks either together or separately.

a. Together:
• If you can get to one flank together, with the help of restrictive terrain if possible, use strikes...
two against three, combat tactics, survival, teamwork
Principles of Angles of Attack with Weapons of Opportunity
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Understand and apply effective angles of attack when using weapons of opportunity.

Procedure:
1. Recognize the six primary angles from which an attack can be launched:
- Vertical strike: Coming straight down on an...
angles of attack, combat tactics, weapon techniques, self-defense angles
Use Cover During Enemy Engagement
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• When the enemy is approaching, do not stand up.
• Kneel down, lie down, or hide behind a tree for protection.
cover usage, combat tactics, ranger survival

Military Procedures (10)

React to Contact Battle Drill
Critical Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: React to enemy fire by taking cover, engaging the enemy, and maintaining communication with leaders and teammates.

Steps:
1. Assume Covered Positions: Soldiers immediately take the nearest covered position upon receiving fire...
battle drill, react to contact, military tactics, enemy fire, covered positions, suppressive fire, COA, indirect fires
At Ease and Rest with Skis Mounted Procedure
Reference Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Title: At Ease and Rest with Skis Mounted Procedure

Procedure:
1. When mounted on skis, at the command *AT EASE*, leave the right ski in place.
2. At the command *REST*, both skis may be moved as needed.
at ease, rest, military procedure, cold weather manual, skiing technique
Dismount Skis Procedure
Reference Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Title: Dismount Skis Procedure

Procedure:
1. At the command *DISMOUNT SKIS*, reverse the movements of Mount Skis.
2. Assume the position of Order Skis.
dismount skis, military procedure, cold weather manual, skiing technique
Executing Ski Interval
Reference Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Maneuvers on skis are done at ski interval.

Steps:
1. If skis are already mounted, each individual takes the ski interval when falling in, unless otherwise specified.
2. The ski interval is approximately 3 meters (9 feet) and is measured by...
ski interval,military procedure,formation
Executing a Right or Left Face While Mounted on Skis
Reference Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
When mounted on skis, this movement is executed in four counts.

Steps:
1. At the command RIGHT FACE, raise the right ski slightly and rotate it 45° to the right using its heel as a pivot.
2. Move the left ski alongside the right ski.
3....
right face,left face,military procedure,ski movement
Executing an About Face While Mounted on Skis
Reference Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
This movement is executed in four counts.

Steps:
1. At the command ABOUT FACE, execute a series of movements to turn 180° while mounted on skis.
2. The exact steps are not detailed in this excerpt, but the procedure follows standard...
about face,military procedure,ski movement
Mount Skis Procedure
Reference Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Title: Mount Skis Procedure

Procedure:
1. At the command *MOUNT SKIS*, execute the first three movements of Ground Skis.
2. (FOUR) Straddle the skis.
3. (FIVE) Separate the skis, place them on the ground, and secure the boots to the...
mount skis, military procedure, cold weather manual, skiing technique
Rendering a Hand Salute While Mounted on Skis
Reference Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
When mounted on skis, the hand salute is rendered the same as prescribed in FM 22-5.

Steps:
1. If time permits, remove the right hand from the wrist strap.
2. If time does not permit, allow the pole to hang from the wrist by the strap until...
salute,ski,military procedure,hand salute
Stack Equipment Procedure
Reference Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Title: Stack Equipment Procedure

Procedure:
1. With skis stacked, at the command *STACK EQUIPMENT*, hang the pack over the heels of the skis by both shoulder straps with the body of the pack to the right of the individual as he faces to the...
stack equipment, military procedure, cold weather manual, load carrying
Take Equipment Procedure
Reference Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Title: Take Equipment Procedure

Procedure:
1. At the command *TAKE EQUIPMENT*, remove the rifle, pack, and any additional equipment from the skis.
2. Resume a position of attention beside the skis.
take equipment, military procedure, cold weather manual, load carrying

Command And Control (10)

Assign Tasks to Combat Support Units in a Warning Order
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Combat Support Tasks:
- See paragraph 3b of the RHB for guidance on assigning tasks to combat support units.
2. Coordinating Instructions:
- Include any information available at that time, such as:
- Uniform and...
combat support units,tasks,assigning tasks,warning order
Brief on the Execution in a Warning Order (WARNO)
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Concept of Operation: Provide as much information as available.
- Describe the form of maneuver or defensive technique.
- Identify critical events, decisive points, and why they are decisive.
- State the task and...
execution briefing, war warning order, tactical instruction
Conduct a Squad-Level Warning Order (WARNO)
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Roll Call and Equipment Check:
- Conduct roll call with the following items:
- Pencil/pen/paper
- Ranger Handbook (RHB)
- Map
- Protractor
- Leader’s monitor
- Task-organize units.
2....
squad-level warning order,WARNO example,Ranger Handbook
Develop the Concept of Operation in a Warning Order
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Concept Description:
- Provide as much information as available.
2. Operational Form:
- Describe the form of maneuver or defensive technique, critical events, decisive point of the operation and why it is decisive,...
concept of operation,warning order
Include Attachments and Detachments in a Warning Order
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Initial Task Organization:
- Address major unit changes only.
2. Map Orientation:
- Orient relative to each point on the compass.
3. Area of Operations (AO):
- Box in the entire AO with grid lines.
4. **Zone...
attachments detachments,map orientation,zone boundaries,feature identification
Include Command and Signal Information in a Warning Order
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Chain of Command:
- State the chain of command if different from unit SOP.
2. Signal Guidance:
- Identify current SOI edition, and pre-position signal assets to support operation.
3. Preparation Tasks:
- Give...
chain of command,signal guidance,OPORD preparation,warning order
Include Service Support Information in a Warning Order
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Special Equipment:
- Identify requirements and any coordination measures the unit needs to take to transfer special equipment.
- State the equipment you will use, need, or want for the mission.
2. Transportation:
...
service support,warning order,equipment,transportation
Prepare the Situation Section of a Warning Order
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Enemy Forces:
- Include significant changes in enemy composition, dispositions, and courses of action.
- If information is not available for inclusion in the initial WARNO, it can be included in subsequent warning...
enemy forces,friendly forces,higher commander mission,warning order
State the Mission in a Warning Order
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Mission Statement:
- State mission twice (who, what, when, where, and why) and concisely state task and purpose.
2. Clarity and Conciseness:
- Ensure the mission is clearly understood by all personnel involved.
mission statement,warning order
Organize and Control Patrol CP
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Duties of the Platoon Sergeant (PSG):

• Organizes and controls the patrol CP IAW the unit SOP, patrol leader’s guidance, and METT-TC factors.

Key Actions:
• Follow established Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for control of the Patrol...
platoon sergeant,duty,control,cp,mett-tc

Rifle Maintenance (10)

Assemble the Carbine
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Assemble the Carbine

Follow these steps to assemble the carbine:

1. Install the buttstock assembly: Align the buttstock assembly with the lower receiver extension; pull downward on the lock release lever near the retaining pin, and slide...
assemble,carbine,rifle,maintenance
Inspect Rifle Components for Damage
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Inspect Rifle Components for Damage

Follow these steps to inspect rifle components:

1. Check the bolt carrier for chips, burrs, and cracks.
2. Check the bolt for cracks or fractures, especially in the cam pin hole area. Bolts that...
inspect,rifle,components,damage,bolt,cam pin,firing pin,extractor
Apply Lubricant to Specific Components
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Apply Lubricant to Specific Components

Follow these steps:

1. Place one drop of CLP in the carrier key.
2. Apply a light coat of CLP on the firing pin and firing pin recess in the bolt.
3. **Generously lube the outside of the bolt...
lubricate,components,rifle,CLP,firing pin,bolt
Lubricate the Carbine
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Lubricate the Carbine

Note: Under all but the coldest arctic conditions, CLP is the lubricant to use on the carbine. Between +10 degrees Fahrenheit and -10 degrees Fahrenheit, use either CLP or LAW. For -35 degrees Fahrenheit or lower, use...
lubricate,carbine,CLP,LAW,rifle,maintenance
Cleaning the Bolt Carrier Group with Swabs and Maintenance Equipment
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Cleaning the Bolt Carrier Group with Swabs and Maintenance Equipment

1. Clean the bolt carrier group, wiping the following parts with swabs and other parts from the small-arms maintenance equipment case (refer to figure...
cleaning,bolt,carrier,group,maintenance
Cleaning the Rifle According to Lubrication Instructions
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Cleaning the Rifle According to Lubrication Instructions

1. Clean the rifle by removing carbon buildup and lubricating according to lubrication instructions.
2. Ensure you remove any excessive oil from the bore before firing.
3....
cleaning,rifle,lubrication,instructions
Disassembling the Extractor and Spring from a Rifle
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Disassembling the Extractor and Spring from a Rifle

1. Press the top of the extractor to check the spring function.
2. Release the buffer by pressing the buffer and depressing the retainer.
3. Remove the buffer and action spring,...
disassembling,rifle,extractor,spring,maintenance
Lightly Lubricating Specific Rifle Parts with CLP
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Lightly Lubricating Specific Rifle Parts with CLP

1. Lightly lubricate the following rifle parts using CLP (refer to figure 071-311-2025-22):
- Lugs in the barrel extension, bore, and chamber.
- Bolt carrier.
- Slide cam...
lubricating,rifle,parts,CLP
Inspect Rifle Components for Damage and Functionality
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

Follow these steps to inspect rifle components for damage and functionality:

1. Check the backplate latch: Ensure it locks the buffer assembly securely.
2. Check the buffer plug: Ensure it sticks out through the backplate...
rifle inspection,bolt assembly,trigger housing,safety check,buffer assembly,feed lever,cocking handle,ejection port
Lubricate the Carbine Based on Temperature Conditions
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

Note: Lubrication guidelines depend on temperature:
• Above -10°F: Use CLP.
• Between -10°F and -35°F: Use either CLP or LAW.
• Below -35°F: Use only LAW.

Definitions:
• Lightly lube: Apply a...
lubricate,carbine,temperature,CLP,LAW,lube guidelines

Rope Techniques (9)

Perform a Body Rappel
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure for Performing a Body Rappel

A body rappel is similar to a hasty rappel but involves wrapping the rope around the body for added control.

1. Ensure that the anchor point is secure, stable, and rated to support the weight of the...
body rappel, rappelling techniques, tactical
Perform a Seat-Hip Rappel Using a Mechanical Descender
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure for Performing a Seat-Hip Rappel Using a Mechanical Descender

This method provides a faster and more controlled descent than other methods.

1. Ensure that the anchor point is secure, stable, and rated to support the weight of the...
seat-hip rappel, mechanical descender, tactical
Select a Rappel Site
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure for Selecting a Rappel Site

Choosing the right site is critical to ensure safety and effectiveness during rappelling operations.

1. Consider factors such as mission requirements, cover, route, anchor points, and edge composition...
rappel site selection, tactical, rope techniques
Anchor Traverse Rope to A-FRAME
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure for Anchoring the Traverse Rope to the A-FRAME

This procedure is used to secure a traverse rope to an A-frame structure. Ensure that all equipment is properly inspected and in good working condition before beginning.

1. Position the...
anchor, traverse rope, A-FRAME, rope techniques, tactical
Carry Rope for Use on a Suspension Traverse
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure for Carrying Rope for Use on a Suspension Traverse

This procedure ensures that the rope is properly carried and prepared for use on a suspension traverse.

1. Ensure the rope is fully extended and free of tangles or knots before...
carry rope, suspension traverse, rope techniques, tactical
Construct a Hauling Line for Rope Bridge Use
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Purpose: To construct a hauling line for moving rucksacks or casualties across a rope bridge.

Materials Required:
• Additional rope
• Carabiners
• Figure-eight slip knot
• Anchors on both near and far sides of the rope bridge

Steps:
1....
hauling line, rope bridge, figure-eight slip knot, carabiner, rucksack, casualty movement
Create a Pre-Equalized Anchor
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Procedure:

1. Identify multiple anchor points on the rock face or structure.
2. Connect all anchor points using a rope or sling system that distributes the load equally to each individual point.
3. Tie an overhand or figure-eight knot in the...
pre-equalized anchor, rope techniques, mountaineering, anchor points
Dismantle a Rope Bridge Using the Dry Method
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Purpose: To dismantle a rope bridge using the dry method after all but two troops have crossed.

Materials Required:
• Transport knot
• Fixed loop
• Carabiner
• Rappel seat or harness
• Three-man pull team

Steps:
1. The **bridge team...
dismantle rope bridge, dry method, transport knot, Tyrolean traverse, fixed loop
Retrieving the One Rope Bridge
Standard Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure for Retrieving a One Rope Bridge

Steps:
1. Before the bridge NCO sends the last Marine to cross, they must make the bridge retrievable.
2. Break down the mechanical advantage, ensuring the braking knot is set before doing so....
one rope bridge, retrieving bridge, mechanical advantage, braking knot, slip figure 8, thumb knot, swammi wrap, safety line, tree wrap, tactical rope techniques

Communications (9)

Disseminate Info Before Moving
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Critical Task: Disseminate information before moving to ensure that all personnel are informed of the current situation, mission updates, and any changes in the plan. This enhances situational awareness and coordination among units.
disseminate info, tactical communication, information sharing
Establish and Maintain Tactical Radio Nets in Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Prioritize command radio nets:
- Establish command radio nets first and ensure their maintenance throughout the tactical operation.

2. Set up rebroadcast or relay stations:
- When a unit moves out of ground range of...
radio nets,tactical operations,northern conditions,air-ground communication,loss-of-contact drills
Select and Use a Means of Communication for Transmitting Information
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Select a means of communication based on the situation:
- Radio: Fast and mobile but less secure.
- Wire: More secure than radio, but requires more time, personnel, and equipment to install and is subject to...
radio communication, wire communication, messenger reporting, jamming response, MIJI report
Use VHF/UHF Radio Relay Equipment for Mobile Task Forces
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Select appropriate equipment:
- Use VHF (very high frequency) or UHF (ultra-high frequency) radio relay equipment mounted on small tracked vehicles to provide reliable communication for mobile task forces at the unit...
VHF,UHF,radio relay,mobile task forces,tracked vehicles
Inform FIST Headquarters of Platoon Activities and Fire Support Situation
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• Inform the FIST headquarters of platoon activities and of the fire support situation.

Details:

• This task is performed during execution to ensure coordination with higher headquarters.
• Information should include current...
FIST headquarters, fire support, tactical communication
Maintain Communications as Prescribed by the FSO
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• Maintain communications as prescribed by the FSO (Fire Support Officer).

Details:

• This task ensures that all communication protocols are followed to maintain coordination with fire support units.
• The individual must be...
FSO, communications protocol, tactical coordination
Operate as a Team with the Radio Operator
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• Operate as a team with the radio operator.

Details:

• This task ensures effective communication between units and higher headquarters.
• The individual must coordinate closely with the radio operator to ensure that all...
radio operator, team coordination, tactical communication
Verify Communications Plan and Equipment Readiness
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Ensure that a communications plan is in place. Determine where the communications equipment will be located and confirm that all equipment has been serviced and is ready for use.
communications plan, equipment readiness
Signal with Flags in Poor Visibility
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure: Signal with Flags in Poor Visibility

Steps:
1. Use colored chemical lights or flashlights with colored filters as substitutes for flags.
2. Assign the following meanings to colors:
- Red—danger or enemy in sight.
-...
flag signals, poor visibility, military communication

Obstacle Negotiation (9)

Cross Barbed Wire Obstacles Safely
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Crossing Barbed Wire Obstacles Safely

### Steps:

1. Check for booby traps or early warning devices:
- Look carefully for any signs of booby traps or early warning devices attached to the barbed wire.

2. **Use a grappling...
barbed wire, obstacle crossing, booby traps, early warning devices, tactical movement
Cross Exposed Danger Areas Safely
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Crossing Exposed Danger Areas Safely

### Steps:

1. Select a crossing point:
- Choose a point at or near a bend in the road, trail, or stream.
- If possible, select a bend that has cover and concealment on both sides to...
exposed danger areas, road crossing, stream crossing, tactical movement
Cross Walls Safely
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Crossing Walls Safely

### Steps:

1. Roll over the top of the wall:
- Quickly roll over the top of the wall to minimize exposure and reduce the chance of being targeted.

2. Avoid standing upright while crossing:
-...
wall crossing, tactical movement, obstacle negotiation
Move Rapidly Across Exposed Area and Take Cover
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Moving Across an Exposed Area and Taking Cover:

Steps:
1. Move rapidly but quietly across the exposed area.
2. Take cover on the other side of the obstacle or danger zone.
3. Check the area around you to ensure it is safe...
move rapidly, take cover, exposed area, obstacle negotiation, tactical movement
Use Smoke to Cover Movement Over Obstacles
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Using Smoke to Cover Movement Over Obstacles

### Steps:

1. Deploy smoke grenade:
- Throw a smoke grenade in the direction of the obstacle to create a smokescreen.

2. Use the smoke cover to advance:
- Use the smoke...
smoke grenade, obstacle crossing, concealment
Covering Movement with Smoke When Crossing Obstacles
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Cover your advance with smoke when crossing an obstacle to obscure your movement from enemy observation.
2. Use a smoke grenade or other available means of creating a smoke screen for concealment.
3. **Ensure the smoke is...
smoke, obstacle crossing, tactical, concealment
Crossing Barbed Wire Obstacles
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Approach the barbed wire obstacle with caution, ensuring you have a clear path and are prepared for potential injuries.
2. Use appropriate tools such as wire cutters or grappling hooks to safely navigate through the...
barbed wire, obstacle crossing, tactical, navigation
Ensuring Buddy Coverage When Crossing Obstacles
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Ensure your buddy is covering you when crossing obstacles that are likely protected by enemy fire or observation.
2. Communicate with your buddy using hand signals to coordinate movement and fire support.
3. **Maintain...
buddy system, obstacle crossing, tactical, communication
Techniques de Campagne - Franchissement des Barrières en Bois
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procédure:

1. Pour franchir les barrières et clôtures en bois, utiliser ces méthodes (dans l'ordre de priorité) :
- Ramper par-dessous la barrière.
2. Si nécessaire, coucher sur le barbelé pour le rabattre pendant que d'autres passent...
franchissement barrières, barbelés, tactique de passage

Room Clearing (9)

Clearing a Room with an Assault Team
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. On the signal to go, or after the grenade detonates, the assault team moves through the entry point and quickly takes up positions inside the room that allow it to completely dominate the room and eliminate the threat.
2. Unless...
clearing, room, assault team, tactical procedures, military operations
Clearing a Room with an Assault Team Using Fragmentation or Concussion Grenades
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Assess the situation: Leaders must determine if using fragmentation or concussion grenades is effective compared to the risk of harm to friendly troops, especially in structures that may be compromised by previous explosive...
fragmentation grenade, concussion grenade, room clearing, assault team, tactical procedure
First Man Entry and Movement in a Room Clearance
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Entry point: The first man (rifleman) enters the room and eliminates the immediate threat.
2. Path of least resistance: He has the option of going left or right, normally moving along the path of least resistance to one of...
first man entry, room clearance, tactical procedure
Fourth Man (SAW Gunner) Entry and Movement in a Room Clearance
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Entry direction: The fourth man (normally the SAW gunner) moves opposite of the third man, clears the doorway by at least 1 meter, and moves to a position that dominates his sector.
2. Sector domination: This position...
saw gunner entry, room clearance, tactical procedure
Modifying Entry Techniques for Room Clearance
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Adjusting based on situations: Although this battle drill is effective, leaders might have to modify it for the situation. Some reasons and methods for modifying the technique are shown in Table 6-1.
2. **Table of...
modifying entry techniques, room clearance, tactical procedure
Points of Domination and Sectors of Fire in Room Clearance
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Avoiding dead space: Points of domination should not be in front of doors or windows so team members are not silhouetted to the outside of the room (Figure 6-10).
2. No movement masking fire: No movement should mask the...
points of domination, room clearance, tactical procedure
Second Man (Team Leader) Entry and Movement in a Room Clearance
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Entry timing: The second man (normally the team leader), entering almost simultaneously with the first, moves in the opposite direction, following the wall.
2. Clearing responsibilities: He must clear the entry point,...
team leader entry, room clearance, tactical procedure
Team Member Sectors of Fire and Movement in a Room Clearance
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. #1 and #2 men: Initially concerned with the area directly to their front, then along the wall on either side of the door or entry point. This is their primary sector of fire.
2. Alternate sectors of fire: Their alternate...
sector of fire, room clearance, tactical procedure, movement technique
Weapon Malfunction Handling in Room Clearance
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Immediate decision: If at any point a team member experiences a weapon malfunction in the presence of enemy combatants, he has to make an immediate decision.
2. Enemy not in immediate danger distance: If the enemy is...
weapon malfunction, room clearance, tactical procedure

Vehicle Identification (9)

Identify a Bus
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Inspect the commercial vehicle.
2. Look for visual characteristics specific to a bus (see figure 191-376-5141-13).
3. Confirm identification based on the provided reference image.

Notes:
• This procedure is part of a larger...
bus, vehicle identification, commercial vehicle, military training
Identify a Closed Hopper Vessel
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Inspect the commercial vehicle.
2. Look for visual characteristics specific to a closed hopper vessel (see figure 191-376-5141-4).
3. Confirm identification based on the provided reference image.

Notes:
• This procedure is...
closed hopper vessel, vehicle identification, commercial vehicle, military training
Identify a Concrete Truck or Mixer
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Inspect the commercial vehicle.
2. Look for visual characteristics specific to a concrete truck or mixer (see figure 191-376-5141-14).
3. Confirm identification based on the provided reference image.

Notes:
• This procedure...
concrete truck mixer, vehicle identification, commercial vehicle, military training
Identify a Garbage Truck (Permanent Bed)
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Inspect the commercial vehicle.
2. Look for visual characteristics specific to a garbage truck with a permanent bed (see figure 191-376-5141-11).
3. Confirm identification based on the provided reference image.

Notes:
• This...
garbage truck permanent bed, vehicle identification, commercial vehicle, military training
Identify a Hot-Liquid Asphalt Tanker
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Inspect the commercial vehicle.
2. Look for visual characteristics specific to a hot-liquid asphalt tanker (see figure 191-376-5141-3).
3. Confirm identification based on the provided reference image.

Notes:
• This procedure...
hot-liquid asphalt tanker, vehicle identification, commercial vehicle, military training
Identify a Propane Tanker
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Inspect the commercial vehicle.
2. Look for visual characteristics specific to a propane tanker (see figure 191-376-5141-7).
3. Confirm identification based on the provided reference image.

Notes:
• This procedure is part of...
propane tanker, vehicle identification, commercial vehicle, military training
Identify a Refrigeration Trailer
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Inspect the commercial vehicle.
2. Look for visual characteristics specific to a refrigeration trailer (see figure 191-376-5141-10).
3. Confirm identification based on the provided reference image.

Notes:
• This procedure is...
refrigeration trailer, vehicle identification, commercial vehicle, military training
Identify a Semivan Trailer, Straight-Box Truck, or Step Van
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Inspect the commercial vehicle.
2. Look for visual characteristics specific to a semivan trailer, straight-box truck, or step van (see figure 191-376-5141-9).
3. Confirm identification based on the provided reference...
semivan trailer, straight-box truck, step van, vehicle identification, commercial vehicle, military training
Identify a Septic Service Truck
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Inspect the commercial vehicle.
2. Look for visual characteristics specific to a septic service truck (see figure 191-376-5141-8).
3. Confirm identification based on the provided reference image.

Notes:
• This procedure is...
septic service truck, vehicle identification, commercial vehicle, military training

Games And Activities (9)

Conduct Mountain Scouting Game
Reference Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Mountain Scouting is a game played by groups in mountainous areas. The procedure involves:

1. Preparation: At daybreak, three hares are sent out to hide themselves around the mountains.
2. Search Party: After breakfast, a group of...
mountain scouting,game,hunt,field glasses,bounds
Perform Knight Errantry
Reference Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Knight Errantry is a Scout activity that involves helping others and reporting on good deeds. The procedure includes:

1. Scout Deployment: Scouts go out singly, in pairs, or as a patrol.
2. Urban Assistance: In towns, Scouts seek out...
knight errantry,good turn,helping others,competition
Stage an Unprepared Play
Reference Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Unprepared Plays is a method to develop imagination and expression through spontaneous acting. The procedure involves:

1. Plot Assignment: Provide the players with a short, simple play plot.
2. Role Distribution: Assign each player...
unprepared plays,imagination,expression,acting,spontaneous
How to Play Badger-Pulling
Reference Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Badger-Pulling is a contest where the two contestants, on hands and knees, face each other.

A strong belt or strap is buckled into one great loop that passes round the head of each: that is, crosses his nape. Half-way between them is a dead...
badger pulling, boy scouts, game rules, strength contest
How to Play Cock-Fighting
Reference Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Cock-Fighting is a game where two stout sticks, each two feet long (broomsticks will do), are used. Pad each of these on the end with a ball of rag. These are the spurs. Make an eight-foot ring.

The two rivals are on their hunkers, each with a...
cock fighting, boy scouts, game rules, stick fight
How to Play Feather Football or Feather Blow
Reference Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Feather Football or Feather Blow is an in-door, wet-weather game.

The players hold a blanket on the knees or on the table. A soft feather is put in the middle. As many may play as can get near. They may be in sides, two or four or each for...
feather football, feather blow, indoor games, boy scouts
How to Play Hand-Wrestling
Reference Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Hand-Wrestling is a jiujitsu game introduced by Dr. L. H. Gulick. The two contestants stand right toe to right toe, each right hand clasped, left feet braced, left hand free. At the word, "Go!" each tries to unbalance the other: that is, make...
hand wrestling, jiujitsu game, boy scouts, combat sport
How to Play Poison
Reference Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Poison is an ancient game where a circle about three feet across is drawn on the ground. The players, holding hands, make a ring around this, and try to make one of the number step into the poison circle. He can evade it by side-stepping, by...
poison game, boy scouts, circle game, ancient games
How to Play Spear Fights
Reference Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Spear Fights is an in-door game with out-door weapons. The soft-headed, eight foot spears of the tilting-match are used. The contestants stand on barrels eight feet apart. Each tries to put the other off his barrel. It is well to have a catcher...
spear fights, game rules, boy scouts, indoor games

Knots Rope (8)

Proper Knot Tying for Suture Closure
Standard Source: Medical Survival Wound Closure Manual
Procedure:

1. Understand the importance of knot security:
- Each knot placed for tissue approximation or vessel ligation must be tied with precision and hold under proper tension.
- Knots must be secure to prevent slippage, especially...
knot tying,sutures,tissue approximation,vessel ligation,knot security,monofilament,multifilament,friction,package memory
Avoid Tying a Granny Knot
Reference Source: Tying Farm Knots
Avoid Tying a Granny Knot

The granny knot is an undesirable knot with no useful purpose. It is often mistakenly tied when someone intends to tie a square knot.

1. The granny knot is larger and less strong than the square knot.
2. It is...
granny knot, incorrect knots, rope mistakes, farm knots
Tie a Bowline Knot
Reference Source: Tying Farm Knots
Tie a Bowline Knot

The bowline knot is the preferred knot when tying a rope around any part of an animal’s body because it won’t slip and tighten around the animal, and it is relatively easy to untie.

1. Create a loop in the rope where the...
bowline knot, animal restraint, farm knots, rope tying
Tie a Honda Knot
Reference Source: Tying Farm Knots
Tie a Honda Knot

The honda knot is one overhand knot inserted into another. It creates a nonslip loop, similar to the bowline knot.

1. Start by tying an overhand knot in the rope.
2. Insert the free end of the rope through the loop...
honda knot, nonslip loop, farm knots, rope tying
Tie a Quick Release Knot
Reference Source: Tying Farm Knots
Tie a Quick Release Knot

The quick release knot is frequently used when tying a haltered animal to a post or fence. It can be released very quickly should the need arise, although it may tighten up to the point where the bow is hard to pull...
quick release knot, animal restraint, farm knots, rope tying
Tie a Ring Knot
Reference Source: Tying Farm Knots
Tie a Ring Knot

The ring knot is used to fasten a ring to a rope or can be quickly formed and dropped over or tied to a post.

1. Make a bight in the rope, grasping the two strands with one hand.
2. Pull the bight over your hand, forming a...
ring knot, fastening rings, farm knots, rope tying
Tie a Square Knot
Reference Source: Tying Farm Knots
Tie a Square Knot

A square knot is two overhand knots tied one after the other. The sequence must be correct:

1. Right over left, then left over right as you tie the overhand knots.
2. Alternatively, left over right, then **right...
square knot, tying knots, rope knots, farm knots, overhand knots
Tie a Surgeon’s Knot
Reference Source: Tying Farm Knots
Tie a Surgeon’s Knot

The surgeon’s knot is a variation of the square knot with an advantage: the first overhand knot holds while the second is being tied.

1. Start by making the first overhand knot, but wrap the rope around 2 or 3 times...
surgeon's knot, under tension knots, farm knots, rope tying

Equipment Maintenance (8)

Attach Canister Carrier Cover to Carrier
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Attaching the Canister Carrier Cover to the Carrier

Steps:
1. Position the canister carrier cover on the canister carrier.
2. Press in on the canister carrier cover while rotating it clockwise.

Important Notes:
-...
canister carrier cover,attachment procedure,equipment maintenance
Attach Canister to Hose
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Attaching a Canister to the Hose

Steps:
1. Position the hose on the canister.
2. Tighten the canister by screwing it clockwise into the hose while holding the hose securely.

Important Notes:
• Ensure that the...
canister attachment,hose connection,gasket check,air seal
Care and Maintenance of a Carabiner
Standard Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

1. Avoid dropping the carabiner onto hard surfaces to prevent hairline fractures.
2. Keep the carabiner off the bare ground to avoid dirt and grit entering working parts.
3. If the carabiner has fallen from a significant height,...
carabiner maintenance, climbing gear care, equipment serviceability
Replace Canister on M42 Protective Mask
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Replacing a Canister on an M42 Protective Mask

Steps:
1. Remove the canister carrier cover by pressing in and rotating it counterclockwise.
2. Remove the canister by unscrewing it counterclockwise from the hose and...
canister replacement,M42 mask,hose connection,gasket check,equipment maintenance
Serviceability Checks for a Carabiner
Standard Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

1. Ensure the gate snaps shut with no friction, and there is no gap between the locking pin and locking notch.
2. Check that there is no excessive side-to-side movement of the gate.
3. Confirm that the **pivot pin is...
carabiner inspection, climbing gear serviceability, equipment safety check
Identify Parts of a Locking Carabiner
Standard Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

1. Identify the gate, which is the movable part that opens and closes.
2. Locate the gate pivot pin, which allows the gate to rotate.
3. Identify the locking notch, where the locking mechanism engages.
4. Recognize the...
carabiner parts, locking carabiner, climbing gear identification
Remove the Ogive Plunger
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Pull the ogive plunger out from its position.

Note: This step is part of disassembling a specific device, likely related to military or tactical equipment.
ogive plunger, removal
Remove the Round Positioning Block
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Remove the round positioning block from its position.

Note: This step is part of disassembling a specific device, likely related to military or tactical equipment.
round positioning block, removal

Movement Techniques (8)

Implement Movement Techniques Based on METT-TC Analysis
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Ensure effective and secure unit movement by selecting the appropriate technique based on METT-TC analysis.

Procedure:
1. Understand the three basic movement techniques:
- Traveling: Used when speed is not a priority,...
movement technique,METT-TC analysis,traveling overwatch,bounding overwatch,tactical security,dispersion
Apply Movement Techniques Based on Enemy Contact Likelihood and Speed Requirements
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: Traverse terrain effectively using the appropriate movement technique based on enemy contact likelihood and speed requirements.

Procedure:
1. Select one of the following movement techniques based on METT-TC analysis:
-...
movement technique, traveling, overwatch, security, METT-TC, leadership
Bounding Overwatch Technique
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Purpose: Used when enemy contact is likely or when crossing a danger area.

Procedure:
1. Maintain a distance of about 20 meters between individuals.
2. The squad or platoon has two elements:
- Bounding element: Moves forward...
bounding overwatch technique, enemy contact likely, danger area, squad movement
Techniques de Campagne - Marche Silencieuse
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procédure:

1. Tenir l'arme de façon à être prêt à l'utiliser.
2. Maintenir la tête haute, rester en état d'alerte, et continuer à observer l'environnement.
3. Pour marcher sans bruit sur un sol dur :
- Poser le bord de la semelle...
marche silencieuse, technique de déplacement, sol dur
Crawling on the Stomach Technique
Standard Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procedure for Crawling on the Stomach:

1. Positioning: Lie down on your stomach.
2. Check the Ground: Use your right hand to ensure the ground in front of you is free from branches, dry leaves, and tripwires.
3. Support Yourself:...
crawling on stomach, military movement, stealth technique, tactical movement
La Marche du Chaton - Déplacement sur les mains et genoux
Standard Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procédure:

1. Se déplacer sur les mains et les genoux pour se mouvoir discrètement.
2. Cette technique est utile lorsqu'on doit avancer derrière un couvert d'environ soixante centimètres de hauteur.
3. Garder le corps bas, les talons, la...
marche du chaton, déplacement tactique, couvert bas, mouvement silencieux
Performing the Kitten Crawl
Standard Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Kitten Crawl: A low-profile crawling technique for moving behind cover:

1. Assume a position on hands and knees, keeping your body as close to the ground as possible.
2. If silence is required, choose a safe place without twigs or debris where...
kitten crawl,movement techniques,tactical,fieldcraft,military
Traveling Overwatch Technique
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Purpose: The basic movement technique used when enemy contact is possible.

Procedure:
1. Maintain a distance of about 20 meters between individuals and 50 meters between teams.
2. In platoon traveling overwatch:
- The lead squad...
traveling overwatch technique, enemy contact possible, platoon movement, squad distance

Movement Concealment (8)

Conduct Brief Stops During Movement
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Minimize detection during short stops by using concealment techniques.

Procedure:
1. Quickly disperse vehicles under tree crowns or other natural cover along the sides of the road during brief stops.
2. Enforce strict CCD...
brief stops, vehicle dispersion, CCD discipline, glare control, long halt areas
Conduct Infiltration Movement During Good Visibility
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Minimize detection during good visibility by using infiltration tactics.

Procedure:
1. Use infiltration techniques (single or small groups of vehicles released at different intervals) to avoid mass exposure.
2. Move in stages,...
infiltration movement, smoke screens, natural screens, visibility reduction
Conduct Night or Limited Visibility Movement
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Move troops, supplies, and equipment under darkness to exploit concealment.

Procedure:
1. Select routes that maximize terrain screening properties.
2. Combine the use of darkness with natural terrain features for concealment.
3....
night movement, limited visibility, concealment, terrain screening, blackout devices
Enforce Blackout Requirements During Convoy Marches
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Ensure strict adherence to blackout requirements during convoy operations.

Procedure:
1. Convoy commanders must enforce blackout requirements and the order of march.
2. Inspect each vehicle's blackout devices for proper operation...
convoy blackout, march order, lighting conditions, SOPs, OPORDs
Enforce Convoy CCD Discipline by Traffic Controllers
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Ensure strict enforcement of convoy camouflage, concealment, and deception (CCD) discipline.

Procedure:
1. Issue precise instructions to traffic controllers for stopping passing vehicles and correcting any violations of CCD...
traffic controllers, CCD enforcement, convoy discipline, violation correction
Navigate Enemy Reconnaissance Sectors During Marches
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Minimize detection by enemy aerial reconnaissance during movement.

Procedure:
1. Identify open and barely passable route sectors that are likely targets for enemy aerial recon.
2. Pass through these sectors at the highest...
enemy recon sectors, vehicle concealment, movement speed, obstacle delays
Pass Through Friendly Obstacles Under Poor Visibility Conditions
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Pass through friendly obstacles while minimizing detection by enemy sensors.

Procedure:
1. Conduct passage through friendly obstacles during night, fog, or other conditions of poor visibility.
2. Use smoke screens to obscure...
friendly obstacles, smoke screens, poor visibility, passage deception
Reduce Movement Signatures to Avoid Enemy Attention
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
To reduce the likelihood of being detected by an enemy:

1. Minimize movement as much as possible.
2. In operations that inherently involve movement (e.g., offensive operations), plan and manage movement with discipline to reduce signatures...
movement signatures, enemy detection, disciplined movement, noise reduction

Operations Planning (8)

Operations Order (OPORD) Format and Issuance
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
### Operations Order (OPORD) Format and Issuance

An operations order (OPORD) is a directive issued by a leader to his subordinates in order to effect the coordinated execution of a specific operation. A five-paragraph format is used to organize the...
opord,operations order,ranger handbook
Analyze Terrain Using OAKOC Format in an Operations Order
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Make a statement about the effects of terrain on both friendly and enemy forces within the area of operation.
2. Use the OAKOC format to analyze terrain:
- Obstacles: Identify natural or man-made obstacles that may...
terrain analysis, oakoc format, operations order, tactical planning
Describe Task Organization in an Operations Order
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Allocate forces to support the commander's concept of operations.
2. Present task organization either:
- In a paragraph preceding the first paragraph of the main body, or
- In an annex if the task organization is long...
task organization, operations order, tactical planning
Format an Operations Order with Code Name and Numbering
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Steps to Format an Operations Order:

1. Assign a code name to the plan or order.
2. Number the order consecutively within a calendar year.
3. Include a list of references in the heading, such as:
- Maps: specify by map series number...
operations order,code name,numbering,map series,datum,references
Include Terrain Information Using OAKOC Format in Operations Order
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Steps to Include Terrain Information:

1. Make a statement about the effects of terrain on both friendly and enemy forces within the area of operation.
2. Use the OAKOC format (Observation and Fields of Fire, Avenues of Approach, Key...
terrain analysis,OAKOC format,friendly forces,enemies
Reference Maps and Charts in an Operations Order
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. List all maps, charts, datum, or other related documents needed to understand the plan or order in the heading.
2. Reference maps by:
- Map series number (and country/geographic area if required)
- Sheet number and name
...
map reference, datum, operations order, tactical planning
Include Weather and Light Data in an Operations Order
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Include weather and light data, as well as a general forecast, in the operations order.
2. Focus on information that affects the patrol's mission, including:
- Effects on friendly personnel and equipment
- Effects on...
weather data, light conditions, operations order, tactical planning
Specify Time Zone in an Operations Order
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Identify the time zone applicable to the operation.
2. Use this time zone consistently throughout the entire operations order, including annexes and appendixes.
3. If the operation spans multiple time zones, use **Zulu time...
time zone, zulu time, operations order, tactical planning

Combat Procedures (8)

Break Contact Procedure for Squad/Platoon Under Enemy Fire
Critical Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. The platoon/squad leader directs fire support for the disengagement by:
- Directing one squad/fire team in contact to support the disengagement of the remainder of the unit.
- Considering the use of indirect fires for...
break contact, enemy fire, tactical movement, suppression, smoke mission, overwatch position, disengagement, SBF position, rally point
React to Ambush (Near Ambush Within Hand-Grenade Range)
Critical Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

When encountering an ambush within hand-grenade range:

1. Immediate Fire Return: Soldiers in the kill zone return fire immediately, depending on terrain conditions.

- If cover is not available:
- Assume a prone...
ambush, near ambush, grenade, fire return, tactical response, combat drill
React to Indirect Fire (Battle Drill 8)
Critical Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Any Soldier announces, _Incoming_.
2. If the platoon/squad is moving:
a. The platoon/squad leader gives direction and distance for the platoon/squad to move to a rally point by ordering direction and distance, for example,...
indirect fire,battle drill 8,rally point,SITREP,platoon,squad,movement,emergency response
Handling Weapon Malfunctions in Combat Situations
Critical Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. If a team member experiences a weapon malfunction in the presence of enemy combatants, he has to make an immediate decision.
2. If the enemy is outside immediate danger distance from the Soldier, then the Soldier should drop to...
weapon malfunction, combat procedures, tactical response
React to Ambush (Near Ambush Scenario)
Critical Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

When encountering an ambush within hand-grenade range:

1. Immediate Fire and Positioning:
- Soldiers in the kill zone return fire immediately, depending on terrain conditions.
- If cover is not available, soldiers...
ambush, combat drill, fire and movement, grenade use, tactical response
Battle Drill 4: Knock Out Bunkers - Assault and Isolate the Target
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. The assaulting squad, with the platoon leader and his RTO, move along the covered and concealed route and take action to knock out the bunker.
- a. On the platoon leader’s signal, the support squad ceases or shifts fires to the...
assault route, fire shift, isolation of target
Battle Drill 4: Knock Out Bunkers - Initiate Contact and Establish Base of Fire
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. The platoon initiates contact.
- a. The squad in contact establishes a base of fire.
- b. The platoon leader, his RTO, platoon FO, and one machine gun team move forward to link up with the squad leader of the squad in...
battle drill, knock out bunker, base of fire, suppressive fire, smoke M203
Immediate Action for Weapon Malfunction in Close-Quarters Combat
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
When your weapon malfunctions during close-quarters combat, follow these steps:

1. Take a knee to perform immediate action, unless you are in a doorway or staircase.
2. If possible, seek cover in such situations.
3. If needed, **stand up to...
weapon malfunction, close-quarters combat, immediate action, tactical procedures, fratricide prevention

Movement Tactics (8)

Move Stealthily During Marching
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• When on the march, act as if sneaking up on a deer.
• See the enemy first to gain tactical advantage.
stealth movement, tactical awareness, ranger marching
Perform Individual Movement
High Priority Source: USMC Summer Survival Course Handbook
Procedure for Performing Individual Movement

1. Assess the terrain and environment to determine the most efficient movement technique.
2. Use a low profile stance when moving through open areas or under enemy observation.
3. **Move in a...
individual movement, tactical movement, stealth techniques
Determine Correct Individual Movement Technique
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Choose the appropriate movement technique based on terrain and situation.

Steps:
1. Select the high crawl when:
- The route provides cover and concealment.
- Poor visibility reduces enemy observation.
- Speed is...
high crawl, low crawl, rush movement, tactical technique selection
Low Crawl Technique
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Low Crawl:

1. Positioning the Body:
- Keep your body as flat as possible to the ground.
- Ensure your knees are well behind your buttocks, keeping your buttocks low.

2. Weapon Handling:
- Hold your weapon by...
low crawl, movement technique, tactical positioning, weapon handling
Rush Movement Technique
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Rush Movement:

1. Starting Position:
- Move from your firing position by rolling or crawling.
- Start from the prone position.

2. Head and Body Positioning:
- Slowly raise your head and select your next...
rush movement, tactical positioning, enemy fire avoidance, landing technique
Search Terrain for Movement Features
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Identify terrain features that provide cover, concealment, or temporary positions for movement.

Steps:
1. Search the terrain to your front for the following features:
- A gully, ravine, ditch, or wall at a slight angle to your...
terrain search, cover concealment, movement features, tactical positioning
Select Movement Position and Route
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Choose a movement position and route that minimizes exposure to enemy fire.

Steps:
1. Select your next position (and the route to it) as the one that:
- Exposes you to the least enemy fire.
- Does not require you to cross...
position selection, route planning, enemy fire avoidance
Use the High Crawl Technique
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Move using the high crawl technique to maintain cover and concealment.

Steps:
1. Keep your body off of the ground.
2. Rest your weight on your forearms and lower legs.
3. Cradle your weapon in your arms, keeping its muzzle off...
high crawl technique, weapon positioning, tactical movement

Military Formation (8)

Adjust Formation Intervals Based on Conditions
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Adjusting Formation Intervals

The distances between Soldiers in the formation should be adjusted based on terrain, visibility, and control factors. The following guidelines apply:

• Normal interval: About 10 meters during daylight.
-...
adjust formation intervals, visibility conditions, open terrain, low visibility, military spacing
Command Echelon Left Formation with Support Squad in Lateral Support (Skill Level 4)
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Ensure that the 1st squad leader commands, "Follow me," and the squad executes an echelon left (or right).
2. Ensure that the 2d and 3d squad leaders command, "Stand fast."
3. Ensure that as the 1st squad clears the column, the...
echelon formation,lateral support,military command,skill level 4
Form Fire Team File Formation
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Fire Team File Formation

This formation is used when the fire team is not using a wedge or diamond formation. It has the following characteristics:

• Provides maximum control over the team.
• Provides minimum frontage, making it...
fire team file, military formation, tight terrain movement, maximum control, minimum frontage
Give Hand-and-Arm Signals for Echelon Left/Right Formation
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Extend one arm 45 degrees above and the other 45 degrees below the horizon, arms and hands extended.
2. When facing the platoon, the upper arm indicates the direction of the echelon.
3. Use voice commands to accompany the...
hand-and-arm signals,echelon formation,military tactics
Move as a Member of a Fire Team
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Procedure: Move as a Member of a Fire Team

Conditions: In a designated position (other than team leader) in a moving fire team.
Standards: React immediately to the fire team leader's example and perform the same actions as the fire...
fire team, military formation, wedge, modified wedge, diamond, file
Organize Odd- and Even-Numbered Soldiers in Echelon Formation
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. After the echelon has formed, the squad leader for the 2d squad commands, "Odd-numbered Soldiers, follow me," and the assistant squad leader commands, "Even-numbered Soldiers, follow me."
2. The odd-numbered Soldiers move out to...
odd-numbered soldiers, even-numbered soldiers, echelon formation, military tactics
Form Platoon Wedge with Support Squad in Lateral Support
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Give the command, "Platoon wedge, 2d squad in lateral support, move." The 1st and 3d squads execute the wedge, while the 2d squad stands fast.

2. Ensure that after the wedge has been formed, the squad leader for the 2d squad...
platoon wedge, lateral support, military formation, squad movement
Form the Company into a Company Echelon Right (or Left) in Mass Formation with One Platoon in Lateral Support and One in General Support
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Assemble the company into an echelon right (or left) formation, but in a mass formation, which is a more compact and concentrated arrangement.
2. Position one platoon in lateral support, placed to the side of the main...
echelon right, echelon left, mass formation, lateral support, general support, military formation

Firearms Engagement (8)

Adjustment of Fire Technique
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Adjusting Fire:

1. Purpose: To quickly adjust fire without adjusting the sight.

2. Steps:
- If the initial burst misses the target, rapidly select a new aiming point the same distance from the center of impact of the...
adjustment of fire, aiming point correction, tactical engagement
Engaging Deep Targets with Searching Fire
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Engaging Deep Targets:

1. Definition: A deep target is a target located at a greater distance or depth within the engagement area.

2. Technique:
- Initially aim at the midpoint of the target, unless another portion of...
deep target engagement, searching fire technique, tactical positioning
Engaging Linear Targets with Depth Using Traversing and Searching Fire
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Engaging Linear Targets with Depth:

1. Definition: A linear target with depth is a long, narrow object or group of targets arranged in a line that extends into the engagement area.

2. Technique:
- Initially aim at the...
linear target with depth engagement, traversing and searching fire technique, tactical coverage
Engaging Linear Targets with Traversing Fire
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Engaging Linear Targets:

1. Definition: A linear target is a long, narrow object or group of targets arranged in a line.

2. Technique:
- Initially aim at the midpoint of the target.
- Traverse fire from one flank to...
linear target engagement, traversing fire technique, tactical coverage
Observation of Fire Technique
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Observing Fire:

1. Purpose: To determine the effectiveness of fire on a target.

2. Methods:
- Observe bursts of fire by noting the strike of the rounds in the target area.
- Use tracers in flight to track the...
observation of fire, round impact tracking, tactical feedback
Searching Fire Technique
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Searching Fire:

1. Definition: Searching fire is the distribution of fire in width by successive changes in elevation, achieved by moving the muzzle of the weapon up or down to distribute fire in depth and choosing successive...
searching fire, elevation adjustment, tactical engagement
Traversing Fire Technique
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Traversing Fire:

1. Definition: Traversing fire is the distribution of fire in width by successive changes in direction, achieved by moving the muzzle of the weapon to the left or right.

2. Minor Direction Changes:
-...
traversing fire, weapon positioning, tactical engagement
Traversing and Searching Fire Technique
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Traversing and Searching Fire:

1. Definition: This technique combines traversing and searching fire to distribute fire in both width and depth by successive changes in direction and elevation.

2. Adjustments:
- For...
traversing and searching fire, combined engagement, tactical positioning

Combat Firing Positions (8)

Fire Around a Building or Wall Using Right-Handed Technique
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Fire Around a Building or Wall Using the Right-Handed Firing Technique

Objective: To fire around the right corner of a building or wall while minimizing exposure to return fire.

Steps:
1. Position yourself behind cover,...
firing position, right-handed technique, building corner, concealment, urban combat
Fire Around a Wall Rather Than Over It
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Fire Around a Wall Rather Than Over It

Objective: To fire around a wall rather than over it to minimize exposure and reduce the risk of being targeted.

Steps:
1. Position yourself behind cover, ensuring that you are...
firing position, wall concealment, combat technique, urban combat
Fire from Unprepared Loopholes Using Concealed Positioning
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Fire from Unprepared Loopholes Using Concealed Positioning

Objective: To fire from unprepared loopholes while minimizing exposure and reducing the risk of being targeted.

Steps:
1. Select firing positions well back from...
loophole firing, concealment, urban combat
Fire from a Window Using Concealed Positioning
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Fire from a Window Using Concealed Positioning

Objective: To fire from a window while minimizing exposure and reducing the risk of being targeted.

Steps:
1. Select firing positions that are well back from the window to...
window firing, concealment, kneeling position, urban combat
Use Prone Firing Technique When Possible
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Use the Prone Firing Technique When Possible

Objective: To fire from a prone position to minimize exposure and improve accuracy.

Steps:
1. Find a flat, stable surface on which you can lie prone (face down) without risk...
prone firing, prone position, concealment, accuracy, combat technique
Assume a Suitable Firing Position
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Step 1: Assume a suitable firing position based on the situation, ensuring it allows you to observe and engage targets while minimizing exposure to enemy fire.

a. Tripod Firing:
• Use prone, sitting, or kneeling positions depending on the...
firing position, tripod firing, bipod firing, shoulder firing, underarm firing, hip firing, combat tactics
Firing Around the Left Corner of a Building
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Firing Around the Left Corner of a Building

• Figure Reference: Figure 071-326-0557-1 (image intentionally omitted)

Steps:

1. Use the right-handed firing technique when firing around the right corner of the building or wall.

-...
firing positions, combat tactics, concealment, prone firing, window firing
Firing from a Window
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Firing from a Window

Steps:

1. Select firing positions that are well back from the window to help conceal your body and rifle's muzzle.

• Figure Reference: Figure 071-326-0557-4 (image intentionally omitted)

2. Use a kneeling firing...
window firing, concealment, kneeling position, combat tactics

Weapon Disassembly (8)

Disassemble the M249 Machine Gun - Step a: Remove Drive Spring, Return Rod, and Transfer Mechanism Assembly
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
WARNING: Ensure that the bolt is in the forward position before removing the drive spring, return rod, and transfer mechanism assembly.

1. Raise the cover assembly.
2. Pull the upper retaining pin at the rear of the receiver to the left.
3. Let...
disassemble,m249 machine gun,drive spring,return rod,transfer mechanism assembly
Disassemble the MK19 - Remove Bolt and Backplate Assembly
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
WARNING: Make sure the bolt is in the forward position before you remove the backplate pin assembly. Failure to observe this warning will result in injury.

Steps:

• (1) Place the safe/fire switch on fire (F).
• (2) Open the top...
bolt removal, backplate assembly, disassemble, MK19
Disassemble the MK19 - Remove Feed Throat Assembly
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Step:

• a. Remove the feed throat assembly (figure 071-030-0001-1). Squeeze the two sets of grip pins together and pull them straight out.

Note: A picture is intentionally omitted in the source text.
feed throat assembly, disassemble, MK19
Return Bolt and Rotate Charger Handle
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Step: Return the bolt to the forward position and rotate the charger handle to the locked position.
bolt, charger handle, disassemble, MK19
Disassemble the Buttstock Assembly
Reference Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Extend the buttstock assembly to full open. (The M4/M4A1 has a four-position buttstock—closed, 1/2 open, 3/4 open, and full open.)
2. Grasp the lock lever in the area of the retaining nut, pull downward, and slide the buttstock to...
buttstock disassembly, lock lever, retaining nut
Disassemble the Weapon Upper and Lower Receivers
Reference Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Use only hand pressure to disengage the pivot and takedown pins. Using force other than hand pressure may cause damage to the weapon, requiring replacement.
2. Push the pivot and takedown pins only far enough to disengage the...
disassemble weapon, upper receiver, lower receiver, pivot pin, takedown pin
Remove Firing Pin and Related Components
Reference Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Remove the firing pin retaining pin.
2. Put the bolt assembly in the locked position by pushing in the bolt.
3. Remove the firing pin by allowing it to drop out of the rear of the bolt carrier into your hand.
4. Remove the...
firing pin, bolt assembly, cam pin
Remove the Carrying Handle Assembly
Reference Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Do not fully remove the round nuts from the threaded studs. The threaded studs are flared on the end to prohibit removal, but if inadvertently removed, they may be reinstalled.
2. Loosen the round nuts on the left side of the...
carrying handle, remove nuts, clamping bar

Transportation (7)

Lashing a Toboggan Load for Transport
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Lashing a Toboggan Load for Transport

1. Use two men, if possible, one on each side.
2. Starting from the back end or where the handle hinges on the toboggan, load it as follows:
- On Bottom of Toboggan:
- 2 billy cans
- 1...
toboggan,lashing,load,crisscross,tie
Towing a Toboggan by Vehicle Using the Whippletree Method
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Towing a Toboggan by Vehicle Using the Whippletree Method

1. Place 2, 3, or 4 toboggans abreast, with the handle folded and tied down.
2. Across the hinge portion of the handles, lash a log, using two lashings per handle, one on each...
toboggan,towing,whippletree,vehicle,lashing
Transportation Planning for Collective-Protection Systems
Standard Source: FM 3 4 NBC Protection
Transportation Planning for Collective-Protection Systems

1. Determine whether to transport collective-protection systems (e.g., M51 or SCPE) based on the tactical situation and threat assessment.
- If there is no indication of chemical...
transport, collective protection, M51, SCPE, maneuver unit, IPB
Attaching Towing Harness to a Two-Man Toboggan
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Attaching Towing Harness to a Two-Man Toboggan

• For two men in single file:
- One man secures the cords of his harness to the front tow ring by means of a bowline.
- The other man attaches the two ends of his towing cords to the two...
toboggan,harness,attachment,bowline,towing
Care and Maintenance of a Toboggan
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Care and Maintenance of a Toboggan

Before a move, the toboggan must be carefully checked. The points to note are the same as for the one-man toboggan. Also check to see that:

1. Tow rings are intact.
2. **The handle-bar is free to move and...
toboggan,maintenance,checklist,care,brass hooks
Hauling a Two-Man Toboggan
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Hauling a Two-Man Toboggan

• The two-man toboggan can be hauled by:
- Two men in single file, approximately seven to eight feet apart (preferable in deep snow and wooded area), or
- Two men abreast, preferable in open areas.

• A...
toboggan,hauling,haulers,operation
Preparation for Lashing a Two-Man Toboggan
Reference Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Preparation for Lashing a Two-Man Toboggan

1. Obtain a length of cord, preferably plaited spun nylon, approximately 30 feet long.
2. Form an overhand loop at the centre of this cord and tie it to the front hook of the cover.
toboggan,lashing,preparation,cord,nylon

Firing Positions (7)

Firing Positions in Snow Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Assess snow type and depth:
- Determine the type of snow (soft deep or hard packed) and its depth to select an appropriate firing position.

2. Choose a stable position:
- In soft, deep snow, use a...
snow conditions, firing position, mobility equipment, military tactics, cold weather
Small Arms Firing Positions in Snow Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Identify small arms: Recognize that the following weapons are classified as small arms:
- a. Rifle FN 7.62mm C1;
- b. Rifle Light Automatic FN 7.62mm C2;
- c. Sub-machine Gun 9mm;
- d. M 72 Light Anti-tank Weapon;
...
small arms, firing positions, snow conditions, military tactics, weapon handling
Assume a Kneeling Firing Position
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Assume a Kneeling Firing Position:

1. Kneel on the ground.
2. Grasp the control grips with your thumbs on the trigger.

Details:
• This position is useful for short bursts of fire or when mobility is needed.
• Ensure that you are...
kneeling,firing position,tactical,weapon positioning
Assume a Seated Firing Position with Legs Braced
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Assume a Seated Firing Position with Legs Braced:

1. Sit directly behind the weapon between the trail legs of the tripod.
2. Extend your legs, brace them on the trail legs of the tripod, and place your elbows on the inside of your...
seated,firing position,legs braced,tactical,weapon positioning
Assume a Standing Firing Position for Mounted Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Assume a Standing Firing Position for Mounted Gun:

1. Stand in a position that allows you to maintain control of the weapon mounted on a vehicle pedestal.
2. Ensure your body is aligned with the weapon and that you are stable while...
standing,firing position,vehicle pedestal,tactical,weapon positioning
Assume the Kneeling Firing Position
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Assume a stable kneeling firing position with proper cover and support.

Steps:
1. Use available cover for support, such as a low wall, rocks, or a vehicle that you can fire over.
2. Place your firing knee on the ground....
kneeling position,firing position,tactical positioning,shooting stance
Assume the Standing-with-Support Firing Position
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Assume a stable standing-with-support firing position using available cover for support.

Steps:
1. Use available cover for support, such as standing behind a tree or wall.
2. Stand behind a barricade with your firing side...
standing-with-support position,firing position,tactical positioning,shooting stance

Combat Training (7)

Advanced Hand-to-Hand Combat Techniques
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: To teach advanced hand-to-hand combat techniques for soldiers.

Procedure:
1. Close-Quarters Combat: Practice close-quarters combat techniques such as grappling, joint locks, and strikes using the hands, elbows, knees, and...
hand-to-hand combat, close-quarters combat, defensive techniques, offensive techniques, escape from holds, use of environment
Basic Rifle-Bayonet Fighting Techniques
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: To teach the fundamentals of rifle-bayonet fighting.

Procedure:
1. Stance and Footwork: Assume a stable stance with feet shoulder-width apart, knees slightly bent, and weight evenly distributed. Move using controlled steps to...
rifle-bayonet fighting, hand-to-hand combat, stance, footwork, grip, thrusts, parrying, counterattacks, distance management
Instinctive Rifle-Bayonet Fighting Instruction
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: To train soldiers in instinctive rifle-bayonet fighting techniques.

Procedure:
1. Instinct Development: Train soldiers to react instinctively to threats without relying on conscious thought, using repetitive drills and...
instinctive rifle-bayonet fighting, scenario-based training, instructor guidance, progressive difficulty, evaluation and feedback, mental preparation
Understand the Purpose and Importance of Warrior Tasks and Battle Drills (WTBD)
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Purpose: To understand the importance of Warrior Tasks and Battle Drills (WTBD) in enhancing Soldier readiness for combat.

Procedure:
1. Recognize that Warrior Tasks are individual Soldier skills critical to survival on the...
warrior tasks, battle drills, combat readiness, military training, lessons learned
Advanced Weapons Training Principles
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Conduct advanced weapons training with proper safety and technique.

Steps:
1. Ensure that training partners have the same skill level to maintain a balanced practice environment.
2. Attackers should execute attacks along...
advanced weapons training, combat principles, skill level matching, safe practice
Free-Response Fighting Safety and Guidelines
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Conduct free-response fighting with proper safety measures.

Steps:
1. Ensure that proper eye protection and padding are used, when applicable, to prevent injury during training.
2. Instructors must **closely monitor...
free-response fighting, combat safety, eye protection, golden rule of training
Safety Precautions During Weapons of Opportunity Training
Reference Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Prevent injury during weapons of opportunity training.

Procedure:
1. Avoid full-speed or full-contact practice until proficiency is achieved.
2. Train in three stages:
(1) Execute techniques in the air, without making...
safety precautions, combat training, weapons of opportunity, injury prevention

Vehicle Operations (7)

Dismount a Vehicle
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Ensure the vehicle is stopped and in a safe location.
2. Identify any potential hazards or threats in the surrounding area.
3. Dismount the vehicle carefully while maintaining situational awareness.
4. Communicate with team...
dismount a vehicle, tactical dismount procedures, vehicle safety
Implement Convoy Techniques for Tactical Situations
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
### Convoy Techniques

The following convoy techniques are essential for operational success:

#### Convoy Warning Order
• Provide a basic overview of the mission, route, and security plan to all units involved.

#### Convoy Brief
-...
convoy techniques,ambush reaction,break contact,recovery operations,cas evac,forced stop,security plan
Offline Turret Engagement Procedure
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. If you must take the turret off-line to engage a target, repeat the entire process from start to finish.

Note: This technique is safe for the stabilization system but should be used with caution due to potential...
turret engagement, stabilization drift, vehicle operations, tactical procedure
Assemble or Close a Vehicle
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure: Assemble or Close a Vehicle

Steps:
1. Approach the vehicle from the designated assembly point.
2. Ensure all components of the vehicle are in place and secure.
3. Use proper body mechanics to close any open sections (e.g.,...
assemble, close, vehicle operations, military procedures
Dismount and Assault
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure: Dismount and Assault

Steps:
1. Ensure the vehicle is in a safe and stable position for dismounting.
2. Use proper body mechanics to exit the vehicle, maintaining balance and control.
3. Transition from a dismounted position into...
dismount, assault, vehicle operations, military procedures
Mount a Vehicle
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure: Mount a Vehicle

Steps:
1. Approach the vehicle from the designated mounting point.
2. Ensure the vehicle is in a safe and stable position for mounting.
3. Use proper body mechanics to climb into the vehicle, maintaining balance...
mount, vehicle, tactical operations, military procedures
Move Out from a Vehicle
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure: Move Out from a Vehicle

Steps:
1. Ensure the vehicle is in a safe and stable position for exiting.
2. Use proper body mechanics to exit the vehicle, maintaining balance and control.
3. Transition into a tactical formation or...
move out, vehicle operations, military procedures

Urban Combat (7)

Detect and Engage Targets in Assigned Sector
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Detect targets in your assigned sector.
- Discriminate between enemy and friendly personnel.
2. If multiple targets are present, determine the most immediate threat first and engage it.
3. Switch to the next most immediate...
target detection, close-quarters combat, reflexive firing, threat engagement
Move with Individual Weapon in Urban Environment
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Move with your assigned individual weapon using one of the two weapon-carrying techniques for an urban environment.
- Hold your weapon with the muzzle pointed in the direction of travel.
- Place the butt of the rifle or...
weapon carrying techniques, urban combat, low ready position, high ready position, stance, close-quarters combat
Aiming Techniques for Urban Operations
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Aiming Techniques in Urban Operations:

There are four aiming techniques suitable for urban operations:

1. Slow aimed fire: This technique is the most accurate. Obtain a steady, properly aligned sight picture, and squeeze off...
aiming techniques, slow aimed fire, aimed quick kill, urban combat, M16A2, M4
Engage Targets During an Urban Operation
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Procedure: Engage Targets During an Urban Operation

#### Conditions:
• Given an individual weapon with ammunition and load-bearing equipment in urban terrain, with the enemy location uncertain, and specific rules of engagement (ROE).

####...
urban combat, target engagement, rules of engagement, tactical positioning, weapon handling
Prepare Antitank Weapons Position
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Position antitank weapons (TOW, Dragon, 90-mm, LAW) on upper stories for long-range coverage.

2. Consider the following when selecting a position:
- The maximum depression and elevation limits of the TOW mount plus the...
antitank weapons position, urban combat, backblast, TOW, Dragon, LAW, firing positions
Shooting While Moving in Urban Environments
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Shooting While Moving Toward the Point of Domination:

1. Shoot while moving toward the point of domination.
- Take shots as close to the target as 1 or 2 inches.
- Use a careful hurry when shooting; do not rush...
shooting while moving, point of domination, flagging, urban combat, weapon control
Target Detection and Engagement in Urban Environments
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Detecting and Engaging Targets in Urban Environments:

1. Detect targets in your assigned sector and discriminate between enemy and friendly.
- If multiple targets are present, determine the most immediate threat first,...
target detection, engagement priority, close-quarters combat, reflexive firing, urban combat

Formation Movement (7)

Move the Formation from Staging Area to Mission Area
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

• Face the squad and give the command, "Squad line formation."
• Give hand-and-arm signals (simultaneously with the command) by raising the arms straight out, horizontal to the shoulders, hands extended, and palms down.
• Point to...
formation movement, tactical command, squad positioning
Form a Squad Diamond or Circle Formation
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure for Forming a Squad Diamond (or Circle) Formation

Steps:
1. Face the squad and give the command, "Squad diamond (or circle), move," while simultaneously giving hand-and-arm signals by:
- Extending the right arm above the...
squad,diamond,circle,formation,movement,tactical
Form a Squad Wedge Formation
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure for Forming a Squad Wedge Formation

Steps:
1. Face the squad and give the command, "Squad wedge," while simultaneously giving the hand-and-arm signals by:
- Extending both arms down and to the sides at an angle of 45...
squad,wedge,formation,movement,tactical
Halt the Formation After Crowd Movement
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure for Halting the Formation

Steps:
1. Give the command "Halt," once the movement of the crowd is complete according to the goals of the mission.
halt,movement,tactical,command
Maintain Proper Fire Team Formation Interval
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Maintain Proper Fire Team Formation Interval

Overview:
Soldiers must maintain appropriate intervals within the fire team formation based on terrain, visibility, and control factors. This ensures effective movement and...
fire team formation, interval adjustment, visibility, terrain, movement techniques, tactical exercise
Move the Formation Using Commands
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure for Moving the Formation

Steps:
1. Use the command "Forward, march." to begin the forward movement of the formation.
2. Adjust left and right formation movements using the commands:
- "Echelon left" or **"Echelon...
movement,formation,tactical,commands,safety
Reassemble the Squad After Mission
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure for Reassembling the Squad

Steps:
1. Ensure that the squad members hear the command and come to the safeport position.
2. Ensure that:
- The base member faces the squad leader.
- Other squad members face toward the base...
reassemble,squad,tactical,movement

Weapon Assembly (7)

Assemble the M240B Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Assembling the M240B Machine Gun

a. Replace the barrel assembly:

1. Insert the gas regulator plug into the gas hole bushing with the number 1 gas setting facing the barrel.
2. Place the gas collar over the front end of the...
assemble,M240B,machine gun,weapon assembly
Assembly of the Barrel Extension for Caliber .50 Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:
1. Assemble the barrel extension (refer to figure 071-022-0001-26 for visual guidance).
barrel extension assembly, .50 machine gun, weapon assembly
Assemble the Barrel Buffer Assembly
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

(1) Place the buffer accelerator (tips up) into the barrel buffer body, align the mounting holes, and install the buffer pin assembly. Ensure that both ends of the barrel buffer pin assembly are flush with the sides of the barrel...
barrel buffer assembly,buffer accelerator,buffer pin assembly
Assemble the Barrel Extension Assembly
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

(1) Install the breech block lock with the beveled edge up and to the front of the barrel extension assembly.

(2) Install the breech lock pin assembly in the barrel extension. Make sure both ends of the breech lock pin...
barrel extension assembly,breech block lock,breech lock pin assembly
Attach the Feed Slide Assembly to the Tray
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for attaching the feed slide assembly to the tray:

1. Place the tray in the top of the feeder, recessed side up.
2. Ensure that the pinholes on the tray line up with the lugs on the receiver.
3. Position the feed slide...
feed slide, tray, attachment, weapon assembly
Attach the Top Cover Assembly to the Receiver
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for attaching the top cover assembly to the receiver:

1. Ensure that the feed tray is in the proper place in the receiver.
2. Place the top cover on the receiver. Line up the **pinholes on the cover with the receiver's lug end...
top cover assembly, weapon assembly, safety warning
Insert the Bolt and Backplate Assembly
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Place the safe/fire switch in the fire (F) position.
2. Press the receiver sear using your thumbs or the rim of a cartridge case.
3. Make sure the cocking lever is cocked and forward.
4. Slide the bolt and backplate assembly all...
bolt and backplate assembly, weapon assembly, military equipment, insertion procedure

Risk Management (7)

Integrate Composite Risk Management into Mission Plans
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Conditions: As a company level senior leader, given a mission or task, in a garrison or tactical environment, access to FM 5-19, and a DA Form 7566 (Composite Risk Management Worksheet).

Standards: Demonstrate how the five steps of...
composite risk management, troop leading procedures, TLP, CRM, mission planning, risk guidance, DA Form 7566
Apply Composite Risk Management (CRM) Process to a Mission or Task
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
### Composite Risk Management (CRM) Process

#### Step 1: Identify the Five Steps of the CRM Process
• Understand and be able to explain the five steps of the composite risk management (CRM) process.

#### **Step 2: Identify Hazards Using...
composite risk management,casualty reporting,crm process,mett-tc factors,hazard identification,risk assessment,control implementation
Evaluate Soldier's Ability to Supervise Implementation of Composite Risk Management (CRM) Process
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Purpose: Evaluate a soldier’s ability to supervise the implementation of the composite risk management (CRM) process.

Steps:
1. Provide the soldier with a mission or task scenario.
- Use an operations order (OPORD), fragmentary order...
CRM process evaluation, soldier assessment, risk supervision, mission verification
Verify Acceptance of Overall Risk by the Chain of Command
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Ensure that the overall level of risk for the mission has been accepted by the proper level of the chain of command.

Steps:
1. **Confirm that the appropriate authority within the chain of command has reviewed and approved the...
risk acceptance, chain of command approval, composite risk management (CRM), documentation requirements
Verify Development and Implementation of Controls in CRM
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Ensure that appropriate controls have been developed and properly implemented as part of the CRM process.

Steps:
1. Ensure appropriate controls have been developed for each identified hazard.
2. **Reassess the residual risk...
controls development, residual risk reassessment, control implementation, composite risk management (CRM)
Verify Overall Residual Risk for the Mission or Task
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Ensure that the overall residual risk for the mission or task is correct as part of the CRM process.

Steps:
1. Assess the residual risk after all controls have been applied.
2. **Ensure that this assessment is based on a...
residual risk assessment, composite risk management (CRM), mission risk evaluation
Verify Supervision and Evaluation of Controls in CRM
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Ensure that controls are being properly supervised and evaluated as part of the CRM process.

Steps:
1. Verify the technique for monitoring the controls.
- This may include regular inspections, checklists, or reports.
2....
control supervision, control evaluation, monitoring techniques, composite risk management (CRM)

Logistics And Planning (7)

Coordinate with Squad Leaders and Maintenance Sergeant on Vehicle Availability
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
To coordinate with squad leaders and maintenance sergeant:

• Confirm the availability of vehicles for the movement.
• Ensure that all units have access to necessary transportation.
• Coordinate with platoon sergeants to address any vehicle...
vehicle availability,platoon coordination,maintenance sergeant
Determine Maintenance Support Requirements
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
To determine maintenance support:

• Identify the number of vehicles requiring maintenance or repair.
• Ensure that maintenance personnel and tools are available for the duration of the mission.
• Coordinate with the maintenance sergeant to ensure...
maintenance support,vehicle repair,maintenance personnel
Determine Necessity and Availability of Spare Vehicle (Bobtail) for Recovery
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
To determine the necessity and availability of spare vehicle (bobtail):

• Assess the likelihood of mechanical failure or vehicle breakdown during the mission.
• Evaluate the number of vehicles available for recovery operations.
• Ensure that at...
bobtail,spare vehicle,recovery operations
Determine Time/Distance Factors for the March
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
To determine time/distance factors:

• Consider driver limitations and maximum driving time per shift.
• Account for co-drivers to ensure adequate rest and safety.
• Calculate total distance based on terrain, weather, and vehicle capabilities.
• Set...
time distance,factor determination,driver limits
Determine the Makeup and Duties of the Advance/Quartering Party at the Destination
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
To determine the makeup and duties of the advance/quartering party:

• Identify the NCOIC (Noncommissioned Officer in Charge) for the party.
• Assign other key personnel based on mission requirements and available resources.
• Define the duties of...
advance party,quartering duties,NCOIC assignment
Determine the Predeparture Assembly Area
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
To determine the predeparture assembly area:

• Identify a location that is secure and accessible for all units.
• Ensure the area is large enough to accommodate vehicles, personnel, and equipment.
• Seek command guidance if information is not...
assembly area,predeparture location,command guidance
Determine the Preparation Timeline for Loading and Marshaling Vehicles
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
To determine the preparation timeline:

• Plan the loading of vehicles based on the number of personnel, equipment, and supplies.
• Schedule marshaling of vehicles to ensure they are organized and ready for departure.
• Coordinate with all units to...
loading timeline,vehicle marshaling,preparation schedule

Chemical Biological Detection (7)

Application of Remaining Ampoules to Test Spots
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Hold the sampler-detector with the arrow pointing down and the test spots exposed.
2. Use the heater pads to crush the remaining ampoules marked "5".
3. Wet the test spots by squeezing the ampoules and forcing the liquid onto...
ampoule application, test spots, wetting procedure
Blood-Agent Test Spot Evaluation
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Compare the blood-agent (round spot) test after about 10 minutes of exposure time.
2. Look for pink or blue colors, which must be present to indicate blood agents.
3. Any combination of colors, including a rainbow effect...
blood agent test, color evaluation, retesting procedure
Heater Application for Blister Agent Test Spot
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Wait 10 minutes after exposing the test spots to air.
2. Crush the second green ampoule marked "4" immediately.
3. Swing the heater back over the blister test spot.
4. Place the heater assembly pad on top of the heater and...
heater application, blister agent, ampoule crush, test spot
Lewisite Test Spot Evaluation
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Bend the tab marked "2" over the lewisite-detecting tablet.
2. Rub the bottom half of the tab until a mark is visible.
3. Compare the color change on the lewisite-detecting tab with those shown on the sampler-detector after...
lewisite test, tab evaluation, color change
Nerve-Agent Test Spot Evaluation
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Compare the nerve-agent test after a 3-minute wait.
2. If no color develops, a positive nerve test is indicated.
3. Disregard any small, blue or bluish green areas under the plastic rim of the nerve agent spot.

**Important...
nerve agent test, color evaluation, positive indication
Proper Exposure of Test Spots on Sampler-Detector
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Expose the test spots to air for 10 minutes, but ensure they are shielded from direct sunlight.
2. The sampler-detector can be laid down or held by the hinged protective strip during this time.

Important Note: Do not...
test spots, exposure, sampler-detector, sunlight, chemical detection
Reporting and Disposal of Chemical Detection Materials
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Report the results to your supervisor.
2. Dispose of the expended or unserviceable materials in accordance with established protocols.

Important Note: Proper disposal is critical for safety and compliance.
reporting results, disposal procedure, chemical materials

Map Reading And Symbol Usage (7)

Show Defended Areas on a Map
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
To show defended areas on a map:

1. Enclose the area with a line, including the size symbol of the defending unit.
2. Orient the closed side of the symbol toward the most likely enemy threat.
3. If desired, enter the **military symbols of...
defended areas,map symbols,military defense,orientation,enemy threat
Show Direction of Attack Arrows on a Map
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure for Showing Direction of Attack Arrows on a Map

Purpose: To indicate the direction in which the center of mass of a subordinate unit must move during an attack, ensuring coordination with overall maneuver plans.

Steps:
1....
direction of attack,map symbols,tactical control measures,attack planning
Show Line of Contact (LC) on a Map
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
To show the line of contact (LC) on a map:

1. When units are in contact with the enemy, show the frontline as a series of arcs, and label the ends of the arc "LC.".
2. If the LC is used as an LD, mark it "LD/LC.".
3. If the LC is not used,...
line of contact,map symbols,enemy contact,frontline
Show Line of Departure (LD) on a Map
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
To show the line of departure (LD) on a map:

1. Clearly define the LD on the ground and on the map.
2. Ensure it is roughly perpendicular to the direction of the attack.
3. Make sure it is under control of friendly units.
4. **Mark both...
line of departure,map symbols,friendly control,attack direction
Show Phase Lines (PLs) on a Map
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
To show phase lines (PLs) on a map:

1. Use PLs to control the progress of units for reference in issuing orders or receiving reports.
2. Ensure they are easily recognized terrain features, normally perpendicular to the direction of...
phase lines,map symbols,unit control,terrain features
Mark an Axis of Advance on a Map
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure for Marking an Axis of Advance on a Map

Purpose: To indicate the general direction in which forces will move during an operation, allowing flexibility while maintaining orientation toward the objective.

Steps:
1. **Determine...
axis of advance,map symbols,tactical control measures,maneuver planning
Graphically Portray Supply Routes
Reference Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

(1) The main supply route (MSR) is the route(s) designated within an area of operations where most of the traffic flows in support of the operation. Label the route MSR and assign it a code name.

_Note_: Do not use the term...
supply route, map symbols, tactical direction

Roadblocks Checkpoints (7)

Establish Defensive Positions for the Roadblock
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Steps:

1. Select fighting positions for automatic weapons.

2. Ensure that weapon emplacements provide security and overwatch for the roadblock and holding area.

3. Place the team's vehicle in a covered and concealed location near...
defensive positioning, weapon emplacement, vehicle concealment
Select a Location for the Roadblock
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Steps:

1. Choose a location within the assigned area.

2. Ensure that the location provides good cover and concealment for the team.

3. Position the roadblock so that unauthorized vehicles or enemy personnel cannot bypass it.

4. Place...
roadblock location selection, concealment, checkpoint positioning, tactical positioning
Select an Appropriate Checkpoint and Holding Area Location
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Steps:

1. Place the checkpoint at the entrance of a controlled route if used to check convoys for authorization.

2. Position the checkpoint just over a hill or around a curve if used to check cargo or spot-check vehicle traffic.

3....
checkpoint location selection, holding area requirements
Supervise the Establishment of a Checkpoint
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Steps:

1. Perform procedures from step 2 to establish defensive positions.

2. Direct the team or squad in setting up the checkpoint where it will be hidden from distant view, unless used at the entrance to a controlled route.

3....
checkpoint supervision, traffic control, obstacle placement
Supervise the Establishment of a Holding Area
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Steps:

1. Perform procedures from step 2 to establish defensive positions.

2. Instruct military police to direct vehicles into the holding area so that the first vehicle in is the first out.

3. Ensure that all vehicles are parked...
holding area supervision, vehicle parking, military police coordination
Supervise the Establishment of a Roadblock
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Steps:

1. Direct the barricading of the road, shoulders, and ditches to channel traffic.

2. Place signs to warn drivers that a roadblock is ahead.

3. Ensure there is adequate lighting for visibility during limited visibility...
roadblock supervision, traffic control, lighting requirements
Supervise the Operation of a Roadblock and Checkpoint
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Steps:

For a roadblock:
1. Assign each team or squad member to a specific position.
2. Explain each member's duties and responsibilities.
3. Maintain communications with all members and headquarters.
4. Oversee the operation to...
roadblock supervision, checkpoint operation, team coordination

Security Operations (6)

Perform Security Halts and Reconnaissance of Objectives
High Priority Source: USMC Summer Survival Course Handbook
Procedure for Performing Security Halts and Reconnaissance

1. Establish security halts at predetermined intervals during movement to assess the environment and detect threats.
2. Conduct reconnaissance of objectives, including terrain,...
security halt, objective recon, tactical observation
Secure Airfields in Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Establish a mobile force capable of reacting to airborne or parachute enemy operations.
2. Deploy the mobile force on the LZ during actual drops to counter potential enemy landings.
3. If the enemy leaves the LZ, use the mobile...
airfield security,enemy operations,mobile force,winter security,cold weather training
Implement Light and Noise Discipline in Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Maintain strict light discipline during winter operations due to extended periods of darkness.
2. Enforce noise discipline as sound travels greater distances in cold air.
3. Avoid unnecessary use of lights or loud noises that...
light discipline,noise discipline,winter operations,tactical security,cold weather training
Provide Security During Movement
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Assess the route and potential threats.
2. Establish security posts at key points along the movement path.
3. Assign personnel to monitor for enemy activity or obstacles.
4. Maintain constant communication between security...
security,during movement,tactical operations,route assessment,threat monitoring
Use Mobile and Standing Patrols for Defensive Area Security
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Deploy mobile patrols to secure defensive areas in northern operations.
2. Establish standing patrols that are tactically sited well out from positions to provide early warning of enemy activity.
3. Ensure all patrol units are...
mobile patrols,standing patrols,defensive security,winter operations,cold weather training
Determine Security Requirements for the Convoy
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
To determine security requirements:

• Consider the following factors:
- Noise and light discipline: Ensure minimal noise and light to avoid detection.
- Front, flank, and rear security: Assign personnel or units to cover all sides of...
convoy security,front flank rear,air cover,communications security

Camouflage Operations (6)

Adapt Camouflage Techniques for Summer and Subarctic Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. In summer, use natural vegetation to supplement camouflage materials in subarctic regions.
2. In barrens areas, employ desert camouflage techniques such as tone-down paint and shadow deception.
3. Use covers for windshields and...
summer camouflage,subarctic techniques,cold weather training,tactical camo,desert camouflage
Camouflage Large Installations and Vehicle Tracks in Winter
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Use deception techniques to camouflage large installations such as airfields during winter.
2. Implement strict track discipline to prevent vehicle tracks from being easily identified on snow-covered terrain.
3. Avoid leaving...
airfield camouflage,vehicle tracks,winter deception,cold weather training,tactical camouflage
Camouflage Positions Based on Snow Conditions and Terrain
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Use the natural blue-gray color of snow-covered terrain as a basis for camouflage.
2. Disturb snow in front of positions to create rough conditions that help break the outline of the position.
3. Allow blowing snow to level and...
snow camouflage,terrain manipulation,winter camo,cold weather training,tactical operations
Enforce Individual and Unit Camouflage Policies
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Ensure that camouflage is an individual responsibility at all times.
2. Establish a comprehensive camouflage policy from the highest tactical headquarters to guide efforts.
3. Include guidelines on the amount of effort, such as...
camouflage policy,individual responsibility,tactical training,cold weather training,winter operations
Implement Winter Camouflage Discipline
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Use special white clothing and camouflage nets issued for winter use to blend with the environment.
2. Paint equipment and installations an off-white color to enhance overall camouflage efforts.
3. Ensure all personnel are trained...
winter camouflage,camouflage nets,equipment painting,winter operations,cold weather training
Use Proper Camouflage Clothing in Tree Line and Barrens Areas
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Use all white clothing above the tree line during winter to match the snow-covered terrain.
2. In barrens areas, group personnel unevenly and move in small groups to avoid detection.
3. Avoid creating long, continuous lines of...
tree line camouflage,barrens movement,winter clothing,cold weather training,tactical camo

Training Safety (6)

Ensure Availability of Training Aids and Proper Maintenance of Training Areas
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Training aids and areas must be well-maintained to ensure the safety and effectiveness of combatives training.

1. Ensure that serviceable training aids are present in sufficient quantities for all soldiers being trained.
2. Maintain...
training aids, area maintenance, safety, equipment readiness
Ensure Proper Supervision During Combatives Training
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Proper supervision is critical to the safety of all participants during combatives training.

1. Only qualified leaders should supervise combatives training.
2. Ensure that instructors are physically fit and highly proficient in...
supervision, qualified leaders, instructor training, safety
Maintain Discipline and Focus in Combatives Training
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Discipline is essential to ensure the effectiveness and safety of combatives training.

1. Ensure that strict discipline is maintained by all soldiers during training sessions.
2. Instructors must be **well-rehearsed and prepared before each...
discipline, instructor preparation, weekly training, combat readiness
Select Appropriate Training Areas for Combatives
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Training areas must be chosen carefully to ensure the safety of participants during combatives exercises.

1. Conduct most training in areas with soft footing, such as grassy or sandy surfaces.
2. If available, use training mats to...
training area, soft footing, mats, hard surfaces
Train Instructors to Ensure Effective Combatives Instruction
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Instructors must be physically fit and highly proficient in combatives techniques to ensure effective training.

1. Select instructors who are physically fit and technically skilled.
2. Instructors must be familiar with this manual and...
instructor training, physical fitness, technical proficiency, training ratios
Inspect and Prepare Sawdust Pit for Training
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Procedure: Inspect and Prepare Sawdust Pit for Training

Steps:
1. Inspect all sandbags on the retaining wall before conducting training to ensure that:
- The bags are serviceable.
- At least 75 percent of the bags are full.
-...
sawdust pit, training safety, inspection, sharp objects, buffer zone

Demolitions (6)

Handle Electrical Firing Devices Safely in Winter Conditions
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Objective: Ensure safe handling of electrical firing devices under winter conditions to avoid accidental detonation.

Steps:
1. Grounding Requirements:
- Ensure individuals are properly grounded before handling any type of electrical...
electrical firing devices, winter safety, static electricity, grounding in cold weather, military explosives
Prepare Ice Demolitions for Winter Obstacles
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Objective: Create water obstacles during winter conditions by blowing gaps in lake and river ice to make it impassable to enemy personnel and armor.

Steps:
1. Drill Holes in Ice:
- Sink holes 3 meters (10 feet) apart in staggered...
ice demolition, winter obstacle, explosives in ice, cold weather tactics, military demolitions
Advantages of Using Ice Demolitions in Winter Conditions
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Objective: Understand the strategic benefits of using ice demolitions during winter operations.

Benefits:
• Cut Off Enemy Movement: Long sectors of the frontline may be cut off at a critical moment from enemy infantry and armor.
-...
ice demolition advantages, winter military tactics, stealth demolitions, cold weather strategy
Identify Low and High Explosives Based on Detonation Velocity
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Low explosives have a detonating velocity up to 1,300 feet per second, which produces a pushing or shoving effect.

High explosives have a detonating velocity of 3,280 to 27,888 feet per second, which produces a shattering effect.
low explosives,high explosives,detonation velocity
Understand Characteristics of US Demolitions Explosives
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
|NAME|APPLICATIONS|DETONATION VELOCITY (MIN/SEC)|DETONATION VELOCITY (FT/SEC)|RELATIVE EFFECTIVENESS FACTOR|TOXICITY OF FUME|WATER RESISTANCE|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|AMMONIUM NITRATE|CRATERING...
explosives, detonation velocity, relative effectiveness factor, toxicity of fume, water resistance
Use Modernized Demolition Initiators (MDI) for Priming Systems
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
The best way to prime demolition systems is with modernized demolition initiators (MDI). These consist of blasting caps attached to various lengths of time fuse or shock tube.

MDI can be used with a fuse igniter and detonating cord to create many...
modernized demolition initiators (MDI), priming systems, blasting caps, time fuse, shock tube, fuse igniter, detonating cord

Marching Procedures (6)

About Face Maneuver with Skis and Poles
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure for About Face with Skis:

1. At the command ABOUT FACE, execute the following steps:
- (ONE) The left pole is placed alongside the left ski approximately 45 to 60 cm (18” to 24”) in front of the toe.
- (TWO) The right ski is...
about face, ski maneuver, cold weather, tactical drill
Control Actions at Halts
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure for Controlling Actions at Halts

Steps:
1. Establish security off road (when possible) - Ensure the area around the halt is secure and protected from potential threats.
2. Man weapons and radio on each vehicle - Ensure all...
control actions at halts, security off road, man weapons, air guard, dismount op, post guides, determine cause of halt, report status, maintenance at halts
Control the March According to Plan
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure for Controlling the March According to Plan

Steps:
1. Follow the route specified in the warning order - Adhere strictly to the designated path.
2. Enter the route of march at the start point (SP) - Begin movement from the...
control march, route of march, start point, adjust march, order of march, march interval, visibility control
Determine and Record March Parameters
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure for Determining and Recording March Parameters

Steps:
1. Record the start point time - This is the exact time when the march begins.
2. Measure the march interval (in meters) - Determine the distance between vehicles in...
march parameters, start point time, march interval, march speed, catch-up speed, order of march
Marching with Skis and Poles in Cold Weather
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure for Marching with Skis:

There are three methods of carrying skis during marching:

1. Short Marches:
- At the command ROUTE STEP, poles may be removed from under the skis and brought down to the side at the discretion of...
cold weather, marching with skis, rucksack, tactical drill
Organize the March Column Elements
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure for Organizing the March Column Elements

Steps:
1. Identify the three elements of the march column:
- Head: The first vehicle in the column that sets the pace.
- Main Body: Composed of the major units and...
march column elements, head, main body, trail party, sectors of observation, air guard

Obstacle Bypassing (6)

Assess Hauling Line and Safety Features of Installation
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Determine if the installation allows you to haul line in order to move personnel and equipment up and down slope.
2. Check if the A frame has a pulley or locking carabiner to ease friction on hauling line.
3. Confirm if there is a...
hauling line, pulley, carabiner, safety monitoring
Assess Installation for Bypassing Obstacles
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Evaluate whether the installation allows you to bypass the obstacle.
2. Consider tactical aspects: Can the installation be secured from construction through negotiation, to disassembly?
3. Check if there are good loading and...
installation, obstacle bypassing, A-frame, hauling line, loading platform, tactical considerations
Assess Rope Bridge Installation Location and Anchors
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Determine if the installation allows you to bypass the obstacle.
2. Consider tactical aspects:
- Can the installation be secured from construction through negotiation, to disassembly?
3. Evaluate location suitability:
- Is...
rope bridge, anchor points, installation location
Evaluate Installation Clearance and A-Frame Suitability
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Check if the installation allows sufficient clearance for load.
2. Ensure there is enough space between the slope and the apex of the A-frame to allow easy on-loading and off-loading of troops and equipment.
3. Confirm if the...
A-frame, clearance, load capacity, obstacle bypassing
Evaluate Loading and Off-Loading Platforms for Rope Bridge
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Check if the rope bridge has good loading and off-loading platforms.
2. Ensure that the platforms are natural and easily accessible.
3. Confirm that they provide a safe working area for personnel and equipment.
loading platform, off-loading platform, rope bridge safety
Verify Presence of Near and Far-Side Anchors for Rope Bridge
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Confirm that the installation has near and far-side anchors.
2. Ensure that these anchors are secure and suitable for the load being transported across the obstacle.
near anchor, far anchor, rope bridge installation

Weapons Squad Leader (6)

Alternate Firing Guns and Control Rates of Fire and Distribution
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Alternate firing guns to prevent overheating and ensure continuous fire support.
2. Control the rate of fire and distribution of firepower across all weapons systems.
3. Monitor gun performance and adjust as needed to maintain...
firing alternation,fire rate control
Designate Sectors of Fire, PDF, and Secondary Sectors for All Guns
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Designate sectors of fire, principal direction of fire (PDF), and secondary sectors of fire for all weapons systems.
2. Ensure that these designations are clearly communicated to all personnel involved in the operation.
3....
fire sectors,PDF designation
Give Fire Commands to Achieve Maximum Effectiveness of Firepower
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Issue fire commands that ensure maximum effectiveness of firepower from all weapons systems.
2. Coordinate with team leaders and gunners to execute these commands accurately.
3. Monitor the execution of fire commands and make...
fire commands,firepower effectiveness
Inspect Machine Gun Teams for Correct Range Cards, Fighting Positions, and Understanding of Fire Plan
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Conduct an inspection of machine gun teams to ensure they have correct range cards, proper fighting positions, and a clear understanding of the fire plan.
2. Verify that all equipment is functioning properly and that personnel...
range cards,fighting positions,fire plan
Shift Fires and Correct Windage or Elevation to Increase Accuracy
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Shift fires as needed to cover all areas of the objective and provide effective fire support.
2. Adjust windage or elevation settings on weapons systems to increase accuracy and effectiveness.
3. Monitor the performance of...
fire shifting,accuracy correction
Supervise Maintenance of Machine Guns and Report Deficiencies
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Supervise the maintenance of machine guns, ensuring that it is performed correctly and in accordance with established procedures.
2. Identify any deficiencies or issues during maintenance and report them to higher...
machine gun maintenance,deficiency reporting

Combat Skills (6)

Confirm Body-Target Alignment for Hand Grenade Engagement
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:

1. Confirm your body-target alignment.
- TARGET: Troops in the open. EFFECTIVE ENGAGEMENT: Within 5 meters of center.
- TARGET: Troops with overhead cover. EFFECTIVE ENGAGEMENT: Inside the enclosure.
-...
body-target alignment, grenade engagement, effective radius
Detonate Hand Grenade Within Effective Bursting Radius
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:

1. Detonate the grenade within the effective bursting radius of the target.
effective burst radius, grenade detonation, target engagement
Grip and Arm Hand Grenade
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:

1. Grip the hand grenade as follows:
- Hold the safety lever down with your thumb.
- Keep the pull ring and safety clip (if present) free, and face it towards your throwing hand.

2. Arm the grenade:
- Remove the safety clip.
...
hand grenade, arming procedure, safety lever, pull ring
Return to Cover and Wait for Detonation
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:

1. Return to the position behind cover until the grenade detonates.
- Avoid exposing yourself for more than 5 seconds at a time.
cover position, grenade detonation, exposure limits
Toss Hand Grenade Using Overhand Motion
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:

1. Toss the grenade using an overhand movement.
- Release the grenade when it comes into your field of vision ensuring that you:
- Keep your eyes on the target.
- Follow through your throwing motion.
- Take cover,...
grenade tossing technique, overhand motion, exposure time
Evaluation Preparation for Hand Grenade Throwing Training
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:

1. At the test site, provide the Soldier with five dummy grenades to engage the targets.
2. Provide targets of troops in the open, troops with overhead cover, or troops dug in without overhead cover.
3. Brief the Soldier:
- Tell the...
evaluation setup, grenade training, target engagement

Burial Procedures (6)

Inter Human Remains in a Grave
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:
1. **Place the remains face up in the grave.
2. **Refill the grave.
3. **Mark the head of the grave using stacked rocks, metal stake, or other available item.
inter human remains,tactical,burial
Prepare Human Remains for Interment
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:
1. Inventory personal effects:
- Use DD Form 1076 or a blank sheet of paper to inventory all personal effects found on the remains.
2. Record information:
- Record name, rank, SSN, and person(s) conducting the interment on...
human remains preparation,tactical,burial
Prepare a Burial Site for Human Remains
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:
1. Select the location:
- Attempt to locate the grave near the scene of death.
- Inter on high ground away from a water source.
2. Dig the grave:
- Dig the grave approximately 3 feet deep, 7 feet long, and 2 feet wide.
3....
burial,remains,tactical,burial site preparation
Record GPS Coordinates for Interment Location
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:
1. **Use a GPS to determine the location of the interment.
2. **Record the 10-digit grid coordinates on DD Form 1079 or a blank sheet of paper.
GPS,interment location,tactical,burial
Submit Documentation for Interment to Higher Headquarters
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:
1. **Submit all documents to higher headquarters.
2. **Include an incident report containing all relevant information pertaining to the interment.
document submission,tactical,burial
Inter Isolated Remains (After Receiving Authorization)
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Conditions: In a tactical situation given authorization from the responsible commander, isolated remains, an entrenching tool, human remains pouch, or shrouding material personal effects bag, a global positioning system (GPS), area map, DD Form...
inter isolated remains,burial site preparation,human remains interment,DD Form 1076,DD Form 1079,GPS coordinates,tactical burial procedures

Obstacle Construction (6)

Construct a Rectangular Anti-Tank Ditch Obstacle
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
### Construct a Rectangular Anti-Tank Ditch Obstacle

Steps:

1. Use the T-push method with one of the following team configurations:
- Dozer/dozer
- Dozer/loader
- Dozer/ACE (armored combat earthmover)
- ACE/ACE
-...
rectangular ditch, obstacle construction, T-push method, tandem method, berm placement
Direct the Construction of Barrier Obstacles
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
### Direct the Construction of Barrier Obstacle

Steps:

1. Ensure that barrier materials are obtained, including:
- Steel hedgehogs and tetrahedrons (see figure 052-195-3066-7)
- Concrete tetrahedrons and cubes (see figure...
barrier obstacles, steel hedgehogs, concrete tetrahedrons, jersey barriers, HESCO Bastion Concertainer®
Obtain and Emplace Barrier Materials for Obstacles
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure for Obtaining and Emplacing Barrier Materials

Steps:

1. Ensure that barrier materials are obtained.
- Steel hedgehogs and tetrahedrons (see figure 052-195-3066-7)
- Concrete tetrahedrons and cubes (see figure...
barrier materials, steel hedgehogs, concrete tetrahedrons, jersey barriers, HESCO Bastion Concertainer
Analyze Mission Requirements for Obstacle Construction
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Use the METT-TC factors to analyze mission requirements:
- a. Assess manpower available.
- b. Evaluate barrier materials available.
- c. Determine time available.
- d. Consider type of transportation.
...
mission analysis, METT-TC factors, obstacle construction, tactical planning
Direct Construction of Triple-Standard Concertina Fence
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Ensure work is done from the enemy side to the friendly side.
2. Direct the installation of an anchor picket (short picket) at each end of:
- The front row (located on the enemy side).
- The back row (located on the...
concertina fence, obstacle construction, tactical positioning
Install U-Shaped Pickets for Obstacle Construction
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Use U-shaped pickets to construct obstacles.
2. Ensure that the open end of the U faces the enemy.
3. Install the pickets in a manner that ensures the lower notch of each long picket is 10 centimeters (4 inches) above...
U-shaped pickets, obstacle installation, tactical positioning

Platoon Operations (6)

Complete the Defensive Plan for a Platoon
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Purpose: To finalize the plan based on reconnaissance and analysis.

Steps:
1. Complete or revise the initial defensive plan using information from the situation estimate and reconnaissance.
2. Ensure the following elements are included in...
defensive plan completion, squad deployment, tactical planning
Conduct a Reconnaissance for Platoon Defense Planning
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Purpose: To gather information about the terrain and enemy situation to support planning.

Steps:
1. Conduct a map reconnaissance as a minimum requirement.
2. If possible, conduct a ground reconnaissance to get firsthand observations...
reconnaissance, terrain evaluation, platoon defense planning
Analyze the Mission for a Platoon Defense
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Purpose: To understand and prepare for the mission of defending an area.

Steps:
1. Receive the mission from the company commander via an operation order (OPORD) or warning order.
2. Identify tasks: Determine both specified and implied...
analyze mission, METT-TC, platoon defense, tactical planning
Issue a Warning Order to Squad Leaders
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Purpose: To inform squad leaders of the mission and prepare them for receiving the full operation order (OPORD).

Steps:
1. Provide the following information in the warning order:
- Mission: Clearly state the objective of the...
warning order, platoon defense, tactical communication
Prepare Platoon Sector in the AA According to Company Plan
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Link up with guides and move the platoon to its initial position.
2. Establish and maintain local security to protect the sector from enemy threats.
3. Assign squad sectors, ensuring that they are mutually supporting...
sector preparation, platoon operations, OP designation, communication setup, progress reports
Prepare for Movement and Defense as a Platoon Sergeant
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Purpose: To ensure the platoon is ready to move and defend according to the mission requirements.

Steps:
1. Initiate orders immediately after receiving the warning order to prepare for any necessary movement or defense.
2. Request and draw...
platoon preparation, movement planning, defense readiness

Decontamination Procedures (6)

Put on New Overboots
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Open the package containing new overboots without touching them.
overboot donning, decontamination, tactical procedures
Put on an Uncontaminated Overgarment
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Open the package containing a new overgarment without touching it.
2. Remove the overgarment one piece at a time, without touching the outside of the package.
3. Put on the new trousers, leaving the cuffs open.
4....
overgarment donning, decontamination, tactical procedures
Remove Buddy 2's Jacket
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Unfasten the front snaps on Buddy 2's jacket.
2. Unzip Buddy 2's jacket.
3. Unsnap the back snaps of Buddy 2's jacket from his/her overgarment trousers.
4. Buddy 2 makes a fist as each sleeve is pulled off to...
jacket removal, decontamination, tactical procedures
Remove Buddy 2's Overboots
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Stand next to the jacket.
2. Untie or cut the overboot strings.
3. Pull overboots off one at a time.
4. Step onto the jacket as overboots are removed.
overboot removal, decontamination, tactical procedures
Remove Buddy 2's Rubber Gloves
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Help Buddy 2 remove rubber gloves, ensuring he/she does not touch the outside of the gloves with bare hands.
glove removal, decontamination, tactical procedures
Remove Buddy 2's Trousers
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Open the trouser cuffs, waist snap, zipper, and, if necessary, waist tabs.
2. Grasp the trouser leg by the cuff.
3. Pull legs from trousers one at a time.
trousers removal, decontamination, tactical procedures

Rescue Operations (5)

Mountain Rescue and Evacuation Procedures
Critical Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Purpose: To ensure safe evacuation of casualties in mountainous environments.

Steps:
1. Perform triage before evacuation by the most experienced medical personnel available (physician, physician’s assistant, medic).
2. Choose an...
mountain rescue, evacuation, triage, high-angle rescue, training
Perform a Belay Escape for an Injured Climber
Critical Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Purpose: To allow the belayer to escape the belay system when a climber has taken a serious fall and cannot continue.

Steps:
1. After a climber has been injured, tie off the belay device on your body using a mule knot. To improve this...
belay escape, injured climber, anchor system, prusik cord, rescue safety
Rescue Techniques for Individuals Unable to Cross a One Rope Bridge
Critical Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

If an individual is unable to complete the crossing on the one rope bridge using the rappel seat method (e.g., due to a fall or exhaustion), a rescue will have to be made in the following manner:

1. Reach: First, try to reach...
rope bridge rescue, tactical rescue techniques, military emergency procedures, rope crossing safety
Set Up a Belay Assist Rescue System
High Priority Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Purpose: To assist a climber who cannot climb a difficult section but will continue climbing once past it.

Steps:
1. Tie off the following climber at the belay with a mule knot.
2. Tie a Prusik knot with short Prusik cord about 12...
belay assist, rescue system, mule knot, prusik cord, climbing safety
Use Z-Pulley System for Rescuing Fallen Climber
High Priority Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Important: The force applied to the fallen climber through use of the Z-pulley system can be enough to destroy the harness-to-rope connection or injure the fallen climber if excess force is applied to the pulling rope.

Steps:
1. Ensure that...
Z-pulley system, rescue, mountaineering, mechanical advantage, anchor monitoring

Retrograde Operations (5)

Plan Retrograde Operations in Winter Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
When planning retrograde operations during winter:

1. Understand the principles of retrograde operations even if they are not expected to be used extensively.
2. Consider local withdrawals, retirements, or delaying actions as part of the tactical...
retrograde, winter planning, cover, timing flexibility
Prepare Trails and Destroy Enemy Shelters During Withdrawal
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
To prepare trails and destroy enemy shelters during withdrawal:

1. Break trails rearward from positions before the withdrawal begins.
2. Mine trails as the rearguard withdraws.
3. Destroy any possible shelter that the enemy could use.
4. If the...
trail breaking, shelter destruction, boobytraps, mining
Respond to Attacks During Withdrawal in Winter Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
When responding to attacks during withdrawal:

1. Avoid being drawn into chasing the enemy into areas where you are susceptible to ambush.
2. Restrict your response to fending off the attack.

Key Considerations:
• Maintain focus on securing the...
withdrawal, ambush avoidance, fending off attacks
Select Routes and Delaying Positions in Winter Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
When selecting routes and delaying positions during winter operations:

1. Consider the enemy's capability for oversnow movement and his aggressiveness.
2. Choose routes, delaying positions, and allocate troops to security tasks based on these...
route selection, delaying positions, flank security, winter movement
Use Terrain and Weather to Assist in Breaking Contact During Withdrawal
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
To use terrain and weather during withdrawal:

1. Utilize long hours of darkness, deep snow, and difficult terrain to assist in successfully breaking contact with the enemy.
2. Be aware that during actual withdrawal, the enemy may seriously...
terrain use, weather conditions, breaking contact, engineer resources

Night Operations (5)

Night Operations: Movement Techniques
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procedure:

1. Practice the 'Ghost Walk' technique:
- Move with minimal noise and weight distribution to avoid detection.
- Keep your body low, move slowly, and place each foot carefully on the ground.
2. Use the **'Kitten Walk'...
ghost walk, kitten walk, crawling, noise reduction, cover, night operations
Night Operations: Reaction to Flares
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procedure:

1. Understand the purpose of flares:
- Flares are used for signaling or illumination during night operations.
2. React appropriately when encountering a flare:
- If you are on foot, take cover immediately behind natural or...
flares, reaction, cover, visibility, training, night operations
Night Operations: Understanding Night Vision Devices
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procedure:

1. Understand the influence of night vision devices on operations.
- These devices allow for enhanced visibility in low-light conditions.
- They are essential for conducting operations under reduced visibility or at night.
2....
night operations, night vision devices, image intensification, thermal imaging, training, protection
Implement Night Operations for Northern Tactical Advantage
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:
1. Prioritize night operations to exploit the vulnerability of forces during daylight due to slow movement and concealment challenges.
2. Use darkness as a tactical advantage to reduce exposure and increase the element of surprise.
3....
night operations, concealment, surprise, low-light navigation
Conduct Night or Limited Visibility Airmobile Operations in Northern Latitudes
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Assess Tactical Requirements: Determine if the tactical situation necessitates conducting operations during darkness or limited visibility, particularly during winter months with short daylight periods.

2. **Use Illumination...
limited visibility,night operations,northern latitudes,snow-covered terrain

Artillery Operations (5)

Use Creeping Method of Adjustment During DANGER CLOSE Missions
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Avoid making corrections using the bracketing method of adjustment, because doing so can cause serious injury or death.

2. Use only the creeping method of adjustment during DANGER CLOSE missions.

3. Make corrections of...
creeping method, bracketing method, artillery adjustment, danger close
Apply Echelonment of Fires Within Risk Estimate Distance (RED)
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Using echelonment of fires within the specified RED for a delivery system requires the unit to assume some risks.

2. The maneuver commander determines by delivery system how close he will allow fires to fall in proximity to...
echelonment of fires, red, fso, artillery operations
Understand Casualty Criterion and Physical Incapacitation (PI)
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. The casualty criterion is the 5-minute assault criterion for a prone soldier in winter clothing and helmet.

2. Physical incapacitation (PI) means that a soldier is physically unable to function in an assault within a...
casualty criterion, pi, physical incapacitation, artillery safety
Adjusting Fuze Settings for Artillery Fire in Snowy Conditions
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure:

1. Assess snow conditions: Determine the depth and type of snow covering the area.
2. Select appropriate fuze setting:
- Use a delayed action fuze to allow the shell to penetrate the snow blanket and explode...
snow, artillery, fuze settings, cold weather, military operations
Mitigating Artillery Effects in Muskeg and Frozen Ground Conditions
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure:

1. Assess terrain conditions: Identify areas with muskeg, water, ice, or frozen ground.
2. **Understand effects of terrain on artillery:
- In summer, muskeg and water will limit the effects of artillery fire.
- On ice or...
muskeg, frozen ground, artillery effects, military tactics, cold weather

Martial Arts Training (5)

Body Hardening for Tan Belt Level Training
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: To toughen specific areas of the body used frequently during tan belt training.

Steps:
1. Focus on hardening the following areas:
- Radial nerves
- Ulnas
- Peroneal nerves
- Palms of hands
-...
body hardening,tan belt,martial arts training,nerves,palms,abdominal muscles
Method/Media for Instruction on Responsible Use of Force
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: To explain the method/media used to teach the responsible use of force.

1. Instruction Method: This period of instruction will be taught by lecture.
lecture method, responsible use of force instruction
Overview of Lesson on Responsible Use of Force
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: To provide an overview of the lesson on responsible use of force.

1. Lesson Overview: This lesson will cover your responsibilities as a warrior for the responsible use of force.
overview, responsible use of force, warrior responsibilities
Purpose of Lesson on Assessing Temper and Intent
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: To explain the purpose of the lesson on assessing temper and intent.

1. Lesson Purpose: This lesson covers the assessment of Temper and Intent in any given situation.
2. Knowledge Provision: The purpose of this lesson is to...
assess temper and intent, evaluate situations, lesson purpose
Understand the Belt Ranking System in MCMAP
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
The Marine Corps Martial Arts Program has a belt ranking system with 5 basic levels: tan, gray, green, brown, and black belt.

### Belt Levels and Requirements:
1. Tan Belt: Conducted at entry level training as part of the transformation...
belt ranking system,MCMAP,black belt,instructor trainer,tan belt,gray belt,green belt,brown belt

Knife Techniques (5)

Perform Vertical Slash Technique with Knife
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Vertical Slash Technique is used to close with an enemy by causing damage or distraction.

### Steps:
1. Stand facing your opponent.
2. Thrust your right hand out and bring the weapon straight down on the opponent.
3. **Continue dragging...
vertical slash, knife technique, combat, slashing, martial arts
Perform Vertical Thrust with Knife
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Vertical Thrust is used to insert the blade into an opponent to cause extensive damage and trauma.

### Steps:
1. Stand facing your opponent.
2. **Thrust your right hand toward the target, inserting the knife blade straight into the...
vertical thrust, knife technique, combat, thrusting, martial arts
Conduct Knife Training Safely
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Ensure safety during knife training sessions.

Steps:
1. Provide all students with a training knife, eye protection, and groin protection before beginning any practical application periods.
2. Instruct students not to execute...
safety precautions, knife training, martial arts, USMC, eye protection
Execute a Vertical Slash with a Training Knife
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Execute a vertical slash in accordance with the references.

Steps:
1. Assume a proper grip on the training knife, ensuring control and stability.
2. Position your body in a balanced stance, feet shoulder-width apart, knees...
vertical slash, knife technique, training knife, martial arts, USMC
Understand Considerations for Using the Bayonet and K-Bar
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
- The K-bar is a sharp, single-bladed knife designed for cutting and tearing.
• The bayonet is a duel-bladed knife with a narrower and duller blade.
• The design of the bayonet makes it more effective for thrusting motions rather than...
bayonet, k-bar, knife comparison, combat, martial arts

Military Equipment Maintenance (5)

Maintain an M203 Grenade Launcher
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Clear the M203 grenade launcher before disassembling.
2. Disassemble the M203:
a. Remove the quadrant sight (if used) by loosening the knurled screw on the right side.
b. Pull back the slip ring and lift up on the...
M203 grenade launcher, maintenance, cleaning, disassembly, inspection, function check
Perform a Function Check on an M249 Machine Gun
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Procedure: Perform a Function Check on an M249 Machine Gun

Steps:
1. Grasp the cocking handle with the right hand, palm facing up, and pull the bolt back, locking it to the rear.
2. **Push the cocking handle forward to the lock...
M249,function check,cocking handle,bolt lock,Safety position,trigger pull
Disassemble the Caliber .50 M2 Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Performance Steps

1. Clear the caliber .50 M2 machine gun.

• a. Unlock the bolt latch release and raise the cover (figure 071-022-0001-1).
• b. Pull and lock the bolt to the rear, leaving the retracting slide handle to the...
disassemble,machine gun,M2 .50,barrel assembly,backplate,detachable parts
Perform a Function Check on an M16-Series Rifle (BURST Position)
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Confirm that the M16-series rifle operates properly with the selector switch in the BURST position.

Steps:
1. Check the rifle with the selector lever in the BURST position.
- Place the selector lever in the BURST...
M16-series rifle,function check,BURST position,selector lever
Stop Function Check and Report Malfunctioning Rifle
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Stop the function check if the rifle does not operate properly and report it.

Steps:
1. Stop the function check any time the rifle does not function properly.
2. Turn in the malfunctioning rifle to the unit armorer for...
M16-series rifle,function check,malfunction report,unit armorer

Urban Combat Positions (5)

Prepare Machine Gun Positions
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Emplace machine gun positions in urban environments to maximize effectiveness and minimize exposure.

### Steps:
1. Choose Positioning: Place the machine gun in a position similar to that of an individual firer, but avoid windows...
machine gun position, urban combat, low-level emplacement, grazing fire, loophole, doorjamb, basement window
Prepare Individual Rifle Positions in Urban Operations
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Preparation Steps:

1. Barricade windows to improve firing positions:
- Cover the window completely, except for a small hole to fire through.
- DO NOT barricade only the windows that you plan to use as firing positions; the enemy would...
individual rifle positions,barricade windows,remove glass,wet blanket,muzzle blast,curtains,urban operations
Prepare Loopholes in Urban Operations
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Preparation Steps:

1. Break or blow several small holes in the wall to create loopholes for observing and engaging targets within your sector of fire.
2. Camouflage loopholes by creating additional holes in the wall so that the enemy...
loopholes,camouflage,blast wall,sandbags,reinforce walls,overhead cover,urban operations
Prepare Sniper Positions in Urban Operations
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Preparation Steps:

1. Position snipers on or near the top of buildings to maximize fields of fire.
2. Use protruding structures like chimneys as a base for sniper positions:
- Remove part of the roofing material.
- Stand below...
sniper positions,chimney base,roof platform,sandbags,flank protection,urban operations
Select Hasty Firing Positions During an Urban Operation
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Select hasty firing positions in urban terrain to maximize fire effectiveness while minimizing exposure.

### Steps:
1. Fire Around Buildings or Walls:
- Use the left-handed firing technique when firing around the left corner...
hasty firing position, urban combat, left-handed technique, cover and concealment

Law Of War (5)

Define a Grave Breach of the Law of War and Its Consequences
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

Step 1: Define a Grave Breach of the Law of War.

Step 2: Describe what offenses may constitute a grave breach, such as willful killing, torture, or inhumane treatment.

Step 3: Explain disciplinary actions that may be...
grave breach, law of war, disciplinary actions, statute of limitations, prosecution
Describe a Soldier's Responsibility Toward Unlawful Orders and War Crimes
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

Step 1: Describe the inapplicability of the defense of 'obeying superior orders' for committing a war crime.

Step 2: Explain that subordinates who commit war crimes are not excused from prosecution even if the commander is...
unlawful orders, war crime, disobedience, rules of engagement, prosecution
Describe the Responsibilities of Commanders in Violations of the Law of War
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

Step 1: Describe how legal responsibility for a war crime can be placed on both the commander and the subordinate who commits it.

Step 2: Explain the circumstances under which a commander may be prosecuted for the commission...
commander, legal responsibility, war crime, prosecution, accountability
Describe the Responsibilities of U.S. Soldiers to Obey the Law of War
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

Step 1: Describe how U.S. Soldiers are bound to obey all rules of the Customary Law of War and the Hague and Geneva Conventions.

Step 2: Explain that Soldiers may be court-martialed for violating these rules.

Step 3:...
U.S. soldiers, law of war, obedience, court-martial, prosecution
Describe a Soldier's Obligation to Report Violations of the Law of War
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

Step 1: Describe the obligation of a Soldier to report any violations of the Law of War.

Step 2: Emphasize that reporting is a critical part of upholding international humanitarian law and ensuring accountability.
reporting, law of war, accountability, soldier obligations

Ordnance Identification (5)

Identify and Recognize Guided Missiles
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Identify and Recognize Guided Missiles

Overview: This procedure outlines how to identify and recognize guided missiles based on their size, shape, and potential hazards.

Steps:
1. **Examine the missile's physical...
guided missile,identification,tactical,ordnance,survival
Identify and Recognize Projected Projectiles
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Identify and Recognize Projected Projectiles

Overview: This procedure outlines how to identify and recognize projected projectiles based on their size, shape, and potential hazards.

Steps:
1. **Examine the projectile's...
projectile,identification,tactical,ordnance,survival
Identify and Recognize Rifle Grenades
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Identify and Recognize Rifle Grenades

Overview: This procedure outlines how to identify and recognize rifle grenades based on their size, shape, and potential hazards.

Steps:
1. **Examine the grenade's physical...
rifle grenade,identification,tactical,ordnance,survival
Identify and Recognize Rockets
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Identify and Recognize Rockets

Overview: This procedure outlines how to identify and recognize rockets based on their size, shape, and potential hazards.

Steps:
1. Examine the rocket's physical characteristics:
-...
rocket,identification,tactical,ordnance,survival
Identify and Recognize Thrown Ordnance (Grenades)
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Identify and Recognize Thrown Ordnance (Grenades)

Overview: This procedure outlines how to identify and recognize thrown ordnance, such as grenades, based on their size, shape, and potential hazards.

Steps:
1. **Examine...
grenade,identification,tactical,ordnance,survival

Fire Sector Planning (5)

Determine Direction, Elevation, and Range Using the T&E Mechanism
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Using the T&E mechanism, determine the direction, elevation, and range to each target.
2. Write this information in the DATA SECTION of the range card as follows (figure 071-000-0005-2 and figure 071-000-0005-3):
- **Center...
T&E mechanism, range card, direction, elevation, tactical map
Draw a Barbed Line for Fire Sector Planning
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Draw a barbed line between the position and the terrain feature.
2. Above the line, record the distance in meters.
3. Below the line, record the azimuth in mils or degrees from the terrain feature to the gun.
4. Use the...
barbed line, azimuth, distance, fire sector planning, tactical map
Label Targets in the Primary Sector of Fire
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Label the targets in the primary sector in their order of priority.
2. Label the FPL or PDF with the number "1" (figure 071-000-0005-2 and figure 071-000-0005-3).
target labeling, priority order, FPL, PDF, tactical map
Sketch the Primary Sector of Fire Using an FPL
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Use an FPL (figure 071-000-0005-3 DATA SECTION, Item No. 1) only if the position offers a good grazing distance.
2. Base the primary sector of fire on the line of fire.
3. Make the FPL the sector limit closest to friendly...
FPL, primary sector of fire, dead space, grazing distance, tactical map
Sketch the Secondary Sector of Fire
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Sketch the secondary sector of fire (E, figure 071-000-0005-1).
2. Label the range (in meters) from the gun to each target in the secondary sector.
3. Sketch aiming and elevation stakes between the gun position and the target...
secondary sector of fire, aiming stakes, elevation stakes, tactical map

Map Reading And Symbol Placement (5)

Identify Objectives on Tactical Maps Using the 'OBJ' Abbreviation
Reference Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Identify each objective by the abbreviation "OBJ" and a number, letter, or name designation (see figure 071-332-5000-15).
2. An objective assigned by higher headquarters may be given entirely to one subordinate unit or...
objective identification,map symbols,tactical map reading,OBJ designation
Pinch Out a Unit on Tactical Maps Using Boundaries
Reference Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Show this type of operation by drawing the boundary across the front of the unit, usually along a well-defined terrain feature such as a stream, ridge, or highway.
2. For example, Company A will be pinched out after seizing...
pinch out technique,map boundaries,tactical map reading,OBJ sequence
Show Locations of Attacking Units on Tactical Maps
Reference Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Show the locations of attacking units with boundaries, and include CP symbols when the locations of CPs are known.
2. Alternatively, show the location of attacking units using unit symbols if boundaries are not...
attacking unit placement,map boundaries,tactical map reading,CP symbol placement
Show Reserve Units in a Defensive Position Using the 'Goose Egg' Technique
Reference Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Normally show reserve units of a force assigned to a defense position or battle position with a line enclosing the area occupied or to be occupied, referred to as a "goose egg."
2. Number or letter these positions for...
goose egg technique,defensive positioning,map symbols,tactical map reading
Show the Defensive Battlefield on Tactical Maps
Reference Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. The defensive battlefield is organized into two main areas: the covering force area and the main battle area (MBA).
2. Use figure 071-332-5000-17 to reference examples of the defensive battlefield layout.
3. Ensure that...
defensive battlefield,map layout,tactical map reading,covering force area,MBA designation

Convoy Security (5)

Brief Personnel on Convoy Mission and Procedures
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

• Conduct a thorough briefing for all personnel involved in the convoy operation.

Key Briefing Topics:

1. Mission details: Clearly explain the objective, route, and expected duration of the convoy.
2. Enemy situation:...
briefing procedures, convoy mission briefing, enemy contact actions, mine avoidance, communication protocols
Inspect Convoy Equipment and Supplies
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

• Conduct a thorough inspection of all convoy equipment to ensure readiness for the mission.

Items to Inspect:

1. Vehicles: Check mechanical systems, fuel levels, tires, and overall condition.
2. Radios: Ensure all...
equipment inspection, convoy readiness check, CBRN gear verification
Coordinate with Artillery Units for Convoy Security
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

• Coordinate with artillery units to ensure effective fire support during the convoy operation.

Steps to Take:

1. Identify predetermined targets: Use information from route reconnaissance or coordination with the convoy...
artillery coordination, predetermined targets, ambush site identification
Coordinate with Helicopter and Air Force Units for Gunship Support
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

• Coordinate with helicopter and/or Air Force units to secure gunship support during the convoy operation.

Steps to Take:

1. Request gunship support: Determine if air support is needed based on threat assessment and mission...
gunship support coordination, air force communication protocols
Determine Convoy Escort Method
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

• Identify the method of escort for the convoy based on mission requirements and threat level.

Available Escort Methods:

1. Scout, lead, and trail (leading/following): Use this method when a full security perimeter is not...
convoy escort methods, scout lead trail, empty truck, leap frog, perimeter security

Uxo Handling (4)

Decision-Making for Chemical/Biological UXO Removal
Critical Source: Emergency War Surgery
Overview: The decision to remove a chemical or biological UXO is a command-level decision.

Details:
• Requires coordination with EOD and command personnel.
• Consider the risks of exposure, potential for secondary detonation, and the...
chemical UXO removal, command decision, EOD coordination
Handle Unexploded Ordnance (UXO) in Casualties
Critical Source: Emergency War Surgery
Overview: UXOs are embedded in casualties without exploding and require immediate handling precautions.

Details:
• Types of UXO: Rockets, grenades, mortar rounds.
• Fuses may be triggered by: Impact, electromagnetic, or laser...
unexploded ordnance, UXO handling, EOD, tactical safety
Operative Management of UXO in Casualties
Critical Source: Emergency War Surgery
Overview: Safe surgical management is critical when handling UXO embedded in casualties.

Details:
• Precautions for surgeon and staff:
- Sandbag operative area, use flak vests, and wear eye protection.
- Avoid triggering stimuli...
UXO surgery, operative management, EOD, tactical safety
Access Field Manual for Unexploded Ordnance Procedures
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Title: Access Field Manual for Unexploded Ordnance Procedures

Procedure:
1. Locate FM 4-30.51 (FM 21-16) titled *Unexploded Ordnance (UXO) Procedures*.
2. Verify the publication date is 13 July 2006.
3. Use this manual to understand...
field manuals,UXO,FM 4-30.51

Helicopter Operations (4)

Deplaning Procedures During Winter Helicopter Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. After deplaning, move to a mid-distance from other helicopters to avoid the maximum windchill effects and blowing snow caused by the downwash of helicopter blades.
2. Personnel must protect their faces by turning away from the...
deplaning,winter helicopter,frostbite check,equipment handling
Prepare for Helicopter Landing in Winter Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Ensure that no troops are present on the landing site at the time of helicopter touchdown to avoid dangers from night operations, windchill, and blowing snow.
2. Tie skis and snowshoes in bundles to prevent them from becoming...
helicopter landing,winter operations,lake lz,ice thickness check,dye marking
Orienting Troops During Winter Helicopter Landings
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. When unloading in the landing area, troops may become disoriented due to environmental conditions.
2. As a minimum, a crew member of each aircraft should inform the ground commander which direction is north relative to the...
orientation,winter landing,troop warming areas,temperature control
Marking a Helicopter Landing Zone (LZ) in Tactical Conditions
Standard Source: TCCC 17 13 Army Tactical Combat Casualty Care
Overview: Proper marking of the LZ is essential for safe helicopter operations in tactical environments.

Procedure:
1. Use an inverted “Y” system as the primary marking for U.S. Forces during nighttime or low-visibility operations.
2....
LZ marking, inverted Y system, Chemlights, beanbag lights, tactical lighting, helicopter landing zone

Ropes And Knots (4)

Rescue a Boat Trapped in a River Obstacle (Boat Wraps)
High Priority Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

1. Ensure Personnel Safety First:
- Ensure that no one is trapped between the boat and the obstacle.
- If you do not have full accountability of personnel, cut the boat immediately to prevent injury or death.
- The...
boat wraps, rescue boat, river obstacle, tag-line, Z-drag, mechanical advantage, self-bailing raft, bucket boat
Set Up Tyrolean Highline and Telfer Lowering Systems
Standard Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

1. Establish Two Lines Across the River:
- Use any method taught to accomplish this.

2. Designate an Anchor Line:
- Establish one line as the anchor line and tighten it using methods from the "one rope bridge" class or...
tyrolean highline, telfer lowering system, mechanical advantage, self-equalizing anchor, mule teams, ferry angle, rescue operations
Set Up a Pig-Rig for Mechanical Advantage
Standard Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

1. Tie Off the Mainline:
- Tie off the mainline on either end, or tie off the far side and set up a belay device on the near side using a munter hitch or rescue 8.

2. Establish an Anchor for the Pig-Rig:
- Set up an...
pig-rig, mechanical advantage, prussik, directional figure 8, figure 8 on a bight, munter hitch, rescue 8
Set Up a Three Point and Boatmen's Self-Equalizing Anchor System
Standard Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

1. Understand the Concept of Self-Equalizing Anchors:
- These anchors are designed so that all anchor points (e.g., D-rings, thwarts) remain under equal tension regardless of the direction of pull.

2. Materials Required:
...
anchor, self-equalizing anchor, three point anchor, boatmen's anchor, double figure 8 on a bight, directional figure 8, water tape knot, webbing

Advance Operations (4)

Manage Toboggans During Winter Advance
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Toboggans in the Advance: When toboggans are pulled during an advance they travel more easily on a broken trail, therefore, they should be grouped to the rear of their sub-units. When danger becomes imminent toboggans should be deployed well to...
toboggans, winter advance, trail breaking, duty sub-unit, formations
Organize the Vanguard for Winter Advance
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
The Vanguard: In addition to the normal vanguard role of reconnaissance and protection, the vanguard will, in winter operations, be required to perform the role of trail breaking.
vanguard, trail breaking, winter advance, reconnaissance, protection
Use Appropriate Formations During Winter Advance
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Formations: When danger is not imminent, sub-units may travel in single file in open country and in bush. This formation is the simplest to camouflage and requires fewer trail breakers. When contact is imminent, single file should be avoided and...
formations, single file, parallel columns, trail breaking, winter advance
Utilize Navigation Party During Winter Advance
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Navigation Party: During the advance when danger is not imminent, the navigation party should move well forward in the column. When danger is imminent, this party should be well back in the column. Each sub-unit should be prepared to navigate...
navigation party, winter advance, self-navigation, rough bearings

Communications Security (4)

Maintain Radio and Voice Security in Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Limit radio traffic to a minimum during all phases of northern operations.
2. Use proper voice procedures for all communications to avoid detection by enemy patrols.
3. Ensure that all personnel are trained on secure communication...
radio security,voice discipline,winter comms,cold weather training,tactical security
Minimize Audio and Electronic Communications
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

Constraints on communication depend on enemy detection abilities and the time sensitivity of information obtained from the enemy.

Steps:
1. Limit audio and electronic communications to only what is necessary for mission...
minimize communications, enemy detection, radio contact
Minimize Radio Transmissions to Avoid Enemy Detection
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
To prevent an enemy from locating radio transmitters:

1. Minimize transmissions by preplanning message traffic and transmitting as quickly as possible.
2. Use alternate communication means whenever possible.
3. Protect transmissions...
radio transmission, enemy detection, communication security, low power, terrain masking
Antenna Placement and Management for Telecommunications
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Properly place and manage antennas to minimize enemy detection of telecommunications activities.

Steps:
1. Place antennas using natural supports when possible (e.g., trees for dipoles).
2. Ensure that antennas are placed a...
antenna placement, radio communications, terrain masking, wire concealment

Airborne Operations (4)

Airborne Operations in Cold Weather Conditions
High Priority Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure:

• Inspect personnel to ensure correct fit of parachutes over arctic clothing and proper attachment of equipment.
• Parachutists should jump with skis or snowshoes if snow is present on the DZ (TM 57-220).
• Keep cargo compartment of...
cold weather parachuting, airborne operations, arctic clothing
Understanding Limitations of Airborne Operations in Northern Environments
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure for Understanding and Mitigating Limitations of Airborne Operations in the North:

1. Weather Impact: Be aware that extreme weather conditions such as blizzards, fog, and white-out conditions significantly increase operational...
northern airborne operations,weather limitations,navigational challenges,snow removal,communication issues
Choosing Between Parachute and Air Assault Landing in Northern Operations
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure for Choosing Between Parachute and Air Assault Landing in Northern Environments:

1. Assess Lodgement Area: Consider the size of the lodgement area relative to the distance from the nearest landing facilities.

2. **Evaluate Force...
parachute assault,air assault landing,northern operations,tactical considerations
Selecting Drop Zones and Landing Zones in Northern Operations
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure for Selecting Drop Zones (DZ) and Landing Zones (LZ) in Northern Environments:

1. Assess Visual or Photographic Coverage: Ensure that the selected DZ/LZ can be visually confirmed or photographed to verify suitability.

2....
drop zones,landing zones,northern operations,selection criteria,airborne assault

Enemy Sensors And Detection (4)

Identify and Understand Enemy Visual Sensor Types
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Procedure:

1. Recognize enemy visual sensors, which include:
- Image intensifiers: Passive night-observation devices used for surveillance, weapon sights on small arms and vehicles, and airborne platforms.
- **Low-light television...
visual sensors,image intensifiers,LLTV,aerial recon,target nomination lists,camouflage and decoy
Understand Infrared (IR) Sensor Applications in Reconnaissance
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Procedure:

1. Identify IR sensor applications: Sophisticated passive IR sensors, such as the Forward-Looking Infrared System (FLIRS), can be mounted on aircraft.
- FLIRS provides aircrews and enemy ground forces with real-time IR imagery...
FLIRS,IR films,reconnaissance,aerial imagery
Understand Infrared (IR) Sensor Characteristics and Thermal Contrast
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Procedure:

1. Identify IR sensor operation: IR sensors detect contrasts in heat energy radiated by targets on the battlefield, displaying these differences as colors or shades.
- Longer wavelength IR radiation is more susceptible to...
IR sensors,thermal contrast,heat energy,emissivity coatings
Understand Near Infrared (NIR) Sensor Characteristics and Limitations
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Procedure:

1. Identify NIR sensor operation: NIR sensors operate at wavelengths just above visible light in the EM spectrum.
- These sensors detect differences in reflection from live vegetation, dead vegetation, and man-made materials.
...
NIR sensors,NIR energy reflection,fog,mist,smoke,image intensifiers

Assembly Areas (4)

Apply Individual Camouflage Concealment and Decoys (CCD) at Assembly Areas (AAs)
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Apply Individual Camouflage Concealment and Decoys (CCD) at Assembly Areas (AAs)

• While at an AA, personnel should apply individual CCD.
• Applying stick paint and cut vegetation enhances CCD during all phases of an operation.
AA,assembly area,tactical,individual CCD,application
Designate Concealed Assembly Areas (AAs)
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Designate Concealed Assembly Areas (AAs)

• Designate AAs on terrain with natural screens and a developed network of roads and paths.
• Thick forests and small towns and villages often provide the best locations.
• If natural screens are...
AA,assembly area,tactical,concealment,terrain
Position Vehicles for Maximum Concealment at Assembly Areas (AAs)
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Position Vehicles for Maximum Concealment at Assembly Areas (AAs)

• Position vehicles to take full advantage of the terrain's natural concealment properties.
• Cover vehicles with camouflage nets.
• Apply paint and cut vegetation to vehicles to...
AA,assembly area,tactical,vehicle concealment,CCD
Prepare Assembly Areas (AAs) During Limited Visibility
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Prepare Assembly Areas (AAs) During Limited Visibility

• Prepare AAs during limited visibility.
• After preparation, suppress the signatures that their preparations produced and remove any indications of activities upon mission completion.
AA,assembly area,tactical,concealment,visibility

Military Combatives (4)

Achieving and Maintaining the Back Mount Position
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Gain control of an opponent by achieving the back mount position.

Procedure:
1. Wrap both legs around the enemy’s torso, with heels hooked inside his legs for stability.
2. Use one arm under an armpit and the other around the...
back mount, combat position, dominant body position, military combatives, ground fighting
Conducting Drills for Combat Training
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Reinforce basic combat skills through repetition and emphasize dominant body position.

Procedure:
1. Use drills at the beginning of each training session to warm up soldiers.
2. Repeat basic positional techniques with a different...
drills, combat training, military drills, body position, combatives
Executing Techniques at Combat Speed
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Enable soldiers to perform combat techniques effectively under realistic conditions.

Procedure:
1. Ensure soldiers are proficient in executing a technique by the numbers (step-by-step).
2. Instruct soldiers with the command, such...
combat speed, technique execution, military training, combatives, combat readiness
Using Training Pads for Combat Practice
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Enhance training by allowing full-force strikes while protecting soldiers and their partners.

Procedure:
1. Use training pads, such as tackle dummy pads or martial arts striking pads, during combat drills.
2. Place the pad on...
training pads, combat practice, striking techniques, protective equipment, military training

Combat Sports Rules (4)

Define Methods of Victory in Combat Sports
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Methods of Victory:

(1) Knockout (KO): If one fighter goes down from the impact of a blow (not from a push, slip, or throw), the referee will send the fighter who struck the blow to a neutral corner and begin a 10 count. If the downed...
knockout,technical knockout,tap out,judges decision
Handle Disqualification in Combat Sports
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Disqualification Procedures:

• Illegal Joint Technique: Use of any illegal joint technique will result in immediate disqualification.
• Intentional Illegal Technique: Intentional use of any illegal technique will result in immediate...
disqualification,illegal technique,unsportsman-like conduct
Handle Stalemate in Combat Sports
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Stalemate Procedures:

• When the combatants are on the ground and neither is attempting to gain an advantage position or submission, the referee will start a 30-second count.
• If neither fighter attempts to improve his position or gain a...
stalemate,referee intervention
Weigh-In Procedures and Weight Classes in Combat Sports
Reference Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Weigh-In Procedures:

• Fighters may weigh in the evening before or up to one hour before the fight.
• No fighter should weigh in more than 24 hours before the fight.
• Fighters will be paired by weight class.
• Sponsoring units may create their...
weigh-in,weight classes

Security Measures (4)

Emplace Early Warning Devices
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Steps:

1. Use the platoon early warning system, if available.
2. Set out trip flares to detect enemy movement.
3. Use improvised early warning devices such as noise makers, trip wire grenades, or other explosives.
4. Ensure that all...
early warning devices, trip flares, improvised security
Implement Security Measures During Tactical Movement
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Ensure the safety and security of the unit during all phases of tactical movement.

Procedure:
1. Use both active and passive security measures constantly:
- Active measures include patrols, observation posts, and...
security measures,tactical movement,360 degree security,sector of fire,assign responsibilities
Maintain Security During Tactical Movement and Halts
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: Ensure the patrol maintains 360-degree security during movement and halts to prevent enemy contact.

Procedure:
1. Assign specific security responsibilities to subunits for danger areas, patrol bases, and objective areas.
2....
security, movement, halts, 360-degree, active security, passive security, control measures
Implementing Shelter Security Measures for Collective-Protection Systems
Standard Source: FM 3 4 NBC Protection
Implementing Shelter Security Measures for Collective-Protection Systems

1. Ensure that security is maintained around any protective shelter based on the tactical situation.
2. Determine the type and strength of a security element based on the...
shelter security, OPs, patrols, entry/exit control

Mountaineering (4)

Operating a Rappel Point and Communication Protocols
High Priority Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Operation of the Rappel Point

Due to the inherent dangers of rappelling, special care must be taken to ensure a safe and successful descent.

Communication: Climbers at the top of a rappel point must be able to communicate with those at the...
rappel communication,ropesignals,tactical rappelling,mountain safety
Establishing an Indirect Belay
High Priority Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Indirect Belay is the most commonly used type of belay and involves using a belay device attached to the belayer’s harness. This method provides dynamic shock or weight absorption by the belayer if the climber falls or weights the rope, reducing...
indirect belay, belay device, harness, shock absorption, anchor load
Install Fixed Rope with Intermediate Anchors
High Priority Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Installation of a fixed rope with intermediate anchors:

1. Preparation:
- Two experienced climbers prepare for a roped climb.
- The leader carries a typical rack with enough hardware to place an adequate number of intermediate anchor...
fixed rope, intermediate anchors, mountaineering, military climbing, anchor placement, rope installation
Install A-Frame for Suspension Traverse
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Installation of an A-Frame for Suspension Traverse

1. Select Site and Determine Requirements:
- Choose a site based on mission requirements and terrain conditions.
- Ensure the installation runs in a straight line between two...
A-frame installation, suspension traverse, mountaineering, rope techniques, military procedures

Mountaineering Rappelling (4)

First Rappeller Down Responsibilities
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Duties of the First Rappeller Down:

1. Select a smooth route for the rope that is clear of sharp rocks.
2. Conduct a self-belay using a self-belay attached to the rappel seat, which is hooked to the rappel rope with a friction knot.
3. Clear...
first rappeller, responsibilities, military mountaineering
Rappel Procedures and Body Positioning
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Proper Rappel Descent Technique:

• Soldiers wear gloves for all types of rappels to protect their hands from rope burns.
• Descend in a smooth, controlled manner.
• The body forms an L-shape: feet shoulder-width apart, legs straight, and...
rappel technique, body positioning, military mountaineering
Rappeller Clearing the Ropes and Belaying Subsequent Rappellers
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Procedure for Rappeller Clearing the Ropes:

• Each rappeller down clears the ropes and shouts, “Off rappel,” (if the tactical situation permits).
• After the rope is cleared and the rappeller is off rappel, he acts as the belayer for the...
clearing ropes, belaying, military mountaineering
Tying Off During a Rappel
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
How to Tie Off During the Rappel:

• It may be necessary to stop during descent.
• This can be accomplished by:
- Passing the rope around the body and placing three or more wraps around the guide-hand-side leg, or
- Using the...
tying off, rappel stop, military mountaineering

Vehicle Camouflage (4)

Camouflage of Vehicles - Concealment Techniques and Positioning
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Objective: Improve the concealment of vehicles using positioning and additional cover.

Steps:
1. Park vehicles close to dark features or in shaded areas for better concealment.
2. Break the silhouette of the vehicle to avoid...
vehicle concealment, positioning, military tactics, camouflage
Camouflage of Vehicles - Constructing Cover for Concealment
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Objective: Use additional structures to improve the concealment of vehicles in cold weather environments.

Steps:
1. In wooded areas, construct lean-tos or other temporary shelters to help conceal vehicles.
2. In static situations,...
vehicle cover, snow shelter, military tactics, camouflage
Camouflage of Vehicles - Managing Exhaust in Extreme Cold
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Objective: Reduce the risk of detection from vehicle exhaust in extreme cold conditions.

Steps:
1. Consider the exhaust emissions from vehicles in extreme cold environments, as they can form ice fog and increase the likelihood of enemy...
exhaust management, extreme cold, military tactics, vehicle camouflage
Camouflage of Vehicles - Painting and Seasonal Camouflage
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Objective: Ensure vehicles are effectively camouflaged in winter conditions.

Steps:
1. Paint all vehicles white using AGO 8641A to match the predominantly white terrain during winter.
2. In forested areas, darken the white...
vehicle camouflage, winter painting, military tactics, AGO 8641A

Military Maneuvers (4)

Inspection Skis Movement
Reference Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure for Inspection Skis (From Order Skis):

1. Start at the position of *Order Skis*. The command is INSPECTION SKIS.
2. At the command SKIS, perform the following:
- Use the left hand to unstrap the skis and place the loose...
inspection skis, military movement, cold weather manual, ski handling
Open and Close Ranks Movement
Reference Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure for Open and Close Ranks (Based on FM 22-5 with Adjustments):

1. Front rank takes 4 steps forward.
2. Second rank takes 2 steps forward.
3. Third rank stands fast (remains in place).
4. Fourth rank takes **4 steps...
open ranks, military movement, cold weather manual, formation adjustment
Right Shoulder Skis Movement
Reference Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure for Right Shoulder Skis (Four Count Movement):

1. Start at the position of *Order Skis*. The command is RIGHT SHOULDER SKIS.
2. At the command SKIS, perform the following:
- Lift the skis vertically until the upper right...
right shoulder skis, military movement, cold weather manual, ski handling
Stack Skis Movement
Reference Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure for Stacking Skis:

*Note: Specific details on how to stack the skis are not provided in the text. This procedure is referenced but not fully described.*
stack skis, military movement, cold weather manual, ski handling

Coordination Checklist (4)

Conduct Adjacent Unit Coordination Checklist
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

This checklist is used for coordination with adjacent units operating in the area of operations:

1. Identify yourself and your unit.
2. Provide size of platoon/squad.
3. Share time(s) and place(s) of departure and return,...
adjacent unit coordination, fire and barrier plan, pyrotechnic plan, recognition signals
Conduct Coordination with Forward Unit Checklist
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Coordination with Forward Unit Checklist

A platoon/squad that requires foot movement through a friendly forward unit must coordinate with that unit’s commander for safe and orderly passage. If no time or place has been designated, the...
forward unit, coordination checklist, fire plan, pyrotechnic plan, emergency signals
Conduct Fire Support Coordination Checklist
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Fire Support Coordination Checklist

The platoon/squad leader will coordinate the following with the platoon forward observer (FO):

1. Mission backbrief.
2. Identification of supporting unit.
3. Mission and objective.
4. **Route to...
fire support, coordination checklist, target list, control measures, communication plan
Conduct Operations Coordination Checklist
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Operations Coordination Checklist

This coordination occurs with the platoon leader/company commander to confirm mission and operational plan, receive last-minute changes, and update subordinates or issue a FRAGO (Fragmentary Order), if...
operations, coordination checklist, route selection, signal plan, resupply

Battle Drills (4)

Break Contact Battle Drill
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Break contact with the enemy in a tactical situation.

Procedure:
1. Follow the leader's orders to break contact immediately.
2. Move to cover or concealment as directed.
3. Maintain fire discipline and avoid...
break contact,battle drill,tactical response,military training
Enter/Clear a Trench Battle Drill
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Enter and clear a trench of enemy forces in a tactical situation.

Procedure:
1. Assume the correct position based on the situation and terrain.
2. Provide suppressive fire to neutralize enemy positions.
3. **Move to cover...
enter trench,clear trench,battle drill,tactical response,military training
Knock Out Bunkers Battle Drill
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Knock out enemy bunkers in a tactical situation.

Procedure:
1. Assume the correct position based on the situation and terrain.
2. Provide suppressive fire to neutralize enemy positions.
3. Move to cover or concealment...
knock out bunkers,battle drill,tactical response,military training
React to Ambush Battle Drill
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: React effectively to an ambush in a tactical situation.

Procedure:
1. Assume the correct position based on the situation and terrain.
2. Maintain fire discipline and follow the leader's commands.
3. **Provide suppressive...
react to ambush,battle drill,tactical response,military training

Unit Operations (4)

Plan Unit Move for Deployment
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
### Plan Unit Move for Deployment

Conditions: You are given a command directive to plan for your unit to conduct a move to port of embarkation to deploy in support of an Army or Joint operations plan (OPLAN). You have access to the unit...
plan unit move, deployment planning, transportation planning, movement plan, tactical operations
ATM Unit Responsibilities During Operation
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Define the responsibilities of ATM units during tactical operations.

Steps:
1. Positioning and OOM: ATM is responsible for navigation and will be 1st in the OOM (Order of Movement).
2. Flank Security: ATM provides flank...
ATM responsibilities, flank security, EPW handling, navigation support
BTM Unit Responsibilities During Operation
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Define the responsibilities of BTM units during tactical operations.

Steps:
1. Positioning and OOM: BTM is responsible for securing the near side of all linear danger areas and will be 3rd in the OOM (Order of Movement).
2....
BTM responsibilities, assault role, suppressive fire, navigation support
HQ Unit Responsibilities During Operation
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Define the responsibilities of HQ units during tactical operations.

Steps:
1. Command and Control: The HQ unit is responsible for command and control and communications.
2. Positioning of M240: Place the M240 in a...
HQ responsibilities, M240 positioning, RTO duties, SL responsibilities

Small Boat Operations (4)

Conduct Small Boat Annex Planning
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: Plan and execute small boat operations considering enemy, friendly forces, terrain, and weather conditions.

### Steps:
1. Assess the Situation
- Identify enemy forces, including their weather-related factors (tide,...
small boat operations, tactical planning, enemy forces, terrain analysis, navigation, security, signal communication
Define Small Boat Mission and Execution Plan
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Define the mission and execution plan for small boat operations.

### Key Components:
1. Mission
- Clear objective of the operation
2. Execution
- Concept of Operation (Maneuver, Fires)
- Tasks to Combat Units...
mission planning, execution plan, small boat operations, coxswains, navigation
Establish Command and Signal Procedures for Small Boat Operations
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Establish command structure and signal procedures for small boat operations.

### Key Components:
1. Command
- Location of patrol leader and assistant patrol leader
2. Signal
- Signals used between boats and within...
command structure, signal procedures, code words
Plan Service Support for Small Boat Operations
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Plan service support requirements for small boat operations.

### Key Components:
1. Ration Plan
- Ensure adequate food and water supply for the duration of the operation
2. Weapons and Ammunition
- Secure sufficient...
service support, ration plan, weapons, uniform distribution

Mine Emplacement (4)

Arming the M18A1 Claymore Mine
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Arming the M18A1 Claymore Mine

Steps:
1. Slide the slotted end of the shipping plug priming adapter onto the firing wire of the blasting cap between the crimped connections and the blasting cap.
2. Pull the excess wire through the slotted...
arming,claymore mine,blasting cap,shipping plug priming adapter,detonator well
Camouflage and Bury Mine Firing Wire
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:

1. Camouflage the mine.
2. Bury the firing wire (if possible) from the mine back to the firing position.

Details:
• Ensure that the firing position is in a hole or covered position at least 16 meters to the rear or the side of...
camouflage mine, bury firing wire, mine placement
Camouflaging and Burying the Firing Wire for the M18A1 Claymore Mine
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Camouflaging and Burying the Firing Wire

Steps:
1. Camouflage the mine.
2. Bury the firing wire (if possible) from the mine back to the firing position.
3. Ensure that the firing position is in a hole or covered position at least **16...
camouflage,burying firing wire,claymore mine,firing position
Install Blasting Cap in Mine Detonator Well
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps:

1. Slide the slotted end of the shipping plug priming adapter onto the firing wire of the blasting cap between the crimped connections and the blasting cap.
2. Pull the excess wire through the slotted end of the adapter until the top of...
blasting cap, mine detonator well, shipping plug priming adapter, emplacing mines

Firearms Usage (4)

Apply Fundamentals of Quick Fire with a Pistol
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Use the pistol as an extension of your arm to fire quickly without using the pistol sights.

Note: This technique is essential for rapid engagement in dynamic situations.
quick fire, pistol usage, tactical shooting, firearms handling
Fire the M249 Machine Gun Using Correct Sight Picture and Trigger Manipulation Techniques
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Procedure: Fire the M249 Machine Gun Using Correct Sight Picture and Trigger Manipulation Techniques

#### Conditions:
• Given an M249 machine gun and linked 5.56-mm ammunition.

#### Standards:
• Apply correct M249 machine gun target engagement...
M249 machine gun, sight picture, trigger manipulation, three-round burst, firing technique
Engage Targets with an M240B Machine Gun Using an AN/PEQ-2A-Series Aiming Light
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Place the AN/PEQ-2A into operation.

2. Assume a suitable firing position.
- Based on the situation, assume the position that allows you to observe and engage targets while minimizing your exposure to enemy fire.
-...
M240B, AN/PEQ-2A, target engagement, firearms, tactical positioning
Engage Targets with an M9 Pistol
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Conditions: Given an M9 pistol and one or more magazines loaded with 9-mm ammunition.

### Steps:
1. Identify the target(s). The most likely target is an enemy soldier on foot.
2. Apply the fundamentals of quick fire:
- Use the pistol...
target engagement, m9 pistol, firearms usage, tactical procedures

Engagement Techniques (4)

Load and Fire on Targets Using Appropriate Engagement Techniques
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Procedure: Load and Fire on Targets Using Appropriate Engagement Techniques

Steps:

1. Load the weapon: Ensure your rifle is properly loaded with ammunition.
2. Use appropriate aiming techniques:
- For a stationary target, use...
engagement techniques, quick-fire, aiming, target engagement
Use Correct Application of Fire to Engage Specific Targets
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Use the correct application of fire to engage specific targets

#### Point target
Engage point targets with fixed fire using a single aiming point (figure 071-030-0004-7).

#### Linear target
Initially aim just outside of either flank or fire....
point target,linear target,deep target,area target,fixed fire,traverse fire,searching fire,T&E mechanism
Apply Correct Engagement Technique Based on Target Types
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Apply Correct Engagement Technique Based on Target Types

There are four types of engagement techniques based on target types:

1. Fixed Fire: This type of fire is delivered against a point target when the depth and width of the beaten zone...
fixed fire,traversing fire,searching fire,engagement techniques,tactical shooting
Engage Point Targets with Fixed Fire
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Identify the point target.

2. Use fixed fire technique by aiming at a single point on the target (figure 071-313-3454-9).

Details:
• Point targets require minimal gun manipulation and are engaged with a single aiming...
point target, fixed fire, engagement techniques

Recovery Operations (4)

Recover Human Remains
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Purpose: Recover human remains safely and according to protocol.

Steps:
1. Check the human remains for booby-traps and unexploded ordnance.
2. Establish tentative identification of the remains by reviewing identification media found on the...
recover human remains, booby-trap check, identification media, DD Form 565, personal effects bag, DD Form 567
Search for and Locate Human Remains
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Steps:

1. Search during daylight hours only.
2. Conduct the search with other team members.
3. Question local inhabitants to gain information relevant to the loss using DD Form 1074 or a blank piece of paper.
4. Search open areas at double-arm...
search, locate, human remains, daylight hours, team members, local inhabitants, DD Form 1074, marking location, search area
Move to Recovery Site
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Purpose: Move to the recovery site.

Steps:
1. Follow established route and navigation procedures to reach the recovery site using the magnetic azimuth determined during preparation.
move recovery site, navigation, magnetic azimuth
Prepare for Movement to Recovery Site
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Purpose: Prepare for movement to the recovery site.

Steps:
1. Obtain a briefing from the team leader or noncommissioned officer in charge (NCOIC).
2. Perform preventative maintenance checks and services (PMCS) on vehicle(s) prior to...
prepare movement recovery site, briefing, PMCS, load plan, map reconnaissance, azimuth conversion

Military Signals (4)

Perform Drill Signals for Military Communication
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Perform the following drill signals:
- Contact left: Signal to move or align to the left.
- Contact right: Signal to move or align to the right.
- Action right: Signal to take action toward the right.
-...
drill signals,military communication,contact left,action right,CBRN attack
Perform Movement Technique Signals for Military Communication
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Perform the following movement technique signals:
- Traveling: Signal indicating that troops are moving in a continuous, unbroken formation.
- Traveling overwatch: Signal indicating that troops are moving with an...
movement technique signals,military communication,bounding overwatch,traveling overwatch
Perform Vehicle Signals for Directional and Operational Commands
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Perform Vehicle Signals

Steps:
1. Move to the left: Signal to direct a vehicle to move left.
2. Move to the right: Signal to direct a vehicle to move right.
3. Move forward: Signal to direct a vehicle to move...
vehicle signals, move left, move right, halt, stop, increase speed, close up, neutral steer
Perform Vehicle Signals for Military Communication
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Perform the following vehicle signals:
- Move to the left: Signal indicating that vehicles should move or turn left.
- Move to the right: Signal indicating that vehicles should move or turn right.
- **Move...
vehicle signals,military communication,move to the left,ready to move

International Law And Warfare (4)

Define an incapacitating chemical agent and described how this Geneva Protocol applies to an incapacitating chemical agent
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

(4) Define an incapacitating chemical agent and describe how this Geneva Protocol applies to an incapacitating chemical agent.

Details:
• An incapacitating chemical agent is a substance that renders individuals unable to...
incapacitating chemical agent, Geneva Protocol, definition, warfare
Describe the United States' position on the initial or retaliatory use of bacteriological methods of warfare
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

(6) Describe the United States' position on the initial or retaliatory use of bacteriological methods of warfare.

Details:
• The United States prohibits the initial or retaliatory use of **bacteriological methods of...
bacteriological warfare, United States, prohibition, retaliation
Describe the United States' unilateral renouncement of first use of herbicides in war and exception to this policy
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

(a) Describe the United States' unilateral renouncement of first use of herbicides in war and exception to this policy.

Details:
• The United States has unilaterally renounced the first use of herbicides in...
herbicides, United States, renouncement, exception
Describe what actions a captor or detaining power may take against a prisoner of war who refuses to answer questions, and described the practical reasons for this policy
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

(6) Describe what actions a captor or detaining power may take against a prisoner of war who refuses to answer questions, and describe the practical reasons for this policy.

Details:
• A **captor or...
prisoner of war, interrogation policy, Geneva Convention

Entry And Clearance (4)

Entry Through a Doorway with Hand Grenades
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Entry Through a Doorway Using Hand Grenades

(1) The least desirable method of entering a building is through a doorway, as the enemy may expect this entry point.

(2) Before entering, check the area for booby...
doorway entry, booby trap check, grenade use
Selecting Use of Hand Grenades for Entry
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Selecting Use of Hand Grenades

(1) Before entering a building through any opening (doorway, window, or breach), throw a hand grenade inside to disable enemy occupants and detonate booby traps.

(2) When breaching an...
hand grenade use, entry procedure, booby trap detonation
Two-Man Lift Support Technique
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Two-Man Lift Support

(1) Position the climber with both feet on the support, facing the wall. The climber's palms should be flat against the building, and their feet should be about 2 feet out from the building with heels...
two-man lift support, climbing technique, entry procedure
Two-Soldier Hand Lift Technique
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Two-Soldier Hand Lift

(1) The climber stands facing the wall with palms flat against the building, feet about 2 feet out from the building and heels raised.

(2) Two Soldiers stand on either side of the climber, facing...
two-soldier hand lift, climbing technique, entry procedure

Map Reading And Situation Analysis (4)

Draw and Mark Tactical Boundaries on Maps
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure for Drawing and Marking Tactical Boundaries on Maps:

1. Identify Key Terrain Features: Draw boundaries along terrain features that are easily recognizable on the ground.
2. Position Boundaries Strategically: Ensure that key...
boundaries,map symbols,tactical operations,unit designation,task force,labeling,map reading
Identify and Label Boundaries on Tactical Maps
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Indicate Unit Designations: Identify overlays or sketches accompanying written or oral orders that specify task organization.
2. Label Battalion Boundaries Numerically: Indicate numerical unit designation on battalion...
boundary labeling,map identification,tactical units
Mark Boundaries with Unit Symbols and Designations
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Place a Symbol on the Boundary: Indicate the size and designation of the highest unit that shares the boundary by placing a symbol on it.
2. Show Unequal Units Fully: When showing units of unequal size, completely display...
unit symbols,map marking,unequal units
Represent Future or Proposed Boundaries on Maps
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Use a Broken Line: Represent future or proposed boundaries with a broken line.
2. Label Effective Time: If appropriate, label the boundary to indicate its effective time (refer to figure 071-332-5000-2 for an example of a...
proposed boundaries,map labeling,effective time

Captured Enemy Materiel Handling (4)

Handle Captured Communication-Electronics (C-E) Equipment and Documents
Critical Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

When handling C-E equipment or documents marked TECHDOC:

1. Coordinate closely with the communications staff.
2. Treat all CEDs containing communications or cryptographic information as secret material.
3. **Tag and...
secure handling, C-E equipment, TECHDOC, field expedient tagging
Select Disposition Procedures for Captured Enemy Materiel (CEM)
Critical Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Identify all time-sensitive CEM to be evacuated to the S2 (intelligence officer). The S2 will screen for intelligence or technical value and then evacuate to the rear for examination and exploitation.
2. All enemy documents...
disposition, evacuation, CEM handling, TECHDOC
Report Time-Sensitive Items by Precedence
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

When reporting time-sensitive items:

1. Prioritize based on IMMEDIATE precedence, ensuring the most urgent information is reported first.
2. Use the S-A-L-U-T-E format to structure and communicate details effectively.
3. Ensure...
time-sensitive, precedence, battlefield reporting
Use S-A-L-U-T-E Format for Identification
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

Use the S-A-L-U-T-E format to identify the following:

1. S–Size: Determine and report the size of the item or entity.
2. A–Activity: Identify the type of activity being conducted by the enemy or target.
3....
S-A-L-U-T-E, identification, captured enemy materiel, battlefield reporting

Map Reading Symbol Placement (4)

Identify Objectives on a Tactical Map
Reference Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Identify each objective by the abbreviation 'OBJ' followed by a number, letter, or name designation.
2. Use this labeling method to clearly mark objectives on tactical maps.
3. An objective assigned by higher headquarters may...
objective identification, tactical map symbols, objective labeling
Pinch Out a Unit on a Tactical Map
Reference Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Show this type of operation by drawing the boundary across the front of the unit.
2. Use a well-defined terrain feature, such as a stream, ridge, or highway, to define the boundary.
3. Example: Company A will be pinched out...
pinch out unit, tactical map symbols, boundary line placement
Show the Location of the Reserve on a Tactical Map
Reference Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Show the location of the reserve with an assembly area symbol.
2. Include a CP or unit symbol to indicate the reserve's position.
3. Normally show reserve units assigned to a defense position or battle position with a...
reserve location, tactical map symbols, goose egg symbol
Use the Offset Technique for Clarity in Symbol Placement
Reference Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Use the offset technique when space precludes normal placement of symbols.
2. Bend offset staffs as required to accommodate layout constraints.
3. Dash the offset staff for future or proposed locations.
4. Extend...
offset technique, symbol placement, map reading, tactical symbols, command post (CP) positioning

Formation Control (4)

Direct Squad Members to Use Weapon Positions
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Tell the squad members which weapon positions to use:
- Safe-port position: Use when making a show of force.
- Safe-guard position: Use for semireadiness.
- On-guard position: Use for complete readiness and...
weapon positions, tactical readiness
Direct Squad in Forming a Squad Echelon Right or Left
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Face the squad and give the command, "Squad echelon right (or left)," while simultaneously giving the hand-and-arm signals by extending one arm 45 degrees above the horizon and the other arm 45 degrees below the horizon with arms...
echelon formation, tactical positioning
Form Squad in Single Column Formation
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Form the squad in a single column behind you with the base member directly behind you and the assistant squad leader at the end.
2. Direct squad members to count off from the front to the rear, with you as number 1 and the base...
squad formation, tactical positioning
Organize Squad and Support for Formation
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Brief the squad and all support teams on:
- The mission goals.
- Intelligence relevant to the mission.
- Contingencies.
- The NLWs to be used and their location in the formation.
- The NLWs assignments of squad...
squad organization, tactical briefing, formation control

Uniforms And Headgear (4)

Helmet Selection Guidelines for Militia Personnel
Reference Source: Tactical Ready Guide
Overview:

While not mandatory for Levels 1, 2, or 3, helmets can provide additional protection.

Options for Helmets:
1. Kevlar Helmets: Recommended if affordable, as they are used by regular military forces and offer high-quality...
helmet selection, Kevlar helmet, steel pot helmet, militia protection
Adding Militia Insignia to Uniforms
Reference Source: Tactical Ready Guide
Overview:

Proper identification through insignia is crucial for militia members.

Steps to Add Insignia:
1. Obtain Patch Order Forms: These are available from Brigade headquarters.
2. Follow SOP Guidelines: There is a standard...
militia insignia, patch order forms, SOP for patches, 'Don't Tread On Me' patch
Choosing Appropriate Headgear for Militia Personnel
Reference Source: Tactical Ready Guide
Overview:

Selecting the right headgear is important for both practicality and identification.

Recommended Headgear Options:
1. Boonie Hat: The best all-around choice, offering shade, weather protection, and comfort without overheating....
headgear selection, boonie hat, military soft cap, watch cap, beret avoidance
Selecting Appropriate Camouflage Uniforms for Michigan Militia
Reference Source: Tactical Ready Guide
Overview:

Choosing the right uniform is essential for identification and practicality in Michigan's environment.

Steps to Select a Uniform:
1. Preferred Option: Choose US Army style BDUs (battle dress uniforms) in the **woodland...
uniform selection, woodland camouflage, militia insignia, foreign military surplus, uniformity

Electro Metallurgy (3)

Preparing and Using a Voltaic Battery
Reference Source: The Household Cyclopedia
Procedure for Preparing and Using a Voltaic Battery:

1. Definition of a Battery:
- A battery is typically composed of multiple voltaic cells connected together, though it may also refer to a single cell.
2. **Common Types of...
voltaic battery,amalgamation,zinc plate,polarity,electrodes
Setting Up the Decomposing Cell for Electrolysis
Reference Source: The Household Cyclopedia
Procedure for Setting Up a Decomposing Cell (Electrolytic Cell):

1. Purpose of the Decomposing Cell:
- The decomposing cell is used to hold the electrolyte, which is the liquid being decomposed during the electroplating process.
2....
decomposing cell,electrolysis,anode,cathode,current regulation,multiple plating
Understanding Galvanoplasty (Electrotype) Process
Reference Source: The Household Cyclopedia
Procedure for Galvanoplasty or Electrotype:

1. Definition and Purpose:
- Galvanoplasty is the process of cold casting metals using electricity.
2. Applications:
- Used to multiply engravings, photographs, cover typefaces with...
galvanoplasty,electrotype,cold casting,electricity,metal deposition

Climbing Belay (3)

Climber's Responsibilities During Belay Operations
Standard Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

1. Ensure the belayer is properly anchored and on belay using commands or prearranged signals before beginning the climb.

2. Do not outclimb the belayer, as this can create slack in the rope between the climber and belayer.

3....
climber responsibilities,belay safety,out climbing slack,weapon carry,sling attachment
Climbing Commands and Signals for Top Rope Operations
Standard Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

Voice Commands:
• “Lane #, Up Rope” – Given by the climber; indicates that the belayer needs to take in slack.
• “That’s Me” – Given by the climber; indicates that excess slack has been taken up between the climber and...
climbing commands,belay signals,top rope operations,voice commands,rope tugs
Establishing a Belay Stance from the Bottom (Yo-Yo/Sling Shot Belay)
Standard Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

1. Construct a suitable top anchor using either:
- A pulley, or
- One steel locking carabiner, or
- Two non-locking carabiners as the attachment point for the anchor.

2. Route the rope from the bottom up through the anchor...
belay stance,bottom belay,yo-yo belay,sling shot belay,top anchor,rope routing

Rope Crossing (3)

Pulley Method for Crossing a One Rope Bridge
Standard Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

This method is used when the one rope bridge is long, uphill, or speed is vital and the Marines crossing it have a lot of heavy personal equipment (e.g., M24OG's, radios, etc.).

1. Equipment required: One pulley, four steel...
pulley method, one rope bridge crossing, heavy equipment transport, tactical rope techniques
Rappel Seat Method for Crossing a One Rope Bridge
Standard Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

1. The Marine ties himself into a rappel seat and inserts a large steel locking carabiner with the gate facing down and away.

2. The Marine faces the bridge with his right hand towards the near anchor to snap into the bridge. Once...
rappel seat method, one rope bridge crossing, tactical rope techniques, military survival
Safety Protocols for Crossing a One Rope Bridge
Standard Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

• Helmets will be worn for all methods of crossing the bridge.
• Gloves are optional.

Note: Additional methods such as the Commando crawl, Monkey crawl, and hand-over-hand techniques exist but are not taught at MWTC due to...
safety protocols, rope bridge crossing, head protection, military safety standards

Defensive Positioning (3)

Reinforce Defensive Positions Against Explosions and Debris
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Protect personnel from explosions and falling debris in defensive positions.

Steps:
1. Place two layers of sandbags on the floor under your position if you are on the second floor or higher to protect against explosions on...
reinforce positions, blast wall, overhead cover, explosion protection, debris
Selecting a Defensive Position in Cold Weather Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Choose a defensive position that maximizes the defender's advantage during cold weather conditions.

Procedure:
1. General Considerations:
- Assume a defensive role when conditions are favorable to the defender, such as...
defensive position, cold weather, snowstorm, terrain advantage, icing, obstructions, high ground
Reinforce Loopholes in Defensive Positions
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Reinforce loopholes to protect personnel and improve defensive capabilities.

Steps:
1. Use sandbags or other available materials (e.g., bricks, wood) to build a barrier around the loophole.
2. Ensure that the reinforcement is...
reinforce loopholes, defensive positions, sandbags, protection, enemy fire

Camping And Camouflage (3)

Camouflaging a Campsite Position
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Ensure effective camouflaging of a campsite position to avoid detection.

Procedure:
1. Begin camouflaging the position before occupying it.
2. Approach the campsite under cover of **trees, bushes, snowdrifts, or shaded...
camouflage,campsite,tracks,dummy positions,tactical positioning
Commander Responsibilities Upon Entering a Campsite
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Ensure the commander fulfills all responsibilities upon entering a campsite in cold weather conditions.

Procedure:
1. The unit or sub-unit commander is responsible for:
- a. Temporarily placing weapons and equipment to...
commander responsibilities,campsite setup,tent placement,field defences
Establishing a Campsite - Prioritizing Security and Field Defences
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Ensure the establishment of a campsite prioritizes security and field defences over other tasks.

Procedure:
1. Never prioritize shelter erection or food preparation over security or field defences.
2. The commander...
security,campsite setup,tent placement,snow-wall construction

Winter Operations (3)

Conduct Winter Operations in Subarctic Environments
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Overview:

The subarctic region, characterized by dense coniferous forests, swamps, rivers, lakes, and limited road infrastructure, presents unique challenges for military operations. The following procedures outline key considerations for...
subarctic,winter operations,mobility,tactics,training,cold weather
Plan and Execute Winter Operations with Adjusted Procedures
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Overview:

Winter operations require adjustments to standard procedures due to the unique challenges of cold environments. The following procedure outlines key considerations for planning and executing military operations in winter...
winter planning,winter tactics,training,cold weather,mobility
Maintain Battle Readiness in Winter Defensive Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure for Maintaining Battle Readiness in Winter Defensive Operations:

1. Ensure that all personnel are ready for immediate action while resting in positions.
2. Keep firing positions clear of snow at all times.
3. Rotate and inspect...
battle readiness,winter operations,snow removal,heated shelters,tents elimination,break up season

Patrolling (3)

Conduct Long-Range Patrolling in Northern Cold Weather Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Increase the importance of patrolling for both intelligence gathering and security, especially when combat units are separated by large distances.
2. Reconnaissance and fighting patrols may operate for extended periods depending...
long-range patrolling,cold weather,northern operations,self-sufficient patrols,fuel caches
Conduct Winter Patrols with Increased Precautions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Types of Patrols:
- Conduct short range patrols similar to those in temperate climates, but equip each individual with survival gear.
- For long range patrols, plan for deep penetration over an extended period of time....
winter patrol, survival gear, route planning, homing device, reconnaissance patrol
Conduct Reconnaissance Patrols in Winter Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: To gather intelligence and disrupt enemy operations.

1. Use reconnaissance patrols extensively before an attack in winter conditions.
2. The information gathered should be the same as in normal operations, but patrols should focus...
reconnaissance, patrol, winter conditions, enemy harassment

Camouflage (3)

Camouflage Yourself and Your Individual Equipment
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Camouflage yourself and your individual equipment to prevent detection by visual, near infrared, infrared, ultraviolet, radar, acoustic, and radio sensors.

### Conditions:
• Given load-carrying equipment (LCE), an individual weapon,...
camouflage, survival, stealth, concealment, tactical, military, BDU, LCSS, paint sticks, light reflection, movement
Verify Vehicle Camouflage During Movement and Halts
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Ensure that every effort has been made to camouflage vehicles as much as possible during movement and at halts. This reduces the risk of detection by enemy forces.
vehicle camouflage, movement, halts
Implement Camouflage and Concealment Techniques in Winter Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Camouflage Principles:
- Blend into the environment by copying natural surroundings as closely as possible.
- Use common sense to avoid standing out against the white winter landscape.
- Avoid leaving visible tracks,...
winter camouflage, concealment, snow blending, track avoidance

Cold Weather Tactics (3)

Soviet Winter Warfare Tactics and Equipment Use
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Follow standard doctrine: Soviet winter warfare tactics closely follow modern ground combat doctrines with large-scale armored formations moving rapidly along parallel axes of advance.
2. Emphasize road use: Prioritize the...
soviets, winter warfare tactics, cold weather military strategy
Tactics and Techniques for Winter Operations
High Priority Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure:

• Place increased importance on value of reconnaissance, particularly route reconnaissance, because of widely separated units, heavily wooded areas, sparsely populated areas, and few maps.
• Use ground reconnaissance to make final...
winter tactics, cold weather operations, route reconnaissance, ski mobility
Use of Smoke Shells in Winter Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Use base ejection artillery smoke shells with cannisters only where there is packed snow or ice, as they are not effective in loose snow due to burying.
2. Use white phosphorus (WP) artillery shells for the most effective smoke...
smoke shells,artillery,winter conditions,packed snow,cannisters

Command Structure (3)

Command and Signal Personnel Roles and Responsibilities
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
### Command and Signal Personnel Roles and Responsibilities

HQ/SUPPORT
• BARNETT: SL (1)
• MARENGO: RTO (4)
• CASELY: MG (11)
• WADE: AG (12)

ATM/SECURITY
• TRUITT: ATL (3)
• SILCOX: GRN (5)
• WISE: R (6)
-...
command structure,roles and responsibilities,ranger handbook
Commander's and NCOs' Role in CCD Implementation
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Ensure commanders and noncommissioned officers (NCOs) effectively supervise and execute CCD.

Procedure:
1. Commanders are responsible for the overall CCD of their unit.
2. NCOs must supervise soldiers to ensure disciplined...
commander responsibility, NCO supervision, SOPs, combat multiplier, CCD implementation
Subordinate Guidance for Command Roles
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
### Subordinate Guidance for Command Roles

ATL: Write paragraph 1 of squad OPORD, and for drawing all sketches, terrain models, routes, and nonsterile fire support overlays.

BTL: You are second in the chain of command and in charge at all...
subordinate guidance,command roles,ranger handbook

Camouflage And Concealment (3)

Conduct Realistic CCD Training Evaluations
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Procedure for Conducting Realistic Camouflage, Concealment, and Decoys (CCD) Training Evaluations:

1. Evaluate from an Enemy's Perspective:
- Have small-unit leaders assess their unit's CCD efforts as if they were an enemy.
- Consider...
CCD training, enemy perspective, GSR teams, aerial imagery, OPFOR, after-action review
Implement CCD Aids in Equipment and Supplies
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Procedure for Implementing Camouflage Concealment and Decoys (CCD) Aids:

1. Integrate Camouflage into Equipment and Supplies:
- Army policy prescribes that camouflage aids be built into equipment and supplies as much as possible.
-...
BDUs, LCSSs, camouflage integration, environmental impact, CSSs
Use Expedient CCD Countermeasures
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Procedure for Using Expedient Camouflage Concealment and Decoys (CCD) Countermeasures:

1. Utilize Battlefield By-Products and Locally Available Materials:
- Soldiers can use battlefield by-products, construction materials, and locally...
expedient countermeasures, decoy construction, heat source, enemy detection

Observation Posts (3)

Establish and Operate an OP During Limited Visibility
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Assess the Situation:
- The enemy may use a different, more open avenue of approach during limited visibility conditions; therefore, you might have to move the OP to another position at night.

2. **Select an Appropriate...
op, observation post, limited visibility, camouflage, communication, enemy infiltration, night vision devices, rotation of duties
Establish Observation Posts During Offensive and Defensive Operations
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Maintain situational awareness by establishing observation posts during offensive and defensive operations.

Procedure:
1. When in close contact with the enemy, each battalion must continuously maintain **two observation...
observation post,battalion,tactical operations,defensive posture
Select OPs (Observation Posts)
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• Select OPs (Observation Posts).

Details:

• Observation posts are selected based on their tactical value and ability to provide a vantage point for surveillance.
• Factors such as terrain, visibility, enemy activity, and...
OP selection, observation posts, tactical positioning

Radar Countermeasures (3)

Counter Countermortar and Counterbattery (CM/CB) Radar Detection
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Avoid detection by countermortar and counterbattery radar.

Procedure:
1. Use chaff to disrupt CM/CB radar signals when deployed near the radar source.
2. Avoid firing multiple rounds simultaneously, as this can overload radar...
CM/CB radar, chaff, artillery concealment
Counter Imaging Radar Detection
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Avoid detection by imaging radar.

Procedure:
1. Conceal vehicles behind earth, masonry walls, or dense foliage to prevent imaging radar from detecting them.
2. Use the LCSS (Land Combat Support System)...
imaging radar, LCSS, vehicle concealment, dense foliage
Counter Moving-Target Indicator (MTI) Radar Detection
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Avoid detection by MTI radar.

Procedure:
1. Use BDUs, Kevlar helmets, and radar-transparent body armor to reduce radar reflectivity.
2. Practice strict movement discipline: move slowly and deliberately across...
MTI radar, movement discipline, terrain masking, BDU

Decoys And Concealment (3)

Determine Optimal Decoy Location
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Determine Optimal Decoy Location

• Place decoys near enough to the real target to convince an enemy that it has found the target.
• Ensure a decoy is far enough away from the real target to prevent collateral damage when the decoy draws enemy...
decoy,location,realism,tactical,concealment
Enhance Decoy Fidelity
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Enhance Decoy Fidelity

• Construct decoys according to a friendly unit's SOP.
• Include target features that an enemy recognizes.
• The most effective decoys closely resemble the real target in terms of EM signatures.
• Completely replicating...
decoy,fidelity,EM signatures,tactical,concealment
Use Decoys to Mislead the Enemy During Offensive Operations
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Use Decoys to Mislead the Enemy During Offensive Operations

• An enemy may interpret decoy construction as an effort to reinforce a defensive position.
• Laying false minefields and building bunkers and positions can conceal actual offensive...
decoy,offensive operations,tactical,mislead enemy

Combat Mindset (3)

Maintain Mental Calm During Combat
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Mental Calm is essential during hand-to-hand combat. A soldier must remain focused and avoid allowing fear or anger to dictate actions. Keeping the ability to think clearly ensures that decisions are made based on strategy rather than emotion.
mental calm, combat mindset, focus, fear management
Maintain Situational Awareness in Combat
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Situational Awareness is crucial during a fight. A soldier must be aware of the environment and any factors that could influence the outcome, such as opportunity weapons or additional personnel entering the fight. This awareness can provide...
situational awareness, combat environment, opportunity weapons, threat detection
Maintaining Situational Awareness and Calm in Combat
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Maintaining Situational Awareness and Remaining Calm

1. Situational Awareness: Continuously monitor your surroundings to be aware of potential threats or changes in the environment.
2. Remaining Calm: Stay composed under...
situational awareness, combat calmness, hand to hand techniques, superior position

Rope Installations (3)

Install a Fixed Rope for Battlefield Movement
High Priority Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Objective: Install a fixed rope to assist soldiers in moving over difficult terrain.

Procedure:
1. Two experienced climbers should rope up for a roped climb.
2. The leader must have the necessary equipment to rig the anchor at the top of...
fixed rope installation, battlefield movement, military mountaineering, rope climbing, anchor rigging
Utilize a Fixed Rope for Ascending Steep Terrain
High Priority Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Objective: Use a fixed rope to ascend steep or difficult terrain safely.

Procedure:
1. All personnel using the fixed rope should grasp it with the palm downward.
2. Use the rope for assistance as they ascend the slope.
3. To prevent a long...
fixed rope usage, self-belay technique, ascending steep terrain, friction knot, military mountaineering
Retrieve a Fixed Rope After Use
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Objective: Retrieve a fixed rope after it has been used for movement.

Procedure:
1. If the fixed rope is to be used on the descent, leave it in place and recover it after the last rappel.
2. If not, the last climber will tie into the rope...
fixed rope retrieval, belaying from above, military mountaineering, rope management

Mountaineering Rigging (3)

Install an A-Frame Hauling System
High Priority Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Procedure:

1. Construct and Anchor the A-Frame: If necessary, construct an A-frame and anchor it securely.
2. Prepare Installation Rope: Double one installation rope, find the middle, and lay the middle of the rope over the apex of the...
A-frame, hauling system, installation rope, clove hitch, transport tightening system, fixed loops, knotted hand line, belay rope, mechanical advantage
Use Simple Raising Systems for Heavy Loads in Mountainous Terrain
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Procedure:

1. Assess the Load and Environment: Evaluate the weight of the object, terrain conditions, and available manpower to determine if a simple raising system is appropriate.
2. Select Appropriate Rigging Techniques: Choose...
simple raising systems, mechanical advantage, heavy load movement, mountainous terrain
Dismantle a Vertical Hauling Line System
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Procedure:

1. Retrieval of the System: The vertical hauling line is used along a main supply route. When it is no longer needed, the installing unit will return and dismantle the system.
2. Remove Equipment and Personnel: Ensure that...
dismantle hauling system, retrieval, vertical line, A-frame removal

Evacuation Techniques (3)

Secure Casualty for Buddy Rappel
Critical Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Purpose: Secure an injured casualty to a rappeller’s back for a buddy rappel down a steep cliff.

Materials Required:
• A 4.2-meter sling rope
• Padding (optional)

Steps:
1. Tie Standard Rappel Seat: The carrier ties a standard...
buddy rappel, evacuation, injured casualty, military mountaineering, rappelling techniques
Perform Rope Coil Carry
High Priority Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Purpose: Transport an injured casualty using a rope coil carry in mountainous terrain.

Materials Required:
• A 36 1/2-meter coiled rope
• Padding (optional)

Steps:
1. Position the Casualty: Place the casualty on his back.
2....
rope coil carry, evacuation, injured casualty, military mountaineering
Perform Sling-Rope Carry
High Priority Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Purpose: Transport an injured casualty in mountainous terrain using a sling-rope carry.

Materials Required:
• A 4.5-meter sling rope
• Padding (optional)

Steps:
1. Position the Bearer and Casualty: The bearer kneels on all fours....
sling-rope carry, evacuation, injured casualty, mountainous terrain, military mountaineering

Military Tactics Skating (3)

Column Movement on Skis
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure for Column Movement on Skis:

1. Command: The command is given as *COLUMN RIGHT (LEFT), MARCH.*
2. Leading Man Action: At the command *MARCH*, the leading man takes a full step forward, then turns as in facing on skis, except...
column movement, ski tactics, cold weather military, tactical skiing
Flanking Movement From Normal Interval on Skis
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure for Flanking Movement From Normal Interval on Skis:

1. Command: The command is given as *RIGHT (LEFT) FLANK AT INTERVAL, MARCH.*
2. Step 1 - Pivot and Slide Forward: At the command *MARCH*, the right (or left) flank man pivots...
flanking movement, ski tactics, cold weather military, tactical skiing, military skiing procedures
Marching to the Rear on Skis
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure for Marching to the Rear on Skis:

1. Command 1 - Halt: The first command is *HALT*.
2. Command 2 - About Face: After halting, the second command is *ABOUT FACE*, which is executed as described in paragraph C-23.
3. **Command 3...
marching to rear, ski tactics, cold weather military, tactical skiing

Self-Defense Tools (3)

Striking Techniques with a Baton
Standard Source: FMFRP 12 80 USMC Kill or Get Killed
Procedure for Striking with a Baton in Defensive Situations:

1. Hold the baton correctly: Grip it firmly near the middle with both hands.
2. Assess the threat level: Determine if striking is necessary and appropriate based on the...
baton, striking techniques, tactical, self-defense, security
Using a Baton for Defense
Standard Source: FMFRP 12 80 USMC Kill or Get Killed
Procedure for Using a Baton in Defensive Situations:

1. Hold the baton correctly: Grip it with both hands near the middle for maximum control and leverage.
2. Maintain a defensive stance: Stand with feet shoulder-width apart, knees...
baton, defense, tactical, self-defense, security
Using a Baton for Restraint Techniques
Standard Source: FMFRP 12 80 USMC Kill or Get Killed
Procedure for Using a Baton in Restraint Situations:

1. Hold the baton correctly: Grip it firmly near the middle with both hands.
2. Assess the threat level: Determine if restraint is necessary based on the situation.
3. **Approach with...
baton restraint, tactical, self-defense, security

Leadership Training (3)

Discuss Leadership Principles and Traits Demonstrated in Warrior Study
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Review the Warrior Study: Read and understand the story of the Marine who accomplished extraordinary feats under challenging circumstances.

2. Identify Leadership Principles: Identify which leadership principles were...
leadership principles, warrior study, leadership training, ethics
Discuss Marine Corps Values Demonstrated in Warrior Study
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Review the Warrior Study: Read and understand the story of the Marine who accomplished extraordinary feats under challenging circumstances.

2. Identify Core Values: Identify which Marine Corps values were demonstrated by...
marine corps values, warrior study, leadership training, ethics
Understand the Concept of Marine Corps Leadership
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
### Understanding Marine Corps Leadership

Marine Corps leadership is a fundamental aspect of being a Marine, transcending rank and billet. Every Marine must be prepared to assume leadership responsibilities at any time, as even two Marines together...
marine corps leadership, leadership training, warrior ethos, core values, mission accomplishment, troop welfare, commitment

Military Conduct (3)

Maintain Professional Boundaries to Prevent Fraternization
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
### Purpose
To maintain good order and discipline, promote mutual respect between juniors and seniors, prevent adverse impact on a junior's response to orders or the senior's exercise of command, and preserve the integrity of the chain of...
fraternization,military conduct,chain of command,professional boundaries,USMC regulations
Responsibility for Maintaining Professional Conduct
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
### Senior Responsibility
The responsibility for maintaining customary and traditional standards of conduct lies with the senior. The line between acceptable conduct and fraternization will not be crossed unless the senior allows it to happen.

###...
leadership,military conduct,respect for authority,favoritism,USMC regulations
Understanding the Impact of Fraternization on Professionalism
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
### Daily Operations
Marines operate in various stages of the continuum of force and may face challenges to professionalism. Regardless of the situation, Marines must act professionally whether in humanitarian missions or when dealing with fellow...
warrior ethos,professionalism,military conduct,bond between Marines,USMC regulations

Equipment Preparation (3)

Prepare Individual Equipment for Tactical Operations
High Priority Source: USMC Summer Survival Course Handbook
Procedure for Preparing Individual Equipment for Tactical Operations

1. Inspect all gear, including clothing, boots, and personal items, for wear or damage.
2. Ensure the weapon is fully functional and properly maintained.
3. **Pack a...
individual equipment, tactical preparation, gear inspection, survival readiness
Gather Required Equipment for Installation Setup
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Collect three 120-foot (50m) static ropes.
2. Gather three 15-foot sling ropes for constructing the A-frame.
3. Obtain two A-frame poles, 7 to 9 feet long, with a diameter of 4 to 6 inches (depending on load).
4. Acquire nine...
A-frame, static rope, sling rope, carabiner, pulley, equipment list
Prepare Level One Tactical Readiness Equipment List
Standard Source: Tactical Ready Guide
Procedure:

1. Acquire the following equipment:
- Rifle (any standard-issue or civilian rifle)
- Ammunition: 100 rounds for the same rifle.
- Water container: Minimum capacity of one quart.
- Weapon cleaning kit:...
level one readiness,equipment list,tactical gear,militia preparation

Route Planning (3)

Avoid Reusing the Same Route When Returning Home
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• Never march home the same way you came.
• Take a different route to avoid ambushes.
route variation, ambush avoidance, ranger movement
Determine Expected Changes in Routes and Road Conditions
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Monitor for any expected changes to the planned route that may affect convoy operations.
2. Assess road conditions, including potential obstacles or hazards such as construction, weather damage, or natural barriers.
3. Coordinate...
route change, road condition
Identify Primary and Alternate Routes for Convoy Operations
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Determine the primary route that will be used for standard convoy operations.
2. Identify alternate routes in case the primary route becomes unavailable due to obstacles, enemy action, or other disruptions.
3. Ensure all alternate...
primary route, alternate route

Unit Coordination (3)

Coordinate with Adjacent Platoon for Offensive and Defensive Operations
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Establish communication with the adjacent platoon-sized elements to coordinate offensive and defensive operations.
2. Ensure that positions are mutually supporting and provide overlapping fire coverage when necessary.
3....
platoon coordination,tactical operations,mutual support,signal coordination
Coordinate with Adjacent Units
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Establish communication links with adjacent units using secure channels.
2. Share relevant information such as mission objectives, timelines, and potential threats.
3. Agree on coordination points and methods for exchanging...
adjacent unit coordination,tactical communication,unity of effort,communication protocols
Coordinate with Attached and Adjacent Elements in the AA Sector
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Identify attached or adjacent elements: Determine which units will be operating within your sector of the AA or adjacent to it.
2. Coordinate with these elements as needed: Ensure that all units understand their roles,...
attached units, adjacent units, coordination, mutual support, supervision

Operational Planning (3)

Identify Mission-Essential Tasks in the Maneuver Paragraph
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Review the maneuver paragraph of the OPORD to identify mission-essential tasks.
2. Determine which tasks are critical to the success of the operation and must be accomplished regardless of other considerations.
3. Document these...
mission essential task,maneuver paragraph,task prioritization,tactical planning
Restate the Mission Statement
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Review all mission-essential tasks and their associated purpose from the maneuver paragraph of the OPORD.
2. Formulate a clear, concise restated mission statement that includes WHO, WHAT (the task), WHEN, WHERE, and WHY.
3. Ensure...
restated mission,tactical planning,mission statement,operational focus
Identify Unit Limitations in the OPORD
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Review the OPORD (Operations Order) to identify all control measures or instructions that restrict unit freedom of action.
2. Determine how these limitations may impact mission execution, such as time constraints, environmental...
unit limitations,opord analysis,tactical restrictions,mission constraints

Ambush Tactics (3)

Deploy for an Area Ambush
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Deploy troops in two or more related point ambushes to attack an enemy force.

Steps:
1. Select multiple kill zones that are concealed and offer good fields of fire against the enemy's route.
2. Position assault elements...
area ambush, multiple kill zones, tactical coordination
Deploy in an L-Shaped Ambush Formation
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Deploy troops using an L-shaped ambush formation to attack an enemy force.

Steps:
1. Position the assault element along the long leg, parallel to the enemy's direction of movement along the kill zone.
2. **Place the support...
L-shaped ambush formation, flanking and enfilading fire, terrain utilization
Plan a Deliberate Ambush
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Plan and execute a deliberate ambush at a predetermined location against an enemy element that meets the commander’s engagement criteria.

Steps:
1. Gather detailed information on the size and composition of the targeted enemy...
deliberate ambush, tactical planning, enemy analysis, ambush location selection

Training Evaluation (3)

Prepare for Live-Fire Evaluation of Target Engagement Skills
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Setup: Provide a live-fire range with sufficient quantities of equipment and ammunition to support the number of Soldiers tested.
2. Ensure each Soldier uses their own rifle and magazine.
3. A separate range may be used for...
live-fire evaluation,target engagement training,M16 rifle,tactical skills
Evaluate Performance of Target Detection and Engagement Task
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Performance Measures: Use the following criteria to evaluate a Soldier's performance:

|Performance Measure|GO (Pass)|NO GO (Fail)|
|---|---|---|
|1. Assumed a position that provided cover and concealment and good...
performance evaluation,target detection,tactical skills
Evaluate Soldier Task Performance
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Evaluate Soldier Task Performance:

1. Review performance measures: Become familiar with the criteria on which you will score the Soldier.

2. Ensure equipment and clothing are available: Make sure all necessary equipment,...
evaluate task performance, training evaluation, soldier assessment, performance measures, test site preparation, after-action review

Firearms Operation (3)

Chamber a Round in an M16 Rifle
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Steps:

1. With the bolt open:
- (1) Depress the upper portion of the bolt catch to release the bolt (figure 071-311-2027-7).
- (2) Tap the forward assist to ensure that the bolt is fully forward and locked (figure 071-311-2027-8).
-...
chamber round,m16 rifle,loading procedure
Prepare M16A1, M16A2, or M16A4 Rifle for Semiautomatic Fire and M16A1 for Automatic Fire
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Steps:

1. Point the rifle muzzle in a safe direction.
2. Cock the rifle (this also opens the bolt).
3. Return the charging handle to the forward position.
4. Place the selector lever on SAFE (figure 071-311-2027-1).
5. Check the chamber to...
m16a1,m16a2,m16a4,semiautomatic fire,automatic fire,rifle preparation
Prepare M16A2 or M16A4 Rifle for Burst Fire
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Prepare the Rifle for Burst Fire:

1. Point the rifle muzzle in a safe direction.

2. Cock the rifle (this also opens the bolt).

3. Return the charging handle to the forward position.

4. **Place the selector lever in the...
m16a2,m16a4,burst fire,rifle preparation

Firearms Operations (3)

Engage Targets with an MK19 Machine Gun Using Adjusted Aiming Point Method
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Performance Steps:

5. Fire on the targets until they are destroyed or until you receive an order to cease fire.

Evaluation Preparation:
• Setup: Evaluate this task on a live-fire range designed for 40-mm machine gun firing. For a...
MK19 machine gun,target engagement,adjusted aiming point method,fire control,tactical shooting
Load an MK19 Machine Gun with Linked 40-mm Grenade Ammunition
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Conditions: Given a can of linked 40-mm grenade ammunition and a cleared MK19 machine gun mounted on an M3 tripod or on a vehicle. (If firing from a vehicle, the ammunition can bracket must be attached to the gun mount.)

Standards: Load...
MK19 machine gun,loading procedure,ammunition handling,tactical firearms
Mount an AN/PAQ-4-Series Aiming Light on an M4 or M4A1 Carbine
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Procedure: Mount an AN/PAQ-4-Series Aiming Light on an M4 or M4A1 Carbine

#### Conditions
Given a cleared M4 or M4A1 carbine and an AN/PAQ-4-series aiming light, and a rail grabber mount.

#### Standards
Attach and secure the AN/PAQ-4...
AN/PAQ-4 aiming light, M4 carbine, rail grabber mount

Military Equipment Operations (3)

Adjust the Rear Sight for Range
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Adjust the Rear Sight:

1. Set the rear sight on a range of 200 meters when closing the sight cover.
2. If the range to the target is more than 200 meters but less than 250 meters, no sight adjustment is required.
3. To adjust...
rear sight adjustment, M136 launcher, AT4, military equipment
Cock the Launcher
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Cock the Launcher:

1. Unfold the cocking lever with your right hand.
2. Place the thumb of the right hand under the cocking lever.
3. Grip the front of the firing mechanism for support.
4. **Push the cocking lever forward...
cocking launcher, M136 launcher, AT4, military equipment
Perform Prefire Checks on the Launcher
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Prefire Check Steps:

1. Check the transport safety pin.
2. Ensure the cocking lever is on SAFE.
3. Check the fire-through muzzle cover.
4. Check the color-coded band.
5. Check the front and rear sights.
6. **Check the red...
prefire checks, M136 launcher, AT4, military equipment

Weapon Operations (3)

Detect and Estimate Target Range Using AN/PVS-4
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Step 3: Detect and estimate the range to the target.

Step 4: Acquire a good sight picture. Adjust the weapon to place the correct aiming point (based on range to target) on the center base of the target.
target range estimation, sight picture, aiming point
Fire Weapon Using Correct Techniques with AN/PVS-4
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Step 6: Fire the weapon in three-round bursts at the rate of fire appropriate for the size of the target. Use correct trigger manipulation techniques (pull the trigger straight to the rear and release it).
trigger manipulation, three-round burst, rate of fire
Use Aiming Points on AN/PVS-4 Reticle for Different Ranges
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Step 5: Use the center point between the two horizontal lines in the middle of the reticle as the aiming point for ranges 0 to 300 meters.

Note: Aiming points for ranges from 300 to 800 meters appear as small dots in a vertical line...
AN/PVS-4 reticle, aiming points, range estimation

Chemical Biological Risk Management (3)

Properly Break Glass Ampoules on Sampler-Detector
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Preparation for Breaking Ampoules:
- Before breaking any glass ampoules (except heater ampoules), place one heater pad on each side of the sampler-detector covering the ampoule to be broken.
- These pads will prevent...
ampoule,breaking,sampler-detector,heater pads,test spots
Safe Handling of Heater Ampoules on Sampler-Detector
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Avoiding Hot Vapors:
- Avoid hot vapors that may burn you when crushing the heater ampoules.
- Hold the sampler-detector to one side while venting it to avoid hot vapors.

2. **Do Not Use Heater Pads on Green Heater...
heater ampoules,sampler-detector,hot vapors,protective measures
Apply Heat to Test Spot Using Heater Assembly
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Position the heater over test spot:
- Swing the heater immediately back over the test spot.

2. Place heater assembly pad on top of heater:
- Place a heater assembly pad on top of the heater.

3. **Apply pressure to...
heater assembly,application,test spot,pressure

Military Fire Support (3)

Calculating Deviation Corrections Using the OT Factor
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Calculate deviation corrections using the observer-target (OT) factor.

Steps:
1. Measure horizontal deviation in mils, either via binocular reticle or hand measurement.
2. Estimate range to target, then divide by 1,000 to...
OT factor, deviation correction calculation, military fire support, range correction
Range Bracketing Guidelines for Fire Support Adjustments
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Establish a range bracket based on estimated round impact distance.

Steps:
1. Estimate the distance between the target and where the round impacted.
2. Use the following guide to establish a bracket:
- If the round is more...
range bracketing, fire support adjustment, military tactics, correction guidelines
Successive Bracketing Procedure for Fire Support Adjustments
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Apply successive bracketing to adjust fire support rounds.

Steps:
1. Identify the first round impact and determine if it is over, short, left, or right of the target.
2. If the round is beyond the target, calculate how...
successive bracketing, fire support adjustment, military tactics, range correction

Map Reading And Overlay Creation (3)

Marking Indicated Boundaries on Overlays
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Boundaries show the areas of tactical responsibility:
- In the offense, these are called *zones of action*.
- In the defense and retrograde, they are called *sectors of responsibility*.

2. When describing boundaries...
overlay,map,tactical,responsibility,boundary
Marking Overlay Classification
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Determine the classification of the information used to prepare the overlay.
2. Mark the classification on both the top and bottom of the overlay.
3. Ensure that the classification is clearly visible and legible.

Note:...
overlay,classification,map,tactical,responsibility
Using Solid and Broken Lines on Overlays
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Use solid lines to represent:
- The location of a unit or installation.
- A coordinating detail (such as a line of departure or boundary) that is in effect and will continue.
- A location that the operation order will...
overlay,map,tactical,responsibility,boundary

Logistics Planning (3)

Determine Start and Release Points for Convoy Operations
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Identify the start point where the convoy will begin its movement.
2. Determine the release point where units or vehicles will be released from the convoy.
3. Ensure that both points are clearly marked and communicated to all...
start point, release point
Determine Timetable for Movements and March Units
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Coordinate with unit commanders to establish a detailed timetable for all movements.
2. Include specific times for the departure, arrival, and rest periods of serials and march units.
3. Ensure the timetable accounts for potential...
timetable, movement, march units
Identify Coordination Points for Assembly Areas
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Select a primary coordination point where all personnel will assemble.
2. Identify alternate assembly areas in case the primary location becomes unavailable or compromised.
3. Ensure that the selected locations are accessible to...
coordination, assembly area

Physical Training (3)

Complete Level One Two-Mile Hike with Equipment
Standard Source: Tactical Ready Guide
Procedure:

1. Load all Level One equipment (rifle, ammunition, water container, cleaning kit, first-aid kit, boots, and documents) into your carrying gear.
2. Begin a two-mile hike on terrain that simulates real-world conditions (e.g.,...
two-mile march,tactical fitness,equipment carry test,militia training
Complete a Two-Mile Hike with Level One Required Gear in 40 Minutes
Standard Source: Tactical Ready Guide
Objective: Complete a two-mile hike within 40 minutes while carrying all level one required gear and any shooting aid intended for rifle qualification.

Procedure:
1. Ensure you are wearing all level one required gear, including any shooting...
hike, two-mile, gear, physical training, military readiness
Maintain Physical Fitness
Reference Source: USMC Summer Survival Course Handbook
Procedure for Maintaining Physical Fitness

1. Engage in regular exercise routines, including cardio, strength training, and flexibility exercises.
2. Follow a balanced diet to support energy levels and muscle recovery.
3. **Get adequate...
maintain fitness, physical training, tactical readiness, endurance

Communication Signaling (3)

Use Arm-and-Hand Signals to Control Fires
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Purpose: To use visual signals for controlling fires when verbal communication is not possible or effective.

Steps:
1. Learn and practice standard arm-and-hand signals used in fire control operations.
2. Use these signals during...
arm-and-hand signals, fire control communication, non-verbal signaling
Imitate Patrol Animal Calls for Communication
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Procedure:

1. Each scout in a patrol must be able to imitate the call of their patrol animal.
2. For example, scouts in the Wolf patrol should be able to imitate a wolf's howl.
3. This ability allows scouts to communicate with each other when...
patrol,animal call,communication,signaling,tactical
Use Patrol Animal Symbols in Signaling
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Procedure:

1. When making signs or signals for others to read, a scout should draw the head of their patrol animal.
2. For example, if a scout discovers that a road is unsafe and wants to warn others, they would:
- Draw the sign 'not to be...
signaling,patrol animal,warning signs,tactical

Stealth Training (3)

Conduct a Scout Hunting Game
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Objective: To develop stealth and tracking skills.

Setup:
1. One scout is given time to hide in the area.
2. The rest of the scouts begin searching for them.
3. Set a time limit (e.g., 30 minutes) for finding or returning to the starting...
scout hunting game,tracking skills,stealth training,tactical games
Conduct a Spider and Fly Game
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Objective: To develop observation and stealth skills.

Setup:
1. Select an area about a mile square as the 'web' and define its boundaries.
2. Set a time limit for operations (e.g., two hours).
3. Divide participants into two groups: one...
spider and fly game,observation skills,stealth training,tactical games
Practice Stalking Techniques
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Objective: To teach scouts how to move stealthily without being detected.

Setup:
1. An instructor acts as a deer and stands in an open area, moving slightly if desired.
2. Scouts attempt to approach the instructor without being...
stalking techniques,stealth training,tactical skills,color camouflage

Observation Games (3)

Scoring System for Observation Games
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Objective: Provide a simple method to score observation games.

Setup:
1. Create a scoring paper with a list of all the articles present in the room or shop being observed.
2. Include a column on the scoring paper for each scout to record...
scoring system,observation game,tactical training,score tracking
Shop Window Observation Game Outdoors in Town
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Objective: Improve observational skills by memorizing details from shop windows.

Setup:
1. Take a patrol down a street past six shops.
2. Allow the patrol to spend half a minute at each shop observing its contents.
3. Afterward, move the...
shop window,observation game,outdoors,town,scouts,competitive exercise,memory training
Similar Game In-doors: Observing a Room's Contents
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Objective: Enhance attention to detail by memorizing the contents of a room.

Setup:
1. Send each scout into a room for half a minute to observe its contents.
2. Afterward, take down a list of furniture and articles that each scout...
room observation,indoor game,scouts,memory training,detail recognition

Building Entry (3)

Prepare a Grappling Hook with a Rope to Enter a Building
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
a. When throwing the grappling hook, stand as close to the building as possible (this reduces exposure to enemy fire and reduces the throwing distance to the target). Grasp a few coils of rope and the grappling hook in your throwing hand and the...
grappling hook, rope preparation, tactical entry
Select a Point to Enter a Building Above the First Floor
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Before moving, select a point to enter a building. There are several ways to enter a building above the first floor:

• Ladders, drainpipes, vines, helicopters, or roofs and windows of an adjoining building might help you reach...
building entry, tactical operations, grappling hook, scaling rope
Use the Buddy System to Enter a Building
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
a. One-Soldier lift support:

• The first Soldier braces his/her back or side against the building.
• He/she then cups his/her hands together to assist the second Soldier.
• The second Soldier moves forward and places his/her foot inside of...
buddy system, tactical entry, building support

Military Organization (2)

Define and Respond to S2/G2 (Intelligence Section)
Standard Source: Medical NBC Battlebook
S2/G2 refers to the Intelligence section on the command staff of a unit, responsible for gathering, analyzing, and disseminating intelligence information to support military operations.
s2/g2,intelligence section,military operations,command staff
Understand the Role of S5/G5 (Civil Affairs Section)
Standard Source: Medical NBC Battlebook
S5/G5 refers to the Civil Affairs section on the command staff of a unit, responsible for coordinating with local populations and civil authorities during military operations.
s5/g5,civil affairs,military coordination,population engagement

Evacuation Procedures (2)

Evacuate Isolated Remains in a Tactical Situation
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Conditions:
• In a tactical situation, given JP 4-06, transportation (vehicle or aircraft), tiedown straps, location of isolated remains to evacuate, a predetermined location to bring the remains, global positioning system (GPS), area map, human...
evacuate remains,tactical,remains evacuation
Tactical Evacuation Care Basic Management Plan
High Priority Source: TCCC 17 13 Tactical Combat Casualty Care
Action:

• In addition to reassessing the principles of tactical field care (TFC), perform manual carries as needed using:
- Warrior Aid and Litter Kit (WALK)
- Sked.
tactical evacuation, manual carries, WALK, Sked

Ammunition Handling (2)

Ammunition Handling in Cold Weather Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Maintain temperature consistency:
- Keep ammunition at the same temperature as weapons.
- Carry ammunition in bandoliers, with additional rounds stored in the pockets of the outer parka and rucksack.

2. **Clean and...
cold weather, ammunition storage, propellant burn rate, weapon zeroing, military, snow conditions
Dispose of Belt Links and Spent Brass According to Unit SOP
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Purpose: To ensure safe and proper disposal of spent ammunition components in accordance with unit procedures.

Steps:
1. Follow the unit's SOP for handling belt links and spent brass.
2. Ensure that all personnel are aware of and comply...
ammunition disposal, belt links, spent brass, SOP compliance

Arctic Operations (2)

Arctic Operations Concept - Mobility and Air Support
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Arctic Operations Concept - Mobility and Air Support

Operations in the arctic must be simple and highly mobile because of the vast distances, the low population density, and the hostile environment. The key to operations in the arctic is air...
arctic operations,mobility,air support,aerial assault
Arctic Operations Concept - Enemy Threat and Tactics
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Arctic Operations Concept - Enemy Threat and Tactics

It is unlikely that in the foreseeable future that large scale sustained operations will be conducted in the Canadian Arctic. The threat is from commando type raids against specific targets...
enemy threat,commando raids,arctic tactics

Assault Operations (2)

Conduct the Assault in Winter Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: To execute an effective assault under cold weather conditions.

1. In the early stages of the attack:
- It may not be necessary for a sub-unit to deploy immediately.
- Each sub-unit will break its own trail until fire becomes...
assault operations, snowshoes, deep snow, winter conditions
Conduct Assaults During Low Visibility in Cold Weather
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Assaults should be conducted during periods of low visibility to achieve surprise and reduce exposure.

1. Conduct the assault at night or during periods of low visibility.
2. Surprise is a key factor, and opportunities for achieving it are...
assault operations,cold weather,tactical surprise

Reorganization (2)

Consolidate and Reorganize After Seizing an Objective in Cold Weather
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
After seizing an objective, immediate consolidation and reorganization are necessary to maintain combat effectiveness.

1. Immediately pay attention to consolidating the position after seizing an objective.
2. Assaulting troops may be fatigued...
consolidation,cold weather,tactical reorganization
Reorganize Troops on Enemy Position in Winter Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: To reorganize troops efficiently after an assault.

1. Due to the difficulty of movement and lack of shelter, reorganization will normally take place on the enemy position, using his shelter and defensive positions.
2. These...
troop reorganization, enemy position, reserve deployment

Movement Operations (2)

Direct Platoon Movement to the Designated Release Point
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Direct platoon movement to the designated platoon release point.
2. Use appropriate movement techniques based on terrain and situation:
- (a) Marching formations for open terrain.
- (b) Covered approaches for urban or...
platoon movement, release point, terrain-based techniques, security during movement
Plan for Movement Challenges in Northern Environments
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Prepare for the factors affecting movement in northern environments.

Procedure:
1. Understand that distance is measured in time rather than space in northern environments due to extreme temperatures and other environmental...
northern environment, movement challenges, logistics, weather impact

Battle Indicators (2)

Identify Battle Indicators in Northern Cold Weather Environments
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Personnel must be trained to recognize battle indicators specific to cold weather and northern environments.
2. These indicators fall into two categories: those that indicate the presence of a hostile force, and those that...
battle indicators,cold weather,northern environment,intelligence estimate,enemy presence
Identifying Cold-Weather Battle Indicators
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Look for signs that may indicate the presence or passage of a hostile force in cold weather:
- a. Signs of a bivouac area (packed snow, emergency shelters, remains of fire, trail networks, trash left in the area, freshly...
battle indicators,cold weather,tactical signs,enemies presence

Logistics (2)

Maintaining Logistics During Harassment Operations
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Minimize logistic burden to maintain pressure on the enemy.

Procedure:
1. Use air resupply, including parachuting stores, as the primary method of resupply during harassment operations.
2. Utilize temporary air strips...
air resupply,military logistics,harassment operations
Rotating Troops and Equipment During Sustained Operations
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Maintain operational efficiency by rotating troops and equipment.

Procedure:
1. Recognize that sustained operations will take a toll on friendly forces, especially when maintaining a cordon for extended periods.
2. Limit the time...
troop rotation,military logistics,operational efficiency

Air Operations (2)

Mitigate Aircraft Vulnerability During Parachute Assault in Northern Areas
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Recognize that featureless terrain provides the enemy with an opportunity to shoot down aircraft, especially helicopters.
2. If surprise is not achieved, ensure aircraft unload outside the range of small-arms fire.
3. Use...
featureless terrain,aircraft vulnerability,helicopter safety,suppressive fire,small-arms range
Prepare Air Movement Annex Information
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
### Prepare Air Movement Annex Information

#### Situation

• Enemy Situation:
- Include enemy air capability.
- Include enemy ADA capability.
- Include weather details: % Illum, illum angle, NVG window, ceiling, and visibility.
-...
air movement annex, pickup zone, landing zone, laager site, flight routes, abort criteria, down aircraft recovery, rehearsal plan, enemy contact actions

Planning Operations (2)

Plan Time and Space Considerations for Winter Assault Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Evaluate the combination of enemy fields of fire and the increased time required for movement in winter conditions when deciding on a day or night assault.
2. Adjust operational timelines to account for slower movement...
time considerations,winter movement,enemy fire fields,day vs night assault
Plan for Movement to Contact (MTC)
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Plan the MTC using METT-TC factors and other considerations.

Steps:
1. Use the METT-TC factors in planning the MTC.
2. Ensure decentralized execution of operations.
3. Provide mutual support between units.
4. Consider the length...
MTC planning, METT-TC factors, decentralized execution, resupply plan

Raids And Operations (2)

Conduct Raids and Rear Area Operations in Northern Environments
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
In northern operations there usually are no continuous fronts. Units may operate independently many miles apart. Installations are isolated, and communications, where they exist, are long and vulnerable to attack. Surprise is always a possibility,...
northern raids,rear area operations,tactical patrol,enemy surveillance,weather advantages
Perform Reconnaissance and Raids on Isolated Positions in Northern Areas
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
The primary task of long-range patrols will be reconnaissance and raids on isolated positions and in enemy rear areas.

These patrols may form part of the harassment campaign discussed in the previous chapter or:

• a. As diversions during an...
reconnaissance raids,long-range patrols,enemies rear areas,aerial insertion

Marching Rates (2)

Determine Day's March Distance for Motor Sleds in Cold Weather Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
|Day's March (6 to 7 hours)|Kilometres|Miles|
|---|---|---|
|Motor sled|96 to 112|60 to 70|
motor sleds, cold weather, day's march distance
Determine Rates of March for Infantry in Cold Weather Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
|Rate of March|Kilometres per Hour|Miles per Hour|
|---|---|---|
|Infantry|3 to 4|2 to 2-1/2|
|Infantry (snow over 30 cm (12 in) deep)|1-1/2 to 3|1 to 2|
infantry, cold weather, rates of march, snow depth

Individual Movement (2)

Performing the Leopard Crawl for Individual Movement
Standard Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procedure:

1. Get into a prone position with your body low to the ground.
2. Move forward by using both arms and legs simultaneously in a smooth motion.
3. Keep your head down and move quickly but quietly.
4. **Use this method when...
leopard crawl, individual movement, fieldcraft, stealth
Performing the Monkey Run for Individual Movement
Standard Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procedure:

1. Get into a crouched position with your body low to the ground.
2. Move forward by using short, quick steps while keeping your head down.
3. Maintain a steady pace and avoid sudden movements.
4. **Use this method when...
monkey run, individual movement, fieldcraft, stealth

Camouflage Techniques (2)

Apply Recognition Factors to Improve Camouflage Effectiveness
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
To enhance camouflage effectiveness from the enemy's perspective:

1. Consider the threat’s viewpoint when applying countermeasures.
2. Use recognition factors that describe a target's contrast with its background to avoid detection.
3. If...
recognition factors, multispectral imagery, camouflage effectiveness, enemy detection
Vehicle Camouflage Procedures
Standard Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procedure for Camouflaging Vehicles:

1. Responsibility: It is the responsibility of the section to camouflage vehicles either in position or in a cache.
2. Camouflage Techniques: Use natural materials such as branches and foliage to...
vehicle camouflage, military camouflage, track placement, tactical concealment

Engineering Operations (2)

Access Field Manual for Engineer Operations
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Title: Access Field Manual for Engineer Operations

Procedure:
1. Locate FM 3-34 titled *Engineer Operations*.
2. Verify the publication date is 2 January 2004.
3. Note that this item is included on EM 0205.
4. Use this manual...
field manuals,engineer,FM 3-34
Engineer's Role in Battlefield CCD Integration
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Ensure engineers integrate and advise on CCD employment.

Procedure:
1. Engineers are battlefield experts on CCD techniques and must integrate them into higher unit operations.
2. Engineers should advise commanders on all aspects...
engineer responsibilities, battlefield integration, CCD employment, mission coordination

Intelligence Operations (2)

Conduct Special Reconnaissance (SR)
Standard Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Conduct Special Reconnaissance (SR)

Special reconnaissance complements national and theater intelligence collection assets and systems by obtaining specific, well-defined, and time-sensitive information of strategic or operational significance....
special reconnaissance, SR, human intelligence, eyes on target
Access Field Manuals for Human Intelligence Collector Operations
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Title: Access Field Manuals for Human Intelligence Collector Operations

Procedure:
1. Locate FM 2-22.3 (FM 34-52) titled _Human Intelligence Collector Operations_.
2. Verify the publication date is 6 September 2006.
3. Use this...
human intelligence, field manual, FM 2-22.3, HUMINT operations

Military Strategy (2)

Define Strategic Level of War
Reference Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Define Strategic Level of War

The strategic level of war is the level at which a nation, often as a member of a group of nations, determines national or multinational (alliance or coalition) strategic security objectives and guidance, and...
strategic level of war, national objectives, military strategy
Understand the Concept of Strategy
Reference Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Understand the Concept of Strategy

Strategy is the art and science of developing and employing armed forces and other instruments of national power in a synchronized fashion to secure national or multinational objectives.
strategy, military planning, national power

Group Combat (2)

Parity Combat Strategy (Equal Numbers)
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. Reserve Fighter Positioning:
- When both groups have the same number of fighters, one fighter should stay in reserve until the enemy has committed their entire force.
2. Attack Timing:
- Once the enemy has committed,...
parity combat, group tactics, equal numbers
Three Against Two Combat Strategy
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Procedure:

1. Angles of Attack:
- Advance so that the outside two fighters are positioned outside of the enemy.
- One of the enemies will have to choose whether to face either the outside or inside man, exposing his flank to the...
three against two, combat strategy, group tactics

Rope Knots (2)

Construct a Rappel Seat Using Sling Rope
High Priority Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
### Construct a Rappel Seat Using Sling Rope

A rappel seat is an improvised harness made from a sling rope (minimum 14 feet). Follow these steps to create it:

Steps:
1. Find the middle of the sling rope and make a bight.
2. **Decide which...
rappel seat, sling rope, knot tying, improvised harness, mountaineering
Tie a Guarde Knot (Alpine Clutch)
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
### Tie a Guarde Knot (Alpine Clutch)

The guarde knot is used for hauling systems or rescue operations and works in only one direction, cannot be reversed while under load.

Steps:
1. **Place a bight of rope into the two anchored carabiners...
guarde knot, alpine clutch, hauling system, rescue knot, rope knots

Deception (2)

Constructing Dummy Positions for Deception
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Objective: Create dummy positions to mislead the enemy without endangering real positions.

Procedure:
1. Construct dummy positions such as tents, weapons, vehicles, and bivouac areas using available materials (e.g., snow, branches,...
dummy positions, deception, camouflage, tactical planning, dummy bivouac, fire simulation
Creating Deception Networks Using Skiers or Oversnow Vehicles
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Objective: Mislead the enemy about direction, strength, location, and intentions.

Procedure:
1. Use a small number of skiers or oversnow vehicles to create a network of trails or tracks.
2. Ensure that these trails or tracks are designed to...
deception, oversnow vehicles, skiers, trails, misdirection, tactical deception

Ice Demolitions (2)

Tactical Use of Ice Demolitions
High Priority Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Tactical use of ice demolitions includes:

1. Protection from attacks: Used to protect against frontal or flanking enemy attacks.
2. Charge placement strategy:
- Place one or more sets of charges close to the friendly shore.
-...
tactical use,ice demolitions,trapping technique,armor,enemy
Identify Disadvantages of Ice Demolitions
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Disadvantages of ice demolitions include:

1. Time-consuming emplacement: Even with ice cutting equipment, placing explosives requires considerable time.
2. Risk of accidental detonation: Charges can be set off by artillery fire.
3....
ice demolitions,disadvantages,tactical use,artillery fire,refreezing

Natural Obstacles (2)

Use Avalanches as Artificial Obstacles
High Priority Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Avalanches can be used tactically to block passes and roads:

1. Natural vs artificial: Natural avalanches may not always benefit friendly forces, but artificial avalanches (induced by recoilless rifle or artillery fire, bombs, or...
avalanches,artificial obstacles,recoilless rifle,artillery fire
Utilize Windfalls as Obstacles
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Windfalls (fallen trees) can be used effectively as obstacles:

1. Formation: Strong winds may knock down many trees in a wooded area, creating windfalls.
2. Effectiveness: Windfalls are particularly effective when covered with snow,...
windfalls,natural obstacles,enemy movement,snow cover

Firebase Construction (2)

Constructing an Artillery Firebase - Phase I: Combat Assault and Initial Clearing
High Priority Source: FM 5 103 Survivability
Objective: Secure the firebase site and clear an area large enough to accommodate CH-47 and CH-54 helicopters if the site is inaccessible by ground vehicle.

Steps:
1. Secure the Site: Conduct a combat assault on the firebase site to...
artillery firebase, phase I, combat assault, initial clearing, terrain assessment, foliage removal
Constructing an Artillery Firebase - Phase II: Immediate Construction
High Priority Source: FM 5 103 Survivability
Objective: Begin immediate construction of the firebase to establish a tenable tactical position by nightfall on the first day.

Steps:
1. Deploy Airmobile Dozers: Two light airmobile dozers are lifted to the site and used to clear brush...
artillery firebase, phase II, immediate construction, perimeter expansion, parapet construction, tactical wire installation

Unarmed Combat (2)

Unarmed Combat Defense Against Knife Attacks
Standard Source: FMFRP 12 80 USMC Kill or Get Killed
Procedure for Defending Against a Knife Attack with Unarmed Techniques:

1. Assess the threat immediately: Recognize that an individual is armed with a knife.
2. Create distance if possible: Move away from the attacker to reduce the risk...
knife defense, unarmed combat, tactical, self-defense, security
Unarmed Combat Offensive Techniques
Standard Source: FMFRP 12 80 USMC Kill or Get Killed
Procedure for Using Unarmed Combat Offensively in a Defensive Situation:

1. Assess the threat level: Determine if offensive action is necessary based on the situation.
2. Create distance if possible: Move away from the attacker to...
offensive unarmed combat, tactical, self-defense, security

Combat Survival (2)

Construct a Hasty Fighting Position
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure: Construct a Hasty Fighting Position

Conditions: Given load-carrying equipment (LCE) with bayonet, scabbard, entrenching tool, poncho, and M16A1 rifle; a specific location and sector of fire; and logs to construct overhead...
hasty fighting position, combat survival, military construction
Use of Weapons of Opportunity in Unarmed Combat
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Utilize available objects as weapons during close combat.

Procedure:
1. Identify potential weapons of opportunity around you, such as:
- Entrenching tool (E-tool), sharpened for blocking, slashing, smashing, or thrusting.
-...
weapons of opportunity, combat survival, E-tool, helmet, debris, unarmed combat, self-defense

Weapons Retention (2)

Rifle and Shotgun Retention Technique - Grip
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Grip for Rifle or Shotgun Retention Techniques:

• When executing retention techniques with a weapon that has a pistol grip, it is possible to hold the weapon by the pistol grip, with your finger off the trigger. This allows a seamless...
rifle retention, shotgun retention, grip technique, non-lethal mode
Rifle and Shotgun Retention Technique - Under-Handed Grab
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Technique if Person Grabs Weapon Under-handed:

1. Slide your left hand up the hand guards, trapping the opponent's closest finger above the knuckle with your thumb so they cannot release their grip.
2. Apply **bone pressure on the...
under-handed grab, bone pressure, pain compliance

Equal Opportunity (2)

Discuss Marine Corps Equal Opportunity Program
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Discuss the Marine Corps Equal Opportunity Program in accordance with references (8550.01.25)

Procedure:
1. Define equal opportunity as the principle that ensures all Marines are treated fairly and without discrimination,...
equal opportunity, marine corps policy, combat training, diversity, inclusion
Discuss Prejudicial Attitudes That Affect Equal Opportunity
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: Discuss prejudicial attitudes that affect equal opportunity in accordance with references (8550.01.25b)

Procedure:
1. Identify common prejudicial attitudes such as racism, sexism, and discrimination based on religion or other...
prejudicial attitudes, equal opportunity, marine corps policy, combat training, diversity

Martial Arts Breakfalls (2)

Executing a Front Breakfall from a Kneeling Position
Reference Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Front Breakfall from a Kneeling Position

1. Assume a two-kneed kneeling position.
2. Bend your elbows and place your palms facing out in the position that will allow you to spread and absorb the impact of the fall.
3. Fall forward, breaking...
front breakfall,kneeling position,martial arts,tactical
Executing a Side Breakfall from a Standing Position
Reference Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Side Breakfall from a Standing Position

1. Assume a standing position with the feet shoulder width apart.
2. Bring your right arm across your body so your hand is next to your left shoulder with your palm facing inboard.
3. Fall on your right...
side breakfall,standing position,martial arts,tactical

Conflict Avoidance (2)

Identify and Avoid Confrontational Situations
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Recognize potential confrontational situations before becoming involved.
2. Leave the area immediately if possible to avoid escalation.
3. Avoid engaging in any verbal or physical confrontation.
4. **Stay aware of your...
confrontational situations, deescalation, tactical awareness, conflict avoidance
Remove Yourself from a Confrontational Situation
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Attempt to remove yourself from the situation as quickly and safely as possible.
2. Use non-confrontational body language (e.g., avoid eye contact, turn away).
3. Walk away calmly without showing fear or aggression.
4....
deescalation, tactical withdrawal, conflict avoidance

Ranger Movement Tactics (2)

Maintain Continuous Movement During Marching as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Keep moving until dark: Maintain continuous movement during marches to minimize the chance of enemy detection.
continuous movement, night march, ranger tactics
Move Stealthily During Marching as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Act like sneaking up on a deer: Move quietly and avoid making noise.
• See the enemy first: Be vigilant and ensure you detect threats before they see you.
stealth movement, enemy detection, ranger tactics

Truck Operations (2)

Plan Truck Annex Operations
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: Execute truck-based operations with proper planning and coordination.

### Steps:
1. Assess the Situation
- Identify enemy forces that may be encountered during movement.
- Determine friendly forces providing...
truck operations, tactical planning, enemy forces, vehicle movement, security, signal communication
Conduct Truck Annex Situation Analysis
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Analyze the situation for a truck operation.

### Key Factors to Consider:
1. Enemy Forces
2. Friendly Forces
3. Attachments and Detachments
truck annex, situation analysis, enemy forces, friendly forces

Fire Support Planning (2)

Plan Fire Support Operations
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
### Planning Fire Support Operations
Planning is the continual process of selecting targets on which fires are prearranged to support a phase of the commander’s plan. The principles of planning follow:

• **Consider what the commander wants to...
fire support, planning, military operations, tactical planning
Plan Indirect Fire Support
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Plan indirect fire support to increase combat effectiveness and survivability.

Procedure:
1. Select targets on which fires are prearranged to support a phase of the commander’s plan.
2. Consider what the commander wants to do.
3....
indirect fire support, planning, target selection, fire support principles

Ambush Operations (2)

Conduct a Hasty Ambush
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: Conduct a hasty ambush to engage an enemy force.

Steps:
1. Alerting the Unit:
- A Soldier uses visual signals to alert the unit that an enemy force is in sight.
- The Soldier continues monitoring the location and...
hasty ambush, ambush tactics, kill zone, security elements, patrol leader, fire distribution, enemy engagement
Conduct a Deliberate (Point/Area) Ambush
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Execute a deliberate ambush to surprise and engage an enemy force.

Steps:
1. Emplace the Ambush:
- The ambush is emplaced not later than the time specified in the order.

2. Surprise and Engagement:
- The patrol...
deliberate ambush, point/area ambush, PIR collection, ambush emplacement, enemy engagement

Navigation (2)

Maintain the Current 8-Digit Coordinate of Location at All Times
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• Maintain the current 8-digit coordinate of his location at all times.

Details:

• This task is critical for navigation and coordination with other units.
• The individual must ensure that their GPS or map-based coordinates are...
8-digit coordinate, location tracking, tactical navigation
Construct a Terrain Model for Patrol Planning
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Purpose: Create a visual terrain model to aid in patrol planning and communication of routes and actions on the objective.

Materials Needed:
• Cardboard or paper (e.g., 3 x 5 card, MRE box)
• String, colored tape, or yarn
• Moss,...
terrain model, patrol planning, field-expedient techniques, map symbols, navigation

Danger Area Crossing (2)

Crossing a Linear Danger Area (LDA) as a Platoon
Critical Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
### Step-by-Step Procedure for LDA Crossing by a Platoon:

STEP 1: The lead squad halts the platoon and signals the presence of a danger area.

STEP 2: The platoon leader moves forward to confirm the danger area, determining whether...
platoon lda crossing,overwatch positions,slls,sterilizing site,fire planning
Identify and Bypass Danger Areas
Critical Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
A danger area is any location on a unit’s route where the leader determines that the unit may be exposed to enemy observation or fire. Examples include:
• Open areas
• Roads and trails
• Built-up areas
• Enemy positions
• Natural and man-made...
danger area,bypass,danger area standards,security planning,rally points

Surveillance (2)

Conduct Day and Night Surveillance for Enemy Detection
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Conducting Day and Night Surveillance

Overview: This procedure outlines how to conduct effective day and night surveillance to detect enemy soldiers and vehicles.

### Day Surveillance Steps:
1. **Identify Improperly...
surveillance, enemy detection, day and night, tactical training, camouflage identification
Establish Surveillance (S & O RPS&O Team)
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Critical Task: Establish surveillance using the S & O RPS&O team to monitor enemy activity and movements around the objective area. This provides continuous intelligence support for decision-making.
establish surveillance, S & O team, tactical observation

Ropes And Rappelling (2)

Anchor Selection for Rappelling
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Select Anchors Carefully: In a mountainous environment, choose anchors that are strong and reliable.
2. Load Anchor Slowly: Ensure that no excessive stress is placed on the anchor by loading it slowly.
3. **Prohibit...
anchor selection,rappelling,anchor failure,equipment failure
Rappel Site Selection and Preparation
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Assess Mission Requirements: Choose a site based on mission needs, cover, route, anchor points, and edge composition (e.g., loose or jagged rocks).
2. Ensure Anchor Availability: There must be good primary and secondary...
rappel site selection,anchor points,double rope,loading platform

Combat Movement (2)

Move Under Direct Fire as a Two-Man Team
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Moving Under Direct Fire

As a member of a two-man team, you must approach an enemy position from a distance of 250 to 300 meters across varied terrain. You will be equipped with an M16A1 rifle or M203 grenade launcher and load-carrying...
direct fire movement, two-man team, tactical approach, enemy position, cover and concealment
Moving Across Open Areas with Precautions
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Moving Across Open Areas with Precautions:

Objective: Reduce exposure to enemy fire when moving across open areas.

Steps:
1. Conduct a Visual Reconnaissance of the Area and Position:
- Assess potential threats,...
open areas,movement tactics,crossing open areas,cover and concealment,group movement,enemy fire

Target Detection (2)

Estimate Target Range Using M16-Series Rifle
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

Use your M16-series rifle to estimate the range to a man-sized target as follows:

• a. Twice the width of the front sight post at approximately 90 meters.
• b. The same width of the front sight post at approximately 175...
range estimation,M16 rifle,target detection,tactical skills
Search a New Arc for Target Detection
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Begin searching a new arc upon reaching the end of the first arc.
2. The second arc is 50 meters in depth and overlaps the first arc.
searching,arc,target detection,tactical skills

Fieldcraft (2)

Construct a One-Soldier Fighting Position
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

Construct a one-soldier fighting position that is wide enough for you and your equipment, armpit deep, with frontal and overhead cover at least 18 inches deep, grenade sumps, and a floor sloped toward the sumps.

Details:
-...
one-soldier fighting position, fieldcraft, military construction
Clearing a Narrow Lane of Fire for Defensive Position Concealment
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Purpose: To clear a narrow lane of fire while maintaining concealment of the defensive position.

Steps:
1. Estimate clearing capacity based on time available and terrain conditions.
2. Leave a thin natural screen of vegetation to...
clearing lane, field of fire, concealment, vegetation removal, tactical positioning

Survival Tactics (2)

Conceal Light Sources and Reduce Visibility at Night
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Reduce visibility and avoid detection by the enemy.

Steps:
1. Restrict smoking at night, as smoke can be seen and smelled by the enemy.
2. Conceal flashlights and other light sources using materials like a poncho to...
light discipline, conceal light sources, night operations, enemy detection, litter discipline
Placement Considerations for Signaling Devices in Hostile Situations
High Priority Source: USMC Winter Survival Course Handbook
When placing signaling devices in hostile situations, avoid the following areas due to the risk of compromise:

• Obstacles and barriers
• Roads and trails
• Inhabited areas
• Waterways and bridges
• Natural lines of drift
-...
signaling device placement,survival tactics,hostile environment

Reconnaissance Reporting (2)

Draft Message Summary in SALUTE Format
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Drafting a Message Summary Using the SALUTE Format

Steps:
1. Use the SALUTE format to draft a message summary, which includes:
- Size: Number of enemy forces or equipment.
- Activity: What the enemy is doing...
SALUTE format, message drafting, reconnaissance reporting
Identify Enemy Activity and Significant Terrain/Weather Information
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Identifying Enemy Activity and Significant Terrain/Weather Information

Steps:
1. Identify information concerning enemy activity and significant terrain and weather features including:
- Order of battle factors: For...
enemy activity, terrain features, weather factors, reconnaissance, reporting

Firearms Positioning (2)

Install Aiming Stakes for Target Alignment During Limited Visibility
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Identify enemy positions or avenues of approach: Locate probable enemy positions or likely avenues of approach within your sector.

2. Select materials: Use forked tree limbs 12 to 14 inches long as aiming stakes.

3....
aiming stakes, target alignment, limited visibility, rifle positioning
Install Sector Stakes for Fire Control During Limited Visibility
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Select materials: Use tree limbs 1 to 1 ½ inches in diameter or pieces of an ammunition box about 18 inches long for the sector stakes.

2. Ensure sturdiness: Make sure the stakes are sturdy enough to stick out of the...
sector stakes, fire control, limited visibility, rifle positioning

Weapon Mounting (2)

Install Flexible Mount on Tripod
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Installing Flexible Mount on Tripod

Steps:
1. Place the pintle of the flex mount into the sleeve bushing on the tripod.
2. Release the pintle lock to secure the flex mount to the tripod.
3. **Align the holes in the...
flex mount installation, tripod setup, weapon mounting
Install T&E Mechanism on Tripod
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Installing T&E Mechanism on Tripod

Steps:
1. Check that the T&E handwheel is centered.
2. Place the T&E mechanism on the traverse bar of the tripod with the locking lever to the rear.
3. **Lock the T&E mechanism to the...
T&E mechanism, tripod installation, weapon mounting

Weapon Operation (2)

Engage Targets with an MK19 Machine Gun
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Ensure the MK19 machine gun is zeroed and mounted on a tripod or cupola.
2. Load the weapon with linked 40-mm grenade ammunition.
3. Identify targets within your assigned sector of fire.
4. **Engage each target with...
MK19, target engagement, weapon operation, tactical equipment
Use Two-Eyes-Open Sighting Method on M68 Sight
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Position Head: Position the head so that you can focus one eye on the red dot and can scan downrange with the other eye.
2. Align Red Dot: Place the red dot on the center of mass of the target and engage.
two-eyes-open method, M68 sight sighting, target engagement

Map Reading And Sketching (2)

Mark Information on Range Card
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Mark Information on a Range Card:

1. Write the following information in the top portion of the range card:
- SQD: Write in the squad's designation.
- PLT: Write in the platoon's designation.
- CO: Write in the...
range card information, squad designation, platoon designation, company designation, magnetic north symbol
Sketch Terrain on Range Card
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Steps to Sketch Terrain on a Range Card:

1. Roughly sketch the terrain in front of the position on the range card.
- Center the machine gun position at the bottom of the sketch.
2. **Include any prominent natural and man-made...
range card, sketch terrain, machine gun position, prominent features, compass use, azimuth calculation, map coordinates

Intelligence Analysis (2)

Identify Threat Capabilities and Collection Efforts
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Threat Capabilities

The threat consists of multiple and overlapping collection efforts targeted against all sources of Army information. The threat devotes significant resources to monitor U.S. military operations and activities on a daily...
threat capabilities,humint,imint,sigint,masint,intelligence collection,technology transfer
Identify and Understand Types of Indicators
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Types of Indicators

There are three main types of indicators:

1. Profile Indicators: These indicate the identity, capabilities, or intent of a military unit or activity.
- Patterns: Stereotyped actions that occur habitually and...
indicators,profile indicators,deviation indicators tip-off indicators,intelligence analysis,military unit identification

Rules Of Engagement (2)

Identify Lethal Overwatch Team Requirements and Briefing
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Identify any lethal overwatch team requirements based on the following factors:
- Mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available, time available, civil considerations (METT-TC)
- Mission risk factors
...
lethal overwatch teams, rules of engagement, tactical briefing, sniper support
Train Standing Rules of Engagement (ROE) Principles
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Title: Train Standing Rules of Engagement (ROE) Principles

Description: This procedure involves training on the principles of Standing Rules of Engagement (ROE). ROE are guidelines that dictate when and how military personnel may use force....
rules of engagement, military training, combat principles, use of force

Combat Response (2)

React to Contact (Visual, IET, Direct Fire, [Includes RPG])
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Title: React to Contact (Visual, IET, Direct Fire, [Includes RPG])

Description: This procedure outlines the steps for reacting to contact with an enemy force, including visual contact, indirect engagement, and direct fire...
react to contact, combat response, direct fire, enemy engagement
React to Flares
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

Respond to ground flares:

• a. Move from the illuminated area.
• b. Reorient yourself when alone or in a group according to standing operating procedures (SOPs) or as instructed.
• c. Continue the mission.

**Respond...
flares, react to flares, ground flare response, overhead flare response, night vision protection

Radiation Monitoring (2)

Exit SLEEP Mode on AN/UDR-13 Radiac Set
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Steps:

1. Depress and release the ON/OFF button for a minimum of 2 seconds. This will cause the SLEEP mode to be discontinued.
2. To return to the SLEEP mode, repeat step 4a from the procedure on entering SLEEP mode.
exit SLEEP mode,AN/UDR-13,radiac set
Enter the SLEEP Mode on AN/UDR-13 Radiac Set
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Steps:

1. Ensure the unit is in the rate mode.
2. Depress and hold the RATE button, then depress the ON/OFF button for approximately 2 seconds or until the display becomes blank except for the SLEEP indicator.
3. Continue to hold both buttons...
SLEEP mode,AN/UDR-13,radiac set

Chemical Contamination Procedures (2)

Conduct Unmasking Procedures Without Using an M256-Series Detector Kit
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Conduct unmasking procedures in the shade when possible.

2. Use M8 detector paper and/or a CAM to check for possible liquid contamination. Continue unmasking procedures only if the test is negative.

3. Direct...
unmasking procedures,M8 detector paper,CAM,first aid treatment,Soldier unmasking
Report Absence of Contamination and Completion of Unmasking Procedures
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Report the absence of contamination in the area and the successful completion of unmasking procedures to higher headquarters.

Note: This step should be conducted after all unmasking procedures are completed and...
report contamination,unmasking procedures,higher headquarters,Soldier unmasking

Positioning And Fire Control (2)

Designating Alternate Positions for Squad Defense
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Prepare alternate positions ready for occupation by the squad when primary positions are no longer defendable.

Steps:
1. Select alternate positions based on terrain, cover and concealment, and enemy situation.
2. Ensure alternate...
alternate positions, squad defense, tactical positioning, communication trenches
Selecting a Position for Squad Fire Control
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Select a position where you can control the fire of your squad.

Steps:
1. Choose a location that allows you to control the fire of your squad.
2. Use your weapon only when necessary for protection, to direct fire, or to influence...
position selection, fire control, squad leadership, tactical positioning

Crowd Control Operations (2)

Determine the Type of Formation(s) to Be Used for Crowd Control Operations
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
### Determine the Type of Formation(s) to Be Used for Crowd Control Operations

Steps:

1. Form the company in a company line in depth formation (Figure 191-410-0078-1).
- _Note:_ Formations 2a through 2e have offensive and defensive...
formation selection,crowd control,tactical formations
Supervise a Riot/Crowd Control Operation with a Company-Sized Element
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Analyze the situation and assess the riot or crowd control scenario to determine the appropriate response.
2. Select the best formation(s) based on the mission requirements, available resources, and rules of engagement (ROE),...
riot control, crowd management, tactical formations

Weapon Positioning (2)

Clear Fields of Fire for Fighting Positions
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Steps:

1. Ensure that each fighting position clears its field of fire to engage the advancing enemy.
2. Avoid exposing friendly positions while clearing fields of fire.
3. Prepare range cards for each machine gun and Dragon.
4. Ensure...
field of fire, range cards, weapon positioning
Position Key Weapons for Combat Effectiveness
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Steps:

1. Position key weapons to ensure optimal coverage:
- Machine guns should cover infantry avenues of approach, have primary and secondary sectors of fire, provide as much grazing fire as possible, and be assigned either a final...
machine guns, javelins, dragons, positioning weapons, grazing fire, final protective line

Position Improvement (2)

Improve Fighting Positions Over Time
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Steps:

1. Improve overhead cover, aiming and limiting stakes, and camouflage as time becomes available.
2. Continuously refine positions to increase protection and concealment.
3. Ensure that improvements are made in a way that does not...
fighting position improvement, overhead cover, camouflage
Select and Improve Alternate and Supplementary Positions
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Steps:

1. Select alternate and supplementary positions for use in case of enemy attack or damage to primary positions.
2. Improve these positions as time becomes available.
3. Ensure that alternate positions are also equipped with...
alternate positions, supplementary positions, tactical planning

Combat Engagement (2)

Engage the Enemy at Maximum Range
Critical Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Steps:

1. When the enemy appears in the platoon sector, engage with supporting direct and indirect fires.
2. As the enemy comes within range of your organic weapons, direct gunners to start engaging the enemy.
3. Use long-range fire to...
enemy engagement, long-range fire, tactical combat
Engage Multiple Targets in a Combat Scenario
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Identify the greatest danger: First, engage the target that presents the greatest threat, usually the closest one.
2. Rapidly proceed to next targets: After engaging the first target, quickly move on to the next ones in...
target engagement, quick fire technique, combat position, rifle marksmanship, live fire evaluation

Crowd Control (2)

Analyze Mission Requirements for Crowd Control Operations
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Steps to Analyze Mission Requirements:

1. Determine the size of the area the company is to maneuver through.
2. Estimate the approximate number of people in the crowd.
3. Review assigned mission goals, including:
- Where to move...
mission analysis,crowd control,formation selection,threat assessment,exit strategy
Determine Crowd Control Formations Based on Mission Requirements
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Steps to Determine Appropriate Formations:

1. Company Line in Depth Formation (Figure 191-410-0078-1):
- Used for pushing a crowd straight backwards, holding a crowd, or denying access to an area.
- If the commander wants a more...
formation selection,crowd control,tactical positioning,platoon support

Resource Management (2)

Improvise and Improve Survival Resources in Tactical Environments
High Priority Source: USMC Winter Survival Course Handbook
Objective: Use available resources to enhance survival capabilities.

### Steps:
1. Check for a Survival Kit
- Ensure that you have access to your personal or unit survival kit.
2. **Utilize Available Materials for Litters and...
improvisation, survival kit, litter creation, food and water security, enemy protection
Improvise and Improve in Tactical Survival Situations
High Priority Source: USMC Summer Survival Course Handbook
Improvise and improve is a key survival strategy when resources are limited:

• Survival Kit Availability:
- Determine if you have access to your standard survival kit.

• Improvised Litters:
- If litters (stretchers) are not...
improvised litters, resource assessment, food water procurement, enemy protection

Mental Resilience (2)

Manage Fear and Panic in Tactical Survival Situations
High Priority Source: USMC Winter Survival Course Handbook
Objective: Maintain composure to make sound decisions under pressure.

### Steps:
1. Assess Decision-Making Quality
- Ensure that all group members are making rational, informed choices.
2. Evaluate Group Leadership and Cohesion
-...
fear management, panic control, BAMCIS, group leadership, decision making
Value Your Life in Tactical Survival Situations
High Priority Source: USMC Winter Survival Course Handbook
Objective: Maintain a strong will to survive and avoid surrendering or giving up.

### Steps:
1. Avoid Surrender Behavior
- Refrain from adopting postures or actions that indicate defeat, such as lying on your back with legs in the air...
survival mindset, avoid surrender, mental resilience, physical alertness

Scouting Games (2)

Conducting a Flag Raiding Exercise
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Objective: Practice stealth, scouting, and flag capture in a simulated patrol scenario.

Setup:
• Divide participants into two teams (patrols).
• Each team forms an outpost to protect three flags or lanterns (placed at least 200 yards from...
flag raiding, scouting exercise, stealth training, patrol tactics, blindfolded umpire
Stalking and Reporting Exercise
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Objective: Practice stealth, observation, and reporting skills.

Setup:
• The umpire positions himself in an open area.
• Scouts or pairs of scouts are sent out in different directions about half a mile away.

Execution:
1. When the...
stalking exercise, observation skills, reporting, umpire actions, stealth training

Tracking Skills (2)

Conduct a 'Spot the Thief' Exercise
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Objective: To develop tracking and observation skills.

Setup:
1. Have a stranger make an unseen track that scouts will study.
2. The scouts must memorize the footprint of this individual.
3. Place the stranger among eight to ten others, and...
spot the thief,footprint identification,tracking skills,tactical training
Conduct a Track Memory Exercise
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Objective: To improve memory and attention to detail through footprints.

Setup:
1. Have a patrol sit with their feet up so that other scouts can study them closely.
2. Allow the scouts 3 minutes to observe the boots of each member in the...
track memory,footprint identification,tracking skills,tactical training

Terrorism Response (2)

Recognize and Respond to Suspicious Packages or Devices
Critical Source: FEMA Are You Ready
What to do if you encounter a suspicious package or device:

• Do not touch the item, even if it appears harmless.
• Report the item immediately to local law enforcement, security personnel, or by calling 911.
• Evacuate the area and...
suspicious packages,security response,safety procedures
Actions to Take During a Terrorist Event
High Priority Source: FEMA Are You Ready
What to do if a terrorist event occurs:

• Follow instructions from local authorities, such as police, fire, or emergency management.
• Stay calm and avoid panic; this can help prevent injuries during evacuation or sheltering-in-place.
-...
terrorist response,safety procedures,emergency actions

Marksmanship Training (2)

Achieve Level One Rifle Qualification Standard
High Priority Source: Tactical Ready Guide
Procedure:

1. Set up a target at 100 yards with a bullseye of 9 inches in diameter.
2. Load your rifle with the appropriate ammunition and ensure it is properly sighted in.
3. Take a minimum of 10 shots, aiming to place as many as...
rifle qualification,target shooting,militia training,tactical readiness
Place 8 Out of 10 Shots into a 9" Target at 100 Yards
Standard Source: Tactical Ready Guide
Objective: Accurately place 8 out of 10 shots into a 9" target at 100 yards using any item carried on your two-mile hike.

Procedure:
1. Use a field expedient position for shooting, such as a bipod, sleeping pad, rucksack, or any other item...
shooting accuracy, target practice, marksmanship training

Risk Assessment Procedures (2)

Apply Risk Estimate Distances for Mortars and Cannon Artillery
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Use the following table to determine risk estimate distances (RED) for mortars and cannon artillery during combat operations:

| System | 10 % PI | 0.1 % PI |
|---|---|---|
| 60-mm mortar | 60-65 meters (1/3), 65-65 meters (2/3), 65 meters...
risk estimate distance table, mortar distances, cannon artillery distances, red values, combat risk assessment
Use Risk Estimate Distances in Combat
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
When determining acceptable risk levels during combat operations, follow these steps:

1. Use risk-estimate distance formulas to determine the likelihood of casualties for friendly troops at various distances from targets.
- This applies...
risk estimate distance, red, casualty criterion, pi value, combat risk assessment

Danger Area Navigation (2)

Bypass a Small/Open Danger Area Using the Detour-Bypass Method
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Signal Danger Area: The lead squad halts the platoon and signals that a danger area has been identified.
2. Confirm Danger Area: The platoon leader (PL) moves forward to the lead squad to confirm the danger area.
3....
danger area bypass, detour-bypass method, small open danger area, tactical navigation
Cross a Series of Danger Areas Using Appropriate Techniques
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Identify Series of Danger Areas: A series of danger areas consists of two or more danger areas within an area that can be either observed or covered by fire.
2. Select Crossing Technique: Choose the technique that provides...
series of danger areas, crossing techniques, linear danger area, bypass/contour technique

Mine Recovery (2)

Recover an M18A1 Claymore Mine
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure: Recover an M18A1 Claymore Mine

### Conditions:
Given an installed M18A1 Claymore mine, an M57 firing device, an M40 test set, a firing wire spool, an M7 bandoleer, and a requirement to remove an installed mine.

###...
M18A1 Claymore mine,disarm,remove,M7 bandoleer,firing device
Recover and Disarm an M18A1 Claymore Mine
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Disarm the mine:
- Ensure the firing device safety bail is on SAFE.
- Disconnect the M57 firing device from the wire.
- Replace the shorting plug dust cover on the firing wire connector to prevent accidental...
M18A1 Claymore mine recovery, disarming, M57 firing device, repackaging

Marching Operations (2)

Determine the March Rate
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
To determine the march rate:

• Review the SOP for established rates if available.
• If not covered by the SOP, consider the following factors:
- Terrain difficulty (e.g., flat vs. mountainous).
- Weather conditions (e.g., rain, snow, heat).
-...
march rate,determination,terrain,weather
Determine the Size of Serial/March Units
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
To determine the size of serial/march units:

• Assess the number of personnel and vehicles available.
• Consider the mission requirements, terrain conditions, and logistical constraints.
• Ensure that unit sizes are consistent with established SOPs...
serial units,march units,size determination

Tool Usage (1)

Selecting Appropriate Chain Saw Usage for Outdoor Activities
Reference Source: The Complete Outdoorsmans Handbook
Procedure:

1. Assess transportation feasibility: Only take a chain saw into the outdoors if its weight and the weight of the gasoline needed to operate it do not present transportation problems.

2. **Choose appropriate outdoor...
chain saw, outdoor activities, transportation feasibility, ax usage, tool selection

Riding Skills (1)

Correct Sitting Position on a Horse
Reference Source: The Household Cyclopedia
Procedure:

1. Position the body: The rider should sit square on the middle of the saddle.
2. Upper body posture: Keep the upper part of the body free and unconstrained, with the chest not much thrown forward. Allow the ribs to rest...
saddle position,horse riding,correct posture,stirrup adjustment

Pyrotechnics (1)

Prepare Pharaoh's Serpent's Eggs
High Priority Source: The Household Cyclopedia
1. Prepare nitrate of mercury by dissolving red precipitate in strong nitric acid until it is fully dissolved.
2. Prepare sulphocyanide of ammonium by mixing one volume of bisulphide of carbon, four volumes of strong solution of ammonia, and four...
pharaoh's serpent eggs, pyrotechnics, sulphocyanide of mercury, nitrate of mercury, ammonium sulphocyanide

Battlefield Surgery (1)

Tactical Abbreviated Surgical Control (TASC)
Critical Source: Emergency War Surgery
Procedure:

• Definition of TASC: A tactical approach to damage control surgery in a battlefield environment.

• Indications for TASC:
- Peripheral vascular injuries
- Extensive bone and soft tissue injuries
- Thoracoabdominal...
TASC,tactical surgery,battlefield intervention,resource conservation

Combat Medical (1)

Understand the Effects of Different Weapon Yields on Casualty Distribution
High Priority Source: Emergency War Surgery
Table 30-1: Radiological Casualties by Weapon Yield and Distance

| Weapon Effect | Weapon Yield (Kiloton)/Distance (Meters) |
|------------------|--------------------------------------------|
|| 1 kt | 10 kt | 100 kt |...
nuclear weapon yield, casualty distribution, blast radius, thermal injury, radiation effects

Emergency Equipment (1)

Define and Use SCBA (Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus)
Critical Source: Medical NBC Battlebook
SCBA stands for Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus, which is a device used to provide breathable air in environments with hazardous atmospheres, such as fire scenes or chemical spills.

### Key Features:
• Independent air supply: Provides...
scba,self-contained breathing apparatus,hazardous environments,fire safety

Combat Medicine (1)

Apply TCCC Principles for Tactical Combat Casualty Care
Critical Source: TCCC 17 13 Tactical Combat Casualty Care
Overview:
Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC) was developed in 1996 by special operations forces. It is evidence-based and battlefield-proven to reduce deaths at the point of injury (POI). The Department of Defense (DOD) and NATO allies require...
TCCC, tactical combat casualty care, battlefield medicine, military medical training, care under fire, tactical field care, tactical evacuation care

Signaling And Recovery (1)

Tactical Considerations for Using Improvised Signaling Devices
High Priority Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

1. Use signals in a manner that will not jeopardize the safety of the recovery force or yourself.
2. **Locate a position that affords observation of the signaling device and facilitates concealed avenues of escape if detected by...
improvised signaling, tactical considerations, recovery force safety

Recovery Procedures (1)

Recovery by Means Other Than Aircraft
High Priority Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
Procedure:

1. Include signaling and link-up with forces at the following locations in unit SOPs:
- Border Crossings: The evader who crosses into a neutral country is subject to detention by that country for the duration of the war.
-...
recovery procedures, feba/flot, link-up with patrols

Rope Inspection (1)

Inspecting Rope for Defects
Standard Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
### Inspecting Rope for Defects

Before, during, and after all operations, all ropes must be inspected. Kernmantle rope is harder to inspect than laid rope (e.g., green line). The Assault Climber must know what to look and feel for when...
rope inspection, rope damage, kernmantle rope, dynamic rope, static rope, fraying, exposed core fibers, glossy marks, discolored rope

Rope Log (1)

Maintaining a Rope Log for the Marine Assault Climbers Kit (MACK)
Standard Source: US Marine Corps Wilderness Medicine
### Maintaining a Rope Log for the Marine Assault Climbers Kit (MACK)

The purpose of the Rope Log is to maintain an accurate record for the use of each rope contained within the Marine Assault Climbers Kit (MACK). Due to personnel turnover, and...
rope log, serial number, rope inspection, marine assault climber kit, mack, dynamic rope, static rope, shelf life, expiration date

Leadership Cold Weather (1)

Leadership in Cold Weather Environments
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Individual leadership is critical in cold weather environments.
2. In the North, individual leadership becomes more apparent and important due to the raw nature of man coming to the surface.
3. A soldier's basic urge for...
cold weather leadership, survival leadership, military leadership

Gear Assembly (1)

Attach Strap Components to Frame Using Sliding Bar Plastic Buckles
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure for Attaching Strap Components to the Frame:

1. Thread Strap Through Buckle:
- Step 1: Thread the strap end through the buckle behind the sliding bar.
- Step 2: Loop the strap end over the sliding bar and through the...
straps,buckles,frame,attachment,cold weather gear,tactical gear

Cold Weather Weapon Maintenance (1)

Maintaining Weapons in Cold Weather Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Lubrication:
- Because oil and grease thicken at low temperatures, completely strip down weapons and clean them with a solvent such as naphtha (not hot water).
- Re-lubricate sparingly with special light oil, 3GP 335.
...
weapon maintenance, cold weather weapons, lubrication in cold, weapon care, military survival

Attack Tactics (1)

Achieve Surprise in Winter Attack Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: To gain the element of surprise during an attack.

1. Achieve surprise through:
- Timing the attack to coincide with darkness or limited visibility.
- Directing the attack strategically, such as:
**- Attacking with the wind...
surprise, attack tactics, wind direction, storm conditions

Route Preparation (1)

Prepare Routes to Forming Up Place and Start Line in Winter Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: To ensure safe and efficient movement of troops during an attack.

1. After the commander's reconnaissance and orders, or concurrently with them:
- Open up routes to the Forming Up Place and Start Lines.
- Mark these routes...
route preparation, forming up place, marking devices, winter conditions

Form Up Place (1)

Action in the Forming Up Place During Winter Operations
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: To organize troops efficiently before an assault.

1. The action in the Forming Up Place will be similar to normal operations, with the following exception:
- Tent group toboggans may be left at the Forming Up Place.
2. Troops...
forming up place, troop organization, winter operations

Weapon Preparation (1)

Prepare Support Weapons for Movement to Start Line in Winter Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: To ensure support weapons are ready and mobile during an attack.

1. During the preparation phase for movement to the Start Line:
- Sub-unit support weapons should be readied for forward deployment.
2. These weapons must be...
support weapons, weapon preparation, winter conditions

Identification Signals (1)

Use Recognition Markers in Winter Combat Operations
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: To ensure friendly forces can be identified during combat.

1. Recognition markers or signals will normally be required to distinguish friend from foe.
2. Where possible, these should not compromise:
- Individual camouflage.
...
recognition markers, identification signals, friend vs foe

Aviation (1)

Planning and Conducting Tactical Aviation Operations in Cold Weather
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
### Planning and Conducting Tactical Aviation Operations in Cold Weather

1. Assess weather conditions before flight operations, including temperature, wind speed, visibility, and potential icing risks.
2. Plan flight routes considering the...
cold weather aviation, flight planning, de-icing systems, pilot training

Operations (1)

Planning and Conducting Airmobile Operations in Cold Weather
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
### Planning and Conducting Airmobile Operations in Cold Weather

1. Assess the operational environment for factors such as temperature, terrain, visibility, and potential enemy activity.
2. Develop detailed plans for airmobile operations,...
cold weather airmobile operations, helicopter landing procedures, troop deployment planning

Chemical Nuclear Operations (1)

Planning and Conducting Chemical and Nuclear Operations in Cold Weather
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
### Planning and Conducting Chemical and Nuclear Operations in Cold Weather

1. Assess the operational environment for factors such as temperature, terrain, visibility, and potential enemy activity.
2. Develop detailed plans for chemical and...
cold weather chemical operations, radiation protection, decontamination procedures

Mobility Operations (1)

Recognize the Importance of Mobility in Northern Operations
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Understand the critical role of mobility in northern operations and how to improve movement techniques.

Procedure:
1. Emphasize that mobility is a prime factor in all northern operations due to environmental challenges.
2....
mobility, northern operations, movement techniques, environmental adaptation, conventional doctrine

Operational Scope (1)

Understand the Scope of Northern Operations Manual
Reference Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Comprehend the scope and purpose of this manual for northern operations.

Procedure:
1. Recognize that the manual provides tactical doctrine for all-season operations in the north.
2. Understand that it covers a wide range of...
manual scope, tactical doctrine, brigade group operations, communication, engineering, administration, training requirements

Leadership In Cold Weather (1)

Establishing Leadership and Command Structure in Cold Weather Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Ensure effective leadership and command structure during cold weather operations.

Procedure:
1. Decentralize Command: In northern operations, command must be decentralized to ensure maximum flexibility and responsiveness at...
cold weather leadership, command structure, northern operations, soldier morale, tactical planning

Psychological Preparedness (1)

Overcoming Fear and Building Confidence in Northern Operations
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Address the psychological challenges soldiers face during northern operations.

Procedure:
1. Recognize Fear: Acknowledge that many troops have a basic fear of the cold environment, including fears of becoming lost or facing...
soldier fear, northern operations, psychological preparedness, esprit de corps, mission focus

Mobility In Cold Weather (1)

Mobility Considerations in Cold Weather Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Address the challenges to mobility in cold weather and northern environments.

Procedure:
1. Assess Environmental Impact: Recognize that climate, terrain, and lack of infrastructure significantly limit land forces' mobility,...
cold weather mobility, northern terrain, air transport, ground transport, seasonal planning

Firepower Operations (1)

Optimize Firepower Use in Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Maximize the effectiveness of firepower while minimizing casualties in northern environments.

Procedure:
1. Prioritize the use of indirect fire (guns and mortars) to deliver fire with minimum risk to own troops.
2. Practice...
firepower, indirect fire, direct fire, helicopter, logistics, northern operations

Fire Support In Cold Weather (1)

Fire Support in Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Understand fire support definitions: Fire support includes all forms of fire except personal weapons.
2. Be aware that the environment significantly affects fire support capabilities:
- The range of some weapons is...
fire support, cold weather, weapon malfunctions, ice fog, visibility

Ice Fog Management (1)

Manage Ice Fog in Weapon Positions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Recognize the formation of ice fog over weapons and gun positions at low temperatures.
2. Understand that ice fog has two effects:
- Obscures vision for friendly forces.
- Reveals weapon positions to the enemy.
3. Since...
ice fog, weapon visibility, enemy detection, alternative positions

Direct Fire Weapons Cold Weather (1)

Maintain Direct Fire Weapons in Extreme Cold
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Recognize that small arms are prone to malfunctioning and breakage due to extreme cold weather.
2. Ensure that sufficient repair parts are carried by commanders, as a greater number of parts may fail in cold conditions.
3....
small arms, weapon malfunctions, repair parts, cold weather maintenance

Electronic Warfare (1)

Operate Electronic Warfare Equipment in Northern Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Understand the environment's impact on electronic warfare (EW):
- Low temperatures, low visibility, and lack of ground lines in northern regions increase reliance on radio devices for command and control.
- Radio...
electronic warfare,radio devices,northern conditions,EW units,operator training

Intelligence Collection (1)

Collect Intelligence Using Air Reconnaissance in Cold Weather Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Use air reconnaissance as a primary method for intelligence collection in cold weather operations.
2. During the planning phase of northern operations, secure detailed information about the operational area from strategic...
air reconnaissance,cold weather operations,intelligence collection,long-range patrols,winter operations,battery deployment,permafrost

Deception Tactics (1)

Implement Deception Tactics in Northern Warfare Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Use deception as an important component of northern warfare to mislead the enemy.
2. Formulate the deception plan at the highest practical level of command.
3. Create false trials to mislead the enemy about force size, direction...
deception tactics,northern warfare,dummy gun positions,camp fire deception,electronic deception

Logistics Security (1)

Secure Lines of Communication in Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. During periods of darkness or inclement weather, move columns closed up with protection vehicles interspersed within the column.
2. In clear weather and under air threat conditions, disperse convoys to reduce vulnerability.
3. In...
lines of communication,convoy security,tundra operations,winter logistics,cold weather training

Survival Equipment (1)

Balance Body Protection and Situational Awareness in Winter Clothing
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Recognize that winter clothing, such as parka hoods, can reduce peripheral vision and hearing ability.
2. Implement the buddy system to compensate for reduced situational awareness due to cold-weather gear.
3. Increase the number...
winter gear,situational awareness,buddy system,cold weather training,tactical survival

Concealment (1)

Utilize Natural Concealment in Arctic Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Title: Utilize Natural Concealment in Arctic Conditions

Procedure:
1. On clear days, natural concealment opportunities are limited in arctic areas compared to temperate zones.
2. In subarctic regions, terrain and vegetation are similar to...
arctic, concealment, snow caves, fog, terrain utilization

Identification (1)

Implement Identification Measures in Low Visibility Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Title: Implement Identification Measures in Low Visibility Conditions

Procedure:
1. In arctic and subarctic regions, long periods of reduced visibility make identification difficult.
2. Use white camouflage clothing under snow...
low visibility, identification, camouflage, white clothing

Flanking Tactics (1)

Use Maneuver and Flanking Tactics in Cold Weather
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Maneuver and flanking tactics are critical for success in cold weather offensive operations.

1. Main attacks should be directed at the enemy's flank or rear areas.
2. Supporting attacks may target the enemy front to hold them in position.
3....
maneuver,flanking tactics,cold weather,tactical operations

Flank Protection (1)

Secure Flanks During Offensive Operations in Cold Weather
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Flank protection is essential during offensive operations, especially in cold weather conditions.

1. Units may have large gaps between them, making their flanks vulnerable.
2. Increase flank protective measures accordingly.
3. Maintain standard...
flank protection,cold weather,tactical security

Trail Preparation (1)

Prepare Trails and Communications for the Attack in Cold Weather
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Trail preparation and communication setup are essential steps before launching an attack in cold weather.

1. Open trails to assembly areas after reconnaissance is complete.
2. If distances are not too great, delay trail opening until the day...
trail preparation,cold weather,tactical movement

Mobility Methods (1)

Conduct Attack Using Appropriate Mobility Methods in Cold Weather
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Choose the appropriate mobility method for conducting an attack based on terrain and conditions.

1. Conduct the attack using infantry on foot, skis, or snowshoes, or by personnel carriers or helicopters.
2. When attacking on skis or snowshoes,...
attack mobility,cold weather,tactical movement

Reorganization Supplies (1)

Facilitate Reorganization with Rapid Displacement of Weapons and Supplies in Cold Weather
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Rapid displacement of weapons and supplies is crucial for effective reorganization during cold weather operations.

1. During reorganization, focus on the rapid displacement of close support weapons using sleds or vehicles.
2. Prepare routes as...
reorganization,cold weather,tactical logistics

Exploitation Operations (1)

Use Cross-Country Vehicles and Aircraft for Exploitation in Cold Weather
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Exploitation operations benefit from the use of cross-country vehicles and aircraft during cold weather conditions.

1. The exploiting force is aided by cross-country vehicles and aircraft.
2. Position airborne or airmobile troops near defiles...
exploitation,cold weather,tactical movement

Enemy Offensives (1)

Plan for Enemy Offensive in Northern Defensive Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure for Planning Against an Enemy Offensive in Northern Defensive Operations:

1. Anticipate that an enemy offensive will begin with extensive probing to:
- Locate and define strong points
- Identify gaps in the defensive layout
-...
enemy offensive,defensive planning,strong point isolation,reserve destruction,battle tactics,northern operations

Reserves Management (1)

Location of Reserves in Winter Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
To locate reserves during winter operations:

1. Hold a high proportion of the force in reserve.
2. Ensure that the reserve has maximum cross-country mobility provided by helicopters, personnel carriers, and oversnow vehicles.
3. Position reserves...
reserve location, winter operations, mobility, concealment

Reconnaissance And Engagement (1)

Conduct Initial Reconnaissance for Enemy Lodgement
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Determine the location, strength, and intentions of the enemy.

Procedure:
1. Conduct initial reconnaissance using air assets to gather intelligence on the enemy's position and capabilities.
2. Use aerial surveillance to identify...
reconnaissance,enemy location,strategic planning,tactical air engagement

Air Power Engagement (1)

Use Air Power to Engage Enemy Lodgement
Critical Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Use close support aircraft to weaken the enemy lodgement.

Procedure:
1. Prioritize targets for air strikes in the following order:
- a. Accommodation areas (e.g., tents, shelters)
- b. Heating, electric, and water supply...
close support aircraft,target prioritization,flares,strafing runs

Force Deployment (1)

Deploy Mobile and Mechanized Forces for Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Deploy forces capable of operating effectively in the northern environment.

Procedure:
1. Commit a highly mobile force, preferably mechanized or equipped with skis/snowshoes, to operations in the north.
2. Utilize helicopters for...
mechanized forces,helicopter deployment,mortars,fighter aircraft

Weather And Environment (1)

Incorporate Meteorological Detachment in Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Ensure accurate weather data is available to support operations.

Procedure:
1. Include a meteorological detachment as part of the force committed to northern operations.
2. Use the detachment to monitor and report on weather...
meteorological detachment,weather monitoring,environmental conditions

Enemy Isolation (1)

Isolate and Contain Enemy Lodgement
Critical Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Isolate the enemy from support and weaken their combat power.

Procedure:
1. Locate and define the enemy lodgement using reconnaissance and intelligence.
2. Deploy forces to contain the enemy and prevent them from receiving...
isolate enemy,containment,cut supply lines

Enemy Harassment (1)

Harass Enemy Lodgement to Weaken Combat Power
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Reduce the enemy's combat effectiveness through harassment.

Procedure:
1. Destroy enemy shelter and supplies to deprive them of basic necessities (e.g., food, warmth, sleep).
2. Conduct continuous operations to disrupt enemy...
harass enemy,deplete supplies,morale reduction

Enemy Elimination (1)

Destroy Enemy Lodgement When Weakened
Critical Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Eliminate the enemy lodgement after weakening their capabilities.

Procedure:
1. Wait until the enemy has been sufficiently weakened by isolation, harassment, and environmental conditions.
2. Coordinate with command to determine...
destroy lodgement,combined arms,timely attack

Ground Operations (1)

Plan Ground Tactical Operations in Northern Areas with Limited Fire Support
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Plan for minimum fire support, and consider conducting movement under night or low-visibility conditions to avoid enemy fire.
2. If the enemy lacks indirect fire weapons, their ability to engage targets beyond **1,500 m...
minimum fire support,night operations,low visibility,enemy engagement range,objecive capture,winter environment

Personnel Selection (1)

Select Personnel for Long-Range Patrols in Northern Environments
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
The effectiveness of long-range patrols fundamentally depends on their ability to live under rigorous conditions, and the speed with which they can move across country. All ranks must have a high degree of endurance and expertise in travel whether...
long-range patrol selection,paramilitary expertise,survival skills,northern operations

Chemical Nuclear Training (1)

Incorporate Chemical and Nuclear Training for Individual Protection in Extreme Cold Conditions
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Ensure personnel are trained to handle chemical and nuclear threats under extreme cold conditions.

Procedure:
1. Include training on individual protection procedures affected by extreme cold in this phase of training.
2. Ensure...
chemical training,nuclear training,cold conditions,individual protection,hazard response

Specialized Training (1)

Train Weapons Crews, Medical and Engineering Personnel in Special Techniques for Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Objective: Prepare specialized personnel with techniques and procedures required for northern operations.

Procedure:
1. Provide special attention to training of weapons crews, medical and engineering personnel, and specialists in all...
weapons crews,medical personnel,engineering training,northern operations,special techniques

Enemy Assessment (1)

Assessing Enemy Capability in Northern Operations
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:

1. Use a checklist to determine an enemy's capability to move and fight in northern environments:
- a. Is the enemy equipped with skis or snow-shoes?
- b. What is his status of northern training?
- c. Does he...
enemy assessment,northern operations,cold weather,tactical analysis

Weather Utilization (1)

Utilize Weather Conditions for Tactical Advantage
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:
1. Launch attacks with the wind at the back of the attacker and in the face of the defender to reduce noise and improve concealment.
2. Use heavy fog or blowing snow conditions to nullify noise problems and obscure visibility for both...
weather utilization, concealment, wind direction, fog, snow

Air Support (1)

Optimize Air Support for Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:
1. Use lakes and rivers as temporary airfields to save construction time during northern operations.
2. Utilize eskers, raised beaches, and flat plains or plateaus as suitable landing zones during summer periods.
3. Arrange for...
aerial reconnaissance, airfield selection, aircraft guidance, pilot communication

Route Reconnaissance (1)

Conduct Route Reconnaissance for Northern Operations
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:
1. Conduct route reconnaissance before any troop movement to identify potential obstacles and determine the best routes.
2. Use aerial reconnaissance, including air-photo and pilot observations, to gather detailed information on...
aerial reconnaissance, route planning, terrain obstacles, long way around

Discipline And Security (1)

Maintain Sound and Light Discipline in Forward Areas
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Procedure:
1. Enforce strict sound and light discipline in forward areas to prevent enemy detection.
2. Limit the use of artificial lights, flares, or other sources that could reveal troop positions.
3. Train personnel on techniques for...
sound discipline, light discipline, enemy detection, noise reduction

Ice Thickness (1)

Determine Minimum Ice Thickness for Infantry and Heavy Equipment in Cold Weather Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
- Infantry: 10 cm (4 in)
• Medium tanks: 70 cm (28 in)
• Heavy tanks: 80 to 100 cm (32 to 40 in)
ice thickness, infantry, tanks, cold weather

Snow Impact Tanks (1)

Determine Depth of Snow Impact on Tank Operations in Cold Weather Conditions
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
- Snow under 50 cm (20 in): Tanks employed as usual.
• Snow 50 to 75 cm (20 to 30 in): Tanks move only short distances.
• Snow over 75 cm (30 in): Tanks not used.
tank operations, snow depth, cold weather

Enemy Detection (1)

Use Observation Skills to Detect the Enemy
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procedure:

1. The sense of observation is a skill that can be acquired.
2. Objects are seen because they contrast with their surrounding environment.
3. There are eleven (11) elements that help us detect objects.
4. Experience teaches us to...
observation skills,enemy detection,military tactics,contrasting elements

Enemy Location (1)

Use Sound and Light to Locate the Enemy
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procedure:

1. Sudden noises contrast with the usual silence of battlefields.
2. Intense sounds, such as artillery fire or generator noise, reveal precise locations.
3. During the Korean War, 80% of enemy positions were identified by sound.
4....
sound detection,flash to detonation,military location techniques,enemy positioning

Distance Estimation (1)

Evaluate Distances for Firing Accuracy
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procedure:

1. It is essential for the observer to accurately evaluate distances.
2. Distance estimation must be precise to ensure effective engagement of targets.
3. Use visual cues such as object size, spacing, and contrast with the...
distance evaluation,military firing accuracy,target engagement,observation techniques

Observation Techniques (1)

Techniques de Campagne - Observation à Travers un Abri
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procédure:

1. Le militaire doit regarder à travers un abri, plutôt que de côté ou au-dessus.
2. Si nécessaire, regarder au-dessus d'un abri :
- Ne pas apparaître sur la ligne droite directe.
3. Se tenir le plus loin possible de la...
observation abri, position tactique, ligne d'horizon

Terrain Utilization (1)

Techniques de Campagne - Utilisation du Terrain pour le Couvert
High Priority Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procédure:

1. Pour se protéger contre les effets des armes ennemies, utiliser :
- Couvert naturel (ravins, dépressions, contre-pentes).
- Couvert artificiel (murs, fossés, tranchées).
2. Choisir un axe de progression idéal qui...
couvert tactique, axe idéal, utilisation du terrain

Track Concealment (1)

Track Maintenance and Concealment
Standard Source: Canadian Military Fieldcraft
Procedure for Maintaining and Concealing Tracks:

1. Track Inspection: Regularly inspect tracks to ensure they are not visible from above.
2. Track Alignment: Ensure that tracks are parallel to natural ground lines such as hedges,...
track concealment, track maintenance, military tracks, tactical concealment

Enemy Surveillance (1)

Understand Enemy Surveillance Systems
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Procedure for Understanding Enemy Surveillance Systems:

1. Identify Types of Sensors Used by the Enemy:
- The enemy employs a variety of sensors to detect and identify US soldiers, equipment, and installations.
- These sensors may be...
enemy sensors, multispectral imaging, IR detection, UV detection

Reconnaissance Patrols (1)

Conduct Patrols for Reconnaissance During Offensive Operations
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Detect enemy positions and gather intelligence during offensive operations.

Procedure:
1. Use patrols extensively, particularly during offensive operations.
2. Patrol objectives include:
- Detecting the location of enemy...
offensive patrol,enemy detection,reconnaissance,tactical operations

Reconnaissance Deception (1)

Conduct Recon-in-Force as a Deceptive Tactic
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Use recon-in-force to deceive the enemy and gather intelligence.

Procedure:
1. A recon-in-force is typically conducted by a reinforced company or battalion when other methods of tactical reconnaissance have failed.
2. This...
recon in force,tactical deception,enemy simulation

Enemy Reconnaissance (1)

Conduct Reconnaissance at All Echelons by Enemy Forces
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Understand how enemy forces conduct reconnaissance activities across different echelons.

Procedure:
1. Enemy forces conduct recon activities at all levels, including troop, regimental, and divisional echelons.
2. **Troop-level...
enemy recon,troop level,regimental recon,divisional recon

Enemy Sensors (1)

Use Sensor Systems for Enemy Reconnaissance and Target Acquisition
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Understand how enemy forces use sensor systems to detect and identify friendly forces.

Procedure:
1. Enemy forces use a variety of sensor systems that operate across the electromagnetic (EM) spectrum:
- Active sensors...
sensor systems,active sensors,passive sensors,enemy detection

Acoustic Countermeasures (1)

Counter Acoustic Sensor Detection
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Avoid detection by acoustic sensors.

Procedure:
1. Practice noise discipline: avoid unnecessary noise that can be detected by human ears or enemy acoustic sensors.
2. Use pyrotechnics, loudspeakers, or other...
acoustic sensors, noise discipline, pyrotechnics, sound-ranging

Decoy Usage (1)

Deploy Decoys to Mislead the Enemy
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Use decoys effectively to confuse an enemy and divert resources:

1. Decoy fidelity (realism): Ensure that the multispectral signature of the decoy closely matches the real target's signature.
2. Deployment location: Place decoys in...
decoy deployment, enemy confusion, decoy fidelity, multispectral signature

Operational Security (1)

Avoid Repetitive Operational Patterns to Prevent Enemy Detection
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
To avoid detection by the enemy through pattern recognition:

1. Modify resupply patterns and other operational routines that may create predictable signatures.
2. Avoid repetitive use of the same camouflage, concealment, or decoy (CCD)...
operational patterns, enemy detection, resupply modification, signature analysis

Sensor Avoidance (1)

Understand Reflectance for Effective Camouflage and Detection Avoidance
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Reflectance is the amount of energy returned from a target's surface compared to the energy striking it:

1. Visual reflectance refers to the color of a target and its contrast with the background.
- Color contrast is important at close...
reflectance, visual contrast, thermal imaging, radar reflection, camouflage

Deception Operations (1)

Conduct Deceptive Operations to Confuse the Enemy
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Mislead enemy forces about the location of the main attack through deceptive operations.

Procedure:
1. Conduct demonstrations and feints to confuse the enemy about the actual location of the main attack.
2. Ensure that prior...
enemy confusion, deceptive operations, recon activities, demonstrations, feints

Logistics Survivability (1)

Maintaining CCD Discipline at Supply and Water Points
Standard Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Objective: Maintain CCD discipline at supply and water points to improve their survivability against enemy detection.

Steps:
1. Use camouflage concealment and decoy (CCD) methods associated with AAs and CPs, but apply them with...
supply points, water points, camouflage, decoy logistics, enemy detection

Fratricide Prevention (1)

Reduce Fratricide Through CCD and Deception Operations
High Priority Source: FM 20 3 Camouflage Concealment and Decoys
Commander's Responsibility:

1. Include in the unit TACSOP (Tactical SOP) procedures to reduce fratricide.
2. Consider ways for friendly and allied units to identify each other on the battlefield.
3. Evaluate how CCD and deception operations...
fratricide prevention, TACSOP, CCD operations, friendly identification

Legal Operations (1)

Understand Status-of-Forces Agreement (SOFAs)
Reference Source: FM 3 06 Urban Operations FM 90 10 US Army
Understand Status-of-Forces Agreement (SOFAs)

A status-of-forces agreement defines the legal position of a visiting military force deployed in the territory of a friendly state. Agreements delineating the status of visiting military forces may...
status-of-forces agreement, SOFA, visiting military force, legal position

Training Methods (1)

Streamline Training for Maximum Efficiency in Combatives Instruction
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Training should be streamlined to ensure maximum efficiency without compromising safety or content.

1. Reduce unnecessary explanations, movement, and activity during training sessions.
2. Focus on technical mastery and cooperation,...
streamlined training, efficiency, technical mastery, positive feedback

Military Combatives Training (1)

Indoor Matted Room for Combatives Training
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Provide a safe and controlled environment for combatives training.

Steps:
1. Use an indoor, climate-controlled facility with padded floors and walls to minimize injury risk.
2. Ensure the mats are sufficiently firm to...
indoor training facility, matted room, combatives safety, military combat training

Training Facilities (1)

Construct a Sawdust Pit for Hand-to-Hand Combat Training
Reference Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Purpose: Construct a sawdust pit to safely teach throws and falls during hand-to-hand combat training.

Materials Required:
• Shovel
• Cinderblocks, sandbags, or dirt (for retaining wall)
• Plastic sheeting
• Sand (up to 12 inches deep)
-...
sawdust pit, combat training, retaining wall, sandbags, plastic sheeting, hand-to-hand combat

Close Combat Techniques (1)

Identify and Apply Angles of Attack in Close Combat
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
When engaging an enemy in close combat, it is essential to understand and apply the nine angles of attack for maximum effectiveness.

Angles of Attack:
1. No. 1 Angle of Attack: A downward diagonal slash, stab, or strike toward the left side...
angles of attack, close combat, bayonet techniques, knife fighting, military combatives

Self-Defense (1)

Using a Six-Foot Pole for Self-Defense
Critical Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Title: Using a Six-Foot Pole for Self-Defense

Content:
A six-foot pole can be an effective field-expedient weapon in unarmed conflicts. Suitable materials include mop handles, pry bars, track tools, tent poles, and small tree limbs. The...
six-foot pole, self-defense, unarmed combat, field-expedient weapon, thrusting technique, swinging technique

Martial Arts Competition (1)

Conduct Standard Competitions in Martial Arts
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
### Standard Competitions Guidelines

#### Uniform:
• Soldiers compete wearing BDUs and PT shoes.
• For ease in scoring, one soldier may wear a DBDU top.

#### Duration:
• Matches last six to ten minutes.
• Specific match duration is decided in...
standard competitions, scoring system, illegal techniques, uniform requirements, time limits

Nbc Protection (1)

Adjust MOPP Posture Based on Tactical Situation
High Priority Source: FM 3 4 NBC Protection
Procedure for Adjusting MOPP Posture at Battalion and Company Level:

1. Assess the tactical situation: Evaluate the current operational environment, including enemy threat levels, unit positioning, and mission requirements.
2. **Receive...
MOPP, NBC Protection, tactical adjustment, masking percentage, battalion commander

Chemical Vulnerability Assessment (1)

Conduct Chemical Vulnerability Assessment at Tactical Level (Brigade Through Corps)
High Priority Source: FM 3 4 NBC Protection
Objective: Assess the probable impact of enemy chemical attacks on friendly forces to reduce risks and maximize force effectiveness under NBC conditions.

Procedure:
1. Gather Information from S2:
- Time periods of interest.
-...
chemical vulnerability assessment, NBC protection, tactical level, force protection, MOPP analysis, threat capability estimation

Manpower (1)

Manpower Planning for Collective-Protection Systems in MOPP4
Standard Source: FM 3 4 NBC Protection
Manpower Planning for Collective-Protection Systems in MOPP4

1. Estimate manpower requirements based on the following factors:
- Set-up and tear-down times.
- Lost time from entry and exit procedures.
- Shelter security...
MOPP4, manpower planning, collective protection

Setup Tear Down (1)

Estimating Set-Up and Tear-Down Times for Collective-Protection Systems
Standard Source: FM 3 4 NBC Protection
Estimating Set-Up and Tear-Down Times for Collective-Protection Systems

1. Use Table 6-4 as a reference to estimate set-up and tear-down times.
- These are approximate times and may vary based on the situation and level of training.
2....
set up, tear down, time estimation, collective protection

Entry Processing (1)

Estimating Entry Processing Times for Units in MOPP4
Standard Source: FM 3 4 NBC Protection
Estimating Entry Processing Times for Units in MOPP4

1. Use Table 6-5 as a reference to estimate entry processing times based on MOPP gear doffing times.
- These are approximate times and may vary depending on the situation and level of...
MOPP4, entry processing, time estimation

Aviation Operations (1)

Develop Aviation Contamination Avoidance and Decon SOPs
High Priority Source: FM 3 5 NBC Decontamination
Procedure:

1. Create standing operating procedures (SOPs):
- Develop SOPs for aviation units that emphasize contamination avoidance, protection, and decontamination.
2. Implement contamination avoidance strategies:
- Use aircraft...
aviation, contamination avoidance, SOPs, decon levels, aircraft protection

Anchors (1)

Evaluate and Use Natural Anchors for Rope Systems
High Priority Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
### Evaluate and Use Natural Anchors for Rope Systems

Natural anchors (such as trees, boulders) are preferred due to their strength and simplicity. However, they must be carefully evaluated before use.

Steps:
1. **Select a natural anchor point...
natural anchors, tree anchor, bombproof anchor, rope systems, mountaineering

Climbing Skills (1)

Select and Plan a Climbing Route
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Procedure:

1. Study the rock face or terrain from a distance to identify potential climbing routes.
2. Look for cracks, ledges, nubbins, and other irregularities in the rock that can be used as footholds and handholds.
3. Identify larger ledges...
route selection, climbing skills, mountaineering, rock climbing, terrain hazards

Mountaineering Hauling Systems (1)

Construct a Z-Pulley System
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Considerations
• Anchors must be sturdy and able to support the weight of the load.
• Site selection is governed by different factors: tactical situation, weather, terrain, equipment, load weight, and availability of anchors.

Theory
• Use...
Z-pulley system, hauling system, anchor, pulley, Prusik knot, mechanical advantage, military mountaineering

Mountaineering Skills (1)

Mountain Walking Techniques Overview
Reference Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Overview
• Mountain travel encompasses the full spectrum of techniques used to negotiate steep, rugged terrain.
• Key skills for a military mountaineer include:
- Mountain walking on rock and snow
- Technical rock and ice climbing
-...
mountain walking techniques, military mountaineering, rock climbing, snow travel, rappelling, stream crossing

Cold Weather Weapon Handling (1)

Proper Weapon Handling in Cold Weather
High Priority Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure:

1. In low temperatures, weapons should be left outside on improvised weapon racks to avoid condensation.
2. Ensure weapons are properly secured when left outside:
- Provide security guards
- Secure the weapons in an unheated...
weapon handling,cold weather,lubrication,condensation

Formations And Movement (1)

Adjusting Squad and Platoon Formations in Deep Snow Conditions
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
When operating in deep snow, consider adjusting squad and platoon formations for tactical movements:

1. Column Formation Preference: In situations where speed is critical, a column formation may be preferable to a line formation because it will...
cold weather, formations, movement, deep snow, tactical operations

Mine Placement (1)

Proper Placement of Antitank Mines in Snow-Covered Terrain
High Priority Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Objective: Ensure antitank mines are placed effectively and remain concealed in snow-covered terrain.

Procedure:
1. Place antitank mines on a solid base to prevent them from sinking into soft ground or snow, which would reduce their...
antitank mines, mine placement, snow terrain, concealment, minefield marking

Leadership Skills (1)

Develop Leadership Traits in Cold Weather Operations
Standard Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Leadership traits, qualities, and abilities are essential for effective leadership during operations in cold weather areas. Proper training, leadership, and discipline ensure that personnel can meet the high standards required for northern...
cold weather leadership, initiative, endurance, unselfishness, military leadership

Intelligence Gathering (1)

Collect Intelligence on Enemy Capabilities in Cold Weather Conditions
High Priority Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Procedure:

1. Relay information immediately regarding the enemy’s ability to move and their capabilities for cross-country travel and airmobility.
2. Collect intelligence that includes:
- (a) Level of cold weather training or experience of...
enemy intelligence,cold weather training,equipment collection,navigational aids,rations distribution

Disarming Techniques (1)

Disarming a Concealed Weapon Attack
Standard Source: FMFRP 12 80 USMC Kill or Get Killed
Procedure for Disarming a Concealed Weapon Attack:

1. Assess the situation quickly: Identify if an individual is concealing a weapon.
2. Maintain distance and control: Keep a safe distance from the person while preparing to disarm...
disarm, concealed weapon, tactical, self-defense, security

Combat Ranges (1)

Identify Ranges of Close Combat
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose: To understand the different ranges in which close combat engagements occur.

Ranges of Close Combat:
1. Long Range: The distance between combatants allows engagement with a rifle and bayonet, weapons of opportunity, or...
close combat ranges,long range,mid range,close range,tactical ranges

Martial Arts Movement (1)

Understanding Angles of Approach and Movement in Combat
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Purpose: Understand how to move around an opponent for tactical advantage.

Key Concepts:
• Consider yourself in a 360-degree circle, moving in 45-degree increments towards 8 different angles.
• Moving around the opponent makes...
angles of approach,movement strategy,tactical advantage,basic warrior stance

Combat Equipment (1)

Proper Wearing of a Knife for Combat Readiness
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
When armed with a rifle or pistol, the knife must be worn where it is easily accessible and where it can best be retained.

### Recommended Placement:

1. The knife should be worn on the weak side hip, blade down.
2. The K-bar should be placed...
knife wearing, combat readiness, tactical gear, martial arts

Martial Arts Takedowns (1)

Perform an Armbar Takedown
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Face the opponent.
2. Grab the opponent's right wrist with your right hand.
3. Step forward with your left foot at a 45-degree angle to the outside of the opponent, while off-balancing them by pulling their wrist...
armbar takedown, martial arts, joint manipulation, tactical restraint, self-defense

Self Defense Training (1)

Safety Precautions During Training for Chokes and Holds
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Training Area: Select a training area with soft footing such as sandy or grassy ground. If available, use training mats.
2. Technique Execution: Have students perform techniques slowly at first, increasing speed as...
safety,training,chokes,holds,self defense

Bayonet Training (1)

Introduction to Bayonet Techniques and Leadership Training
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Importance of Bayonet Training:

Every Marine carrying a rifle is armed with a bayonet. The bayonet can be an effective weapon when a Marine is properly trained. To be fully prepared for combat, the Marine must understand the offensive and...
bayonet, combat training, leadership development, martial arts

Training Objectives (1)

Terminal Learning Objectives for Bayonet Techniques and Leadership
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Terminal Learning Objective (Bayonet Techniques):

• Without the aid of the reference, given a service rifle with a sheathed bayonet, execute bayonet techniques in accordance with the references. (8550.01.04)

**Terminal Learning Objective...
learning objectives, bayonet techniques, leadership training

Conflict Deescalation (1)

De-Escalate a Confrontational Situation
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Stay calm and composed, avoiding any aggressive body language.
2. Use verbal de-escalation techniques such as acknowledging the other person’s feelings, offering to walk away, or asking for space.
3. **Avoid...
deescalation, conflict management, tactical communication

Mental Discipline (1)

Maintain Control in High-Stress Situations
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Procedure:

1. Stay mentally and emotionally disciplined, even under pressure.
2. Avoid alcohol consumption before or during potentially confrontational situations.
3. Use the mental and spiritual disciplines of the Marine Corps...
emotional control, mental discipline, tactical awareness

Ranger Code Of Conduct (1)

Maintain Mental Alertness and Physical Strength as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Mentally alert: Stay mentally sharp at all times to be prepared for any situation.
• Physically strong: Maintain physical fitness through regular training and exercise.
• Morally straight: Uphold ethical standards and...
mental alertness, physical strength, moral integrity, ranger responsibilities

Ranger Equipment Maintenance (1)

Maintain Equipment and Readiness as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Clean musket: Ensure the musket is clean and in working condition at all times.
• Scour hatchet: Keep the hatchet sharp and well-maintained.
• Carry supplies: Always have 60 rounds of powder and ball ready for immediate...
musket maintenance, hatchet care, powder and ball supply, readiness for deployment

Ranger Terrain Navigation (1)

Spread Out in Soft Terrain as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Abreast formation: When moving through swamps or soft ground, spread out abreast to make tracking difficult.
soft terrain movement, swamp navigation, ranger tactics

Ranger Prisoner Handling (1)

Handle Prisoners with Caution as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Keep prisoners separate: When taking prisoners, ensure they are kept apart to prevent them from coordinating stories.
• Examine prisoners: Take time to interrogate and assess prisoners before making decisions.
prisoner separation, ranger interrogation, enemy handling

Ranger Route Planning (1)

Avoid Reusing the Same Route as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Take different routes: Never march home using the same route to avoid ambushes.
• Plan alternate paths: Always have alternative routes prepared for return journeys.
route planning, ranger navigation, avoiding ambush

Ranger Scouting Procedures (1)

Maintain a Scout Formation as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Scout ahead: Have a scout 20 yards ahead of the main body.
• Flank scouts: Position scouts 20 yards on each flank.
• Rear scout: Assign a scout 20 yards behind to ensure no surprises.
scout formation, ranger scouting, tactical awareness

Ranger Emergency Procedures (1)

Establish Meeting Points for Emergency Situations as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Designate meeting points: Every night, be informed of where to meet if surrounded by an enemy force.
• Memorize locations: Ensure all members know the designated meeting points in case of separation.
meeting point designation, ranger emergency planning, tactical coordination

Ranger Security Procedures (1)

Maintain Security During Meals as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Post sentries: Always have sentries posted when sitting down to eat.
• Stay alert: Never let your guard down during meals, even in seemingly safe locations.
meal security, ranger sentry duties, tactical vigilance

Ranger River Crossing Tactics (1)

Avoid Regular Fords When Crossing Rivers as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Use alternate crossing points: Avoid using regular river fords.
• Assess terrain: Choose safe and less predictable routes to cross rivers.
river crossing, ranger tactics, ford avoidance

Ranger Ambush Tactics (1)

Counter Ambushes by Trailing Enemies as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Create a circle: If being trailed, make a circle and return onto your own tracks.
• Ambush pursuers: Use this tactic to ambush those following you.
ambush tactics, ranger countermeasures, enemy tracking

Ranger Defensive Tactics (1)

Maintain Defensive Position When Engaged by the Enemy as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Do not stand: Avoid standing when the enemy is approaching.
• Take cover: Kneel down, lie down, or hide behind objects for protection.
defensive positioning, ranger combat tactics, enemy engagement

Casualty Recovery (1)

Recovery and Casevac Operations
Critical Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Secure the area around the casualty to ensure safety for both the casualty and recovery personnel.
2. Coordinate with medical support teams to request casevac (casualty evacuation) assistance.
3. Prepare the casualty for transport...
recovery,casevac,tactical,casualty

Movement And Halts (1)

Take Actions to Facilitate Movement and Ensure Security During Halts
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Actions During Movement and Halts:

• Takes actions necessary to facilitate movement.
• Supervises rear security during movement.
• Establishes, supervises, and maintains security during halts.
• Knows unit location.
• Performs additional tasks...
movement,security,halt,platoon sergeant

Danger Area Operations (1)

Direct Positioning of Near-Side Security and Maintain Accountability at Danger Areas
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Actions at Danger Areas:

• Directs positioning of near-side security (usually conducted by the trail squad or team).
• Maintains accountability of personnel.

Key Considerations:
• Ensure that the near-side security is properly positioned...
security,danger area,accountability,platoon sergeant

Supply Distribution (1)

Ensure Proper Distribution of Supplies and Ammunition During Consolidation and Reorganization
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Supervises the distribution of supplies and ammunition:

• Ensures that supplies are distributed IAW the patrol leader’s guidance and direction.
• Ensures that ammunition, supplies, and loads are properly and evenly distributed (a critical task...
supplies,ammunition,distribution,platoon sergeant

Security Plans (1)

Ensure Security Plans Are Implemented and Maintained
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Security plan:

• Ensures crew-served weapons have interlocking sectors of fire.
• Ensures Claymores are emplaced to cover dead space.
• Ensures range cards and sector sketch are complete.

Key Considerations:
• Ensure that all crew-served...
security plan,claymores,platoon sergeant

Alert Plans (1)

Ensure Alert Plan Is Implemented and Maintained
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Alert plan:

• Ensures that the patrol is prepared for sudden enemy contact or other emergencies.

Key Considerations:
• Ensure that all personnel are familiar with the alert plan to respond quickly to any threat or emergency situation.
-...
alert plan,platoon sergeant

Evacuation Plans (1)

Ensure Evacuation Plan Is Implemented and Maintained
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Evacuation plan:

• Ensures that the patrol has a clear and effective evacuation plan in place.

Key Considerations:
• Ensure that all personnel are familiar with the evacuation plan to ensure a quick and orderly withdrawal from the...
evacuation plan,platoon sergeant

Withdrawal Plans (1)

Ensure Withdrawal Plan Is Implemented and Maintained
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Withdrawal plan:

• Ensures that the patrol has a clear and effective withdrawal plan in place.

Key Considerations:
• Ensure that all personnel are familiar with the withdrawal plan to ensure a quick and orderly retreat from the objective...
withdrawal plan,platoon sergeant

Fire Support Coordination (1)

Perform Duties During Execution for Fire Support Coordination
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Inform the FIST headquarters of platoon activities and fire support situation.
• Select new targets to support the platoon's mission based on the company OPORD, platoon leader’s guidance, and analysis of METT-TC factors.
• Call for...
execution duties, fire support coordination, FIST headquarters, OP selection, communication maintenance, coordinate tracking

Air Resupply (1)

Prepare Aerial Resupply Annex Information
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
### Prepare Aerial Resupply Annex Information

#### Situation

• Enemy Forces: Include details on enemy forces and weather conditions.
• Friendly Forces: Identify friendly units involved in the operation.
• Attachments and Detachments:...
aerial resupply annex, flight route checkpoints, landing zone marking, drop information, abort criteria, emergency signals, code words

Patrol Operations (1)

Prepare Patrol Base Annex Information
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
### Prepare Patrol Base Annex Information

#### Situation

• Enemy Forces: Identify enemy forces present in the area.
• Friendly Forces: Note friendly units and their locations.
• Attachments and Detachments: Record any attached or...
patrol base annex, occupation plan, security plan, water plan, hygiene plan, messing plan, rest plan, command post location

Coordination Checklists (1)

Use Coordination Checklists for Combat Operations
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: Ensure all critical aspects of a combat operation are planned and coordinated effectively using checklists.

### Steps:
1. Review the following coordination checklists to ensure no vital information is overlooked:
-...
combat coordination, tactical checklists, intelligence planning, fire support, rehearsal areas, vehicular movement

Rehearsal Coordination (1)

Conduct Rehearsal Area Coordination Checklist
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
This coordination is conducted with the platoon leader/company commander to ensure safe, efficient, and effective use of the rehearsal area prior to a mission. The following information must be exchanged:

1. Identification of your unit.
2....
rehearsal area coordination, platoon leader, terrain simulation, security, aggressors, pyrotechnics, mock-ups

Aviation Coordination (1)

Conduct Army Aviation Coordination Checklist
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
This coordination is conducted with the platoon leader/company commander and/or S3 Air to facilitate the time, detailed, and effective use of aviation assets as they apply to your tactical mission:

### 1. SITUATION
• a. Enemy Situation:
...
army aviation coordination, pickup zone, landing zone, code words, flight route, TAC air/artillery, refuel/rearm, bump plan

Logistics Movement (1)

Conduct Vehicular Movement Coordination Checklists
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Purpose: Ensure effective coordination and planning for vehicular movement with supporting units.

Steps:
1. Identify the unit involved in the operation.
2. Identify the supporting unit providing vehicular assets.
3. Determine the...
vehicular movement, coordination checklist, logistics, military operations, route planning, communication setup

Battlefield Security (1)

Implement Three-Dimensional Battlefield Security During Tactical Movement
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: Ensure 360-degree security by covering all aspects of the battlefield, including high and low ground features.

Procedure:
1. Assign sectors of fire to subordinate units within a fire team, squad, or larger unit to ensure full...
3D battlefield, sector of fire, security coverage, terrain features, high/low security

Security (1)

Position Security Element if OR Used
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Critical Task: Position a security element at the Objective Reconnaissance (OR) location to ensure safety and protect reconnaissance operations.
position,security,OR,tactical

Weapons Maintenance (1)

Maintain Weapons and Equipment
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: Ensure weapons and equipment are in working condition at all times.

Steps:
1. The Patrol Leader (PL) ensures that machine guns, weapon systems, commo equipment, and night vision devices are maintained.
2. Do not disassemble...
weapon maintenance, disassembly limits, night operations, security increase

Obstacle Breaching (1)

Conduct Initial Breach of a Mined Wire Obstacle (Platoon)
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: To breach a mined wire obstacle and allow the platoon to maneuver through it.

Situation: The platoon is operating as part of a larger force. The lead squad identifies a wire obstacle reinforced with mines that cannot be bypassed...
breach, mined wire obstacle, platoon, suppressive fire, base-of-fire position, breaching squad, assault squad, PSG, indirect fires, covered and concealed route, smoke grenades, bangalore, enemy positions

Planning Procedures (1)

Develop Reverse Planning Sequence for Air Assault Operations
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
To develop the reverse planning sequence for air assault operations:

• a. Ground Tactical Plan: Develop a ground tactical plan that serves as the foundation of the operation. All other plans must support this plan, which specifies actions in...
reverse planning sequence,air assault operations,tactical plan,loading plan,staging plan

Boat Formations (1)

Boat Formations for Control and Security
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure for Using Boat Formations:

1. Purpose of Formations:
- Various boat formations are used (day and night) for control, speed, and security.
- The choice of formation depends on the tactical situation and the discretion of the...
boat,formation,tactical,control,security,wedge,line,file,echelon,vee

Bridge Construction (1)

Construct and Deploy a Rope Bridge in Mountainous Terrain
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

1. Use static ropes to construct the rope bridge.
2. Ensure that the maximum span bridged is 50% of the rope’s entire length for a dry crossing, or 75% for a wet crossing.
3. Anchor the rope with an anchor knot on the far side of the...
rope bridge, mountainous terrain, static rope, anchor knot, transport tightening system, installation planning

Prisoner Handling (1)

Secure Prisoners Separately
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• If taking prisoners, keep them separate until examined.
• Prevent prisoners from conspiring or sharing information.
prisoner separation, intelligence security, ranger procedures

Scouting Procedures (1)

Maintain a Scout Formation During Marching
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• Each party must have scouts 20 yards ahead, on each flank, and in the rear.
• This ensures early detection of threats and prevents surprise attacks.
scout formation, tactical awareness, ranger security

Emergency Meeting Points (1)

Establish a Meeting Point in Case of Encirclement
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• Every night, you will be told where to meet if surrounded by a superior force.
• This ensures coordination and survival during encirclement.
meeting point, encirclement procedure, ranger tactics

Sentry Duties (1)

Maintain Sentries During Meals
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• Never sit down to eat without posting sentries.
• Ensure constant vigilance even during meal times.
meal sentry, tactical discipline, ranger procedures

Task Organization (1)

Supervise Task-Organized Elements of Patrol
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Duties of the Platoon Sergeant (PSG):

• Supervises task-organized elements of patrol:
- Quartering parties.
- Security forces during withdrawals.
- Support elements during raids or attacks.
- Security patrols during night...
quartering parties,security forces,raids,night attacks

Time Management (1)

Ensure Patrol Adheres to Time Schedule
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Duties of the Platoon Sergeant (PSG):

• Ensures that the patrol adheres to the platoon leader’s time schedule.

Key Actions:
1. Monitor and enforce adherence to the time schedule established by the platoon leader.
2. Coordinate with all...
time schedule,platoon sergeant,schedule adherence

Task Supervision (1)

Assist in Supervising and Spot-Checking Assigned Tasks
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Duties of the Platoon Sergeant (PSG):

• Assists the platoon leader in supervising and spot-checking all assigned tasks, and corrects unsatisfactory actions.

Key Actions:
1. Support the platoon leader by monitoring the progress of assigned...
supervision,spot-checking,platoon sergeant

Target Selection (1)

Select Targets Based on METT-TC Factors
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• Select targets to support the platoon’s mission based on the company OPORD, platoon leader’s guidance, and analysis of METT-TC factors.

Details:

• This task is performed during both planning and execution phases.
• The...
target selection, METT-TC factors, OPORD, tactical operations

Map Preparation (1)

Prepare and Use Situation Maps, Overlays, and Terrain Sketches
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• Prepare and use situation maps, overlays, and terrain sketches.

Details:

• These tools are used to support planning and decision-making during tactical operations.
• Situation maps provide an overview of the battlefield or...
situation maps, overlays, terrain sketches, tactical planning

Command Assumption (1)

Assume Command in an Emergency
Critical Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• Any platoon/squad member might have to take command of his element in an emergency, so every Ranger must be prepared to do so.

Details:

• During assumption of command, the following tasks should be accomplished (not...
assume command, emergency leadership, METT-TC factors

Logistics Operations (1)

Conduct Resupply Operations
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Coordinate with logistics units to determine the resupply location and timing.
2. Establish a secure drop zone or pickup point away from enemy observation.
3. Ensure all personnel are briefed on the resupply schedule, location,...
resupply operations,tactical logistics,secure drop zone,logistics coordination

Time Management And Scheduling (1)

Time Schedule for Operational Planning and Execution
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Follow the time schedule for operational planning and execution.

Schedule Table:
| WHEN | WHAT | WHERE | WHO | REF |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0630 | WARNING ORDER | BAY AREA | All | 3D1 |
| 0700 | INITIAL...
operational time schedule, OPORD timing, coordination times

Equipment Management (1)

Special Equipment for HQs
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
### Special Equipment for HQs

• One hand-held radio and extra batteries
• One AN/PRC-119 radio and extra batteries
• One ANCD
• One AN/PSN-11 and extra batteries
• One M-22 binos
• One AN/PVS-14 and extra batteries
• One sheets overlay material
-...
special equipment,hq,ranger handbook

Ammunition Management (1)

Ammunition Allocation per Weapon System
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
### Ammunition Allocation per Weapon System

|M16/M4|M249|M203|M240|SL AND TLs|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|210 Rounds<br>5.56-MM Ball|625 Rounds<br>5.56-MM (4:1 Mix)|16 Rounds 40-MM HEDP<br>5 Rounds 40-MM Shot<br>4 Rounds 40-MM...
ammunition allocation,weapon system,ranger handbook

Stream Crossing Operations (1)

Define Stream Crossing Mission and Execution Plan
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Define the mission and execution plan for stream crossing operations.

### Key Components:
1. Mission
- Clear objective of the operation
2. Execution
- Concept of Operation (Maneuver, Fires)
- Tasks to Combat Units...
mission planning, execution plan, stream crossing operations

Intelligence Coordination (1)

Coordinate Intelligence Information for Combat Operations
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Ensure all intelligence information is coordinated and available to the platoon/squad leader before a combat operation.

### Key Components:
1. Intelligence Coordination Checklist (Figure 2-7)
- Verify enemy situation,...
intelligence coordination, combat operations, checklist

Security Procedures (1)

Security Squad Lead Team Responsibilities
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Lead Team responsibilities:

1. Serve as the point element for the platoon
2. Reconnoiter the route to the SP (Staging Point)
3. Call in checkpoints
4. Provide early warning of potential threats
5. Maintain rate of march
6....
security squad,lead team,point element,reconnaissance,checkpoints,early warning,march rate,positioning

Unit Movement (1)

Maintain Interval and Follow Leader's Examples During Movement
Standard Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
- Maintain proper interval between individuals during movement.
• Follow the team leader's (TL) examples for movement and positioning.
• Relay hand and arm signals from the TL to ensure all members are aware of commands.
• **Remain alert...
interval,follow leader,hand signals,alertness,movement

Limited Visibility Movement (1)

Movement in Limited Visibility Conditions
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
During hours of limited visibility, a platoon will use surveillance, target acquisition, and night observation (STANO) devices to enhance effectiveness. Leaders must be able to control, navigate, maintain security, and move during limited...
limited visibility,night movement,stano devices,noise discipline,camouflage,slls

Movement (1)

Use the Cloverleaf Method for Movement Between OPs
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Move between successive OPs using the cloverleaf method to avoid detection.

Steps:
1. Avoid Paralleling the Objective Site: Ensure that movement does not parallel the objective site.
2. Maintain Extreme Stealth: Move with...
cloverleaf method, movement between OPs, stealth, cover concealment

Combat (1)

Handle Contact During Reconnaissance
Critical Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Handle contact during reconnaissance and return to the ORP safely.

Steps:
1. Move to Release Point Immediately: If contact is made, move to the release point immediately.
2. Break Contact and Return to ORP: The recon...
handle contact, break contact, return to ORP, AT-4 use

Room Clearing Modifications (1)

Modifying Entry Techniques Based on Situational Factors
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. Leaders may modify the standard entry technique based on situational factors as outlined in Table 6-1.
2. If objective rooms are consistently small, clear in teams of 2 or 3.
3. In cases of a shortage of personnel, clear in teams...
modifying entry, tactical adjustments, room clearing

Room Clearing Variants (1)

Two-Man and Three-Man Room Clearing Techniques
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

1. When full four-man teams are not available for room clearing, two- and three-man teams can be used.
2. If the # 1 or # 2 man discovers that the room is very small, he can yell, “_Short room_” or “_Short_,” which tells the # 3 or #...
two-man clearing, three-man clearing, tactical variants

Rope Bridge Construction (1)

Construct a Rope Bridge Using Static Ropes and Carabiners
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
### Equipment Required:

• One sling rope per man
• One steel locking carabineer
• Two steel ovals
• Two 120-foot static ropes

### Construction Steps:

1. The first Ranger swims the rope to the far side and ties a tensionless anchor...
rope bridge, construction steps, static ropes, carabiners, transport tightening system, commando crawl, rappel seat, monkey crawl

Rope Bridge Recovery (1)

Perform Bridge Recovery Using Dry or Wet Method
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
### Dry Method:

• Anchor the tightening system with a transport knot.
• Back-stack all slack coming out of the transport knot and tie a fixed loop. Insert a carabiner into the fixed loop.
• The next-to-last Ranger to cross attaches the...
bridge recovery, dry method, wet method, rope bridge dismantling

Suspension Traverse Construction (1)

Construct a Suspension Traverse for Rivers and Ravines
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
### Purpose:

• The suspension traverse is used to move personnel and equipment over rivers, ravines, chasms, or up/down vertical obstacles.
• Combines the transport tightening system (from rope bridge), an A-frame (used for vertical haul line),...
suspension traverse, river crossing, ravine traversal, vertical obstacle, static ropes, A-frame, belay techniques

Hand To Hand Combatives (1)

React to Man-to-Man Contact Using Hand-to-Hand Combatives
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

Conditions: Faced with an unarmed threatening adversary.
Standards: Maintain situational awareness; remain calm and gain control using combatives.

Performance Steps:
1. Maintain situational awareness, including...
man-to-man contact, hand-to-hand combatives, back mount, front mount, guard position

Team Coordination (1)

Communicate Movement Plan to Buddy or Team Leader
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Ensure coordination with your buddy or team leader for safe movement.

Steps:
1. Communicate the movement plan to your buddy or team leader using hand signals so that the Soldier not moving can cover by fire the other Soldier's...
hand signals, movement plan communication, team coordination

Hand Grenade Throwing (1)

Position Body for Hand Grenade Throwing
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Position your body in a comfortable and natural position.
- Ensure you are in a covered position.
- Look at the target and judge the distance to the target.
- Align your body with the target as if you were going to...
hand grenade throwing, body alignment, safety lever, pin pull, effective engagement radius

Observation And Search (1)

Detect Targets Using Observation and Search Techniques
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Detecting Targets:

Step 1: Select a Position
• Choose a position that provides natural cover and concealment.
• Ensure the position offers good observation and fields of fire.

Note: You may not always be able to...
detect targets, observation techniques, search strips, camouflage indicators, tactical positioning

Weapon Usage (1)

Engage Targets with an M240B Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Assume a firing position behind the M240B machine gun.
2. Apply any required immediate action if needed.
3. Fire at targets in the assigned sector of fire using correct engagement techniques.

Details:
• Ensure...
engage targets, M240B, machine gun, firing position, target engagement

Marksmanship Techniques (1)

Align Sights on Target
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Step 3: Align the sights on the target by following these steps:

a. Obtain sight alignment: Center the front sight blade in the aperture of the rear sight with the top of the front sight blade even with the top of the rear sight...
sight alignment, sight picture, marksmanship, M240B

Ammunition Inspection (1)

Inspect Ammunition for Defects and Report Issues
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Check for damaged, corroded, or loose bullets.
2. Check for damaged links.
3. Report to your squad leader or noncommissioned officer in charge (NCOIC) any deficiencies you cannot correct.

Note: This step is part of the...
ammunition inspection, defect reporting, weapon maintenance

Target Identification (1)

Target Vulnerability for Armored Vehicles
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Identify the target vulnerability for armored vehicles.
2. An armored vehicle usually has its heaviest armor on the front slopes.
armored vehicles, target vulnerability, combat tactics, military engagement

Range Estimation (1)

Determine Range to a Target Using M4 or M4A1 Carbine Sights
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
### Procedure: Determine Range to a Target

Steps:

1. Use the front sight of your M4 or M4A1 carbine to estimate range to a target.
2. Viewed through the front sight, a man-sized target appears:
- (1) Twice the width as the front sight...
range estimation, M4 carbine, target size, distance calculation

Discipline Procedures (1)

Practice Noise Discipline During Tactical Missions
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Purpose: To minimize noise during tactical missions to avoid detection by the enemy.

Steps:
1. Avoid unnecessary movement: Avoid all unnecessary vehicular and foot movement.
2. Secure metal parts: Secure (with tape or other...
noise discipline,tactical mission,silence,security

Operations Security (1)

Implement Operations Security Measures (OPSEC)
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Objective: Implement OPSEC measures based on unit indicators and vulnerabilities to protect essential elements of friendly information.

Conditions:
• You have received a unit OPSEC plan that includes essential elements of friendly...
OPSEC measures, operations security, protect friendly information, military protocol, AR 530-1

Indirect Fire Response (1)

React to Indirect Fire
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Immediately take cover and assess the situation.
2. Identify the source of indirect fire and determine its trajectory.
3. Return fire if necessary while maintaining tactical positioning for survival.
4. Communicate with team...
react to indirect fire, combat response procedures, artillery engagement

Chemical Attack Response (1)

React to Chemical Attack
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure:

1. Immediately take cover and assess the situation.
2. Identify the source of the chemical attack and determine its type (e.g., nerve agent, blister agent).
3. Follow established protocols for decontamination and protection.
4....
react to chemical attack, decontamination procedures, chemical warfare response

Mechanized Infantry (1)

Reference FM 3-21.71 Mechanized Infantry Platoon and Squad (Bradley)
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
FM 3-21.71: _Mechanized Infantry Platoon and Squad (Bradley)_ . This manual provides tactics, techniques, and procedures for mechanized infantry platoons and squads.
mechanized infantry, fm 3-21.71, tactical

Training (1)

Evaluate Drinking from Canteen While Wearing a Mask
Reference Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Setup for evaluation:
- Evaluate this task during a field training exercise or tactical training session.
- Ensure the Soldier has their flight or combat vehicle crewman helmet and is in MOPP4.
- Provide the Soldier...
evaluation,drinking,canteen,mask,MOPP4

Explosive Hazards (1)

Detect Explosive-Hazard Indicators by Visual Means
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

• Conditions: You are given an area (urban or rural) to maneuver in, around, or through in support of a mission or operation containing explosive-hazard indicators.
• Standards: Visually detect all explosive-hazard indicators...
explosives, detection, hazards, IEDs, UXO

Obstacle Crossing (1)

Crossing Obstacles (Walls and Fences)
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Cross walls or fences safely while minimizing exposure to enemy fire.

Steps:
1. Before crossing an obstacle, inspect it for booby traps, enemy positions, and covered or concealed positions.
2. Move rapidly toward the obstacle...
crossing obstacles, urban combat, enemy fire avoidance

Vehicle Search (1)

Search Vehicles in a Tactical Environment
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Searching Vehicles in a Tactical Environment

Overview: This procedure outlines the steps to conduct a vehicle search in a tactical environment, including safety precautions and protocol.

### Performance Steps:
1. **Stop...
search vehicles,tactical environment,security procedures,occupants identification,vehicle inspection,combat gear,threat awareness

Mine Disposal (1)

Disarm and Recover M18A1 Claymore Mine
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Disarming and Recovering the M18A1 Claymore Mine:

Steps:
1. Keep the M57 firing device with you at all times during disarming and recovery.
2. Untie the firing wire from the stake at the firing site.
3. **Move to the...
M18A1 Claymore mine,disarm,recover,M57 firing device,shipping plug priming adapter,blasting cap,wire container,M7 bandoleer

Field Expertise (1)

Construct Field-Expedient Firing Aids for an M16A1/A2 Rifle
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Properly emplace and align aiming and sector stakes on identifiable probable enemy avenues of approach, assault positions, and automatic weapons positions.

Materials Required:
• M16A1 or M16A2 rifle
• Magazine and ammunition
-...
M16A1,M16A2,field-expedient firing aids,tactical positioning,sector of fire

Training Preparation (1)

Brief Soldier on Target Detection and Engagement Task
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure: Brief the Soldier to detect and engage targets in his/her sector, and when asked, state the range to the target.
soldier briefing,target detection,tactical skills

Rifle Assembly (1)

Assemble a Rifle - Push Charging Handle and Bolt Carrier Together
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

Push the charging handle and bolt carrier together in the upper receiver (figure 071-311-2025-34).
rifle assembly, charging handle and bolt carrier insertion

Combat Firing Techniques (1)

Volley Firing Procedure
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Volley firing is a method where more than one Soldier engages a single target using the same sight data:

1. Ensure that the range to the target is known.
2. All Soldiers use the same sight data to fire one or more launchers at the...
volley firing, combat techniques, military tactics, weapon handling

Firing Techniques (1)

Select Appropriate Firing Technique Based on Target Range
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Determine the distance to the target.
2. Select the appropriate firing technique based on the range:
- For short-range targets (50 meters or less): Place the leaf sight down and use the rifle sights.
- Estimate the...
firing technique,target range,short-range firing,medium-range firing,long-range firing

Sighting Procedures (1)

Obtain the Sight Picture Using Leaf or Quadrant Sights
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

1. Use the appropriate sight based on the target range:
- Between 50 and 250 meters: Use either the leaf sight or quadrant sight.
- Between 250 and 400 meters: Use only the quadrant sight.
2. Ensure that the sight...
sight picture,leaf sight,quadrant sight,sighting alignment

Target Acquisition (1)

Acquire Targets Using the TWS Reticle
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Acquire Targets Using the TWS Reticle

Objective: To use the TWS reticle to accurately acquire and engage targets.

#### Steps:
1. Align the Reticle with the Target: Use the TWS reticle on your weapon's sight system to align...
TWS reticle, target acquisition, personnel targeting, tank targeting

Firearms Safety (1)

Safety Precautions for Weapon Assembly and Disassembly
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Important Safety Precautions to Follow During Weapon Assembly and Disassembly

• Be sure that the hammer is uncocked and firing pin block lever is in the down position. If the hammer is cocked, carefully and manually lower the hammer.
• **Do...
safety precautions, weapon assembly, uncocked hammer, firing pin block lever, pistol clear

Positioning (1)

Assume the Crouching Position
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure:

To assume the crouching position:

1. Start from the standing-without-support position.
2. Bend your knees slightly.
3. Lean forward at the waist to maintain balance.

Details:
• The crouching position is similar to the...
crouching position, tactical positioning, standing-without-support, balance, military posture

Sniper Positioning (1)

Use Sandbags for Flank Protection in Sniper Positions
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Protect the flanks of sniper positions from enemy fire.

Steps:
1. Place sandbags on both sides of the sniper position to provide cover against enemy fire coming from the flanks.
2. Ensure that the sandbags are stacked high...
sandbags, flank protection, sniper position, cover, concealment

Combat Signaling (1)

Use Visual Signaling Techniques While Mounted
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Procedure: Use Visual Signaling Techniques While Mounted

Objective: To communicate effectively with fellow Soldiers using visual signals while mounted.

Steps:
1. Ensure that the Soldiers you are signaling can see you clearly.
2....
visual signaling, mounted communication, combat formations, herringbone signal, coil signal

Combat Security (1)

Challenge Personnel Entering Your Sector of Fire
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Purpose: Ensure only authorized personnel enter the sector of fire and prevent enemy infiltration.

Steps:
1. Detect and halt all personnel in your sector using your individual weapon and load-carrying equipment (LCE).
2. **Challenge...
challenge,password,tactical security,sector of fire,detainment

Field Operations (1)

Practice Noise, Light, and Litter Discipline
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Objective: Ensure noise is kept at a minimum, no light is visible to the enemy, and the area is free of litter and other evidence of the unit's presence.

### Noise Discipline
1. Avoid all unnecessary vehicular and foot movement.
2. Secure...
noise discipline, light discipline, litter discipline, tactical operations, field tactics, concealment, camouflage

Guard Duty (1)

Assume Guard Post and Execute Sentry Duties
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Title: Assume Guard Post and Execute Sentry Duties

Procedure:
1. Receive order changes, if any, from the appropriate authority.
2. Walk posts or assume the prescribed position, carrying the weapon in the prescribed manner.
3....
guard duty,sentry procedures,challenging individuals,challenge position,order changes

Intelligence Reporting (1)

Report Intelligence Information Using SALUTE Format
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Procedure for Reporting Intelligence Information Using the SALUTE Format

Purpose: To report enemy activity and significant terrain/weather features to chain of command within 5 minutes.

### Steps:
1. Use the SALUTE format to ensure...
SALUTE format, report intelligence, enemy activity, location, time, unit, equipment, size, activity, tactical reporting

Code Of Conduct (1)

Comply with the Requirements of the Code of Conduct
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Title: Comply with the Requirements of the Code of Conduct

Description: This procedure outlines the steps for complying with the requirements of the Code of Conduct, which governs the behavior of military personnel in...
code of conduct, military ethics, captivity procedures, compliance protocols

Remains Recovery (1)

Recover Isolated Remains
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Title: Recover Isolated Remains

Description: This procedure outlines the steps for recovering isolated remains from a battlefield or other location.

Steps:
1. Identify and locate the remains to be recovered.
2. Ensure that all...
recover remains, battlefield recovery, remains handling, military procedures

Search Procedures (1)

Perform a Stand-up Search or a Frisk (Pat-Down) Search
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Title: Perform a Stand-up Search or a Frisk (Pat-Down) Search

Description: This procedure outlines the steps for performing a stand-up search or a frisk (pat-down) search to ensure the safety of personnel and prevent the concealment of...
stand-up search, frisk search, pat-down procedures, security checks

Training Programs (1)

Role of the Commander in Training Planning
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Ensure that training plans are comprehensive and effective for unit readiness.

Steps:
1. Ensure training plan aligns with unit mission. The plan must prepare Soldiers for all types of operations.
2. **Develop proficiency on...
commander role, training planning, unit readiness, warrior tasks

Chemical Biological Risk Assessment (1)

Conducting Chemical Agent Test Using Sampler-Detector
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure for Conducting a Chemical Agent Test Using a Sampler-Detector:

1. Expose the test spots to air:
- Expose the test spots to air for 10 minutes, but shield them from direct sunlight.
- The sampler-detector can be laid down or...
chemical agent test,sampler-detector,lewisite test,blood-agent test,nerve-agent test,test procedure

Observation Post (1)

Establish an Observation Post (OP)
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Conditions: Given a squad- or platoon-sized element in a defensive position, a TA-312/PT field telephone and communication wire or a radio, and a probable enemy avenue of approach.

Standards: Select a location for an observation post (OP)...
observation post, OP, tactical positioning, communication setup, enemy detection, camouflage

Military Orders (1)

Issue a FRAGO Using Standard Military Terminology
Reference Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Use standard military terminology to ensure clarity and consistency with existing orders.
2. Issue the FRAGO in the same sequence as the OPORD, following the five paragraph headings format (referenced as figure...
FRAGO, OPORD, military terminology, issue order, standard operation order

Enemy Avenues Of Approach (1)

Establish Responsibility for Overlapping Enemy Avenues of Approach Between Adjacent Units
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Identify enemy avenues: Determine the likely routes the enemy may use to approach the area.

2. Assign responsibility: Ensure that each unit is responsible for monitoring and controlling specific sections of these...
enemy avenues of approach,tactical coordination

Unit Coverage (1)

Ensure No Gaps Between Elements
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Assess unit positions: Check the placement of all units and elements to ensure they are properly spaced and positioned.

2. Close gaps: Adjust unit placements as needed to eliminate any areas that may be vulnerable or...
unit positioning,gap closure,tactical coverage

Map Spatial Planning (1)

Complete and Forward a Copy of the Platoon Sector Sketch to Company Headquarters
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Create sector sketch: Draw a detailed map or sketch showing the platoon's assigned area, key terrain features, enemy positions, and other relevant information.

2. Verify accuracy: Ensure that all details on the sketch are...
sector sketch,map submission,tactical planning

Terrain Analysis (1)

Analyze Terrain for Military Aspects
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
### Analyze Terrain for Military Aspects

#### Objective:
To analyze the terrain in terms of the five military aspects and determine how each aspect affects a tactical mission.

#### Procedure:
1. Receive a Tactical Mission:
- Obtain a...
military terrain analysis, cover concealment, obstacles, key terrain, tactical mission, avenue of approach

Map Reading And Overlays (1)

Prepare an Operation Overlay
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
### Prepare an Operation Overlay

#### Conditions:
Given a complete copy of the operation order (OPORD) that your unit is to execute, a commander's or a battalion operations officer's (S3) guidance (to include time available for...
operation overlay,map reference data,effective date,purpose,classification markings,distribution instructions,overlay techniques,military symbols,friendly units,enemy installations

Equipment Inspection (1)

Inspect Personnel and Equipment
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

The planning phase of the operation will include at least one inspection of all members of the reconnaissance force, to include their equipment.

Steps:
1. Conduct a thorough inspection of all personnel and their equipment prior...
inspect, personnel, equipment, military inspection

Coordination (1)

Coordinate with Adjacent Elements During Defensive Operations
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Objective: Coordinate with adjacent elements during defensive operations to ensure effective execution of the mission.

Steps:
1. Receive Order: After receiving an order for a defensive operation, begin planning and coordination with...
coordinate, adjacent elements, defensive operations, dead space, observation posts, patrols, ambushes, obstacles, boundaries

Fire Coverage (1)

Ensure Overlapping Sectors of Fire for Fighting Positions
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Steps:

1. Ensure that all fighting positions have overlapping sectors of fire.
2. Coordinate with adjacent positions to ensure no gaps in coverage.
3. Adjust weapon positions as needed to achieve full overlap.
overlapping fire sectors, tactical positioning

Obstacle Emplacement (1)

Emplace Hasty Minefields and Obstacles
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Steps:

1. Emplace hasty minefields in areas that provide maximum coverage of the sector.
2. Ensure that minefields are covered by observation and fire from friendly positions.
3. Place other obstacles such as barriers or tripwires to...
minefield emplacement, hasty obstacles, tactical positioning

Investigations (1)

Access Field Manual for Law Enforcement Investigations
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Title: Access Field Manual for Law Enforcement Investigations

Procedure:
1. Locate FM 3-19.13 titled *Law Enforcement Investigations*.
2. Verify the publication date is 10 January 2005.
3. Use this manual to understand procedures...
field manuals,law enforcement,FM 3-19.13

Infantry Operations (1)

Access Field Manual for The Infantry Rifle Company
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Title: Access Field Manual for The Infantry Rifle Company

Procedure:
1. Locate FM 3-21.10 (FM 7-10) titled *The Infantry Rifle Company*.
2. Verify the publication date is 27 July 2006.
3. Use this manual to understand the structure,...
field manuals,infantry,FM 3-21.10

Gunnery Operations (1)

Access Field Manual for Bradley Gunnery
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Title: Access Field Manual for Bradley Gunnery

Procedure:
1. Locate FM 3-22.1 titled *Bradley Gunnery*.
2. Verify the publication date is 28 November 2003.
3. Note that this item is included on EM 0205.
4. Use this manual for...
field manuals,Bradley,FM 3-22.1

Mortar Operations (1)

Access Field Manual for Mortars
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Title: Access Field Manual for Mortars

Procedure:
1. Locate FM 3-22.90 titled *Mortars*.
2. Verify the publication date is 31 December 2004.
3. Use this manual to understand procedures and techniques for mortar operations.
field manuals,mortars,FM 3-22.90

Breaching Operations (1)

Access Field Manual for Combined-Arms Breaching Operations
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Title: Access Field Manual for Combined-Arms Breaching Operations

Procedure:
1. Locate FM 3-34-2 titled *Combined-Arms Breaching Operations*.
2. Verify the publication date is 31 August 2000.
3. Note that this item is included on...
field manuals,breaching,FM 3-34-2

Combat Service Support (1)

Access Field Manual for Combat Service Support
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Title: Access Field Manual for Combat Service Support

Procedure:
1. Locate FM 4-0 titled *Combat Service Support*.
2. Verify the publication date is 29 August 2003.
3. Use this manual to understand procedures and techniques for...
field manuals,combat service,FM 4-0

Observed Fire (1)

Access Field Manual for Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Observed Fire
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Title: Access Field Manual for Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Observed Fire

Procedure:
1. Locate FM 6-30 titled *Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Observed Fire*.
2. Verify the publication date is 16 July 1991.
3....
field manuals,observed fire,FM 6-30

Internment Resettlement (1)

Access Field Manual for Military Policy Internment/Resettlement Operations
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Title: Access Field Manual for Military Policy Internment/Resettlement Operations

Procedure:
1. Locate FM 3-19.40 titled *Military Policy Internment/Resettlement Operations (Formerly FM 19-40)*.
2. Verify the publication date is **1...
field manuals,internment,FM 3-19.40

Fire Control Commands (1)

Issue Fire Commands to Engage Targets
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure for Issuing Fire Commands:

1. Use fire commands to direct the fires of units or key weapons and to place a specific type of fire on certain targets.
- Identify who is to fire.
- Specify the direction of fire.
- Indicate the...
fire commands, fire control, tactical command, military procedure, target engagement

Fire Command Evaluation (1)

Conduct Fire Command Evaluation on Live-Fire Range
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure for Evaluating Fire Command Performance:

• Setup: This task should be evaluated during a field training exercise on a live-fire range.
- Assign a defensive position to a fire team.
- Designate team individual sectors of...
fire command evaluation, live-fire range training, tactical performance assessment, military evaluation

Map Reading And Symbol Identification (1)

Identify Graphic Symbols on Map Overlay
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure for Identifying Graphic Symbols on Map Overlay

Materials Required:
• Military map
• Company level map overlay

Steps:
1. Place the overlay grid register marks over grid intersections. Ensure that the overlay is correctly...
map overlay,graphic symbols,tactical control symbols,weapons symbols,armored vehicle symbols,fortification and obstacle symbols,tactical wire symbols,mine symbols,indirect fire symbols

Area Security (1)

Establish Initial Security in the AA Sector
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Reconnoiter the Area of Accountability (AA): Ensure that it is clear of the enemy.
2. Establish initial security measures: This includes setting up observation posts (OPs), patrols, and ensuring all personnel are on alert...
initial security, area accountability, observation posts, passwords, obstacle marking

Platoon Organization (1)

Prepare and Organize the Platoon in the AA Sector
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Direct platoon movement to the designated release point: Use appropriate movement techniques based on terrain and situation.
2. Link up with guides: Move the platoon to its initial position using guides provided by higher...
platoon movement, sector assignment, observation posts, communication setup, work priorities

Counterattack Coordination (1)

Coordinate for Local Counterattacks
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Procedure:

1. Identify potential areas where local counterattacks may be necessary based on the mission and enemy threat.

2. Coordinate with adjacent units to plan and execute local counterattacks as needed.

3. Ensure that all personnel...
local counterattacks,tactical coordination,rapid response

Defense Operations (1)

Conduct a Defense by a Squad
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Prepare a defensive position for a squad while maintaining security, camouflage, and concealment.

### Steps to Conduct a Defense by a Squad
1. Designate fighting positions for each squad member based on the platoon leader's...
squad defense, fighting positions, camouflage, concealment, security, priority of work

Mission Delegation (1)

Assign Subordinate Missions - Reconnaissance of the Objective
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Steps:

1. The element with the reconnaissance mission approaches the target using stealth and concealment.
2. All plans and applicable contingencies are conducted with the major effort made toward obtaining the information required while...
reconnaissance, stealth operations, target approach

Positioning And Security (1)

Establish Local Security and Observation Posts
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Steps:

1. Locate observation posts to make maximum use of long-range observations.
2. Ensure that each fighting position clears its field of fire to engage the advancing enemy without exposing friendly positions.
3. Prepare range cards for...
observation posts, local security, fighting positions, range cards, overlapping sectors of fire

Logistics Maintenance (1)

Supervise Maintenance Operations in a Platoon
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Objective: Establish and maintain an effective platoon maintenance program according to SOPs and applicable references.

Conditions: In a contemporary operational environment, given a platoon, equipment, maintenance facility/site, standing...
platoon maintenance, SOPs, equipment inspection, logistics support

Hazardous Materials (1)

Verify HAZMAT Placarding and Manifest Availability
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
If transporting hazardous materials, ensure that all involved vehicles are appropriately placarded. Confirm that load manifests are in the driver's door pocket or otherwise readily available and known by convoy personnel.
HAZMAT, placarding, manifest availability

Guerrilla Warfare (1)

Organize and Maintain Guerrilla Warfare Resources
High Priority Source: The Guerrilla and How to Fight Him
Objective: Ensure effective management of guerrilla warfare resources for sustained operations.

Steps:
1. Inventory Management:
- Conduct a thorough inventory of all available weapons, ammunition, and supplies.
- Categorize items...
inventory management, storage security, distribution planning, maintenance repair, training readiness

Environmental Awareness (1)

Remember Your Location and Environment in Tactical Survival
High Priority Source: USMC Summer Survival Course Handbook
Remember where you are is essential for effective survival planning:

• Environment Assessment:
- Determine if you are in a non-permissive environment (e.g., hostile territory).
- Evaluate the terrain type (e.g., forest, desert,...
location awareness, terrain assessment, land navigation, non-permissive environment

Casualty Evacuation (1)

Transport Casualties Using Manual Carries and Improvised Stretchers
Critical Source: USMC Summer Survival Course Handbook
Procedure for Transporting Casualties

1. Assess the casualty’s condition to determine if they can be moved or require immediate medical attention.
2. Use manual carrying techniques, such as the fireman’s carry, to move the casualty...
transport casualties, manual carry, improvised stretcher, casualty evacuation

Security Patrols (1)

Participate in a Security Patrol
High Priority Source: USMC Summer Survival Course Handbook
Procedure for Participating in a Security Patrol

1. Understand the patrol mission and objectives, including the area to be covered and potential threats.
2. Receive briefing on patrol routes, timing, and team roles before deployment.
3....
security patrol, tactical patrol, situational awareness

Contingency Planning (1)

Implement the 5 Point Contingency Plan (GOTWA)
High Priority Source: USMC Summer Survival Course Handbook
Procedure for Implementing the GOTWA Contingency Plan

1. Going: Determine the destination or location to be visited during the contingency.
2. Others: Identify who is going with you, including any additional personnel or support...
contingency planning, GOTWA plan, tactical response

Evasion Preparation (1)

Prepare for Evasion Situations Through Planning and Preparation
High Priority Source: USMC Winter Survival Course Handbook
Preparation and planning for evasion situations are critical for Marines in any military operation. The following steps ensure proper readiness:

1. Receive Intelligence Briefings:
- Obtain information on the mission route, enemy troop...
evasion, survival, preparation, military operation, intelligence briefing, EPA, SAFE area, E&R area, ISOPREP

Survival Assessment (1)

Size Up the Situation for Tactical Survival
High Priority Source: USMC Winter Survival Course Handbook
Objective: Assess critical factors to determine survival strategy in a tactical environment.

### Steps:
1. Mission
- Determine what the original mission was.
- Evaluate if the mission can still be accomplished.
2. Enemy
-...
size up the situation, mission assessment, enemy analysis, troop status, terrain evaluation, weather conditions, logistics planning

Decision Making (1)

Avoid Undue Haste in Tactical Survival Decisions
High Priority Source: USMC Winter Survival Course Handbook
Objective: Make deliberate and informed decisions to avoid compromising survival or security.

### Steps:
1. Evaluate the Need to Move
- Determine if staying in your current position is safer than moving.
2. **Apply the Principle of "Slow...
undue haste, slow is smooth, security over speed, tactical decision making

Navigation Skills (1)

Maintain Awareness of Your Location and Environment
High Priority Source: USMC Winter Survival Course Handbook
Objective: Stay oriented to your surroundings for effective survival planning.

### Steps:
1. Determine if in a Non-Permissive Environment
- Recognize the potential threats and risks associated with hostile areas.
2. **Assess Terrain...
terrain awareness, non-permissive environment, land navigation, location awareness

Cultural Adaptation (1)

Act Like the Natives in Tactical Survival Situations
Standard Source: USMC Winter Survival Course Handbook
Objective: Observe and adapt to local customs or behaviors for better survival outcomes.

### Steps:
1. Observe Native Habits
- Study how indigenous people or locals interact with the environment, move, and survive.
2. **Adopt Useful...
native habits, cultural adaptation, local behavior observation

Planning Preparation (1)

Live by Your Wits and Apply Basic Skills in Tactical Survival
High Priority Source: USMC Winter Survival Course Handbook
Objective: Use common sense and training to enhance survival effectiveness.

### Steps:
1. Utilize Common Sense
- Make decisions based on logical reasoning and practical experience.
2. Apply Marine Corps Training
- Use skills...
common sense, Marine Corps training, E plan, R plan, contingency planning

Team Organization (1)

Assign Team Tasks for Survival Operations
High Priority Source: USMC Winter Survival Course Handbook
Procedure for Assigning Team Tasks for Survival Operations:

1. Divide the group into teams based on mission requirements and available resources.
2. Assign specific tasks to each team (e.g., security, reconnaissance, assault, support).
3....
survival team organization, task assignment, tactical operations, group coordination

Tool Usage Skills (1)

Use an Axe for Felling or Trimming Light Timber or Produce a Carpentry Article
Reference Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Objective: Demonstrate carpentry and tool usage skills.

Steps:
1. Use properly an axe for felling or trimming light timber.
2. Or produce an article of carpentry, cabinet-making, or metal work made by himself.
3. Explain the method followed.
axe usage,carpentry skills

Identification Signaling (1)

Carry Patrol Animal Flag on Staff
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Procedure:

1. Each patrol leader should carry a small flag attached to the end of their staff or stave.
2. The flag must display the head of the patrol animal on both sides.
3. For example, the Tigers of the Twenty-seventh New York Troop would...
patrol flag,staff identification,tactical signaling

Ethics And Service (1)

Practice Modern Chivalry Through Daily Good Deeds
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Objective: To cultivate a habit of useful service by performing a good turn every day.

Procedure:
1. Identify an opportunity to help someone in need each day. This could be assisting an elderly person, picking up litter, or offering support...
chivalry,daily_good_turns,service,habit_building,community_responsibility

Animal Control (1)

Control a Runaway Horse
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Procedure:

1. Do not attempt to wave your arms in front of the horse; this may cause it to dodge and run faster.
2. Run alongside the vehicle with one hand on the shaft to prevent yourself from falling.
3. Seize the reins with your other hand...
runaway horse, control, safety, animal handling

Water Combat (1)

Constructing and Using a Tilting Spear for Water Combat
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
To construct a tilting spear:

1. Select the shaft: Use a light pole or bamboo that is eight to ten feet long.
2. Attach the pad: Secure a soft pad on the end of the shaft. This should be shaped like a duck's head and bill.
3. **Add...
tilting spear, water combat, boy scout, bamboo, duck head pad, waterproofing

Water Games (1)

Playing Canoe Tag with a Rubber Object
Reference Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
To play canoe tag:

1. Gather materials: Use a rubber cushion, hot-water bag full of air, rubber football, or a cotton bag filled with corks.
2. Set up the game: Divide players into canoes or boats.
3. Rules of engagement: The objective...
canoe tag, rubber object, water game, boy scout, cross-tag

Scouting Missions (1)

Conducting a Scouting Mission with Points and Rewards
Reference Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
To conduct a scouting mission:

1. Prepare the map: Mark several points on a map at equal distances from camp.
2. Assign scouts: Send out scouts in pairs or singly. Scouts draw straws to determine their assigned point.
3. **Provide...
scouting mission, boy scout, map points, rewards, scouting rules

Teamwork Training (1)

Organize a Relay Race for Message Transmission
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Objective: To practice communication and teamwork through relay races.

Setup:
1. Divide scouts into two patrols, each competing against the other.
2. Set up a long-distance message transmission challenge (e.g., 2 miles or more).
3. Each...
relay race,message transmission,tactical training,teamwork skills

Tracking Games (1)

Identify and Track Smugglers Over the Border
Reference Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Objective: Practice tracking and identifying smugglers based on footprints.

Setup:
1. Designate a "border" area that is approximately 400 yards long, ideally on a road or wide path where foot tracks are easily visible.
2. Place sentries...
smugglers,border,tracking,footprints,sentries,reserve patrol,town,game

Team Games (1)

How to Play Prisoner's Base
Reference Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Objective: Capture opponents from the opposing team and rescue your own.

Setup:
• Mark off two goals at both ends of the playground.
• Divide players into two equal teams, each occupying one goal.
• Place a prison about ten paces to the...
prisoner's base, team game, capture and rescue, tactical strategy

Team Training (1)

Conduct a Dragging Race for Patrols
Standard Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Procedure:
1. Set up a line of patients from one patrol fifty feet away from the start line.
2. Another patrol, each carrying a rope, runs out to tie ropes to the patients.
3. The patrol drags the patients back to the starting point as quickly...
dragging race, patrol training, team building, knots, safety

Terrorism Preparedness (1)

Recognize Important Terms Related to Terrorism
High Priority Source: FEMA Are You Ready
Important terms related to terrorism include:

• Terrorism: The use of force or violence against persons or property in violation of the criminal laws of the United States for purposes of intimidation, coercion, or ransom.
• **Suicide...
terrorism terms,emergency definitions,safety awareness

Emergency Medical Training (1)

Consider Tactical EMS Courses for Hostile Environments
Standard Source: Survival and Austere Medicine
Overview: Tactical EMS courses are designed to provide emergency care in hostile environments and during prolonged periods. These courses often have prerequisites, such as EMT-Basic certification or practical experience in a tactical...
Tactical EMS, hostile environment training, EMT-Tactical, combat injuries, CONTOM, Insight Training, HK Tactical Medical Training

Militia Membership (1)

Complete Level One Requirements for Michigan Militia Membership
Standard Source: Tactical Ready Guide
Procedure:

1. Fulfill all the requirements outlined in the Level One section of the Tactical Ready Guide.
2. Upon completion, you will be considered an active line member of the Michigan Militia, recognized as 'able-bodied and capable of...
michigan militia, level one requirements, oath of allegiance, tactical readiness

Search Rescue Operations (1)

Search and Rescue Operations Following a Fire or Explosion at a COMAH Site
Critical Source: UK National Risk Register 2025
Procedure:

1. Initial Response:
- Deploy search and rescue teams immediately to the affected area.
- Use trained personnel equipped with appropriate tools and technology for locating and rescuing individuals trapped in rubble or...
search and rescue, fire explosion, COMAH site, emergency response

Stove M1950 Components Assembly And Disassembly (1)

Assemble and Disassemble Components for Stove M1950
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Purpose: Learn how to strip and reassemble various components of the Stove M1950, including the cook stand, generator, and pump assembly.

Steps for Cook Stand:
• To Strip: Remove the three screws securing the stand to the tank using a...
stove m1950, cook stand, generator, pump assembly, disassemble, assemble, military training, cold weather

Cold Weather Training (1)

Conduct and Equip Units for Operations on Permanent Ice and Snow-Covered Areas
Standard Source: Canadian Military Basic Cold Weather Training
Operations on permanent ice and snow-covered areas may be required for the establishment of support facilities, and protection of specialized activities. In such instances operations will normally involve small units but the total effect required...
permanent ice, snow-covered areas, cold weather training, military operations, oversnow vehicles, crevasse detectors, trail marking equipment

Rope Tying Techniques (1)

Fisherman’s Knot and Double Fisherman’s Knot
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Procedure for Tying a Fisherman’s Knot and Double Fisherman’s Knot:

Fisherman’s Knot:
1. Take the two ends of the rope and cross them over each other, forming an X.
2. Pass one end under the other and bring it up through the loop on...
Fisherman’s Knot, Double Fisherman’s Knot, Rope Tying, Mountaineering, Knots

Roped Climbing Techniques (1)

Roped Climbing Safety and Techniques
Reference Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Overview: Roped climbing is essential for steep or difficult terrain where the risk of falling is high. Use this procedure to ensure safe roped climbing:

1. When to Use Ropes:
• Ropes must be used when the angle, length, or difficulty of a...
roped climbing, safety, military mountaineering, top-roped climbing, training, belayer positioning

Rope Safety And Equipment Use (1)

Using and Improvising a Full-Body Harness for Safety and Comfort
Reference Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Full-body harnesses combine the features of both chest and seat harnesses into one assembly, making them the safest option for climbing and rope movement. They are especially useful when carrying heavy packs or in situations where a fall may...
full-body harness, improvised harness, safety, rope movement, military mountaineering

Ice Ax Techniques (1)

Using an Ice Ax for Self-Arrest and Stability
Reference Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Procedure:

1. When traveling through steep terrain, soldiers should be trained in the use of the ice ax for self-arrest.
2. The ice ax can be used to arrest a fall on:
- Solid ground
- Grass
- Scree
- Snow
3. It may also be used...
ice ax, self-arrest, stability, military mountaineering, steep terrain

River Or Stream Crossing Safety (1)

River or Stream Crossing Safety Procedures
Standard Source: FM 3 97 61 Military Mountaineering
Procedure:

1. Before conducting a river or stream crossing, identify all individuals who are weak swimmers or nonswimmers. Ensure that stronger swimmers are available to provide assistance during the crossing if needed.

2. **Evaluate the...
river crossing, stream crossing, safety procedures, weak swimmers, PFDs, lookout, rope installation

Order Clarification And Legal Obligations (1)

Ask a Superior for Clarification of an Order Presumed to be Criminal or Illegal
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4 + STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Recognize the situation: If you receive an order that you believe may be criminal or illegal, you must take action.
2. Assess the order: Determine whether it may violate the Law of War, Geneva Conventions, or Hague...
order clarification, illegal orders, Law of War, Geneva Conventions, Hague Conventions, soldier responsibility

Law Of War Procedures (1)

Procedures for Reporting and Processing Violations of the Law of War
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4 + STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Understand CINC guidance: The combatant commander-in-chief (CINC) provides specific guidance for handling suspected or actual violations of the Law of War.
2. Immediate reporting: All suspected violations must be reported...
Law of War, CINC guidance, reporting violations, legal procedures, military law, war crimes

Prisoner Handling And Human Rights (1)

Protecting POWs, Retained Persons, and Detainees
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4 + STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Actions to Protect POWs, Retained Persons, and Detainees:

• Ensure that prisoners of war (POWs), retained persons, and detainees are treated humanely at all times.
• Provide them with adequate food, water, shelter, and medical care.
• Prevent...
POWs, retained persons, detainees, human rights, medical care, torture, forced labor

War Crimes And Accountability (1)

Concept of Command Responsibility in War Crimes
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4 + STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Command Responsibility:

• Military commanders are responsible for the actions of their subordinates during combat operations.
• If a commander fails to prevent or punish war crimes committed by subordinates, they may be held personally...
command responsibility, war crimes, military commanders, international law, accountability

Medical Procedures (1)

Medic Responsibilities and Duties
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006 + SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Title: Medic Responsibilities and Duties

Procedure:
1. Assist the PSG (Platoon Sergeant) in directing aid and litter teams.
2. Monitor the health and hygiene of the platoon members.
3. Treat casualties, conduct triage, and assist in...
medic, duties, responsibilities, PSG, PL, CASEVAC, Class VIII supplies, triage, casualty feeder reports

Combat Training Safety (1)

Implement Safety Precautions During Combatives Training
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
To prevent injuries during combatives training, follow these procedures:

Supervision:
• Supervise all practical work closely and constantly. Never leave a group unsupervised.

Instruction and Demonstration:
• Familiarize soldiers with each...
safety precautions, combatives training, supervision, instruction, demonstration, space requirements, disarming techniques, sawdust pit safety, warm-up, fall practice

Self Defense Techniques (1)

Perform Bent Arm Bar from the Knee Mount
Standard Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Step-by-step procedure:

1. If the enemy tries to push your knee off:
- Grasp his wrist with the hand closest to his legs.

Figure Reference: Figure 4-80 (Bent Arm Bar from the Knee Mount, step 1)

2. Back your knee off of his chest and...
bent arm bar, knee mount, self defense, combatives, military technique

Combat Defense (1)

Defend Against a Rifle with Fixed Bayonet Using an Entrenching Tool (Straight Configuration)
High Priority Source: FM 3 25 150 Combatives
Objective: Use the entrenching tool in its straight position to defend against an attacker wielding a rifle with a fixed bayonet.

Steps:
1. The attacker lunges with a thrust to the stomach of the defender along a low No. 5 angle of attack...
entrenching tool, bayonet defense, combat technique, military survival, field-expedient weapon

Cold Weather Weapons (1)

Cold Weather Firing Procedures for Recoilless Rifles
High Priority Source: FM 31 70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
Cold Weather Firing Procedures for Recoilless Rifles

• Action Required: When firing recoilless rifles in cold weather:
- Zero the weapon for the specific temperature it is being fired at, as propellants burn slower in cold.
- Allow a...
recoilless rifle,cold weather,firing,afterburn,ice fog,weapon maintenance

Core Values (1)

Understand and Uphold the Marine Corps Core Values
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
The Marine Corps Core Values are Honor, Courage, and Commitment. These values govern the behavior of Marines both on and off the battlefield, and they form the foundation of a Marine’s character.

### Honor
• Marines must be...
honor,courage,commitment,marine corps core values,tactical discipline,character development

Martial Arts Program (1)

Provide Brief History of Marine Corps Martial Arts Program
Standard Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Objective: To provide a brief historical overview of the development of the Marine Corps Martial Arts Program.

1. Historical Development:
- The Marine Corps was born during the battles that created the United States, with a martial...
Marine Corps history, LINE system, martial arts development, core values, General James L. Jones

Blocking Techniques (1)

Blocking Principles for Rifle or Shotgun
High Priority Source: MA 1.02 USMC Fundamentals of Martial Arts
Blocking Principles:

1. Blocking techniques are normally executed from the basic warrior stance, although they can be executed from civil disturbance or non-lethal defensive postures.
2. The preferred grip for blocks is to hold the weapon...
blocking principles, weapon grip for blocking

Ranger Communication Guidelines (1)

Report Accurate Information as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Tell the truth: Provide accurate and honest information about what you see and do.
• Avoid lying to Rangers or officers: Maintain integrity in communication with fellow soldiers and superiors.
truthful reporting, ranger communication, military honesty

Ranger Risk Management (1)

Avoid Unnecessary Risks as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Don't take unnecessary chances: Evaluate risks carefully and avoid actions that are not essential.
risk avoidance, ranger safety, tactical decision-making

Marching Formation (1)

Maintain Proper Marching Formation
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Procedure:

• When on the march, move in single file with enough distance between individuals so one shot cannot go through two men.
• In swamps or soft ground, spread out abreast to make tracking difficult.
single file marching, swamp formation, ranger movement

Ranger Camping Procedures (1)

Maintain Vigilance During Camping as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Split into halves: When camping, divide the group so that half stays awake while the other sleeps.
• Rotate shifts: Ensure both halves have opportunities to rest and remain alert.
camping vigilance, ranger sleep rotation, night watch

Ranger Sleep Guidelines (1)

Avoid Sleeping Beyond Dawn as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Sleep until dawn: Do not sleep beyond the first light of day.
• Stay alert at dawn: Be prepared for potential enemy attacks that typically occur during this time.
dawn vigilance, ranger sleep schedule, tactical timing

Ranger Combat Procedures (1)

Engage the Enemy at Close Range as a Ranger
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

• Wait for close proximity: Allow the enemy to approach until they are nearly within reach.
• Fire at them: Deliver a volley of fire when they are close enough.
• Finish with hatchet: Use a hatchet to complete the...
close combat, ranger fire tactics, hatchet use

Orp Security (1)

Assist with ORP Occupation and Security
Critical Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Duties of the Platoon Sergeant (PSG):

• Assists with ORP occupation.
• Supervises, establishes, and maintains security at the ORP.
• Supervises the final preparation of men, weapons, and equipment in the ORP IAW the patrol leader’s guidance.
-...
orps,security,platoon sergeant

Patrol Base Operations (1)

Assist in Patrol Base Occupation and Establish Security in the Patrol Base
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Actions in the Patrol Base:

• Assists in patrol base occupation.
• Assist in establishing and adjusting perimeter.
• Enforces security in the patrol base.
• Keeps movement and noise to a minimum.
• Supervises and enforces camouflage.
• Assigns...
patrol base,security,camouflage,platoon sergeant

Planning And Execution (1)

Follow Troop-Leading Procedures (TLP) for Tactical Operations
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

The troop-leading procedures (TLP) are a set of steps that leaders use to prepare their unit to accomplish a tactical mission. The TLP consists of the following steps, which can be performed in any order or simultaneously:

1....
troop leading procedures, TLP, tactical operations, mission planning, warning order, OPORD, FRAGO, reconnaissance, supervision

Mission Analysis (1)

Conduct a Detailed Mission Analysis Using METT-TC
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Procedure:

Use the METT-TC factors to conduct a detailed mission analysis as part of the tentative plan:

1. Concept and Intent – Understand higher commanders' concept and intent two levels up, found in paragraph 1b for two levels up and...
METT-TC analysis, mission analysis, specified tasks, implied tasks, higher commander intent

Stream Crossing (1)

Plan Stream Crossing Operations
Standard Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
Objective: Execute a stream crossing operation with proper planning and coordination.

### Steps:
1. Assess the Situation
- Identify enemy forces, including their weather-related factors (e.g., wind) and terrain features...
stream crossing, tactical planning, enemy forces, terrain analysis, security, signal communication

Fire Support Tasks (1)

Perform Tasks for Indirect Fire Support
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Execute tasks related to indirect fire support during all operations.

Tasks:
• All Operations:
- Locate targets.
- Integrate all available assets.
- Destroy, neutralize, or suppress all enemy direct and indirect fire...
indirect fire support tasks, offensive operations, defensive operations, counterfires, high payoff targets

Fire Support Capabilities (1)

Understand Fire Support Capabilities
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
### Understanding Fire Support Capabilities
The following tables show the capabilities of field artillery and mortars:

#### Table 3-1: Capabilities of Field Artillery
|WEAPON|MAX RANGE (meters)|MIN RANGE (meters)|MAX RATE (Rdsper Min)|Burst...
field artillery capabilities, mortar capabilities, military fire support

Fire Adjustment Procedures (1)

Announce DANGER CLOSE During Fire Adjustments
High Priority Source: Ranger Handbook 2006
When adjusting fire during combat operations, follow these steps:

1. Announce DANGER CLOSE in the Method of Engagement portion of the call for fire when:
- The target is within 600 meters of any friendly troops (for mortars and field...
danger close, fire adjustment, fratricide, creeping method, bracketing method

Land Navigation (1)

Conduct Land Navigation and Avoid Detection During Patrols
High Priority Source: SH 21 76 Ranger Handbook
Objective: Ensure successful mission accomplishment by using effective land navigation techniques and avoiding detection.

Procedure:
1. Designate primary and alternate compass and pace men for the patrol:
- These individuals are...
land navigation,avoid detection,tactical patrol,compass man,point man,stealth movement

Team Operations (1)

Cover Buddy During Obstacle Crossing
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Procedure for Covering a Buddy During Obstacle Crossing

### Steps:

1. Provide covering fire or observation:
- Ensure that your buddy is covered while they cross obstacles, as these are typically protected by either enemy fire or...
buddy cover, obstacle crossing, tactical support

Combat Identification (1)

Identify Combat Vehicles by Observing Characteristics
High Priority Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
### Identify Combat Vehicles by Observing Characteristics

Procedure Steps:

1. Observe the vehicle.

2. Observe vehicle characteristics.

3. Compare observed vehicle characteristics with known vehicle attributes. Four areas of...
identify combat vehicles, track and suspension system, turret types, main gun characteristics, cupola identification

Weapon Zeroing (1)

Zero an M249 Machine Gun
Standard Source: STP 21 1 Army Warrior Skills Level 1 Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks
Conditions: Given an M249 machine gun on a live-fire range or safe terrain; a 300-meter target located 300 meters from the firing position; and a 30-round belt of ammunition.

Standards: Using no more than 30 rounds, adjust the sights on an...
zero M249, set sights, elevation adjustment, windage adjustment, firing position, stable stance, three-round burst, impact target, sight correction

Machine Guns (1)

Access Field Manual for Crew-Served Machine Guns
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Title: Access Field Manual for Crew-Served Machine Guns

Procedure:
1. Locate FM 3-22.68 (FM 23-14) titled *Crew-Served Machine Guns, 5.56-MM and 7.62-MM*.
2. Verify the publication date is 31 January 2003.
3. Note that this item is...
field manuals,machine guns,FM 3-22.68

Ied Identification (1)

Identify Visual Indicators of an Improvised Explosive Device (IED)
Critical Source: STP 21 1 Warrior Skills Level 1
Title: Identify Visual Indicators of an Improvised Explosive Device (IED)

Description: This procedure outlines the steps for identifying visual indicators of an improvised explosive device (IED) to ensure safety and prevent...
identify ied, visual indicators, explosive device detection, safety procedures

Fire Support Operations (1)

Spotting and Correcting Deviation in Fire Missions
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure for Spotting and Correcting Deviation in Fire Missions

Steps:
1. Spot each round when it impacts as right or left, over or short of your target.
2. Determine corrections for deviation left or right of the target.
-...
spotting, deviation correction, fire mission, bracketing, OT factor, FDC, tactical operations

Casualty Reporting (1)

Complete DA Form 1156 (Casualty Feeder Card) for Reporting Casualties
Critical Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
### Procedure: Complete DA Form 1156 for Casualty Reporting

#### Conditions
• You are a Soldier deployed in a field environment.
• Events occur that result in casualties among Soldiers and Department of Defense (DOD) civilians within U.S....
da form 1156,casualty feeder card,field environment,casualty reporting,tactical situation

Mission Deployment (1)

Assign Subordinate Missions
High Priority Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

Regardless of the types of reconnaissance, units are normally assigned one of three subordinate missions: Command and control, reconnaissance of the objective, or security of the force.

Steps:
1. Assign subordinate missions...
assign missions, command control, reconnaissance, security force

Military Equipment (1)

Identify Nonlethal Weapons (NLW) Requirements for Company-Level Operations
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Army Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 and 4
Procedure:

1. Identify the need for nonlethal weapons (NLWs) based on mission requirements and threat assessment.

2. Determine which NLW capabilities are required, such as:
- a. NLW Capability SE Kit
- b. 12 gauge shotguns
...
nonlethal weapons, NLW requirements, military equipment, rules of engagement, tactical deployment

Protective Equipment Testing (1)

Conduct a Mask Fit Test Using the M41 Protection Assessment Test System (PATS)
Standard Source: STP 21 24 Warrior Leader Skills Level 2 3 4
Conditions: You are given an M41 PATS; M17-, M40-, M42- or M45-series protective masks; PATS operator's manual; TC 3-41; DA Form 2404 (_Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Work Sheet_ ), and any of the following situations:

1. You are directed...
mask fit test,M41 PATS,protective mask testing,PATS setup,mask inspection,DA Form 2404

Knife Skills (1)

Perform the Mumbly Peg Knife Throwing Game - Step 1 (Right Hand)
Reference Source: Boy Scout Handbook 1911
Procedure:

1. Hold your right fist with the back of your hand to the ground.
2. Place the jack-knife on top of your closed fingers, with the blade pointing to the right.
3. Swing your hand to the right, up and over, describing a semicircle so...
mumbly peg, knife throwing, boy scouts, right hand

Get the Offline Library

Over 9,000 curated procedures including tactical available offline in the NomadCore app. No internet needed.

Download NomadCore
Disclaimer: This information is for educational purposes only and is not a substitute for professional medical advice, diagnosis, or treatment. Content has been compiled by AI from open-source and public domain references including military field manuals, government health guidelines, and community preparedness resources. Always verify critical information independently. In an emergency, call 911.